aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/Documentation
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorDmitry Torokhov <dmitry.torokhov@gmail.com>2011-05-24 03:06:26 -0400
committerDmitry Torokhov <dmitry.torokhov@gmail.com>2011-05-24 03:06:26 -0400
commitb73077eb03f510a84b102fb97640e595a958403c (patch)
tree8b639000418e2756bf6baece4e00e07d2534bccc /Documentation
parent28350e330cfab46b60a1dbf763b678d859f9f3d9 (diff)
parent9d2e173644bb5c42ff1b280fbdda3f195a7cf1f7 (diff)
Merge branch 'next' into for-linus
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
-rw-r--r--Documentation/00-INDEX8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars75
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget31
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore41
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci31
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc21
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-arvo53
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus19
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus100
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop19
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi110
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext413
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi31
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-wmi10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim48
-rw-r--r--Documentation/Changes8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/CodingStyle12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/Makefile4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/dvb/dvbproperty.xml2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/dvb/frontend.xml2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/filesystems.tmpl5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/kernel-locking.tmpl2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media-entities.tmpl59
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media.tmpl3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/mtdnand.tmpl12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/rapidio.tmpl1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/regulator.tmpl4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/usb.tmpl2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/bayer.pdfbin0 -> 12116 bytes
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/bayer.pngbin0 -> 9725 bytes
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/common.xml4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/compat.xml26
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/controls.xml2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-capture.xml13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-output.xml13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-subdev.xml313
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-mmap.xml10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-munmap.xml3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/io.xml283
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/libv4l.xml2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/lirc_device_interface.xml2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-controller.xml89
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-func-close.xml59
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-func-ioctl.xml116
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-func-open.xml94
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-ioc-device-info.xml133
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-ioc-enum-entities.xml308
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-ioc-enum-links.xml207
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-ioc-setup-link.xml93
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/nv12mt.gifbin0 -> 2108 bytes
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/nv12mt_example.gifbin0 -> 6858 bytes
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pipeline.pdfbin0 -> 20276 bytes
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pipeline.pngbin0 -> 12130 bytes
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml154
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-nv12mt.xml74
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-srggb12.xml90
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml162
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt.xml119
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/planar-apis.xml62
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/remote_controllers.xml2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/subdev-formats.xml2467
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/v4l2.xml30
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/videodev2.h.xml141
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml15
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml24
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-interval.xml152
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-size.xml154
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-mbus-code.xml119
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-crop.xml155
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-fmt.xml180
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-frame-interval.xml141
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt31
-rw-r--r--Documentation/SecurityBugs2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/SubmittingDrivers2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/SubmittingPatches2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/acpi/apei/output_format.txt25
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/IXP4xx4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/Makefile8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/vrl4.c169
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/zboot-rom-mmcif.txt29
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Suspend.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/Samsung/GPIO.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/ADC-LH7-Touchscreen61
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/CompactFlash32
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/IOBarrier45
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/KEV7A4008
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/LCDPanels59
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/LPD7A40015
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/LPD7A40X16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/SDRAM51
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/VectoredInterruptController80
-rw-r--r--Documentation/block/biodoc.txt9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt30
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt24
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cpu-freq/governors.txt11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dell_rbu.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/development-process/1.Intro18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/development-process/2.Process177
-rw-r--r--Documentation/development-process/3.Early-stage31
-rw-r--r--Documentation/development-process/4.Coding21
-rw-r--r--Documentation/development-process/5.Posting28
-rw-r--r--Documentation/development-process/6.Followthrough16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/development-process/7.AdvancedTopics4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/device-mapper/dm-flakey.txt17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/device-mapper/dm-service-time.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/00-INDEX10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/fsl-sata.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/sata.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/eeprom.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fb/sm501fb.txt34
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/8xxx_gpio.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/8xxx_gpio.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/gpio/gpio.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/led.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/gpio/led.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ads1015.txt73
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/ce4100-i2c.txt93
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/fsl-i2c.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/i2c.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/marvell.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/marvell.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-esdhc.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/esdhc.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-spi-slot.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/mmc-spi-slot.txt)9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsl-upm-nand.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/upm-nand.txt)2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/mtd-physmap.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/mpc5xxx-mscan.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/can.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/sja1000.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/can/sja1000.txt)2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-tsec-phy.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/tsec.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-gpio.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/gpio/mdio.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/phy.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/open-pic.txt98
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/83xx-512x-pci.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/83xx-512x-pci.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/cpm.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/4xx/cpm.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/emac.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/4xx/emac.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/ndfc.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/4xx/ndfc.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/ppc440spe-adma.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/4xx/ppc440spe-adma.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/reboot.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/4xx/reboot.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/board.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/board.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cache_sram.txt20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/brg.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/brg.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/i2c.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/i2c.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/pic.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/pic.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/usb.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/usb.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/gpio.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/gpio.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/network.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/network.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/firmware.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/firmware.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/par_io.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/par_io.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/pincfg.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/pincfg.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/ucc.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/ucc.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/usb.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/usb.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/serial.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/serial.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/diu.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/diu.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/dma.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/dma.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/ecm.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/ecm.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/gtm.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/gtm.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/guts.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/guts.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/lbc.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/lbc.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mcm.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/mcm.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mcu-mpc8349emitx.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/mcu-mpc8349emitx.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpc5121-psc.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/mpc5121-psc.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpc5200.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/mpc5200.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpic.txt211
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/msi-pic.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/msi-pic.txt)9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/pmc.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/pmc.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/sec.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/sec.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/ssi.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/ssi.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/nintendo/gamecube.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/nintendo/gamecube.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/nintendo/wii.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/nintendo/wii.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-cmos.txt28
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/altera_jtaguart.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/altera_uart.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serio/altera_ps2.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/fsl-spi.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/spi.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/spi-bus.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_altera.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_oc_tiny.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/fsl-usb.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/usb.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/usb-ehci.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/x86/ce4100.txt38
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/x86/interrupt.txt26
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/x86/timer.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/xilinx.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/xilinx.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt (renamed from Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt)185
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dvb/README.dvb-usb2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dvb/ci.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dvb/faq.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dvb/lmedm04.txt16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dvb/udev.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/edac.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/eisa.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/fb/sm501.txt10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/fb/viafb.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt125
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/Locking8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/adfs.txt18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/autofs4-mount-control.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/caching/netfs-api.txt18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/exofs.txt10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt211
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-uevents.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/gfs2.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/ocfs2.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/path-lookup.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/network_protocol.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/porting23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/romfs.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/squashfs.txt30
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/ubifs.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt64
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/xfs-delayed-logging-design.txt15
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/abituguru2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/abituguru-datasheet8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/abituguru32
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/ads101572
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/f71882fg35
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/jc4221
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/k10temp8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/lineage-pem77
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/lm755
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/lm8512
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/ltc415147
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/max663949
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/pmbus215
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/sch562722
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/twl4030-madc-hwmon45
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/w83627ehf60
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/w83781d2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/w83791d2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/w83795127
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwspinlock.txt293
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-diolan-u2c26
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i8013
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-parport-light2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis96x2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-taos-evm2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2c/upgrading-clients18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2o/README2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ia64/aliasing-test.c2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/input/elantech.txt123
-rw-r--r--Documentation/input/joystick-parport.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.txt15
-rw-r--r--Documentation/input/walkera0701.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/iostats.txt17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/irqflags-tracing.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.CAPI2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt15
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt70
-rw-r--r--Documentation/keys-request-key.txt9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/keys.txt28
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kmemleak.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kref.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kvm/api.txt96
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kvm/locking.txt25
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kvm/mmu.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kvm/ppc-pv.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kvm/timekeeping.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/laptops/asus-laptop.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/laptops/hpfall.c (renamed from Documentation/hwmon/hpfall.c)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/laptops/sony-laptop.txt37
-rw-r--r--Documentation/leds/00-INDEX8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/leds/leds-class.txt (renamed from Documentation/leds-class.txt)1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/leds/leds-lp3944.txt (renamed from Documentation/leds-lp3944.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/media-framework.txt353
-rw-r--r--Documentation/memory-barriers.txt58
-rw-r--r--Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt47
-rw-r--r--Documentation/mips/AU1xxx_IDE.README4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/misc-devices/ics932s4012
-rw-r--r--Documentation/misc-devices/lis3lv02d (renamed from Documentation/hwmon/lis3lv02d)4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/misc-devices/spear-pcie-gadget.txt130
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/00-INDEX6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/3c359.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/Makefile2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/README.ipw22002
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/batman-adv.txt18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/bonding.txt28
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/caif/Linux-CAIF.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/caif/spi_porting.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/can.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/dns_resolver.txt9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/ieee802154.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/olympic.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/phonet.txt67
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/s2io.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/tc-actions-env-rules.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/power/devices.txt96
-rw-r--r--Documentation/power/notifiers.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/power/opp.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/power/states.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/power/swsusp.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/power/userland-swsusp.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/powerpc/00-INDEX4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/mpic.txt42
-rw-r--r--Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/rapidio/rapidio.txt173
-rw-r--r--Documentation/rapidio/sysfs.txt90
-rw-r--r--Documentation/rtc.txt29
-rw-r--r--Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scheduler/sched-domains.txt32
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scheduler/sched-stats.txt33
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.ncr53c8xx2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.sym53c8xx2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/aha152x.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/hpsa.txt23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/ibmmca.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/scsi-changer.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/scsi_eh.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/scsi_fc_transport.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/sym53c8xx_2.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/serial/moxa-smartio2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/serial/n_gsm.txt89
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/oss/AudioExcelDSP166
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/oss/README.OSS2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/oss/README.ymfsb2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/spi/pxa2xx2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/spi/spi-lm70llp2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/spinlocks.txt24
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sysctl/fs.txt17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt2
-rwxr-xr-xDocumentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/telephony/ixj.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/trace/ftrace-design.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt151
-rw-r--r--Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.txt16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/trace/ring-buffer-design.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/usb/usbmon.txt42
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/README.ivtv3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/README.pvrusb22
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/Zoran2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Insmod-options2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README.freeze2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Sound-FAQ4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/et61x251.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/omap3isp.txt278
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/pxa_camera.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/sn9c102.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt269
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/w9968cf.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/zc0301.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/vm/active_mm.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/vm/overcommit-accounting2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/vm/page-types.c105
-rw-r--r--Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds24236
-rw-r--r--Documentation/w1/w1.netlink2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/workqueue.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt19
-rw-r--r--Documentation/zh_CN/SecurityBugs50
-rw-r--r--Documentation/zh_CN/SubmitChecklist109
-rw-r--r--Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingPatches4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt167
397 files changed, 12208 insertions, 1822 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/00-INDEX b/Documentation/00-INDEX
index 8dfc6708a257..c17cd4bb2290 100644
--- a/Documentation/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/00-INDEX
@@ -206,8 +206,8 @@ laptops/
206 - directory with laptop related info and laptop driver documentation. 206 - directory with laptop related info and laptop driver documentation.
207ldm.txt 207ldm.txt
208 - a brief description of LDM (Windows Dynamic Disks). 208 - a brief description of LDM (Windows Dynamic Disks).
209leds-class.txt 209leds/
210 - documents LED handling under Linux. 210 - directory with info about LED handling under Linux.
211local_ops.txt 211local_ops.txt
212 - semantics and behavior of local atomic operations. 212 - semantics and behavior of local atomic operations.
213lockdep-design.txt 213lockdep-design.txt
@@ -328,8 +328,6 @@ sysrq.txt
328 - info on the magic SysRq key. 328 - info on the magic SysRq key.
329telephony/ 329telephony/
330 - directory with info on telephony (e.g. voice over IP) support. 330 - directory with info on telephony (e.g. voice over IP) support.
331time_interpolators.txt
332 - info on time interpolators.
333uml/ 331uml/
334 - directory with information about User Mode Linux. 332 - directory with information about User Mode Linux.
335unicode.txt 333unicode.txt
@@ -346,8 +344,6 @@ vm/
346 - directory with info on the Linux vm code. 344 - directory with info on the Linux vm code.
347volatile-considered-harmful.txt 345volatile-considered-harmful.txt
348 - Why the "volatile" type class should not be used 346 - Why the "volatile" type class should not be used
349voyager.txt
350 - guide to running Linux on the Voyager architecture.
351w1/ 347w1/
352 - directory with documents regarding the 1-wire (w1) subsystem. 348 - directory with documents regarding the 1-wire (w1) subsystem.
353watchdog/ 349watchdog/
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight
index 4d637e1c4ff7..70302f370e7e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight
@@ -34,3 +34,23 @@ Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
34Description: 34Description:
35 Maximum brightness for <backlight>. 35 Maximum brightness for <backlight>.
36Users: HAL 36Users: HAL
37
38What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/type
39Date: September 2010
40KernelVersion: 2.6.37
41Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
42Description:
43 The type of interface controlled by <backlight>.
44 "firmware": The driver uses a standard firmware interface
45 "platform": The driver uses a platform-specific interface
46 "raw": The driver controls hardware registers directly
47
48 In the general case, when multiple backlight
49 interfaces are available for a single device, firmware
50 control should be preferred to platform control should
51 be preferred to raw control. Using a firmware
52 interface reduces the probability of confusion with
53 the hardware and the OS independently updating the
54 backlight state. Platform interfaces are mostly a
55 holdover from pre-standardisation of firmware
56 interfaces.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5def20b9019e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
1What: /sys/firmware/efi/vars
2Date: April 2004
3Contact: Matt Domsch <Matt_Domsch@dell.com>
4Description:
5 This directory exposes interfaces for interactive with
6 EFI variables. For more information on EFI variables,
7 see 'Variable Services' in the UEFI specification
8 (section 7.2 in specification version 2.3 Errata D).
9
10 In summary, EFI variables are named, and are classified
11 into separate namespaces through the use of a vendor
12 GUID. They also have an arbitrary binary value
13 associated with them.
14
15 The efivars module enumerates these variables and
16 creates a separate directory for each one found. Each
17 directory has a name of the form "<key>-<vendor guid>"
18 and contains the following files:
19
20 attributes: A read-only text file enumerating the
21 EFI variable flags. Potential values
22 include:
23
24 EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE
25 EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS
26 EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS
27 EFI_VARIABLE_HARDWARE_ERROR_RECORD
28 EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS
29
30 See the EFI documentation for an
31 explanation of each of these variables.
32
33 data: A read-only binary file that can be read
34 to attain the value of the EFI variable
35
36 guid: The vendor GUID of the variable. This
37 should always match the GUID in the
38 variable's name.
39
40 raw_var: A binary file that can be read to obtain
41 a structure that contains everything
42 there is to know about the variable.
43 For structure definition see "struct
44 efi_variable" in the kernel sources.
45
46 This file can also be written to in
47 order to update the value of a variable.
48 For this to work however, all fields of
49 the "struct efi_variable" passed must
50 match byte for byte with the structure
51 read out of the file, save for the value
52 portion.
53
54 **Note** the efi_variable structure
55 read/written with this file contains a
56 'long' type that may change widths
57 depending on your underlying
58 architecture.
59
60 size: As ASCII representation of the size of
61 the variable's value.
62
63
64 In addition, two other magic binary files are provided
65 in the top-level directory and are used for adding and
66 removing variables:
67
68 new_var: Takes a "struct efi_variable" and
69 instructs the EFI firmware to create a
70 new variable.
71
72 del_var: Takes a "struct efi_variable" and
73 instructs the EFI firmware to remove any
74 variable that has a matching vendor GUID
75 and variable key name.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..875988146a63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
1What: /config/pcie-gadget
2Date: Feb 2011
3KernelVersion: 2.6.37
4Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com>
5Description:
6
7 Interface is used to configure selected dual mode PCIe controller
8 as device and then program its various registers to configure it
9 as a particular device type.
10 This interfaces can be used to show spear's PCIe device capability.
11
12 Nodes are only visible when configfs is mounted. To mount configfs
13 in /config directory use:
14 # mount -t configfs none /config/
15
16 For nth PCIe Device Controller
17 /config/pcie-gadget.n/
18 link ... used to enable ltssm and read its status.
19 int_type ...used to configure and read type of supported
20 interrupt
21 no_of_msi ... used to configure number of MSI vector needed and
22 to read no of MSI granted.
23 inta ... write 1 to assert INTA and 0 to de-assert.
24 send_msi ... write MSI vector to be sent.
25 vendor_id ... used to write and read vendor id (hex)
26 device_id ... used to write and read device id (hex)
27 bar0_size ... used to write and read bar0_size
28 bar0_address ... used to write and read bar0 mapped area in hex.
29 bar0_rw_offset ... used to write and read offset of bar0 where
30 bar0_data will be written or read.
31 bar0_data ... used to write and read data at bar0_rw_offset.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ddf451ee2a08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
1Where: /dev/pstore/...
2Date: March 2011
3Kernel Version: 2.6.39
4Contact: tony.luck@intel.com
5Description: Generic interface to platform dependent persistent storage.
6
7 Platforms that provide a mechanism to preserve some data
8 across system reboots can register with this driver to
9 provide a generic interface to show records captured in
10 the dying moments. In the case of a panic the last part
11 of the console log is captured, but other interesting
12 data can also be saved.
13
14 # mount -t pstore -o kmsg_bytes=8000 - /dev/pstore
15
16 $ ls -l /dev/pstore
17 total 0
18 -r--r--r-- 1 root root 7896 Nov 30 15:38 dmesg-erst-1
19
20 Different users of this interface will result in different
21 filename prefixes. Currently two are defined:
22
23 "dmesg" - saved console log
24 "mce" - architecture dependent data from fatal h/w error
25
26 Once the information in a file has been read, removing
27 the file will signal to the underlying persistent storage
28 device that it can reclaim the space for later re-use.
29
30 $ rm /dev/pstore/dmesg-erst-1
31
32 The expectation is that all files in /dev/pstore
33 will be saved elsewhere and erased from persistent store
34 soon after boot to free up space ready for the next
35 catastrophe.
36
37 The 'kmsg_bytes' mount option changes the target amount of
38 data saved on each oops/panic. Pstore saves (possibly
39 multiple) files based on the record size of the underlying
40 persistent storage until at least this amount is reached.
41 Default is 10 Kbytes.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css
index b585ec258a08..2979c40c10e9 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
29 linux-s390@vger.kernel.org 29 linux-s390@vger.kernel.org
30Description: Contains the PIM/PAM/POM values, as reported by the 30Description: Contains the PIM/PAM/POM values, as reported by the
31 channel subsystem when last queried by the common I/O 31 channel subsystem when last queried by the common I/O
32 layer (this implies that this attribute is not neccessarily 32 layer (this implies that this attribute is not necessarily
33 in sync with the values current in the channel subsystem). 33 in sync with the values current in the channel subsystem).
34 Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute. 34 Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute.
35Users: s390-tools, HAL 35Users: s390-tools, HAL
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7057e574154a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
1What: /sys/bus/media/devices/.../model
2Date: January 2011
3Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
4 linux-media@vger.kernel.org
5Description: Contains the device model name in UTF-8. The device version is
6 is not be appended to the model name.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
index f979d825d112..36bf454ba855 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
@@ -145,9 +145,11 @@ Date: July 2010
145Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com 145Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com
146Description: 146Description:
147 Reading this attribute will provide the firmware 147 Reading this attribute will provide the firmware
148 given name(SMBIOS type 41 string) of the PCI device. 148 given name (SMBIOS type 41 string or ACPI _DSM string) of
149 The attribute will be created only if the firmware 149 the PCI device. The attribute will be created only
150 has given a name to the PCI device. 150 if the firmware has given a name to the PCI device.
151 ACPI _DSM string name will be given priority if the
152 system firmware provides SMBIOS type 41 string also.
151Users: 153Users:
152 Userspace applications interested in knowing the 154 Userspace applications interested in knowing the
153 firmware assigned name of the PCI device. 155 firmware assigned name of the PCI device.
@@ -157,12 +159,27 @@ Date: July 2010
157Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com 159Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com
158Description: 160Description:
159 Reading this attribute will provide the firmware 161 Reading this attribute will provide the firmware
160 given instance(SMBIOS type 41 device type instance) 162 given instance (SMBIOS type 41 device type instance) of the
161 of the PCI device. The attribute will be created 163 PCI device. The attribute will be created only if the firmware
162 only if the firmware has given a device type instance 164 has given an instance number to the PCI device.
163 to the PCI device.
164Users: 165Users:
165 Userspace applications interested in knowing the 166 Userspace applications interested in knowing the
166 firmware assigned device type instance of the PCI 167 firmware assigned device type instance of the PCI
167 device that can help in understanding the firmware 168 device that can help in understanding the firmware
168 intended order of the PCI device. 169 intended order of the PCI device.
170
171What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../acpi_index
172Date: July 2010
173Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com
174Description:
175 Reading this attribute will provide the firmware
176 given instance (ACPI _DSM instance number) of the PCI device.
177 The attribute will be created only if the firmware has given
178 an instance number to the PCI device. ACPI _DSM instance number
179 will be given priority if the system firmware provides SMBIOS
180 type 41 device type instance also.
181Users:
182 Userspace applications interested in knowing the
183 firmware assigned instance number of the PCI
184 device that can help in understanding the firmware
185 intended order of the PCI device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss
index 4f29e5f1ebfa..f5bb0a3bb8c0 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss
@@ -59,3 +59,15 @@ Kernel Version: 2.6.31
59Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com 59Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
60Description: Displays the usage count (number of opens) of logical drive Y 60Description: Displays the usage count (number of opens) of logical drive Y
61 of controller X. 61 of controller X.
62
63Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/resettable
64Date: February 2011
65Kernel Version: 2.6.38
66Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
67Description: Value of 1 indicates the controller can honor the reset_devices
68 kernel parameter. Value of 0 indicates reset_devices cannot be
69 honored. This is to allow, for example, kexec tools to be able
70 to warn the user if they designate an unresettable device as
71 a dump device, as kdump requires resetting the device in order
72 to work reliably.
73
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
index 90a87e2a572b..fa72ccb2282e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
1What: /sys/bus/rbd/ 1What: /sys/bus/rbd/
2Date: November 2010 2Date: November 2010
3Contact: Yehuda Sadeh <yehuda@hq.newdream.net>, 3Contact: Yehuda Sadeh <yehuda@newdream.net>,
4 Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> 4 Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
5Description: 5Description:
6 6
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led
index edff6630c805..3646ec85d513 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led
@@ -33,5 +33,5 @@ Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
33Description: 33Description:
34 Invert the LED on/off state. This parameter is specific to 34 Invert the LED on/off state. This parameter is specific to
35 gpio and backlight triggers. In case of the backlight trigger, 35 gpio and backlight triggers. In case of the backlight trigger,
36 it is usefull when driving a LED which is intended to indicate 36 it is useful when driving a LED which is intended to indicate
37 a device in a standby like state. 37 a device in a standby like state.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5a50ab655843
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
1What: /sys/devices/.../mmc_host/mmcX/mmcX:XXXX/enhanced_area_offset
2Date: January 2011
3Contact: Chuanxiao Dong <chuanxiao.dong@intel.com>
4Description:
5 Enhanced area is a new feature defined in eMMC4.4 standard.
6 eMMC4.4 or later card can support such feature. This kind of
7 area can help to improve the card performance. If the feature
8 is enabled, this attribute will indicate the start address of
9 enhanced data area. If not, this attribute will be -EINVAL.
10 Unit Byte. Format decimal.
11
12What: /sys/devices/.../mmc_host/mmcX/mmcX:XXXX/enhanced_area_size
13Date: January 2011
14Contact: Chuanxiao Dong <chuanxiao.dong@intel.com>
15Description:
16 Enhanced area is a new feature defined in eMMC4.4 standard.
17 eMMC4.4 or later card can support such feature. This kind of
18 area can help to improve the card performance. If the feature
19 is enabled, this attribute will indicate the size of enhanced
20 data area. If not, this attribute will be -EINVAL.
21 Unit KByte. Format decimal.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power
index 7628cd1bc36a..8ffbc25376a0 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power
@@ -29,9 +29,8 @@ Description:
29 "disabled" to it. 29 "disabled" to it.
30 30
31 For the devices that are not capable of generating system wakeup 31 For the devices that are not capable of generating system wakeup
32 events this file contains "\n". In that cases the user space 32 events this file is not present. In that case the device cannot
33 cannot modify the contents of this file and the device cannot be 33 be enabled to wake up the system from sleep states.
34 enabled to wake up the system.
35 34
36What: /sys/devices/.../power/control 35What: /sys/devices/.../power/control
37Date: January 2009 36Date: January 2009
@@ -85,7 +84,7 @@ Description:
85 The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_count attribute contains the number 84 The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_count attribute contains the number
86 of signaled wakeup events associated with the device. This 85 of signaled wakeup events associated with the device. This
87 attribute is read-only. If the device is not enabled to wake up 86 attribute is read-only. If the device is not enabled to wake up
88 the system from sleep states, this attribute is empty. 87 the system from sleep states, this attribute is not present.
89 88
90What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_active_count 89What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_active_count
91Date: September 2010 90Date: September 2010
@@ -95,7 +94,7 @@ Description:
95 number of times the processing of wakeup events associated with 94 number of times the processing of wakeup events associated with
96 the device was completed (at the kernel level). This attribute 95 the device was completed (at the kernel level). This attribute
97 is read-only. If the device is not enabled to wake up the 96 is read-only. If the device is not enabled to wake up the
98 system from sleep states, this attribute is empty. 97 system from sleep states, this attribute is not present.
99 98
100What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_hit_count 99What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_hit_count
101Date: September 2010 100Date: September 2010
@@ -105,7 +104,8 @@ Description:
105 number of times the processing of a wakeup event associated with 104 number of times the processing of a wakeup event associated with
106 the device might prevent the system from entering a sleep state. 105 the device might prevent the system from entering a sleep state.
107 This attribute is read-only. If the device is not enabled to 106 This attribute is read-only. If the device is not enabled to
108 wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute is empty. 107 wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute is not
108 present.
109 109
110What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_active 110What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_active
111Date: September 2010 111Date: September 2010
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Description:
115 or 0, depending on whether or not a wakeup event associated with 115 or 0, depending on whether or not a wakeup event associated with
116 the device is being processed (1). This attribute is read-only. 116 the device is being processed (1). This attribute is read-only.
117 If the device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep 117 If the device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep
118 states, this attribute is empty. 118 states, this attribute is not present.
119 119
120What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_total_time_ms 120What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_total_time_ms
121Date: September 2010 121Date: September 2010
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ Description:
125 the total time of processing wakeup events associated with the 125 the total time of processing wakeup events associated with the
126 device, in milliseconds. This attribute is read-only. If the 126 device, in milliseconds. This attribute is read-only. If the
127 device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, 127 device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states,
128 this attribute is empty. 128 this attribute is not present.
129 129
130What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_max_time_ms 130What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_max_time_ms
131Date: September 2010 131Date: September 2010
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Description:
135 the maximum time of processing a single wakeup event associated 135 the maximum time of processing a single wakeup event associated
136 with the device, in milliseconds. This attribute is read-only. 136 with the device, in milliseconds. This attribute is read-only.
137 If the device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep 137 If the device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep
138 states, this attribute is empty. 138 states, this attribute is not present.
139 139
140What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_last_time_ms 140What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_last_time_ms
141Date: September 2010 141Date: September 2010
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ Description:
146 signaling the last wakeup event associated with the device, in 146 signaling the last wakeup event associated with the device, in
147 milliseconds. This attribute is read-only. If the device is 147 milliseconds. This attribute is read-only. If the device is
148 not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this 148 not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this
149 attribute is empty. 149 attribute is not present.
150 150
151What: /sys/devices/.../power/autosuspend_delay_ms 151What: /sys/devices/.../power/autosuspend_delay_ms
152Date: September 2010 152Date: September 2010
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b6490e14fe83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
1What: For USB devices : /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/report_descriptor
2 For BT devices : /sys/class/bluetooth/hci<addr>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/report_descriptor
3 Symlink : /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw<num>/device/report_descriptor
4Date: Jan 2011
5KernelVersion: 2.0.39
6Contact: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
7Description: When read, this file returns the device's raw binary HID
8 report descriptor.
9 This file cannot be written.
10Users: HIDAPI library (http://www.signal11.us/oss/hidapi)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-arvo b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-arvo
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..55e281b0071a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-arvo
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
1What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/arvo/roccatarvo<minor>/actual_profile
2Date: Januar 2011
3Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
4Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-5.
5 When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual
6 profile which is also the profile that's active on device startup.
7 When written this attribute activates the selected profile
8 immediately.
9Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
10
11What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/arvo/roccatarvo<minor>/button
12Date: Januar 2011
13Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
14Description: The keyboard can store short macros with consist of 1 button with
15 several modifier keys internally.
16 When written, this file lets one set the sequence for a specific
17 button for a specific profile. Button and profile numbers are
18 included in written data. The data has to be 24 bytes long.
19 This file is writeonly.
20Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
21
22What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/arvo/roccatarvo<minor>/info
23Date: Januar 2011
24Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
25Description: When read, this file returns some info about the device like the
26 installed firmware version.
27 The size of the data is 8 bytes in size.
28 This file is readonly.
29Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
30
31What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/arvo/roccatarvo<minor>/key_mask
32Date: Januar 2011
33Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
34Description: The keyboard lets the user deactivate 5 certain keys like the
35 windows and application keys, to protect the user from the outcome
36 of accidentally pressing them.
37 The integer value of this attribute has bits 0-4 set depending
38 on the state of the corresponding key.
39 When read, this file returns the current state of the buttons.
40 When written, the given buttons are activated/deactivated
41 immediately.
42Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
43
44What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/arvo/roccatarvo<minor>/mode_key
45Date: Januar 2011
46Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
47Description: The keyboard has a condensed layout without num-lock key.
48 Instead it uses a mode-key which activates a gaming mode where
49 the assignment of the number block changes.
50 The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0 (OFF) to 1 (ON).
51 When read, this file returns the actual state of the key.
52 When written, the key is activated/deactivated immediately.
53Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone
index 698b8081c473..3ca3971109bf 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone
@@ -16,12 +16,14 @@ Description: It is possible to switch the dpi setting of the mouse with the
16 6 3200 16 6 3200
17 17
18 This file is readonly. 18 This file is readonly.
19Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
19 20
20What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/actual_profile 21What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/actual_profile
21Date: March 2010 22Date: March 2010
22Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> 23Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
23Description: When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile. 24Description: When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile.
24 This file is readonly. 25 This file is readonly.
26Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
25 27
26What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/firmware_version 28What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/firmware_version
27Date: March 2010 29Date: March 2010
@@ -32,12 +34,13 @@ Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
32 number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the 34 number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
33 left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38 35 left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38
34 This file is readonly. 36 This file is readonly.
37Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
35 38
36What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/profile[1-5] 39What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/profile[1-5]
37Date: March 2010 40Date: March 2010
38Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> 41Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
39Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the 42Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
40 press of a button. A profile holds informations like button 43 press of a button. A profile holds information like button
41 mappings, sensitivity, the colors of the 5 leds and light 44 mappings, sensitivity, the colors of the 5 leds and light
42 effects. 45 effects.
43 When read, these files return the respective profile. The 46 When read, these files return the respective profile. The
@@ -47,6 +50,7 @@ Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
47 The mouse will reject invalid data, whereas the profile number 50 The mouse will reject invalid data, whereas the profile number
48 stored in the profile doesn't need to fit the number of the 51 stored in the profile doesn't need to fit the number of the
49 store. 52 store.
53Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
50 54
51What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/settings 55What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/settings
52Date: March 2010 56Date: March 2010
@@ -57,6 +61,7 @@ Description: When read, this file returns the settings stored in the mouse.
57 When written, this file lets write settings back to the mouse. 61 When written, this file lets write settings back to the mouse.
58 The data has to be 36 bytes long. The mouse will reject invalid 62 The data has to be 36 bytes long. The mouse will reject invalid
59 data. 63 data.
64Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
60 65
61What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/startup_profile 66What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/startup_profile
62Date: March 2010 67Date: March 2010
@@ -66,6 +71,7 @@ Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1 to 5.
66 that's active when the mouse is powered on. 71 that's active when the mouse is powered on.
67 When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile 72 When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile
68 and the mouse activates this profile immediately. 73 and the mouse activates this profile immediately.
74Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
69 75
70What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/tcu 76What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/tcu
71Date: March 2010 77Date: March 2010
@@ -77,6 +83,7 @@ Description: The mouse has a "Tracking Control Unit" which lets the user
77 Writing 0 in this file will switch the TCU off. 83 Writing 0 in this file will switch the TCU off.
78 Writing 1 in this file will start the calibration which takes 84 Writing 1 in this file will start the calibration which takes
79 around 6 seconds to complete and activates the TCU. 85 around 6 seconds to complete and activates the TCU.
86Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
80 87
81What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/weight 88What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/weight
82Date: March 2010 89Date: March 2010
@@ -96,3 +103,4 @@ Description: The mouse can be equipped with one of four supplied weights
96 4 20g 103 4 20g
97 104
98 This file is readonly. 105 This file is readonly.
106Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus
index 0f9f30eb1742..326e05452da7 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
4Description: When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile in 4Description: When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile in
5 range 0-4. 5 range 0-4.
6 This file is readonly. 6 This file is readonly.
7Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
7 8
8What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/firmware_version 9What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/firmware_version
9Date: October 2010 10Date: October 2010
@@ -14,6 +15,7 @@ Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
14 number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the 15 number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
15 left. E.g. a returned value of 121 means 1.21 16 left. E.g. a returned value of 121 means 1.21
16 This file is readonly. 17 This file is readonly.
18Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
17 19
18What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/macro 20What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/macro
19Date: October 2010 21Date: October 2010
@@ -24,36 +26,39 @@ Description: The mouse can store a macro with max 500 key/button strokes
24 button for a specific profile. Button and profile numbers are 26 button for a specific profile. Button and profile numbers are
25 included in written data. The data has to be 2082 bytes long. 27 included in written data. The data has to be 2082 bytes long.
26 This file is writeonly. 28 This file is writeonly.
29Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
27 30
28What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile_buttons 31What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile_buttons
29Date: August 2010 32Date: August 2010
30Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> 33Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
31Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the 34Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
32 press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. 35 press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
33 profile_buttons holds informations about button layout. 36 profile_buttons holds information about button layout.
34 When written, this file lets one write the respective profile 37 When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
35 buttons back to the mouse. The data has to be 77 bytes long. 38 buttons back to the mouse. The data has to be 77 bytes long.
36 The mouse will reject invalid data. 39 The mouse will reject invalid data.
37 Which profile to write is determined by the profile number 40 Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
38 contained in the data. 41 contained in the data.
39 This file is writeonly. 42 This file is writeonly.
43Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
40 44
41What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_buttons 45What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_buttons
42Date: August 2010 46Date: August 2010
43Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> 47Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
44Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the 48Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
45 press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. 49 press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
46 profile_buttons holds informations about button layout. 50 profile_buttons holds information about button layout.
47 When read, these files return the respective profile buttons. 51 When read, these files return the respective profile buttons.
48 The returned data is 77 bytes in size. 52 The returned data is 77 bytes in size.
49 This file is readonly. 53 This file is readonly.
54Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
50 55
51What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile_settings 56What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile_settings
52Date: October 2010 57Date: October 2010
53Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> 58Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
54Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the 59Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
55 press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. 60 press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
56 profile_settings holds informations like resolution, sensitivity 61 profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity
57 and light effects. 62 and light effects.
58 When written, this file lets one write the respective profile 63 When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
59 settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 43 bytes long. 64 settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 43 bytes long.
@@ -61,17 +66,19 @@ Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
61 Which profile to write is determined by the profile number 66 Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
62 contained in the data. 67 contained in the data.
63 This file is writeonly. 68 This file is writeonly.
69Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
64 70
65What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_settings 71What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_settings
66Date: August 2010 72Date: August 2010
67Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> 73Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
68Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the 74Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
69 press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. 75 press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
70 profile_settings holds informations like resolution, sensitivity 76 profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity
71 and light effects. 77 and light effects.
72 When read, these files return the respective profile settings. 78 When read, these files return the respective profile settings.
73 The returned data is 43 bytes in size. 79 The returned data is 43 bytes in size.
74 This file is readonly. 80 This file is readonly.
81Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
75 82
76What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/sensor 83What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/sensor
77Date: October 2010 84Date: October 2010
@@ -80,6 +87,7 @@ Description: The mouse has a tracking- and a distance-control-unit. These
80 can be activated/deactivated and the lift-off distance can be 87 can be activated/deactivated and the lift-off distance can be
81 set. The data has to be 6 bytes long. 88 set. The data has to be 6 bytes long.
82 This file is writeonly. 89 This file is writeonly.
90Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
83 91
84What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/startup_profile 92What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/startup_profile
85Date: October 2010 93Date: October 2010
@@ -89,6 +97,7 @@ Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4.
89 that's active when the mouse is powered on. 97 that's active when the mouse is powered on.
90 When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile 98 When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile
91 and the mouse activates this profile immediately. 99 and the mouse activates this profile immediately.
100Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
92 101
93What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/tcu 102What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/tcu
94Date: October 2010 103Date: October 2010
@@ -97,6 +106,7 @@ Description: When written a calibration process for the tracking control unit
97 can be initiated/cancelled. 106 can be initiated/cancelled.
98 The data has to be 3 bytes long. 107 The data has to be 3 bytes long.
99 This file is writeonly. 108 This file is writeonly.
109Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
100 110
101What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/tcu_image 111What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/tcu_image
102Date: October 2010 112Date: October 2010
@@ -106,3 +116,4 @@ Description: When read the mouse returns a 30x30 pixel image of the
106 calibration process initiated with tcu. 116 calibration process initiated with tcu.
107 The returned data is 1028 bytes in size. 117 The returned data is 1028 bytes in size.
108 This file is readonly. 118 This file is readonly.
119Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..20f937c9d84f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
1What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_cpi
2Date: January 2011
3Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
4Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-4.
5 When read, this attribute returns the number of the active
6 cpi level.
7 This file is readonly.
8Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
9
10What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_profile
11Date: January 2011
12Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
13Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4.
14 When read, this attribute returns the number of the active
15 profile.
16 When written, the mouse activates this profile immediately.
17 The profile that's active when powered down is the same that's
18 active when the mouse is powered on.
19Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
20
21What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_sensitivity_x
22Date: January 2011
23Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
24Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-10.
25 When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual
26 sensitivity in x direction.
27 This file is readonly.
28Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
29
30What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_sensitivity_y
31Date: January 2011
32Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
33Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-10.
34 When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual
35 sensitivity in y direction.
36 This file is readonly.
37Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
38
39What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/firmware_version
40Date: January 2011
41Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
42Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
43 firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases
44 further usage in other programs. To receive the real version
45 number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
46 left. E.g. a returned value of 121 means 1.21
47 This file is readonly.
48Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
49
50What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/profile_buttons
51Date: January 2011
52Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
53Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
54 press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
55 profile_buttons holds information about button layout.
56 When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
57 buttons back to the mouse. The data has to be 23 bytes long.
58 The mouse will reject invalid data.
59 Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
60 contained in the data.
61 This file is writeonly.
62Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
63
64What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_buttons
65Date: January 2011
66Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
67Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
68 press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
69 profile_buttons holds information about button layout.
70 When read, these files return the respective profile buttons.
71 The returned data is 23 bytes in size.
72 This file is readonly.
73Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
74
75What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/profile_settings
76Date: January 2011
77Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
78Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
79 press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
80 profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity
81 and light effects.
82 When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
83 settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 16 bytes long.
84 The mouse will reject invalid data.
85 Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
86 contained in the data.
87 This file is writeonly.
88Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
89
90What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_settings
91Date: January 2011
92Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
93Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
94 press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
95 profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity
96 and light effects.
97 When read, these files return the respective profile settings.
98 The returned data is 16 bytes in size.
99 This file is readonly.
100Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra
index 1c37b823f142..3f8de50e4ff1 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra
@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ Description: It is possible to switch the cpi setting of the mouse with the
13 4 1600 13 4 1600
14 14
15 This file is readonly. 15 This file is readonly.
16Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
16 17
17What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/actual_profile 18What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/actual_profile
18Date: August 2010 19Date: August 2010
@@ -20,6 +21,7 @@ Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
20Description: When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile in 21Description: When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile in
21 range 0-4. 22 range 0-4.
22 This file is readonly. 23 This file is readonly.
24Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
23 25
24What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/firmware_version 26What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/firmware_version
25Date: August 2010 27Date: August 2010
@@ -30,13 +32,14 @@ Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
30 number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the 32 number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
31 left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38 33 left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38
32 This file is readonly. 34 This file is readonly.
35Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
33 36
34What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile_settings 37What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile_settings
35Date: August 2010 38Date: August 2010
36Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> 39Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
37Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the 40Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
38 press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. 41 press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
39 profile_settings holds informations like resolution, sensitivity 42 profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity
40 and light effects. 43 and light effects.
41 When written, this file lets one write the respective profile 44 When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
42 settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 13 bytes long. 45 settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 13 bytes long.
@@ -44,40 +47,44 @@ Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
44 Which profile to write is determined by the profile number 47 Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
45 contained in the data. 48 contained in the data.
46 This file is writeonly. 49 This file is writeonly.
50Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
47 51
48What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile[1-5]_settings 52What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile[1-5]_settings
49Date: August 2010 53Date: August 2010
50Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> 54Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
51Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the 55Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
52 press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. 56 press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
53 profile_settings holds informations like resolution, sensitivity 57 profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity
54 and light effects. 58 and light effects.
55 When read, these files return the respective profile settings. 59 When read, these files return the respective profile settings.
56 The returned data is 13 bytes in size. 60 The returned data is 13 bytes in size.
57 This file is readonly. 61 This file is readonly.
62Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
58 63
59What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile_buttons 64What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile_buttons
60Date: August 2010 65Date: August 2010
61Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> 66Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
62Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the 67Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
63 press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. 68 press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
64 profile_buttons holds informations about button layout. 69 profile_buttons holds information about button layout.
65 When written, this file lets one write the respective profile 70 When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
66 buttons back to the mouse. The data has to be 19 bytes long. 71 buttons back to the mouse. The data has to be 19 bytes long.
67 The mouse will reject invalid data. 72 The mouse will reject invalid data.
68 Which profile to write is determined by the profile number 73 Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
69 contained in the data. 74 contained in the data.
70 This file is writeonly. 75 This file is writeonly.
76Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
71 77
72What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile[1-5]_buttons 78What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile[1-5]_buttons
73Date: August 2010 79Date: August 2010
74Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> 80Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
75Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the 81Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
76 press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. 82 press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
77 profile_buttons holds informations about button layout. 83 profile_buttons holds information about button layout.
78 When read, these files return the respective profile buttons. 84 When read, these files return the respective profile buttons.
79 The returned data is 19 bytes in size. 85 The returned data is 19 bytes in size.
80 This file is readonly. 86 This file is readonly.
87Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
81 88
82What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/startup_profile 89What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/startup_profile
83Date: August 2010 90Date: August 2010
@@ -86,6 +93,7 @@ Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4.
86 When read, this attribute returns the number of the profile 93 When read, this attribute returns the number of the profile
87 that's active when the mouse is powered on. 94 that's active when the mouse is powered on.
88 This file is readonly. 95 This file is readonly.
96Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
89 97
90What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/settings 98What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/settings
91Date: August 2010 99Date: August 2010
@@ -96,3 +104,4 @@ Description: When read, this file returns the settings stored in the mouse.
96 When written, this file lets write settings back to the mouse. 104 When written, this file lets write settings back to the mouse.
97 The data has to be 3 bytes long. The mouse will reject invalid 105 The data has to be 3 bytes long. The mouse will reject invalid
98 data. 106 data.
107Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0a810231aad4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
1What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/performance_level
2Date: January 1, 2010
3KernelVersion: 2.6.33
4Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
5Description: Some Samsung laptops have different "performance levels"
6 that are can be modified by a function key, and by this
7 sysfs file. These values don't always make a whole lot
8 of sense, but some users like to modify them to keep
9 their fans quiet at all costs. Reading from this file
10 will show the current performance level. Writing to the
11 file can change this value.
12 Valid options:
13 "silent"
14 "normal"
15 "overclock"
16 Note that not all laptops support all of these options.
17 Specifically, not all support the "overclock" option,
18 and it's still unknown if this value even changes
19 anything, other than making the user feel a bit better.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ba9da9503c23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
1What: /sys/firmware/dmi/
2Date: February 2011
3Contact: Mike Waychison <mikew@google.com>
4Description:
5 Many machines' firmware (x86 and ia64) export DMI /
6 SMBIOS tables to the operating system. Getting at this
7 information is often valuable to userland, especially in
8 cases where there are OEM extensions used.
9
10 The kernel itself does not rely on the majority of the
11 information in these tables being correct. It equally
12 cannot ensure that the data as exported to userland is
13 without error either.
14
15 DMI is structured as a large table of entries, where
16 each entry has a common header indicating the type and
17 length of the entry, as well as 'handle' that is
18 supposed to be unique amongst all entries.
19
20 Some entries are required by the specification, but many
21 others are optional. In general though, users should
22 never expect to find a specific entry type on their
23 system unless they know for certain what their firmware
24 is doing. Machine to machine will vary.
25
26 Multiple entries of the same type are allowed. In order
27 to handle these duplicate entry types, each entry is
28 assigned by the operating system an 'instance', which is
29 derived from an entry type's ordinal position. That is
30 to say, if there are 'N' multiple entries with the same type
31 'T' in the DMI tables (adjacent or spread apart, it
32 doesn't matter), they will be represented in sysfs as
33 entries "T-0" through "T-(N-1)":
34
35 Example entry directories:
36
37 /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-0
38 /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-1
39 /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-2
40 /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-3
41 ...
42
43 Instance numbers are used in lieu of the firmware
44 assigned entry handles as the kernel itself makes no
45 guarantees that handles as exported are unique, and
46 there are likely firmware images that get this wrong in
47 the wild.
48
49 Each DMI entry in sysfs has the common header values
50 exported as attributes:
51
52 handle : The 16bit 'handle' that is assigned to this
53 entry by the firmware. This handle may be
54 referred to by other entries.
55 length : The length of the entry, as presented in the
56 entry itself. Note that this is _not the
57 total count of bytes associated with the
58 entry_. This value represents the length of
59 the "formatted" portion of the entry. This
60 "formatted" region is sometimes followed by
61 the "unformatted" region composed of nul
62 terminated strings, with termination signalled
63 by a two nul characters in series.
64 raw : The raw bytes of the entry. This includes the
65 "formatted" portion of the entry, the
66 "unformatted" strings portion of the entry,
67 and the two terminating nul characters.
68 type : The type of the entry. This value is the same
69 as found in the directory name. It indicates
70 how the rest of the entry should be
71 interpreted.
72 instance: The instance ordinal of the entry for the
73 given type. This value is the same as found
74 in the parent directory name.
75 position: The position of the entry within the entirety
76 of the entirety.
77
78 === Entry Specialization ===
79
80 Some entry types may have other information available in
81 sysfs.
82
83 --- Type 15 - System Event Log ---
84
85 This entry allows the firmware to export a log of
86 events the system has taken. This information is
87 typically backed by nvram, but the implementation
88 details are abstracted by this table. This entries data
89 is exported in the directory:
90
91 /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/15-0/system_event_log
92
93 and has the following attributes (documented in the
94 SMBIOS / DMI specification under "System Event Log (Type 15)":
95
96 area_length
97 header_start_offset
98 data_start_offset
99 access_method
100 status
101 change_token
102 access_method_address
103 header_format
104 per_log_type_descriptor_length
105 type_descriptors_supported_count
106
107 As well, the kernel exports the binary attribute:
108
109 raw_event_log : The raw binary bits of the event log
110 as described by the DMI entry.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4
index 5fb709997d96..f22ac0872ae8 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ Description:
48 will have its blocks allocated out of its own unique 48 will have its blocks allocated out of its own unique
49 preallocation pool. 49 preallocation pool.
50 50
51What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/inode_readahead 51What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/inode_readahead_blks
52Date: March 2008 52Date: March 2008
53Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> 53Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
54Description: 54Description:
@@ -85,7 +85,14 @@ Date: June 2008
85Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> 85Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
86Description: 86Description:
87 Tuning parameter which (if non-zero) controls the goal 87 Tuning parameter which (if non-zero) controls the goal
88 inode used by the inode allocator in p0reference to 88 inode used by the inode allocator in preference to
89 all other allocation hueristics. This is intended for 89 all other allocation heuristics. This is intended for
90 debugging use only, and should be 0 on production 90 debugging use only, and should be 0 on production
91 systems. 91 systems.
92
93What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/max_writeback_mb_bump
94Date: September 2009
95Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
96Description:
97 The maximum number of megabytes the writeback code will
98 try to write out before move on to another inode.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop
index 41ff8ae4dee0..cd9d667c3da2 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.20
27Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> 27Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
28Description: 28Description:
29 Some models like the W1N have a LED display that can be 29 Some models like the W1N have a LED display that can be
30 used to display several informations. 30 used to display several items of information.
31 To control the LED display, use the following : 31 To control the LED display, use the following :
32 echo 0x0T000DDD > /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/ 32 echo 0x0T000DDD > /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/
33 where T control the 3 letters display, and DDD the 3 digits display. 33 where T control the 3 letters display, and DDD the 3 digits display.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2e7df91620de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
1What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/cpufv
2Date: Oct 2010
3KernelVersion: 2.6.37
4Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
5Description:
6 Change CPU clock configuration (write-only).
7 There are three available clock configuration:
8 * 0 -> Super Performance Mode
9 * 1 -> High Performance Mode
10 * 2 -> Power Saving Mode
11
12What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/camera
13Date: Jan 2010
14KernelVersion: 2.6.39
15Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
16Description:
17 Control the camera. 1 means on, 0 means off.
18
19What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/cardr
20Date: Jan 2010
21KernelVersion: 2.6.39
22Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
23Description:
24 Control the card reader. 1 means on, 0 means off.
25
26What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/touchpad
27Date: Jan 2010
28KernelVersion: 2.6.39
29Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
30Description:
31 Control the card touchpad. 1 means on, 0 means off.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-wmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-wmi
deleted file mode 100644
index e4b5fef5fadd..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-wmi
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
1What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc-wmi/cpufv
2Date: Oct 2010
3KernelVersion: 2.6.37
4Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
5Description:
6 Change CPU clock configuration (write-only).
7 There are three available clock configuration:
8 * 0 -> Super Performance Mode
9 * 1 -> High Performance Mode
10 * 2 -> Power Saving Mode
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c1653271872a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
1What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/dev_name
2Date: January 2010
3KernelVersion: 2.6.38
4Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com>
5Description:
6 Name of the UART device at which the WL128x chip
7 is connected. example: "/dev/ttyS0".
8 The device name flows down to architecture specific board
9 initialization file from the SFI/ATAGS bootloader
10 firmware. The name exposed is read from the user-space
11 dameon and opens the device when install is requested.
12
13What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/baud_rate
14Date: January 2010
15KernelVersion: 2.6.38
16Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com>
17Description:
18 The maximum reliable baud-rate the host can support.
19 Different platforms tend to have different high-speed
20 UART configurations, so the baud-rate needs to be set
21 locally and also sent across to the WL128x via a HCI-VS
22 command. The entry is read and made use by the user-space
23 daemon when the ldisc install is requested.
24
25What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/flow_cntrl
26Date: January 2010
27KernelVersion: 2.6.38
28Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com>
29Description:
30 The WL128x makes use of flow control mechanism, and this
31 entry most often should be 1, the host's UART is required
32 to have the capability of flow-control, or else this
33 entry can be made use of for exceptions.
34
35What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/install
36Date: January 2010
37KernelVersion: 2.6.38
38Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com>
39Description:
40 When one of the protocols Bluetooth, FM or GPS wants to make
41 use of the shared UART transport, it registers to the shared
42 transport driver, which will signal the user-space for opening,
43 configuring baud and install line discipline via this sysfs
44 entry. This entry would be polled upon by the user-space
45 daemon managing the UART, and is notified about the change
46 by the sysfs_notify. The value would be '1' when UART needs
47 to be opened/ldisc installed, and would be '0' when UART
48 is no more required and needs to be closed.
diff --git a/Documentation/Changes b/Documentation/Changes
index 4fb88f15f2ef..5f4828a034e3 100644
--- a/Documentation/Changes
+++ b/Documentation/Changes
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ o util-linux 2.10o # fdformat --version
35o module-init-tools 0.9.10 # depmod -V 35o module-init-tools 0.9.10 # depmod -V
36o e2fsprogs 1.41.4 # e2fsck -V 36o e2fsprogs 1.41.4 # e2fsck -V
37o jfsutils 1.1.3 # fsck.jfs -V 37o jfsutils 1.1.3 # fsck.jfs -V
38o reiserfsprogs 3.6.3 # reiserfsck -V 2>&1|grep reiserfsprogs 38o reiserfsprogs 3.6.3 # reiserfsck -V
39o xfsprogs 2.6.0 # xfs_db -V 39o xfsprogs 2.6.0 # xfs_db -V
40o squashfs-tools 4.0 # mksquashfs -version 40o squashfs-tools 4.0 # mksquashfs -version
41o btrfs-progs 0.18 # btrfsck 41o btrfs-progs 0.18 # btrfsck
@@ -46,9 +46,9 @@ o isdn4k-utils 3.1pre1 # isdnctrl 2>&1|grep version
46o nfs-utils 1.0.5 # showmount --version 46o nfs-utils 1.0.5 # showmount --version
47o procps 3.2.0 # ps --version 47o procps 3.2.0 # ps --version
48o oprofile 0.9 # oprofiled --version 48o oprofile 0.9 # oprofiled --version
49o udev 081 # udevinfo -V 49o udev 081 # udevd --version
50o grub 0.93 # grub --version 50o grub 0.93 # grub --version || grub-install --version
51o mcelog 0.6 51o mcelog 0.6 # mcelog --version
52o iptables 1.4.2 # iptables -V 52o iptables 1.4.2 # iptables -V
53 53
54 54
diff --git a/Documentation/CodingStyle b/Documentation/CodingStyle
index 8bb37237ebd2..58b0bf917834 100644
--- a/Documentation/CodingStyle
+++ b/Documentation/CodingStyle
@@ -168,6 +168,13 @@ Do not unnecessarily use braces where a single statement will do.
168if (condition) 168if (condition)
169 action(); 169 action();
170 170
171and
172
173if (condition)
174 do_this();
175else
176 do_that();
177
171This does not apply if one branch of a conditional statement is a single 178This does not apply if one branch of a conditional statement is a single
172statement. Use braces in both branches. 179statement. Use braces in both branches.
173 180
@@ -659,7 +666,7 @@ There are a number of driver model diagnostic macros in <linux/device.h>
659which you should use to make sure messages are matched to the right device 666which you should use to make sure messages are matched to the right device
660and driver, and are tagged with the right level: dev_err(), dev_warn(), 667and driver, and are tagged with the right level: dev_err(), dev_warn(),
661dev_info(), and so forth. For messages that aren't associated with a 668dev_info(), and so forth. For messages that aren't associated with a
662particular device, <linux/kernel.h> defines pr_debug() and pr_info(). 669particular device, <linux/printk.h> defines pr_debug() and pr_info().
663 670
664Coming up with good debugging messages can be quite a challenge; and once 671Coming up with good debugging messages can be quite a challenge; and once
665you have them, they can be a huge help for remote troubleshooting. Such 672you have them, they can be a huge help for remote troubleshooting. Such
@@ -819,6 +826,3 @@ language C, URL: http://www.open-std.org/JTC1/SC22/WG14/
819Kernel CodingStyle, by greg@kroah.com at OLS 2002: 826Kernel CodingStyle, by greg@kroah.com at OLS 2002:
820http://www.kroah.com/linux/talks/ols_2002_kernel_codingstyle_talk/html/ 827http://www.kroah.com/linux/talks/ols_2002_kernel_codingstyle_talk/html/
821 828
822--
823Last updated on 2007-July-13.
824
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile
index 8b6e00a71034..8436b018c289 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile
@@ -53,7 +53,9 @@ MAN := $(patsubst %.xml, %.9, $(BOOKS))
53mandocs: $(MAN) 53mandocs: $(MAN)
54 54
55build_images = mkdir -p $(objtree)/Documentation/DocBook/media/ && \ 55build_images = mkdir -p $(objtree)/Documentation/DocBook/media/ && \
56 cp $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/*.png $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/*.gif $(objtree)/Documentation/DocBook/media/ 56 cp $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/*.png \
57 $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/*.gif \
58 $(objtree)/Documentation/DocBook/media/
57 59
58xmldoclinks: 60xmldoclinks:
59ifneq ($(objtree),$(srctree)) 61ifneq ($(objtree),$(srctree))
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl
index 2861055afd7a..c27915893974 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@
73 services. 73 services.
74 </para> 74 </para>
75 <para> 75 <para>
76 The core of every DRM driver is struct drm_device. Drivers 76 The core of every DRM driver is struct drm_driver. Drivers
77 will typically statically initialize a drm_device structure, 77 will typically statically initialize a drm_driver structure,
78 then pass it to drm_init() at load time. 78 then pass it to drm_init() at load time.
79 </para> 79 </para>
80 80
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
84 <title>Driver initialization</title> 84 <title>Driver initialization</title>
85 <para> 85 <para>
86 Before calling the DRM initialization routines, the driver must 86 Before calling the DRM initialization routines, the driver must
87 first create and fill out a struct drm_device structure. 87 first create and fill out a struct drm_driver structure.
88 </para> 88 </para>
89 <programlisting> 89 <programlisting>
90 static struct drm_driver driver = { 90 static struct drm_driver driver = {
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/dvbproperty.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/dvbproperty.xml
index 5f57c7ccd4ba..97f397e2fb3a 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/dvbproperty.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/dvbproperty.xml
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
40 40
41 <para>Central frequency of the channel.</para> 41 <para>Central frequency of the channel.</para>
42 42
43 <para>For ISDB-T the channels are usally transmitted with an offset of 143kHz. E.g. a 43 <para>For ISDB-T the channels are usually transmitted with an offset of 143kHz. E.g. a
44 valid frequncy could be 474143 kHz. The stepping is bound to the bandwidth of 44 valid frequncy could be 474143 kHz. The stepping is bound to the bandwidth of
45 the channel which is 6MHz.</para> 45 the channel which is 6MHz.</para>
46 46
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/frontend.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/frontend.xml
index 78d756de5906..60c6976fb311 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/frontend.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/frontend.xml
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ consistently to the DiSEqC commands as described in the DiSEqC spec.</para>
139<section id="frontend_sec_tone"> 139<section id="frontend_sec_tone">
140<title>SEC continuous tone</title> 140<title>SEC continuous tone</title>
141 141
142<para>The continous 22KHz tone is usually used with non-DiSEqC capable LNBs to switch the 142<para>The continuous 22KHz tone is usually used with non-DiSEqC capable LNBs to switch the
143high/low band of a dual-band LNB. When using DiSEqC epuipment this voltage has to 143high/low band of a dual-band LNB. When using DiSEqC epuipment this voltage has to
144be switched consistently to the DiSEqC commands as described in the DiSEqC 144be switched consistently to the DiSEqC commands as described in the DiSEqC
145spec.</para> 145spec.</para>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/filesystems.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/filesystems.tmpl
index 5e87ad58c0b5..f51f28531b8d 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/filesystems.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/filesystems.tmpl
@@ -82,6 +82,11 @@
82 </sect1> 82 </sect1>
83 </chapter> 83 </chapter>
84 84
85 <chapter id="fs_events">
86 <title>Events based on file descriptors</title>
87!Efs/eventfd.c
88 </chapter>
89
85 <chapter id="sysfs"> 90 <chapter id="sysfs">
86 <title>The Filesystem for Exporting Kernel Objects</title> 91 <title>The Filesystem for Exporting Kernel Objects</title>
87!Efs/sysfs/file.c 92!Efs/sysfs/file.c
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-locking.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-locking.tmpl
index f66f4df18690..67e7ab41c0a6 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-locking.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-locking.tmpl
@@ -1763,7 +1763,7 @@ as it would be on UP.
1763There is a furthur optimization possible here: remember our original 1763There is a furthur optimization possible here: remember our original
1764cache code, where there were no reference counts and the caller simply 1764cache code, where there were no reference counts and the caller simply
1765held the lock whenever using the object? This is still possible: if 1765held the lock whenever using the object? This is still possible: if
1766you hold the lock, noone can delete the object, so you don't need to 1766you hold the lock, no one can delete the object, so you don't need to
1767get and put the reference count. 1767get and put the reference count.
1768</para> 1768</para>
1769 1769
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl
index 8c5411cfeaf0..cdd1bb9aac0d 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl
@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ and other resources, etc.
1032 <listitem> 1032 <listitem>
1033 <para> 1033 <para>
1034 This is indicated by ICRC bit in the ERROR register and 1034 This is indicated by ICRC bit in the ERROR register and
1035 means that corruption occurred during data transfer. Upto 1035 means that corruption occurred during data transfer. Up to
1036 ATA/ATAPI-7, the standard specifies that this bit is only 1036 ATA/ATAPI-7, the standard specifies that this bit is only
1037 applicable to UDMA transfers but ATA/ATAPI-8 draft revision 1037 applicable to UDMA transfers but ATA/ATAPI-8 draft revision
1038 1f says that the bit may be applicable to multiword DMA and 1038 1f says that the bit may be applicable to multiword DMA and
@@ -1045,10 +1045,10 @@ and other resources, etc.
1045 <term>ABRT error during data transfer or on completion</term> 1045 <term>ABRT error during data transfer or on completion</term>
1046 <listitem> 1046 <listitem>
1047 <para> 1047 <para>
1048 Upto ATA/ATAPI-7, the standard specifies that ABRT could be 1048 Up to ATA/ATAPI-7, the standard specifies that ABRT could be
1049 set on ICRC errors and on cases where a device is not able 1049 set on ICRC errors and on cases where a device is not able
1050 to complete a command. Combined with the fact that MWDMA 1050 to complete a command. Combined with the fact that MWDMA
1051 and PIO transfer errors aren't allowed to use ICRC bit upto 1051 and PIO transfer errors aren't allowed to use ICRC bit up to
1052 ATA/ATAPI-7, it seems to imply that ABRT bit alone could 1052 ATA/ATAPI-7, it seems to imply that ABRT bit alone could
1053 indicate tranfer errors. 1053 indicate tranfer errors.
1054 </para> 1054 </para>
@@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ and other resources, etc.
1122 <para> 1122 <para>
1123 Depending on commands, not all STATUS/ERROR bits are 1123 Depending on commands, not all STATUS/ERROR bits are
1124 applicable. These non-applicable bits are marked with 1124 applicable. These non-applicable bits are marked with
1125 &quot;na&quot; in the output descriptions but upto ATA/ATAPI-7 1125 &quot;na&quot; in the output descriptions but up to ATA/ATAPI-7
1126 no definition of &quot;na&quot; can be found. However, 1126 no definition of &quot;na&quot; can be found. However,
1127 ATA/ATAPI-8 draft revision 1f describes &quot;N/A&quot; as 1127 ATA/ATAPI-8 draft revision 1f describes &quot;N/A&quot; as
1128 follows. 1128 follows.
@@ -1507,7 +1507,7 @@ and other resources, etc.
1507 1507
1508 <listitem> 1508 <listitem>
1509 <para> 1509 <para>
1510 CHS set up with INITIALIZE DEVICE PARAMETERS (seldomly used) 1510 CHS set up with INITIALIZE DEVICE PARAMETERS (seldom used)
1511 </para> 1511 </para>
1512 </listitem> 1512 </listitem>
1513 1513
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media-entities.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/media-entities.tmpl
index be34dcbe0d90..5d259c632cdf 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media-entities.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media-entities.tmpl
@@ -11,6 +11,10 @@
11<!ENTITY func-select "<link linkend='func-select'><function>select()</function></link>"> 11<!ENTITY func-select "<link linkend='func-select'><function>select()</function></link>">
12<!ENTITY func-write "<link linkend='func-write'><function>write()</function></link>"> 12<!ENTITY func-write "<link linkend='func-write'><function>write()</function></link>">
13 13
14<!ENTITY media-func-close "<link linkend='media-func-close'><function>close()</function></link>">
15<!ENTITY media-func-ioctl "<link linkend='media-func-ioctl'><function>ioctl()</function></link>">
16<!ENTITY media-func-open "<link linkend='media-func-open'><function>open()</function></link>">
17
14<!-- Ioctls --> 18<!-- Ioctls -->
15<!ENTITY VIDIOC-CROPCAP "<link linkend='vidioc-cropcap'><constant>VIDIOC_CROPCAP</constant></link>"> 19<!ENTITY VIDIOC-CROPCAP "<link linkend='vidioc-cropcap'><constant>VIDIOC_CROPCAP</constant></link>">
16<!ENTITY VIDIOC-DBG-G-CHIP-IDENT "<link linkend='vidioc-dbg-g-chip-ident'><constant>VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT</constant></link>"> 20<!ENTITY VIDIOC-DBG-G-CHIP-IDENT "<link linkend='vidioc-dbg-g-chip-ident'><constant>VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT</constant></link>">
@@ -82,11 +86,24 @@
82<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-PRIORITY "<link linkend='vidioc-g-priority'><constant>VIDIOC_S_PRIORITY</constant></link>"> 86<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-PRIORITY "<link linkend='vidioc-g-priority'><constant>VIDIOC_S_PRIORITY</constant></link>">
83<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-STD "<link linkend='vidioc-g-std'><constant>VIDIOC_S_STD</constant></link>"> 87<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-STD "<link linkend='vidioc-g-std'><constant>VIDIOC_S_STD</constant></link>">
84<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-TUNER "<link linkend='vidioc-g-tuner'><constant>VIDIOC_S_TUNER</constant></link>"> 88<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-TUNER "<link linkend='vidioc-g-tuner'><constant>VIDIOC_S_TUNER</constant></link>">
89<!ENTITY VIDIOC-SUBDEV-ENUM-FRAME-SIZE "<link linkend='vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-size'><constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_SIZE</constant></link>">
90<!ENTITY VIDIOC-SUBDEV-ENUM-MBUS-CODE "<link linkend='vidioc-subdev-enum-mbus-code'><constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_MBUS_CODE</constant></link>">
91<!ENTITY VIDIOC-SUBDEV-G-CROP "<link linkend='vidioc-subdev-g-crop'><constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_CROP</constant></link>">
92<!ENTITY VIDIOC-SUBDEV-G-FMT "<link linkend='vidioc-subdev-g-fmt'><constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FMT</constant></link>">
93<!ENTITY VIDIOC-SUBDEV-G-FRAME-INTERVAL "<link linkend='vidioc-subdev-g-frame-interval'><constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FRAME_INTERVAL</constant></link>">
94<!ENTITY VIDIOC-SUBDEV-S-CROP "<link linkend='vidioc-subdev-g-crop'><constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_CROP</constant></link>">
95<!ENTITY VIDIOC-SUBDEV-S-FMT "<link linkend='vidioc-subdev-g-fmt'><constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FMT</constant></link>">
96<!ENTITY VIDIOC-SUBDEV-S-FRAME-INTERVAL "<link linkend='vidioc-subdev-g-frame-interval'><constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FRAME_INTERVAL</constant></link>">
85<!ENTITY VIDIOC-TRY-ENCODER-CMD "<link linkend='vidioc-encoder-cmd'><constant>VIDIOC_TRY_ENCODER_CMD</constant></link>"> 97<!ENTITY VIDIOC-TRY-ENCODER-CMD "<link linkend='vidioc-encoder-cmd'><constant>VIDIOC_TRY_ENCODER_CMD</constant></link>">
86<!ENTITY VIDIOC-TRY-EXT-CTRLS "<link linkend='vidioc-g-ext-ctrls'><constant>VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS</constant></link>"> 98<!ENTITY VIDIOC-TRY-EXT-CTRLS "<link linkend='vidioc-g-ext-ctrls'><constant>VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS</constant></link>">
87<!ENTITY VIDIOC-TRY-FMT "<link linkend='vidioc-g-fmt'><constant>VIDIOC_TRY_FMT</constant></link>"> 99<!ENTITY VIDIOC-TRY-FMT "<link linkend='vidioc-g-fmt'><constant>VIDIOC_TRY_FMT</constant></link>">
88<!ENTITY VIDIOC-UNSUBSCRIBE-EVENT "<link linkend='vidioc-subscribe-event'><constant>VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT</constant></link>"> 100<!ENTITY VIDIOC-UNSUBSCRIBE-EVENT "<link linkend='vidioc-subscribe-event'><constant>VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT</constant></link>">
89 101
102<!ENTITY MEDIA-IOC-DEVICE-INFO "<link linkend='media-ioc-device-info'><constant>MEDIA_IOC_DEVICE_INFO</constant></link>">
103<!ENTITY MEDIA-IOC-ENUM-ENTITIES "<link linkend='media-ioc-enum-entities'><constant>MEDIA_IOC_ENUM_ENTITIES</constant></link>">
104<!ENTITY MEDIA-IOC-ENUM-LINKS "<link linkend='media-ioc-enum-links'><constant>MEDIA_IOC_ENUM_LINKS</constant></link>">
105<!ENTITY MEDIA-IOC-SETUP-LINK "<link linkend='media-ioc-setup-link'><constant>MEDIA_IOC_SETUP_LINK</constant></link>">
106
90<!-- Types --> 107<!-- Types -->
91<!ENTITY v4l2-std-id "<link linkend='v4l2-std-id'>v4l2_std_id</link>"> 108<!ENTITY v4l2-std-id "<link linkend='v4l2-std-id'>v4l2_std_id</link>">
92 109
@@ -98,6 +115,7 @@
98<!ENTITY v4l2-field "enum&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-field'>v4l2_field</link>"> 115<!ENTITY v4l2-field "enum&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-field'>v4l2_field</link>">
99<!ENTITY v4l2-frmivaltypes "enum&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-frmivaltypes'>v4l2_frmivaltypes</link>"> 116<!ENTITY v4l2-frmivaltypes "enum&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-frmivaltypes'>v4l2_frmivaltypes</link>">
100<!ENTITY v4l2-frmsizetypes "enum&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-frmsizetypes'>v4l2_frmsizetypes</link>"> 117<!ENTITY v4l2-frmsizetypes "enum&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-frmsizetypes'>v4l2_frmsizetypes</link>">
118<!ENTITY v4l2-mbus-pixelcode "enum&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-mbus-pixelcode'>v4l2_mbus_pixelcode</link>">
101<!ENTITY v4l2-memory "enum&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-memory'>v4l2_memory</link>"> 119<!ENTITY v4l2-memory "enum&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-memory'>v4l2_memory</link>">
102<!ENTITY v4l2-mpeg-audio-ac3-bitrate "enum&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-audio-ac3-bitrate'>v4l2_mpeg_audio_ac3_bitrate</link>"> 120<!ENTITY v4l2-mpeg-audio-ac3-bitrate "enum&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-audio-ac3-bitrate'>v4l2_mpeg_audio_ac3_bitrate</link>">
103<!ENTITY v4l2-mpeg-audio-crc "enum&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-audio-crc'>v4l2_mpeg_audio_crc</link>"> 121<!ENTITY v4l2-mpeg-audio-crc "enum&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-audio-crc'>v4l2_mpeg_audio_crc</link>">
@@ -121,6 +139,7 @@
121<!ENTITY v4l2-mpeg-video-encoding "enum&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-video-encoding'>v4l2_mpeg_video_encoding</link>"> 139<!ENTITY v4l2-mpeg-video-encoding "enum&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-video-encoding'>v4l2_mpeg_video_encoding</link>">
122<!ENTITY v4l2-power-line-frequency "enum&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-power-line-frequency'>v4l2_power_line_frequency</link>"> 140<!ENTITY v4l2-power-line-frequency "enum&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-power-line-frequency'>v4l2_power_line_frequency</link>">
123<!ENTITY v4l2-priority "enum&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-priority'>v4l2_priority</link>"> 141<!ENTITY v4l2-priority "enum&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-priority'>v4l2_priority</link>">
142<!ENTITY v4l2-subdev-format-whence "enum&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-subdev-format-whence'>v4l2_subdev_format_whence</link>">
124<!ENTITY v4l2-tuner-type "enum&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-tuner-type'>v4l2_tuner_type</link>"> 143<!ENTITY v4l2-tuner-type "enum&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-tuner-type'>v4l2_tuner_type</link>">
125<!ENTITY v4l2-preemphasis "enum&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-preemphasis'>v4l2_preemphasis</link>"> 144<!ENTITY v4l2-preemphasis "enum&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-preemphasis'>v4l2_preemphasis</link>">
126 145
@@ -129,6 +148,7 @@
129<!ENTITY v4l2-audioout "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-audioout'>v4l2_audioout</link>"> 148<!ENTITY v4l2-audioout "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-audioout'>v4l2_audioout</link>">
130<!ENTITY v4l2-bt-timings "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-bt-timings'>v4l2_bt_timings</link>"> 149<!ENTITY v4l2-bt-timings "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-bt-timings'>v4l2_bt_timings</link>">
131<!ENTITY v4l2-buffer "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-buffer'>v4l2_buffer</link>"> 150<!ENTITY v4l2-buffer "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-buffer'>v4l2_buffer</link>">
151<!ENTITY v4l2-plane "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-plane'>v4l2_plane</link>">
132<!ENTITY v4l2-capability "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-capability'>v4l2_capability</link>"> 152<!ENTITY v4l2-capability "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-capability'>v4l2_capability</link>">
133<!ENTITY v4l2-captureparm "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-captureparm'>v4l2_captureparm</link>"> 153<!ENTITY v4l2-captureparm "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-captureparm'>v4l2_captureparm</link>">
134<!ENTITY v4l2-clip "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-clip'>v4l2_clip</link>"> 154<!ENTITY v4l2-clip "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-clip'>v4l2_clip</link>">
@@ -162,11 +182,14 @@
162<!ENTITY v4l2-hw-freq-seek "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-hw-freq-seek'>v4l2_hw_freq_seek</link>"> 182<!ENTITY v4l2-hw-freq-seek "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-hw-freq-seek'>v4l2_hw_freq_seek</link>">
163<!ENTITY v4l2-input "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-input'>v4l2_input</link>"> 183<!ENTITY v4l2-input "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-input'>v4l2_input</link>">
164<!ENTITY v4l2-jpegcompression "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-jpegcompression'>v4l2_jpegcompression</link>"> 184<!ENTITY v4l2-jpegcompression "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-jpegcompression'>v4l2_jpegcompression</link>">
185<!ENTITY v4l2-mbus-framefmt "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-mbus-framefmt'>v4l2_mbus_framefmt</link>">
165<!ENTITY v4l2-modulator "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-modulator'>v4l2_modulator</link>"> 186<!ENTITY v4l2-modulator "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-modulator'>v4l2_modulator</link>">
166<!ENTITY v4l2-mpeg-vbi-fmt-ivtv "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-vbi-fmt-ivtv'>v4l2_mpeg_vbi_fmt_ivtv</link>"> 187<!ENTITY v4l2-mpeg-vbi-fmt-ivtv "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-vbi-fmt-ivtv'>v4l2_mpeg_vbi_fmt_ivtv</link>">
167<!ENTITY v4l2-output "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-output'>v4l2_output</link>"> 188<!ENTITY v4l2-output "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-output'>v4l2_output</link>">
168<!ENTITY v4l2-outputparm "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-outputparm'>v4l2_outputparm</link>"> 189<!ENTITY v4l2-outputparm "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-outputparm'>v4l2_outputparm</link>">
169<!ENTITY v4l2-pix-format "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-pix-format'>v4l2_pix_format</link>"> 190<!ENTITY v4l2-pix-format "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-pix-format'>v4l2_pix_format</link>">
191<!ENTITY v4l2-pix-format-mplane "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-pix-format-mplane'>v4l2_pix_format_mplane</link>">
192<!ENTITY v4l2-plane-pix-format "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-plane-pix-format'>v4l2_plane_pix_format</link>">
170<!ENTITY v4l2-queryctrl "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-queryctrl'>v4l2_queryctrl</link>"> 193<!ENTITY v4l2-queryctrl "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-queryctrl'>v4l2_queryctrl</link>">
171<!ENTITY v4l2-querymenu "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-querymenu'>v4l2_querymenu</link>"> 194<!ENTITY v4l2-querymenu "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-querymenu'>v4l2_querymenu</link>">
172<!ENTITY v4l2-rect "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-rect'>v4l2_rect</link>"> 195<!ENTITY v4l2-rect "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-rect'>v4l2_rect</link>">
@@ -174,6 +197,12 @@
174<!ENTITY v4l2-sliced-vbi-cap "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-sliced-vbi-cap'>v4l2_sliced_vbi_cap</link>"> 197<!ENTITY v4l2-sliced-vbi-cap "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-sliced-vbi-cap'>v4l2_sliced_vbi_cap</link>">
175<!ENTITY v4l2-sliced-vbi-data "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-sliced-vbi-data'>v4l2_sliced_vbi_data</link>"> 198<!ENTITY v4l2-sliced-vbi-data "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-sliced-vbi-data'>v4l2_sliced_vbi_data</link>">
176<!ENTITY v4l2-sliced-vbi-format "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-sliced-vbi-format'>v4l2_sliced_vbi_format</link>"> 199<!ENTITY v4l2-sliced-vbi-format "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-sliced-vbi-format'>v4l2_sliced_vbi_format</link>">
200<!ENTITY v4l2-subdev-frame-interval "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-subdev-frame-interval'>v4l2_subdev_frame_interval</link>">
201<!ENTITY v4l2-subdev-frame-interval-enum "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-subdev-frame-interval-enum'>v4l2_subdev_frame_interval_enum</link>">
202<!ENTITY v4l2-subdev-frame-size-enum "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-subdev-frame-size-enum'>v4l2_subdev_frame_size_enum</link>">
203<!ENTITY v4l2-subdev-crop "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-subdev-crop'>v4l2_subdev_crop</link>">
204<!ENTITY v4l2-subdev-format "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-subdev-format'>v4l2_subdev_format</link>">
205<!ENTITY v4l2-subdev-mbus-code-enum "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-subdev-mbus-code-enum'>v4l2_subdev_mbus_code_enum</link>">
177<!ENTITY v4l2-standard "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-standard'>v4l2_standard</link>"> 206<!ENTITY v4l2-standard "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-standard'>v4l2_standard</link>">
178<!ENTITY v4l2-streamparm "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-streamparm'>v4l2_streamparm</link>"> 207<!ENTITY v4l2-streamparm "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-streamparm'>v4l2_streamparm</link>">
179<!ENTITY v4l2-timecode "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-timecode'>v4l2_timecode</link>"> 208<!ENTITY v4l2-timecode "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-timecode'>v4l2_timecode</link>">
@@ -181,6 +210,12 @@
181<!ENTITY v4l2-vbi-format "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-vbi-format'>v4l2_vbi_format</link>"> 210<!ENTITY v4l2-vbi-format "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-vbi-format'>v4l2_vbi_format</link>">
182<!ENTITY v4l2-window "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-window'>v4l2_window</link>"> 211<!ENTITY v4l2-window "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='v4l2-window'>v4l2_window</link>">
183 212
213<!ENTITY media-device-info "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='media-device-info'>media_device_info</link>">
214<!ENTITY media-entity-desc "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='media-entity-desc'>media_entity_desc</link>">
215<!ENTITY media-links-enum "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='media-links-enum'>media_links_enum</link>">
216<!ENTITY media-pad-desc "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='media-pad-desc'>media_pad_desc</link>">
217<!ENTITY media-link-desc "struct&nbsp;<link linkend='media-link-desc'>media_link_desc</link>">
218
184<!-- Error Codes --> 219<!-- Error Codes -->
185<!ENTITY EACCES "<errorcode>EACCES</errorcode> error code"> 220<!ENTITY EACCES "<errorcode>EACCES</errorcode> error code">
186<!ENTITY EAGAIN "<errorcode>EAGAIN</errorcode> error code"> 221<!ENTITY EAGAIN "<errorcode>EAGAIN</errorcode> error code">
@@ -197,11 +232,13 @@
197<!ENTITY ENXIO "<errorcode>ENXIO</errorcode> error code"> 232<!ENTITY ENXIO "<errorcode>ENXIO</errorcode> error code">
198<!ENTITY EMFILE "<errorcode>EMFILE</errorcode> error code"> 233<!ENTITY EMFILE "<errorcode>EMFILE</errorcode> error code">
199<!ENTITY EPERM "<errorcode>EPERM</errorcode> error code"> 234<!ENTITY EPERM "<errorcode>EPERM</errorcode> error code">
235<!ENTITY EPIPE "<errorcode>EPIPE</errorcode> error code">
200<!ENTITY ERANGE "<errorcode>ERANGE</errorcode> error code"> 236<!ENTITY ERANGE "<errorcode>ERANGE</errorcode> error code">
201 237
202<!-- Subsections --> 238<!-- Subsections -->
203<!ENTITY sub-biblio SYSTEM "v4l/biblio.xml"> 239<!ENTITY sub-biblio SYSTEM "v4l/biblio.xml">
204<!ENTITY sub-common SYSTEM "v4l/common.xml"> 240<!ENTITY sub-common SYSTEM "v4l/common.xml">
241<!ENTITY sub-planar-apis SYSTEM "v4l/planar-apis.xml">
205<!ENTITY sub-compat SYSTEM "v4l/compat.xml"> 242<!ENTITY sub-compat SYSTEM "v4l/compat.xml">
206<!ENTITY sub-controls SYSTEM "v4l/controls.xml"> 243<!ENTITY sub-controls SYSTEM "v4l/controls.xml">
207<!ENTITY sub-dev-capture SYSTEM "v4l/dev-capture.xml"> 244<!ENTITY sub-dev-capture SYSTEM "v4l/dev-capture.xml">
@@ -215,6 +252,7 @@
215<!ENTITY sub-dev-raw-vbi SYSTEM "v4l/dev-raw-vbi.xml"> 252<!ENTITY sub-dev-raw-vbi SYSTEM "v4l/dev-raw-vbi.xml">
216<!ENTITY sub-dev-rds SYSTEM "v4l/dev-rds.xml"> 253<!ENTITY sub-dev-rds SYSTEM "v4l/dev-rds.xml">
217<!ENTITY sub-dev-sliced-vbi SYSTEM "v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml"> 254<!ENTITY sub-dev-sliced-vbi SYSTEM "v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml">
255<!ENTITY sub-dev-subdev SYSTEM "v4l/dev-subdev.xml">
218<!ENTITY sub-dev-teletext SYSTEM "v4l/dev-teletext.xml"> 256<!ENTITY sub-dev-teletext SYSTEM "v4l/dev-teletext.xml">
219<!ENTITY sub-driver SYSTEM "v4l/driver.xml"> 257<!ENTITY sub-driver SYSTEM "v4l/driver.xml">
220<!ENTITY sub-libv4l SYSTEM "v4l/libv4l.xml"> 258<!ENTITY sub-libv4l SYSTEM "v4l/libv4l.xml">
@@ -233,6 +271,8 @@
233<!ENTITY sub-io SYSTEM "v4l/io.xml"> 271<!ENTITY sub-io SYSTEM "v4l/io.xml">
234<!ENTITY sub-grey SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-grey.xml"> 272<!ENTITY sub-grey SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-grey.xml">
235<!ENTITY sub-nv12 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-nv12.xml"> 273<!ENTITY sub-nv12 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-nv12.xml">
274<!ENTITY sub-nv12m SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml">
275<!ENTITY sub-nv12mt SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-nv12mt.xml">
236<!ENTITY sub-nv16 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-nv16.xml"> 276<!ENTITY sub-nv16 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-nv16.xml">
237<!ENTITY sub-packed-rgb SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml"> 277<!ENTITY sub-packed-rgb SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml">
238<!ENTITY sub-packed-yuv SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-packed-yuv.xml"> 278<!ENTITY sub-packed-yuv SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-packed-yuv.xml">
@@ -247,6 +287,7 @@
247<!ENTITY sub-yuv410 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuv410.xml"> 287<!ENTITY sub-yuv410 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuv410.xml">
248<!ENTITY sub-yuv411p SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuv411p.xml"> 288<!ENTITY sub-yuv411p SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuv411p.xml">
249<!ENTITY sub-yuv420 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuv420.xml"> 289<!ENTITY sub-yuv420 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuv420.xml">
290<!ENTITY sub-yuv420m SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml">
250<!ENTITY sub-yuv422p SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuv422p.xml"> 291<!ENTITY sub-yuv422p SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuv422p.xml">
251<!ENTITY sub-yuyv SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuyv.xml"> 292<!ENTITY sub-yuyv SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuyv.xml">
252<!ENTITY sub-yvyu SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yvyu.xml"> 293<!ENTITY sub-yvyu SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yvyu.xml">
@@ -298,6 +339,13 @@
298<!ENTITY sub-reqbufs SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.xml"> 339<!ENTITY sub-reqbufs SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.xml">
299<!ENTITY sub-s-hw-freq-seek SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek.xml"> 340<!ENTITY sub-s-hw-freq-seek SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek.xml">
300<!ENTITY sub-streamon SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml"> 341<!ENTITY sub-streamon SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml">
342<!ENTITY sub-subdev-enum-frame-interval SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-interval.xml">
343<!ENTITY sub-subdev-enum-frame-size SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-size.xml">
344<!ENTITY sub-subdev-enum-mbus-code SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-mbus-code.xml">
345<!ENTITY sub-subdev-formats SYSTEM "v4l/subdev-formats.xml">
346<!ENTITY sub-subdev-g-crop SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-crop.xml">
347<!ENTITY sub-subdev-g-fmt SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-fmt.xml">
348<!ENTITY sub-subdev-g-frame-interval SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-frame-interval.xml">
301<!ENTITY sub-capture-c SYSTEM "v4l/capture.c.xml"> 349<!ENTITY sub-capture-c SYSTEM "v4l/capture.c.xml">
302<!ENTITY sub-keytable-c SYSTEM "v4l/keytable.c.xml"> 350<!ENTITY sub-keytable-c SYSTEM "v4l/keytable.c.xml">
303<!ENTITY sub-v4l2grab-c SYSTEM "v4l/v4l2grab.c.xml"> 351<!ENTITY sub-v4l2grab-c SYSTEM "v4l/v4l2grab.c.xml">
@@ -321,6 +369,15 @@
321<!ENTITY sub-media-entities SYSTEM "media-entities.tmpl"> 369<!ENTITY sub-media-entities SYSTEM "media-entities.tmpl">
322<!ENTITY sub-media-indices SYSTEM "media-indices.tmpl"> 370<!ENTITY sub-media-indices SYSTEM "media-indices.tmpl">
323 371
372<!ENTITY sub-media-controller SYSTEM "v4l/media-controller.xml">
373<!ENTITY sub-media-open SYSTEM "v4l/media-func-open.xml">
374<!ENTITY sub-media-close SYSTEM "v4l/media-func-close.xml">
375<!ENTITY sub-media-ioctl SYSTEM "v4l/media-func-ioctl.xml">
376<!ENTITY sub-media-ioc-device-info SYSTEM "v4l/media-ioc-device-info.xml">
377<!ENTITY sub-media-ioc-enum-entities SYSTEM "v4l/media-ioc-enum-entities.xml">
378<!ENTITY sub-media-ioc-enum-links SYSTEM "v4l/media-ioc-enum-links.xml">
379<!ENTITY sub-media-ioc-setup-link SYSTEM "v4l/media-ioc-setup-link.xml">
380
324<!-- Function Reference --> 381<!-- Function Reference -->
325<!ENTITY close SYSTEM "v4l/func-close.xml"> 382<!ENTITY close SYSTEM "v4l/func-close.xml">
326<!ENTITY ioctl SYSTEM "v4l/func-ioctl.xml"> 383<!ENTITY ioctl SYSTEM "v4l/func-ioctl.xml">
@@ -333,6 +390,7 @@
333<!ENTITY write SYSTEM "v4l/func-write.xml"> 390<!ENTITY write SYSTEM "v4l/func-write.xml">
334<!ENTITY grey SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-grey.xml"> 391<!ENTITY grey SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-grey.xml">
335<!ENTITY nv12 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-nv12.xml"> 392<!ENTITY nv12 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-nv12.xml">
393<!ENTITY nv12m SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml">
336<!ENTITY nv16 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-nv16.xml"> 394<!ENTITY nv16 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-nv16.xml">
337<!ENTITY packed-rgb SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml"> 395<!ENTITY packed-rgb SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml">
338<!ENTITY packed-yuv SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-packed-yuv.xml"> 396<!ENTITY packed-yuv SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-packed-yuv.xml">
@@ -347,6 +405,7 @@
347<!ENTITY yuv410 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuv410.xml"> 405<!ENTITY yuv410 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuv410.xml">
348<!ENTITY yuv411p SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuv411p.xml"> 406<!ENTITY yuv411p SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuv411p.xml">
349<!ENTITY yuv420 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuv420.xml"> 407<!ENTITY yuv420 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuv420.xml">
408<!ENTITY yuv420m SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml">
350<!ENTITY yuv422p SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuv422p.xml"> 409<!ENTITY yuv422p SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuv422p.xml">
351<!ENTITY yuyv SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuyv.xml"> 410<!ENTITY yuyv SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuyv.xml">
352<!ENTITY yvyu SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yvyu.xml"> 411<!ENTITY yvyu SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yvyu.xml">
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/media.tmpl
index a99088aae1aa..88f2cc680cc2 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media.tmpl
@@ -106,6 +106,9 @@ Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the chapter entitled
106&sub-remote_controllers; 106&sub-remote_controllers;
107</chapter> 107</chapter>
108</part> 108</part>
109<part id="media_common">
110&sub-media-controller;
111</part>
109 112
110&sub-fdl-appendix; 113&sub-fdl-appendix;
111 114
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/mtdnand.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/mtdnand.tmpl
index 620eb3f6a90a..6f242d5dee9a 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/mtdnand.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/mtdnand.tmpl
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ static void board_select_chip (struct mtd_info *mtd, int chip)
485 Reed-Solomon library. 485 Reed-Solomon library.
486 </para> 486 </para>
487 <para> 487 <para>
488 The ECC bytes must be placed immidiately after the data 488 The ECC bytes must be placed immediately after the data
489 bytes in order to make the syndrome generator work. This 489 bytes in order to make the syndrome generator work. This
490 is contrary to the usual layout used by software ECC. The 490 is contrary to the usual layout used by software ECC. The
491 separation of data and out of band area is not longer 491 separation of data and out of band area is not longer
@@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ static void board_select_chip (struct mtd_info *mtd, int chip)
629 holds the bad block table. Store a pointer to the pattern 629 holds the bad block table. Store a pointer to the pattern
630 in the pattern field. Further the length of the pattern has to be 630 in the pattern field. Further the length of the pattern has to be
631 stored in len and the offset in the spare area must be given 631 stored in len and the offset in the spare area must be given
632 in the offs member of the nand_bbt_descr stucture. For mirrored 632 in the offs member of the nand_bbt_descr structure. For mirrored
633 bad block tables different patterns are mandatory.</para></listitem> 633 bad block tables different patterns are mandatory.</para></listitem>
634 <listitem><para>Table creation</para> 634 <listitem><para>Table creation</para>
635 <para>Set the option NAND_BBT_CREATE to enable the table creation 635 <para>Set the option NAND_BBT_CREATE to enable the table creation
@@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ static void board_select_chip (struct mtd_info *mtd, int chip)
648 <listitem><para>Table version control</para> 648 <listitem><para>Table version control</para>
649 <para>Set the option NAND_BBT_VERSION to enable the table version control. 649 <para>Set the option NAND_BBT_VERSION to enable the table version control.
650 It's highly recommended to enable this for mirrored tables with write 650 It's highly recommended to enable this for mirrored tables with write
651 support. It makes sure that the risk of loosing the bad block 651 support. It makes sure that the risk of losing the bad block
652 table information is reduced to the loss of the information about the 652 table information is reduced to the loss of the information about the
653 one worn out block which should be marked bad. The version is stored in 653 one worn out block which should be marked bad. The version is stored in
654 4 consecutive bytes in the spare area of the device. The position of 654 4 consecutive bytes in the spare area of the device. The position of
@@ -1060,19 +1060,19 @@ data in this page</entry>
1060<row> 1060<row>
1061<entry>0x3D</entry> 1061<entry>0x3D</entry>
1062<entry>ECC byte 21</entry> 1062<entry>ECC byte 21</entry>
1063<entry>Error correction code byte 0 of the eigth 256 Bytes of data 1063<entry>Error correction code byte 0 of the eighth 256 Bytes of data
1064in this page</entry> 1064in this page</entry>
1065</row> 1065</row>
1066<row> 1066<row>
1067<entry>0x3E</entry> 1067<entry>0x3E</entry>
1068<entry>ECC byte 22</entry> 1068<entry>ECC byte 22</entry>
1069<entry>Error correction code byte 1 of the eigth 256 Bytes of data 1069<entry>Error correction code byte 1 of the eighth 256 Bytes of data
1070in this page</entry> 1070in this page</entry>
1071</row> 1071</row>
1072<row> 1072<row>
1073<entry>0x3F</entry> 1073<entry>0x3F</entry>
1074<entry>ECC byte 23</entry> 1074<entry>ECC byte 23</entry>
1075<entry>Error correction code byte 2 of the eigth 256 Bytes of data 1075<entry>Error correction code byte 2 of the eighth 256 Bytes of data
1076in this page</entry> 1076in this page</entry>
1077</row> 1077</row>
1078</tbody></tgroup></informaltable> 1078</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/rapidio.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/rapidio.tmpl
index 54eb26b57372..50479360d845 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/rapidio.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/rapidio.tmpl
@@ -133,7 +133,6 @@
133!Idrivers/rapidio/rio-sysfs.c 133!Idrivers/rapidio/rio-sysfs.c
134 </sect1> 134 </sect1>
135 <sect1 id="PPC32_support"><title>PPC32 support</title> 135 <sect1 id="PPC32_support"><title>PPC32 support</title>
136!Earch/powerpc/sysdev/fsl_rio.c
137!Iarch/powerpc/sysdev/fsl_rio.c 136!Iarch/powerpc/sysdev/fsl_rio.c
138 </sect1> 137 </sect1>
139 </chapter> 138 </chapter>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/regulator.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/regulator.tmpl
index 53f4f8d3b810..346e552fa2cc 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/regulator.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/regulator.tmpl
@@ -267,8 +267,8 @@
267 <sect1 id="machine-constraint"> 267 <sect1 id="machine-constraint">
268 <title>Constraints</title> 268 <title>Constraints</title>
269 <para> 269 <para>
270 As well as definining the connections the machine interface 270 As well as defining the connections the machine interface
271 also provides constraints definining the operations that 271 also provides constraints defining the operations that
272 clients are allowed to perform and the parameters that may be 272 clients are allowed to perform and the parameters that may be
273 set. This is required since generally regulator devices will 273 set. This is required since generally regulator devices will
274 offer more flexibility than it is safe to use on a given 274 offer more flexibility than it is safe to use on a given
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl
index b4665b9c40b0..7c4b514d62b1 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ framework to set up sysfs files for this region. Simply leave it alone.
797 perform some initialization. After that, your hardware 797 perform some initialization. After that, your hardware
798 starts working and will generate an interrupt as soon 798 starts working and will generate an interrupt as soon
799 as it's finished, has some data available, or needs your 799 as it's finished, has some data available, or needs your
800 attention because an error occured. 800 attention because an error occurred.
801 </para> 801 </para>
802 <para> 802 <para>
803 <filename>/dev/uioX</filename> is a read-only file. A 803 <filename>/dev/uioX</filename> is a read-only file. A
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/usb.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/usb.tmpl
index af293606fbe3..8d57c1888dca 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/usb.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/usb.tmpl
@@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ usbdev_ioctl (int fd, int ifno, unsigned request, void *param)
690 </para><para> 690 </para><para>
691 This request lets kernel drivers talk to user mode code 691 This request lets kernel drivers talk to user mode code
692 through filesystem operations even when they don't create 692 through filesystem operations even when they don't create
693 a charactor or block special device. 693 a character or block special device.
694 It's also been used to do things like ask devices what 694 It's also been used to do things like ask devices what
695 device special file should be used. 695 device special file should be used.
696 Two pre-defined ioctls are used 696 Two pre-defined ioctls are used
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/bayer.pdf b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/bayer.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..905e60e6cd42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/bayer.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/bayer.png b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/bayer.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9b15fb22e817
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/bayer.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/common.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/common.xml
index cea23e1c4fc6..9028721438dc 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/common.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/common.xml
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org, 2002-11-20. --></para>
100 100
101 <para>By convention system administrators create various 101 <para>By convention system administrators create various
102character device special files with these major and minor numbers in 102character device special files with these major and minor numbers in
103the <filename>/dev</filename> directory. The names recomended for the 103the <filename>/dev</filename> directory. The names recommended for the
104different V4L2 device types are listed in <xref linkend="devices" />. 104different V4L2 device types are listed in <xref linkend="devices" />.
105</para> 105</para>
106 106
@@ -846,6 +846,8 @@ conversion routine or library for integration into applications.</para>
846 </section> 846 </section>
847 </section> 847 </section>
848 848
849 &sub-planar-apis;
850
849 <section id="crop"> 851 <section id="crop">
850 <title>Image Cropping, Insertion and Scaling</title> 852 <title>Image Cropping, Insertion and Scaling</title>
851 853
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/compat.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/compat.xml
index c9ce61d981f5..9f7cd4f25792 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/compat.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/compat.xml
@@ -1711,8 +1711,8 @@ ioctl would enumerate the available audio inputs. An ioctl to
1711determine the current audio input, if more than one combines with the 1711determine the current audio input, if more than one combines with the
1712current video input, did not exist. So 1712current video input, did not exist. So
1713<constant>VIDIOC_G_AUDIO</constant> was renamed to 1713<constant>VIDIOC_G_AUDIO</constant> was renamed to
1714<constant>VIDIOC_G_AUDIO_OLD</constant>, this ioctl will be removed in 1714<constant>VIDIOC_G_AUDIO_OLD</constant>, this ioctl was removed on
1715the future. The &VIDIOC-ENUMAUDIO; ioctl was added to enumerate 1715Kernel 2.6.39. The &VIDIOC-ENUMAUDIO; ioctl was added to enumerate
1716audio inputs, while &VIDIOC-G-AUDIO; now reports the current audio 1716audio inputs, while &VIDIOC-G-AUDIO; now reports the current audio
1717input.</para> 1717input.</para>
1718 <para>The same changes were made to &VIDIOC-G-AUDOUT; and 1718 <para>The same changes were made to &VIDIOC-G-AUDOUT; and
@@ -1726,7 +1726,7 @@ must be updated to successfully compile again.</para>
1726 <para>The &VIDIOC-OVERLAY; ioctl was incorrectly defined with 1726 <para>The &VIDIOC-OVERLAY; ioctl was incorrectly defined with
1727write-read parameter. It was changed to write-only, while the write-read 1727write-read parameter. It was changed to write-only, while the write-read
1728version was renamed to <constant>VIDIOC_OVERLAY_OLD</constant>. The old 1728version was renamed to <constant>VIDIOC_OVERLAY_OLD</constant>. The old
1729ioctl will be removed in the future. Until further the "videodev" 1729ioctl was removed on Kernel 2.6.39. Until further the "videodev"
1730kernel module will automatically translate to the new version, so drivers 1730kernel module will automatically translate to the new version, so drivers
1731must be recompiled, but not applications.</para> 1731must be recompiled, but not applications.</para>
1732 </listitem> 1732 </listitem>
@@ -1744,7 +1744,7 @@ surface can be seen.</para>
1744defined with write-only parameter, inconsistent with other ioctls 1744defined with write-only parameter, inconsistent with other ioctls
1745modifying their argument. They were changed to write-read, while a 1745modifying their argument. They were changed to write-read, while a
1746<constant>_OLD</constant> suffix was added to the write-only versions. 1746<constant>_OLD</constant> suffix was added to the write-only versions.
1747The old ioctls will be removed in the future. Drivers and 1747The old ioctls were removed on Kernel 2.6.39. Drivers and
1748applications assuming a constant parameter need an update.</para> 1748applications assuming a constant parameter need an update.</para>
1749 </listitem> 1749 </listitem>
1750 </orderedlist> 1750 </orderedlist>
@@ -1815,8 +1815,8 @@ yet to be addressed, for details see <xref
1815 <para>The &VIDIOC-CROPCAP; ioctl was incorrectly defined 1815 <para>The &VIDIOC-CROPCAP; ioctl was incorrectly defined
1816with read-only parameter. It is now defined as write-read ioctl, while 1816with read-only parameter. It is now defined as write-read ioctl, while
1817the read-only version was renamed to 1817the read-only version was renamed to
1818<constant>VIDIOC_CROPCAP_OLD</constant>. The old ioctl will be removed 1818<constant>VIDIOC_CROPCAP_OLD</constant>. The old ioctl was removed
1819in the future.</para> 1819on Kernel 2.6.39.</para>
1820 </listitem> 1820 </listitem>
1821 </orderedlist> 1821 </orderedlist>
1822 </section> 1822 </section>
@@ -2353,6 +2353,20 @@ that used it. It was originally scheduled for removal in 2.6.35.
2353 </listitem> 2353 </listitem>
2354 </orderedlist> 2354 </orderedlist>
2355 </section> 2355 </section>
2356 <section>
2357 <title>V4L2 in Linux 2.6.39</title>
2358 <orderedlist>
2359 <listitem>
2360 <para>The old VIDIOC_*_OLD symbols and V4L1 support were removed.</para>
2361 </listitem>
2362 <listitem>
2363 <para>Multi-planar API added. Does not affect the compatibility of
2364 current drivers and applications. See
2365 <link linkend="planar-apis">multi-planar API</link>
2366 for details.</para>
2367 </listitem>
2368 </orderedlist>
2369 </section>
2356 2370
2357 <section id="other"> 2371 <section id="other">
2358 <title>Relation of V4L2 to other Linux multimedia APIs</title> 2372 <title>Relation of V4L2 to other Linux multimedia APIs</title>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/controls.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/controls.xml
index 2fae3e87ce73..a920ee80f640 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/controls.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/controls.xml
@@ -1243,7 +1243,7 @@ values are:</entry>
1243 </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Mutes the audio when 1243 </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Mutes the audio when
1244capturing. This is not done by muting audio hardware, which can still 1244capturing. This is not done by muting audio hardware, which can still
1245produce a slight hiss, but in the encoder itself, guaranteeing a fixed 1245produce a slight hiss, but in the encoder itself, guaranteeing a fixed
1246and reproducable audio bitstream. 0 = unmuted, 1 = muted.</entry> 1246and reproducible audio bitstream. 0 = unmuted, 1 = muted.</entry>
1247 </row> 1247 </row>
1248 <row><entry></entry></row> 1248 <row><entry></entry></row>
1249 <row id="v4l2-mpeg-video-encoding"> 1249 <row id="v4l2-mpeg-video-encoding">
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-capture.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-capture.xml
index 32807e43f170..2237c661f26a 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-capture.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-capture.xml
@@ -18,7 +18,8 @@ files are used for video output devices.</para>
18 <title>Querying Capabilities</title> 18 <title>Querying Capabilities</title>
19 19
20 <para>Devices supporting the video capture interface set the 20 <para>Devices supporting the video capture interface set the
21<constant>V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant> flag in the 21<constant>V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant> or
22<constant>V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE</constant> flag in the
22<structfield>capabilities</structfield> field of &v4l2-capability; 23<structfield>capabilities</structfield> field of &v4l2-capability;
23returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl. As secondary device functions 24returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl. As secondary device functions
24they may also support the <link linkend="overlay">video overlay</link> 25they may also support the <link linkend="overlay">video overlay</link>
@@ -64,9 +65,11 @@ linkend="crop" />.</para>
64 65
65 <para>To query the current image format applications set the 66 <para>To query the current image format applications set the
66<structfield>type</structfield> field of a &v4l2-format; to 67<structfield>type</structfield> field of a &v4l2-format; to
67<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant> and call the 68<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant> or
69<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE</constant> and call the
68&VIDIOC-G-FMT; ioctl with a pointer to this structure. Drivers fill 70&VIDIOC-G-FMT; ioctl with a pointer to this structure. Drivers fill
69the &v4l2-pix-format; <structfield>pix</structfield> member of the 71the &v4l2-pix-format; <structfield>pix</structfield> or the
72&v4l2-pix-format-mplane; <structfield>pix_mp</structfield> member of the
70<structfield>fmt</structfield> union.</para> 73<structfield>fmt</structfield> union.</para>
71 74
72 <para>To request different parameters applications set the 75 <para>To request different parameters applications set the
@@ -84,8 +87,8 @@ adjust the parameters and finally return the actual parameters as
84without disabling I/O or possibly time consuming hardware 87without disabling I/O or possibly time consuming hardware
85preparations.</para> 88preparations.</para>
86 89
87 <para>The contents of &v4l2-pix-format; are discussed in <xref 90 <para>The contents of &v4l2-pix-format; and &v4l2-pix-format-mplane;
88linkend="pixfmt" />. See also the specification of the 91are discussed in <xref linkend="pixfmt" />. See also the specification of the
89<constant>VIDIOC_G_FMT</constant>, <constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant> 92<constant>VIDIOC_G_FMT</constant>, <constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant>
90and <constant>VIDIOC_TRY_FMT</constant> ioctls for details. Video 93and <constant>VIDIOC_TRY_FMT</constant> ioctls for details. Video
91capture devices must implement both the 94capture devices must implement both the
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-output.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-output.xml
index 63c3c20e5a72..919e22c53854 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-output.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-output.xml
@@ -17,7 +17,8 @@ files are used for video capture devices.</para>
17 <title>Querying Capabilities</title> 17 <title>Querying Capabilities</title>
18 18
19 <para>Devices supporting the video output interface set the 19 <para>Devices supporting the video output interface set the
20<constant>V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant> flag in the 20<constant>V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant> or
21<constant>V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE</constant> flag in the
21<structfield>capabilities</structfield> field of &v4l2-capability; 22<structfield>capabilities</structfield> field of &v4l2-capability;
22returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl. As secondary device functions 23returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl. As secondary device functions
23they may also support the <link linkend="raw-vbi">raw VBI 24they may also support the <link linkend="raw-vbi">raw VBI
@@ -60,9 +61,11 @@ linkend="crop" />.</para>
60 61
61 <para>To query the current image format applications set the 62 <para>To query the current image format applications set the
62<structfield>type</structfield> field of a &v4l2-format; to 63<structfield>type</structfield> field of a &v4l2-format; to
63<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant> and call the 64<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant> or
65<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE</constant> and call the
64&VIDIOC-G-FMT; ioctl with a pointer to this structure. Drivers fill 66&VIDIOC-G-FMT; ioctl with a pointer to this structure. Drivers fill
65the &v4l2-pix-format; <structfield>pix</structfield> member of the 67the &v4l2-pix-format; <structfield>pix</structfield> or the
68&v4l2-pix-format-mplane; <structfield>pix_mp</structfield> member of the
66<structfield>fmt</structfield> union.</para> 69<structfield>fmt</structfield> union.</para>
67 70
68 <para>To request different parameters applications set the 71 <para>To request different parameters applications set the
@@ -80,8 +83,8 @@ adjust the parameters and finally return the actual parameters as
80without disabling I/O or possibly time consuming hardware 83without disabling I/O or possibly time consuming hardware
81preparations.</para> 84preparations.</para>
82 85
83 <para>The contents of &v4l2-pix-format; are discussed in <xref 86 <para>The contents of &v4l2-pix-format; and &v4l2-pix-format-mplane;
84linkend="pixfmt" />. See also the specification of the 87are discussed in <xref linkend="pixfmt" />. See also the specification of the
85<constant>VIDIOC_G_FMT</constant>, <constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant> 88<constant>VIDIOC_G_FMT</constant>, <constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant>
86and <constant>VIDIOC_TRY_FMT</constant> ioctls for details. Video 89and <constant>VIDIOC_TRY_FMT</constant> ioctls for details. Video
87output devices must implement both the 90output devices must implement both the
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-subdev.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-subdev.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..05c8fefcbcbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-subdev.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
1 <title>Sub-device Interface</title>
2
3 <note>
4 <title>Experimental</title>
5 <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental">experimental</link>
6 interface and may change in the future.</para>
7 </note>
8
9 <para>The complex nature of V4L2 devices, where hardware is often made of
10 several integrated circuits that need to interact with each other in a
11 controlled way, leads to complex V4L2 drivers. The drivers usually reflect
12 the hardware model in software, and model the different hardware components
13 as software blocks called sub-devices.</para>
14
15 <para>V4L2 sub-devices are usually kernel-only objects. If the V4L2 driver
16 implements the media device API, they will automatically inherit from media
17 entities. Applications will be able to enumerate the sub-devices and discover
18 the hardware topology using the media entities, pads and links enumeration
19 API.</para>
20
21 <para>In addition to make sub-devices discoverable, drivers can also choose
22 to make them directly configurable by applications. When both the sub-device
23 driver and the V4L2 device driver support this, sub-devices will feature a
24 character device node on which ioctls can be called to
25 <itemizedlist>
26 <listitem><para>query, read and write sub-devices controls</para></listitem>
27 <listitem><para>subscribe and unsubscribe to events and retrieve them</para></listitem>
28 <listitem><para>negotiate image formats on individual pads</para></listitem>
29 </itemizedlist>
30 </para>
31
32 <para>Sub-device character device nodes, conventionally named
33 <filename>/dev/v4l-subdev*</filename>, use major number 81.</para>
34
35 <section>
36 <title>Controls</title>
37 <para>Most V4L2 controls are implemented by sub-device hardware. Drivers
38 usually merge all controls and expose them through video device nodes.
39 Applications can control all sub-devices through a single interface.</para>
40
41 <para>Complex devices sometimes implement the same control in different
42 pieces of hardware. This situation is common in embedded platforms, where
43 both sensors and image processing hardware implement identical functions,
44 such as contrast adjustment, white balance or faulty pixels correction. As
45 the V4L2 controls API doesn't support several identical controls in a single
46 device, all but one of the identical controls are hidden.</para>
47
48 <para>Applications can access those hidden controls through the sub-device
49 node with the V4L2 control API described in <xref linkend="control" />. The
50 ioctls behave identically as when issued on V4L2 device nodes, with the
51 exception that they deal only with controls implemented in the sub-device.
52 </para>
53
54 <para>Depending on the driver, those controls might also be exposed through
55 one (or several) V4L2 device nodes.</para>
56 </section>
57
58 <section>
59 <title>Events</title>
60 <para>V4L2 sub-devices can notify applications of events as described in
61 <xref linkend="event" />. The API behaves identically as when used on V4L2
62 device nodes, with the exception that it only deals with events generated by
63 the sub-device. Depending on the driver, those events might also be reported
64 on one (or several) V4L2 device nodes.</para>
65 </section>
66
67 <section id="pad-level-formats">
68 <title>Pad-level Formats</title>
69
70 <warning><para>Pad-level formats are only applicable to very complex device that
71 need to expose low-level format configuration to user space. Generic V4L2
72 applications do <emphasis>not</emphasis> need to use the API described in
73 this section.</para></warning>
74
75 <note><para>For the purpose of this section, the term
76 <wordasword>format</wordasword> means the combination of media bus data
77 format, frame width and frame height.</para></note>
78
79 <para>Image formats are typically negotiated on video capture and output
80 devices using the <link linkend="crop">cropping and scaling</link> ioctls.
81 The driver is responsible for configuring every block in the video pipeline
82 according to the requested format at the pipeline input and/or
83 output.</para>
84
85 <para>For complex devices, such as often found in embedded systems,
86 identical image sizes at the output of a pipeline can be achieved using
87 different hardware configurations. One such example is shown on
88 <xref linkend="pipeline-scaling" />, where
89 image scaling can be performed on both the video sensor and the host image
90 processing hardware.</para>
91
92 <figure id="pipeline-scaling">
93 <title>Image Format Negotiation on Pipelines</title>
94 <mediaobject>
95 <imageobject>
96 <imagedata fileref="pipeline.pdf" format="PS" />
97 </imageobject>
98 <imageobject>
99 <imagedata fileref="pipeline.png" format="PNG" />
100 </imageobject>
101 <textobject>
102 <phrase>High quality and high speed pipeline configuration</phrase>
103 </textobject>
104 </mediaobject>
105 </figure>
106
107 <para>The sensor scaler is usually of less quality than the host scaler, but
108 scaling on the sensor is required to achieve higher frame rates. Depending
109 on the use case (quality vs. speed), the pipeline must be configured
110 differently. Applications need to configure the formats at every point in
111 the pipeline explicitly.</para>
112
113 <para>Drivers that implement the <link linkend="media-controller-intro">media
114 API</link> can expose pad-level image format configuration to applications.
115 When they do, applications can use the &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-G-FMT; and
116 &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-S-FMT; ioctls. to negotiate formats on a per-pad basis.</para>
117
118 <para>Applications are responsible for configuring coherent parameters on
119 the whole pipeline and making sure that connected pads have compatible
120 formats. The pipeline is checked for formats mismatch at &VIDIOC-STREAMON;
121 time, and an &EPIPE; is then returned if the configuration is
122 invalid.</para>
123
124 <para>Pad-level image format configuration support can be tested by calling
125 the &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-G-FMT; ioctl on pad 0. If the driver returns an &EINVAL;
126 pad-level format configuration is not supported by the sub-device.</para>
127
128 <section>
129 <title>Format Negotiation</title>
130
131 <para>Acceptable formats on pads can (and usually do) depend on a number
132 of external parameters, such as formats on other pads, active links, or
133 even controls. Finding a combination of formats on all pads in a video
134 pipeline, acceptable to both application and driver, can't rely on formats
135 enumeration only. A format negotiation mechanism is required.</para>
136
137 <para>Central to the format negotiation mechanism are the get/set format
138 operations. When called with the <structfield>which</structfield> argument
139 set to <constant>V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_TRY</constant>, the
140 &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-G-FMT; and &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-S-FMT; ioctls operate on a set of
141 formats parameters that are not connected to the hardware configuration.
142 Modifying those 'try' formats leaves the device state untouched (this
143 applies to both the software state stored in the driver and the hardware
144 state stored in the device itself).</para>
145
146 <para>While not kept as part of the device state, try formats are stored
147 in the sub-device file handles. A &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-G-FMT; call will return
148 the last try format set <emphasis>on the same sub-device file
149 handle</emphasis>. Several applications querying the same sub-device at
150 the same time will thus not interact with each other.</para>
151
152 <para>To find out whether a particular format is supported by the device,
153 applications use the &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-S-FMT; ioctl. Drivers verify and, if
154 needed, change the requested <structfield>format</structfield> based on
155 device requirements and return the possibly modified value. Applications
156 can then choose to try a different format or accept the returned value and
157 continue.</para>
158
159 <para>Formats returned by the driver during a negotiation iteration are
160 guaranteed to be supported by the device. In particular, drivers guarantee
161 that a returned format will not be further changed if passed to an
162 &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-S-FMT; call as-is (as long as external parameters, such as
163 formats on other pads or links' configuration are not changed).</para>
164
165 <para>Drivers automatically propagate formats inside sub-devices. When a
166 try or active format is set on a pad, corresponding formats on other pads
167 of the same sub-device can be modified by the driver. Drivers are free to
168 modify formats as required by the device. However, they should comply with
169 the following rules when possible:
170 <itemizedlist>
171 <listitem><para>Formats should be propagated from sink pads to source pads.
172 Modifying a format on a source pad should not modify the format on any
173 sink pad.</para></listitem>
174 <listitem><para>Sub-devices that scale frames using variable scaling factors
175 should reset the scale factors to default values when sink pads formats
176 are modified. If the 1:1 scaling ratio is supported, this means that
177 source pads formats should be reset to the sink pads formats.</para></listitem>
178 </itemizedlist>
179 </para>
180
181 <para>Formats are not propagated across links, as that would involve
182 propagating them from one sub-device file handle to another. Applications
183 must then take care to configure both ends of every link explicitly with
184 compatible formats. Identical formats on the two ends of a link are
185 guaranteed to be compatible. Drivers are free to accept different formats
186 matching device requirements as being compatible.</para>
187
188 <para><xref linkend="sample-pipeline-config" />
189 shows a sample configuration sequence for the pipeline described in
190 <xref linkend="pipeline-scaling" /> (table
191 columns list entity names and pad numbers).</para>
192
193 <table pgwide="0" frame="none" id="sample-pipeline-config">
194 <title>Sample Pipeline Configuration</title>
195 <tgroup cols="3">
196 <colspec colname="what"/>
197 <colspec colname="sensor-0" />
198 <colspec colname="frontend-0" />
199 <colspec colname="frontend-1" />
200 <colspec colname="scaler-0" />
201 <colspec colname="scaler-1" />
202 <thead>
203 <row>
204 <entry></entry>
205 <entry>Sensor/0</entry>
206 <entry>Frontend/0</entry>
207 <entry>Frontend/1</entry>
208 <entry>Scaler/0</entry>
209 <entry>Scaler/1</entry>
210 </row>
211 </thead>
212 <tbody valign="top">
213 <row>
214 <entry>Initial state</entry>
215 <entry>2048x1536</entry>
216 <entry>-</entry>
217 <entry>-</entry>
218 <entry>-</entry>
219 <entry>-</entry>
220 </row>
221 <row>
222 <entry>Configure frontend input</entry>
223 <entry>2048x1536</entry>
224 <entry><emphasis>2048x1536</emphasis></entry>
225 <entry><emphasis>2046x1534</emphasis></entry>
226 <entry>-</entry>
227 <entry>-</entry>
228 </row>
229 <row>
230 <entry>Configure scaler input</entry>
231 <entry>2048x1536</entry>
232 <entry>2048x1536</entry>
233 <entry>2046x1534</entry>
234 <entry><emphasis>2046x1534</emphasis></entry>
235 <entry><emphasis>2046x1534</emphasis></entry>
236 </row>
237 <row>
238 <entry>Configure scaler output</entry>
239 <entry>2048x1536</entry>
240 <entry>2048x1536</entry>
241 <entry>2046x1534</entry>
242 <entry>2046x1534</entry>
243 <entry><emphasis>1280x960</emphasis></entry>
244 </row>
245 </tbody>
246 </tgroup>
247 </table>
248
249 <para>
250 <orderedlist>
251 <listitem><para>Initial state. The sensor output is set to its native 3MP
252 resolution. Resolutions on the host frontend and scaler input and output
253 pads are undefined.</para></listitem>
254 <listitem><para>The application configures the frontend input pad resolution to
255 2048x1536. The driver propagates the format to the frontend output pad.
256 Note that the propagated output format can be different, as in this case,
257 than the input format, as the hardware might need to crop pixels (for
258 instance when converting a Bayer filter pattern to RGB or YUV).</para></listitem>
259 <listitem><para>The application configures the scaler input pad resolution to
260 2046x1534 to match the frontend output resolution. The driver propagates
261 the format to the scaler output pad.</para></listitem>
262 <listitem><para>The application configures the scaler output pad resolution to
263 1280x960.</para></listitem>
264 </orderedlist>
265 </para>
266
267 <para>When satisfied with the try results, applications can set the active
268 formats by setting the <structfield>which</structfield> argument to
269 <constant>V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_TRY</constant>. Active formats are changed
270 exactly as try formats by drivers. To avoid modifying the hardware state
271 during format negotiation, applications should negotiate try formats first
272 and then modify the active settings using the try formats returned during
273 the last negotiation iteration. This guarantees that the active format
274 will be applied as-is by the driver without being modified.
275 </para>
276 </section>
277
278 <section>
279 <title>Cropping and scaling</title>
280
281 <para>Many sub-devices support cropping frames on their input or output
282 pads (or possible even on both). Cropping is used to select the area of
283 interest in an image, typically on a video sensor or video decoder. It can
284 also be used as part of digital zoom implementations to select the area of
285 the image that will be scaled up.</para>
286
287 <para>Crop settings are defined by a crop rectangle and represented in a
288 &v4l2-rect; by the coordinates of the top left corner and the rectangle
289 size. Both the coordinates and sizes are expressed in pixels.</para>
290
291 <para>The crop rectangle is retrieved and set using the
292 &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-G-CROP; and &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-S-CROP; ioctls. Like for pad
293 formats, drivers store try and active crop rectangles. The format
294 negotiation mechanism applies to crop settings as well.</para>
295
296 <para>On input pads, cropping is applied relatively to the current pad
297 format. The pad format represents the image size as received by the
298 sub-device from the previous block in the pipeline, and the crop rectangle
299 represents the sub-image that will be transmitted further inside the
300 sub-device for processing. The crop rectangle be entirely containted
301 inside the input image size.</para>
302
303 <para>Input crop rectangle are reset to their default value when the input
304 image format is modified. Drivers should use the input image size as the
305 crop rectangle default value, but hardware requirements may prevent this.
306 </para>
307
308 <para>Cropping behaviour on output pads is not defined.</para>
309
310 </section>
311 </section>
312
313 &sub-subdev-formats;
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-mmap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-mmap.xml
index 2e2fc3933aea..786732b64bbd 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-mmap.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-mmap.xml
@@ -45,7 +45,10 @@ just specify a <constant>NULL</constant> pointer here.</para>
45 <listitem> 45 <listitem>
46 <para>Length of the memory area to map. This must be the 46 <para>Length of the memory area to map. This must be the
47same value as returned by the driver in the &v4l2-buffer; 47same value as returned by the driver in the &v4l2-buffer;
48<structfield>length</structfield> field.</para> 48<structfield>length</structfield> field for the
49single-planar API, and the same value as returned by the driver
50in the &v4l2-plane; <structfield>length</structfield> field for the
51multi-planar API.</para>
49 </listitem> 52 </listitem>
50 </varlistentry> 53 </varlistentry>
51 <varlistentry> 54 <varlistentry>
@@ -106,7 +109,10 @@ flag.</para>
106 <listitem> 109 <listitem>
107 <para>Offset of the buffer in device memory. This must be the 110 <para>Offset of the buffer in device memory. This must be the
108same value as returned by the driver in the &v4l2-buffer; 111same value as returned by the driver in the &v4l2-buffer;
109<structfield>m</structfield> union <structfield>offset</structfield> field.</para> 112<structfield>m</structfield> union <structfield>offset</structfield> field for
113the single-planar API, and the same value as returned by the driver
114in the &v4l2-plane; <structfield>m</structfield> union
115<structfield>mem_offset</structfield> field for the multi-planar API.</para>
110 </listitem> 116 </listitem>
111 </varlistentry> 117 </varlistentry>
112 </variablelist> 118 </variablelist>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-munmap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-munmap.xml
index 502ed49323b0..e2c4190f9bb6 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-munmap.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-munmap.xml
@@ -37,7 +37,8 @@
37 <para>Length of the mapped buffer. This must be the same 37 <para>Length of the mapped buffer. This must be the same
38value as given to <function>mmap()</function> and returned by the 38value as given to <function>mmap()</function> and returned by the
39driver in the &v4l2-buffer; <structfield>length</structfield> 39driver in the &v4l2-buffer; <structfield>length</structfield>
40field.</para> 40field for the single-planar API and in the &v4l2-plane;
41<structfield>length</structfield> field for the multi-planar API.</para>
41 </listitem> 42 </listitem>
42 </varlistentry> 43 </varlistentry>
43 </variablelist> 44 </variablelist>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/io.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/io.xml
index d424886beda0..227e7ac45a06 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/io.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/io.xml
@@ -121,18 +121,22 @@ mapped.</para>
121 <para>Before applications can access the buffers they must map 121 <para>Before applications can access the buffers they must map
122them into their address space with the &func-mmap; function. The 122them into their address space with the &func-mmap; function. The
123location of the buffers in device memory can be determined with the 123location of the buffers in device memory can be determined with the
124&VIDIOC-QUERYBUF; ioctl. The <structfield>m.offset</structfield> and 124&VIDIOC-QUERYBUF; ioctl. In the single-planar API case, the
125<structfield>length</structfield> returned in a &v4l2-buffer; are 125<structfield>m.offset</structfield> and <structfield>length</structfield>
126passed as sixth and second parameter to the 126returned in a &v4l2-buffer; are passed as sixth and second parameter to the
127<function>mmap()</function> function. The offset and length values 127<function>mmap()</function> function. When using the multi-planar API,
128must not be modified. Remember the buffers are allocated in physical 128struct &v4l2-buffer; contains an array of &v4l2-plane; structures, each
129memory, as opposed to virtual memory which can be swapped out to disk. 129containing its own <structfield>m.offset</structfield> and
130Applications should free the buffers as soon as possible with the 130<structfield>length</structfield>. When using the multi-planar API, every
131&func-munmap; function.</para> 131plane of every buffer has to be mapped separately, so the number of
132calls to &func-mmap; should be equal to number of buffers times number of
133planes in each buffer. The offset and length values must not be modified.
134Remember, the buffers are allocated in physical memory, as opposed to virtual
135memory, which can be swapped out to disk. Applications should free the buffers
136as soon as possible with the &func-munmap; function.</para>
132 137
133 <example> 138 <example>
134 <title>Mapping buffers</title> 139 <title>Mapping buffers in the single-planar API</title>
135
136 <programlisting> 140 <programlisting>
137&v4l2-requestbuffers; reqbuf; 141&v4l2-requestbuffers; reqbuf;
138struct { 142struct {
@@ -141,63 +145,145 @@ struct {
141} *buffers; 145} *buffers;
142unsigned int i; 146unsigned int i;
143 147
144memset (&amp;reqbuf, 0, sizeof (reqbuf)); 148memset(&amp;reqbuf, 0, sizeof(reqbuf));
145reqbuf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; 149reqbuf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
146reqbuf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP; 150reqbuf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP;
147reqbuf.count = 20; 151reqbuf.count = 20;
148 152
149if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-REQBUFS;, &amp;reqbuf)) { 153if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-REQBUFS;, &amp;reqbuf)) {
150 if (errno == EINVAL) 154 if (errno == EINVAL)
151 printf ("Video capturing or mmap-streaming is not supported\n"); 155 printf("Video capturing or mmap-streaming is not supported\n");
152 else 156 else
153 perror ("VIDIOC_REQBUFS"); 157 perror("VIDIOC_REQBUFS");
154 158
155 exit (EXIT_FAILURE); 159 exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
156} 160}
157 161
158/* We want at least five buffers. */ 162/* We want at least five buffers. */
159 163
160if (reqbuf.count &lt; 5) { 164if (reqbuf.count &lt; 5) {
161 /* You may need to free the buffers here. */ 165 /* You may need to free the buffers here. */
162 printf ("Not enough buffer memory\n"); 166 printf("Not enough buffer memory\n");
163 exit (EXIT_FAILURE); 167 exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
164} 168}
165 169
166buffers = calloc (reqbuf.count, sizeof (*buffers)); 170buffers = calloc(reqbuf.count, sizeof(*buffers));
167assert (buffers != NULL); 171assert(buffers != NULL);
168 172
169for (i = 0; i &lt; reqbuf.count; i++) { 173for (i = 0; i &lt; reqbuf.count; i++) {
170 &v4l2-buffer; buffer; 174 &v4l2-buffer; buffer;
171 175
172 memset (&amp;buffer, 0, sizeof (buffer)); 176 memset(&amp;buffer, 0, sizeof(buffer));
173 buffer.type = reqbuf.type; 177 buffer.type = reqbuf.type;
174 buffer.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP; 178 buffer.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP;
175 buffer.index = i; 179 buffer.index = i;
176 180
177 if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYBUF;, &amp;buffer)) { 181 if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYBUF;, &amp;buffer)) {
178 perror ("VIDIOC_QUERYBUF"); 182 perror("VIDIOC_QUERYBUF");
179 exit (EXIT_FAILURE); 183 exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
180 } 184 }
181 185
182 buffers[i].length = buffer.length; /* remember for munmap() */ 186 buffers[i].length = buffer.length; /* remember for munmap() */
183 187
184 buffers[i].start = mmap (NULL, buffer.length, 188 buffers[i].start = mmap(NULL, buffer.length,
185 PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, /* recommended */ 189 PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, /* recommended */
186 MAP_SHARED, /* recommended */ 190 MAP_SHARED, /* recommended */
187 fd, buffer.m.offset); 191 fd, buffer.m.offset);
188 192
189 if (MAP_FAILED == buffers[i].start) { 193 if (MAP_FAILED == buffers[i].start) {
190 /* If you do not exit here you should unmap() and free() 194 /* If you do not exit here you should unmap() and free()
191 the buffers mapped so far. */ 195 the buffers mapped so far. */
192 perror ("mmap"); 196 perror("mmap");
193 exit (EXIT_FAILURE); 197 exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
198 }
199}
200
201/* Cleanup. */
202
203for (i = 0; i &lt; reqbuf.count; i++)
204 munmap(buffers[i].start, buffers[i].length);
205 </programlisting>
206 </example>
207
208 <example>
209 <title>Mapping buffers in the multi-planar API</title>
210 <programlisting>
211&v4l2-requestbuffers; reqbuf;
212/* Our current format uses 3 planes per buffer */
213#define FMT_NUM_PLANES = 3;
214
215struct {
216 void *start[FMT_NUM_PLANES];
217 size_t length[FMT_NUM_PLANES];
218} *buffers;
219unsigned int i, j;
220
221memset(&amp;reqbuf, 0, sizeof(reqbuf));
222reqbuf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE;
223reqbuf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP;
224reqbuf.count = 20;
225
226if (ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-REQBUFS;, &amp;reqbuf) &lt; 0) {
227 if (errno == EINVAL)
228 printf("Video capturing or mmap-streaming is not supported\n");
229 else
230 perror("VIDIOC_REQBUFS");
231
232 exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
233}
234
235/* We want at least five buffers. */
236
237if (reqbuf.count &lt; 5) {
238 /* You may need to free the buffers here. */
239 printf("Not enough buffer memory\n");
240 exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
241}
242
243buffers = calloc(reqbuf.count, sizeof(*buffers));
244assert(buffers != NULL);
245
246for (i = 0; i &lt; reqbuf.count; i++) {
247 &v4l2-buffer; buffer;
248 &v4l2-plane; planes[FMT_NUM_PLANES];
249
250 memset(&amp;buffer, 0, sizeof(buffer));
251 buffer.type = reqbuf.type;
252 buffer.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP;
253 buffer.index = i;
254 /* length in struct v4l2_buffer in multi-planar API stores the size
255 * of planes array. */
256 buffer.length = FMT_NUM_PLANES;
257 buffer.m.planes = planes;
258
259 if (ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYBUF;, &amp;buffer) &lt; 0) {
260 perror("VIDIOC_QUERYBUF");
261 exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
262 }
263
264 /* Every plane has to be mapped separately */
265 for (j = 0; j &lt; FMT_NUM_PLANES; j++) {
266 buffers[i].length[j] = buffer.m.planes[j].length; /* remember for munmap() */
267
268 buffers[i].start[j] = mmap(NULL, buffer.m.planes[j].length,
269 PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, /* recommended */
270 MAP_SHARED, /* recommended */
271 fd, buffer.m.planes[j].m.offset);
272
273 if (MAP_FAILED == buffers[i].start[j]) {
274 /* If you do not exit here you should unmap() and free()
275 the buffers and planes mapped so far. */
276 perror("mmap");
277 exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
278 }
194 } 279 }
195} 280}
196 281
197/* Cleanup. */ 282/* Cleanup. */
198 283
199for (i = 0; i &lt; reqbuf.count; i++) 284for (i = 0; i &lt; reqbuf.count; i++)
200 munmap (buffers[i].start, buffers[i].length); 285 for (j = 0; j &lt; FMT_NUM_PLANES; j++)
286 munmap(buffers[i].start[j], buffers[i].length[j]);
201 </programlisting> 287 </programlisting>
202 </example> 288 </example>
203 289
@@ -286,13 +372,13 @@ pointer method (not only memory mapping) is supported must be
286determined by calling the &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl.</para> 372determined by calling the &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl.</para>
287 373
288 <para>This I/O method combines advantages of the read/write and 374 <para>This I/O method combines advantages of the read/write and
289memory mapping methods. Buffers are allocated by the application 375memory mapping methods. Buffers (planes) are allocated by the application
290itself, and can reside for example in virtual or shared memory. Only 376itself, and can reside for example in virtual or shared memory. Only
291pointers to data are exchanged, these pointers and meta-information 377pointers to data are exchanged, these pointers and meta-information
292are passed in &v4l2-buffer;. The driver must be switched 378are passed in &v4l2-buffer; (or in &v4l2-plane; in the multi-planar API case).
293into user pointer I/O mode by calling the &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; with the 379The driver must be switched into user pointer I/O mode by calling the
294desired buffer type. No buffers are allocated beforehands, 380&VIDIOC-REQBUFS; with the desired buffer type. No buffers (planes) are allocated
295consequently they are not indexed and cannot be queried like mapped 381beforehand, consequently they are not indexed and cannot be queried like mapped
296buffers with the <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYBUF</constant> ioctl.</para> 382buffers with the <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYBUF</constant> ioctl.</para>
297 383
298 <example> 384 <example>
@@ -316,7 +402,7 @@ if (ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-REQBUFS;, &amp;reqbuf) == -1) {
316 </programlisting> 402 </programlisting>
317 </example> 403 </example>
318 404
319 <para>Buffer addresses and sizes are passed on the fly with the 405 <para>Buffer (plane) addresses and sizes are passed on the fly with the
320&VIDIOC-QBUF; ioctl. Although buffers are commonly cycled, 406&VIDIOC-QBUF; ioctl. Although buffers are commonly cycled,
321applications can pass different addresses and sizes at each 407applications can pass different addresses and sizes at each
322<constant>VIDIOC_QBUF</constant> call. If required by the hardware the 408<constant>VIDIOC_QBUF</constant> call. If required by the hardware the
@@ -396,11 +482,18 @@ rest should be evident.</para>
396 <title>Buffers</title> 482 <title>Buffers</title>
397 483
398 <para>A buffer contains data exchanged by application and 484 <para>A buffer contains data exchanged by application and
399driver using one of the Streaming I/O methods. Only pointers to 485driver using one of the Streaming I/O methods. In the multi-planar API, the
400buffers are exchanged, the data itself is not copied. These pointers, 486data is held in planes, while the buffer structure acts as a container
401together with meta-information like timestamps or field parity, are 487for the planes. Only pointers to buffers (planes) are exchanged, the data
402stored in a struct <structname>v4l2_buffer</structname>, argument to 488itself is not copied. These pointers, together with meta-information like
403the &VIDIOC-QUERYBUF;, &VIDIOC-QBUF; and &VIDIOC-DQBUF; ioctl.</para> 489timestamps or field parity, are stored in a struct
490<structname>v4l2_buffer</structname>, argument to
491the &VIDIOC-QUERYBUF;, &VIDIOC-QBUF; and &VIDIOC-DQBUF; ioctl.
492In the multi-planar API, some plane-specific members of struct
493<structname>v4l2_buffer</structname>, such as pointers and sizes for each
494plane, are stored in struct <structname>v4l2_plane</structname> instead.
495In that case, struct <structname>v4l2_buffer</structname> contains an array of
496plane structures.</para>
404 497
405 <para>Nominally timestamps refer to the first data byte transmitted. 498 <para>Nominally timestamps refer to the first data byte transmitted.
406In practice however the wide range of hardware covered by the V4L2 API 499In practice however the wide range of hardware covered by the V4L2 API
@@ -551,26 +644,40 @@ in accordance with the selected I/O method.</entry>
551 <entry></entry> 644 <entry></entry>
552 <entry>__u32</entry> 645 <entry>__u32</entry>
553 <entry><structfield>offset</structfield></entry> 646 <entry><structfield>offset</structfield></entry>
554 <entry>When <structfield>memory</structfield> is 647 <entry>For the single-planar API and when
555<constant>V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP</constant> this is the offset of the buffer 648<structfield>memory</structfield> is <constant>V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP</constant> this
556from the start of the device memory. The value is returned by the 649is the offset of the buffer from the start of the device memory. The value is
557driver and apart of serving as parameter to the &func-mmap; function 650returned by the driver and apart of serving as parameter to the &func-mmap;
558not useful for applications. See <xref linkend="mmap" /> for details.</entry> 651function not useful for applications. See <xref linkend="mmap" /> for details
652 </entry>
559 </row> 653 </row>
560 <row> 654 <row>
561 <entry></entry> 655 <entry></entry>
562 <entry>unsigned long</entry> 656 <entry>unsigned long</entry>
563 <entry><structfield>userptr</structfield></entry> 657 <entry><structfield>userptr</structfield></entry>
564 <entry>When <structfield>memory</structfield> is 658 <entry>For the single-planar API and when
565<constant>V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR</constant> this is a pointer to the 659<structfield>memory</structfield> is <constant>V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR</constant>
566buffer (casted to unsigned long type) in virtual memory, set by the 660this is a pointer to the buffer (casted to unsigned long type) in virtual
567application. See <xref linkend="userp" /> for details.</entry> 661memory, set by the application. See <xref linkend="userp" /> for details.
662 </entry>
663 </row>
664 <row>
665 <entry></entry>
666 <entry>struct v4l2_plane</entry>
667 <entry><structfield>*planes</structfield></entry>
668 <entry>When using the multi-planar API, contains a userspace pointer
669 to an array of &v4l2-plane;. The size of the array should be put
670 in the <structfield>length</structfield> field of this
671 <structname>v4l2_buffer</structname> structure.</entry>
568 </row> 672 </row>
569 <row> 673 <row>
570 <entry>__u32</entry> 674 <entry>__u32</entry>
571 <entry><structfield>length</structfield></entry> 675 <entry><structfield>length</structfield></entry>
572 <entry></entry> 676 <entry></entry>
573 <entry>Size of the buffer (not the payload) in bytes.</entry> 677 <entry>Size of the buffer (not the payload) in bytes for the
678 single-planar API. For the multi-planar API should contain the
679 number of elements in the <structfield>planes</structfield> array.
680 </entry>
574 </row> 681 </row>
575 <row> 682 <row>
576 <entry>__u32</entry> 683 <entry>__u32</entry>
@@ -596,6 +703,66 @@ should set this to 0.</entry>
596 </tgroup> 703 </tgroup>
597 </table> 704 </table>
598 705
706 <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-plane">
707 <title>struct <structname>v4l2_plane</structname></title>
708 <tgroup cols="4">
709 &cs-ustr;
710 <tbody valign="top">
711 <row>
712 <entry>__u32</entry>
713 <entry><structfield>bytesused</structfield></entry>
714 <entry></entry>
715 <entry>The number of bytes occupied by data in the plane
716 (its payload).</entry>
717 </row>
718 <row>
719 <entry>__u32</entry>
720 <entry><structfield>length</structfield></entry>
721 <entry></entry>
722 <entry>Size in bytes of the plane (not its payload).</entry>
723 </row>
724 <row>
725 <entry>union</entry>
726 <entry><structfield>m</structfield></entry>
727 <entry></entry>
728 <entry></entry>
729 </row>
730 <row>
731 <entry></entry>
732 <entry>__u32</entry>
733 <entry><structfield>mem_offset</structfield></entry>
734 <entry>When the memory type in the containing &v4l2-buffer; is
735 <constant>V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP</constant>, this is the value that
736 should be passed to &func-mmap;, similar to the
737 <structfield>offset</structfield> field in &v4l2-buffer;.</entry>
738 </row>
739 <row>
740 <entry></entry>
741 <entry>__unsigned long</entry>
742 <entry><structfield>userptr</structfield></entry>
743 <entry>When the memory type in the containing &v4l2-buffer; is
744 <constant>V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR</constant>, this is a userspace
745 pointer to the memory allocated for this plane by an application.
746 </entry>
747 </row>
748 <row>
749 <entry>__u32</entry>
750 <entry><structfield>data_offset</structfield></entry>
751 <entry></entry>
752 <entry>Offset in bytes to video data in the plane, if applicable.
753 </entry>
754 </row>
755 <row>
756 <entry>__u32</entry>
757 <entry><structfield>reserved[11]</structfield></entry>
758 <entry></entry>
759 <entry>Reserved for future use. Should be zeroed by an
760 application.</entry>
761 </row>
762 </tbody>
763 </tgroup>
764 </table>
765
599 <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-buf-type"> 766 <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-buf-type">
600 <title>enum v4l2_buf_type</title> 767 <title>enum v4l2_buf_type</title>
601 <tgroup cols="3"> 768 <tgroup cols="3">
@@ -604,13 +771,27 @@ should set this to 0.</entry>
604 <row> 771 <row>
605 <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant></entry> 772 <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant></entry>
606 <entry>1</entry> 773 <entry>1</entry>
607 <entry>Buffer of a video capture stream, see <xref 774 <entry>Buffer of a single-planar video capture stream, see <xref
775 linkend="capture" />.</entry>
776 </row>
777 <row>
778 <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE</constant>
779 </entry>
780 <entry>9</entry>
781 <entry>Buffer of a multi-planar video capture stream, see <xref
608 linkend="capture" />.</entry> 782 linkend="capture" />.</entry>
609 </row> 783 </row>
610 <row> 784 <row>
611 <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant></entry> 785 <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant></entry>
612 <entry>2</entry> 786 <entry>2</entry>
613 <entry>Buffer of a video output stream, see <xref 787 <entry>Buffer of a single-planar video output stream, see <xref
788 linkend="output" />.</entry>
789 </row>
790 <row>
791 <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE</constant>
792 </entry>
793 <entry>10</entry>
794 <entry>Buffer of a multi-planar video output stream, see <xref
614 linkend="output" />.</entry> 795 linkend="output" />.</entry>
615 </row> 796 </row>
616 <row> 797 <row>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/libv4l.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/libv4l.xml
index c14fc3db2a81..3cb10ec51929 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/libv4l.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/libv4l.xml
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ and is not locked sets the cid to the scaled value.
140 <para>int v4l2_get_control(int fd, int cid) - 140 <para>int v4l2_get_control(int fd, int cid) -
141This function returns a value of 0 - 65535, scaled to from the actual range 141This function returns a value of 0 - 65535, scaled to from the actual range
142of the given v4l control id. when the cid does not exist, could not be 142of the given v4l control id. when the cid does not exist, could not be
143accessed for some reason, or some error occured 0 is returned. 143accessed for some reason, or some error occurred 0 is returned.
144</para></listitem> 144</para></listitem>
145</itemizedlist> 145</itemizedlist>
146 </section> 146 </section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/lirc_device_interface.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/lirc_device_interface.xml
index 68134c0ab4d1..0e0453f39e73 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/lirc_device_interface.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/lirc_device_interface.xml
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ describing an IR signal are read from the chardev.</para>
45<para>The data written to the chardev is a pulse/space sequence of integer 45<para>The data written to the chardev is a pulse/space sequence of integer
46values. Pulses and spaces are only marked implicitly by their position. The 46values. Pulses and spaces are only marked implicitly by their position. The
47data must start and end with a pulse, therefore, the data must always include 47data must start and end with a pulse, therefore, the data must always include
48an unevent number of samples. The write function must block until the data has 48an uneven number of samples. The write function must block until the data has
49been transmitted by the hardware.</para> 49been transmitted by the hardware.</para>
50</section> 50</section>
51 51
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-controller.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-controller.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2dc25e1d4089
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-controller.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
1<partinfo>
2 <authorgroup>
3 <author>
4 <firstname>Laurent</firstname>
5 <surname>Pinchart</surname>
6 <affiliation><address><email>laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com</email></address></affiliation>
7 <contrib>Initial version.</contrib>
8 </author>
9 </authorgroup>
10 <copyright>
11 <year>2010</year>
12 <holder>Laurent Pinchart</holder>
13 </copyright>
14
15 <revhistory>
16 <!-- Put document revisions here, newest first. -->
17 <revision>
18 <revnumber>1.0.0</revnumber>
19 <date>2010-11-10</date>
20 <authorinitials>lp</authorinitials>
21 <revremark>Initial revision</revremark>
22 </revision>
23 </revhistory>
24</partinfo>
25
26<title>Media Controller API</title>
27
28<chapter id="media_controller">
29 <title>Media Controller</title>
30
31 <section id="media-controller-intro">
32 <title>Introduction</title>
33 <para>Media devices increasingly handle multiple related functions. Many USB
34 cameras include microphones, video capture hardware can also output video,
35 or SoC camera interfaces also perform memory-to-memory operations similar to
36 video codecs.</para>
37 <para>Independent functions, even when implemented in the same hardware, can
38 be modelled as separate devices. A USB camera with a microphone will be
39 presented to userspace applications as V4L2 and ALSA capture devices. The
40 devices' relationships (when using a webcam, end-users shouldn't have to
41 manually select the associated USB microphone), while not made available
42 directly to applications by the drivers, can usually be retrieved from
43 sysfs.</para>
44 <para>With more and more advanced SoC devices being introduced, the current
45 approach will not scale. Device topologies are getting increasingly complex
46 and can't always be represented by a tree structure. Hardware blocks are
47 shared between different functions, creating dependencies between seemingly
48 unrelated devices.</para>
49 <para>Kernel abstraction APIs such as V4L2 and ALSA provide means for
50 applications to access hardware parameters. As newer hardware expose an
51 increasingly high number of those parameters, drivers need to guess what
52 applications really require based on limited information, thereby
53 implementing policies that belong to userspace.</para>
54 <para>The media controller API aims at solving those problems.</para>
55 </section>
56
57 <section id="media-controller-model">
58 <title>Media device model</title>
59 <para>Discovering a device internal topology, and configuring it at runtime,
60 is one of the goals of the media controller API. To achieve this, hardware
61 devices are modelled as an oriented graph of building blocks called entities
62 connected through pads.</para>
63 <para>An entity is a basic media hardware or software building block. It can
64 correspond to a large variety of logical blocks such as physical hardware
65 devices (CMOS sensor for instance), logical hardware devices (a building
66 block in a System-on-Chip image processing pipeline), DMA channels or
67 physical connectors.</para>
68 <para>A pad is a connection endpoint through which an entity can interact
69 with other entities. Data (not restricted to video) produced by an entity
70 flows from the entity's output to one or more entity inputs. Pads should not
71 be confused with physical pins at chip boundaries.</para>
72 <para>A link is a point-to-point oriented connection between two pads,
73 either on the same entity or on different entities. Data flows from a source
74 pad to a sink pad.</para>
75 </section>
76</chapter>
77
78<appendix id="media-user-func">
79 <title>Function Reference</title>
80 <!-- Keep this alphabetically sorted. -->
81 &sub-media-open;
82 &sub-media-close;
83 &sub-media-ioctl;
84 <!-- All ioctls go here. -->
85 &sub-media-ioc-device-info;
86 &sub-media-ioc-enum-entities;
87 &sub-media-ioc-enum-links;
88 &sub-media-ioc-setup-link;
89</appendix>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-func-close.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-func-close.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..be149c802aeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-func-close.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
1<refentry id="media-func-close">
2 <refmeta>
3 <refentrytitle>media close()</refentrytitle>
4 &manvol;
5 </refmeta>
6
7 <refnamediv>
8 <refname>media-close</refname>
9 <refpurpose>Close a media device</refpurpose>
10 </refnamediv>
11
12 <refsynopsisdiv>
13 <funcsynopsis>
14 <funcsynopsisinfo>#include &lt;unistd.h&gt;</funcsynopsisinfo>
15 <funcprototype>
16 <funcdef>int <function>close</function></funcdef>
17 <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
18 </funcprototype>
19 </funcsynopsis>
20 </refsynopsisdiv>
21
22 <refsect1>
23 <title>Arguments</title>
24
25 <variablelist>
26 <varlistentry>
27 <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
28 <listitem>
29 <para>&fd;</para>
30 </listitem>
31 </varlistentry>
32 </variablelist>
33 </refsect1>
34
35 <refsect1>
36 <title>Description</title>
37
38 <para>Closes the media device. Resources associated with the file descriptor
39 are freed. The device configuration remain unchanged.</para>
40 </refsect1>
41
42 <refsect1>
43 <title>Return Value</title>
44
45 <para><function>close</function> returns 0 on success. On error, -1 is
46 returned, and <varname>errno</varname> is set appropriately. Possible error
47 codes are:</para>
48
49 <variablelist>
50 <varlistentry>
51 <term><errorcode>EBADF</errorcode></term>
52 <listitem>
53 <para><parameter>fd</parameter> is not a valid open file descriptor.
54 </para>
55 </listitem>
56 </varlistentry>
57 </variablelist>
58 </refsect1>
59</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-func-ioctl.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-func-ioctl.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..bda8604de15c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-func-ioctl.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
1<refentry id="media-func-ioctl">
2 <refmeta>
3 <refentrytitle>media ioctl()</refentrytitle>
4 &manvol;
5 </refmeta>
6
7 <refnamediv>
8 <refname>media-ioctl</refname>
9 <refpurpose>Control a media device</refpurpose>
10 </refnamediv>
11
12 <refsynopsisdiv>
13 <funcsynopsis>
14 <funcsynopsisinfo>#include &lt;sys/ioctl.h&gt;</funcsynopsisinfo>
15 <funcprototype>
16 <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
17 <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
18 <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
19 <paramdef>void *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
20 </funcprototype>
21 </funcsynopsis>
22 </refsynopsisdiv>
23
24 <refsect1>
25 <title>Arguments</title>
26
27 <variablelist>
28 <varlistentry>
29 <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
30 <listitem>
31 <para>&fd;</para>
32 </listitem>
33 </varlistentry>
34 <varlistentry>
35 <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
36 <listitem>
37 <para>Media ioctl request code as defined in the media.h header file,
38 for example MEDIA_IOC_SETUP_LINK.</para>
39 </listitem>
40 </varlistentry>
41 <varlistentry>
42 <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
43 <listitem>
44 <para>Pointer to a request-specific structure.</para>
45 </listitem>
46 </varlistentry>
47 </variablelist>
48 </refsect1>
49
50 <refsect1>
51 <title>Description</title>
52 <para>The <function>ioctl()</function> function manipulates media device
53 parameters. The argument <parameter>fd</parameter> must be an open file
54 descriptor.</para>
55 <para>The ioctl <parameter>request</parameter> code specifies the media
56 function to be called. It has encoded in it whether the argument is an
57 input, output or read/write parameter, and the size of the argument
58 <parameter>argp</parameter> in bytes.</para>
59 <para>Macros and structures definitions specifying media ioctl requests and
60 their parameters are located in the media.h header file. All media ioctl
61 requests, their respective function and parameters are specified in
62 <xref linkend="media-user-func" />.</para>
63 </refsect1>
64
65 <refsect1>
66 <title>Return Value</title>
67
68 <para><function>ioctl()</function> returns <returnvalue>0</returnvalue> on
69 success. On failure, <returnvalue>-1</returnvalue> is returned, and the
70 <varname>errno</varname> variable is set appropriately. Generic error codes
71 are listed below, and request-specific error codes are listed in the
72 individual requests descriptions.</para>
73 <para>When an ioctl that takes an output or read/write parameter fails,
74 the parameter remains unmodified.</para>
75
76 <variablelist>
77 <varlistentry>
78 <term><errorcode>EBADF</errorcode></term>
79 <listitem>
80 <para><parameter>fd</parameter> is not a valid open file descriptor.
81 </para>
82 </listitem>
83 </varlistentry>
84 <varlistentry>
85 <term><errorcode>EFAULT</errorcode></term>
86 <listitem>
87 <para><parameter>argp</parameter> references an inaccessible memory
88 area.</para>
89 </listitem>
90 </varlistentry>
91 <varlistentry>
92 <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
93 <listitem>
94 <para>The <parameter>request</parameter> or the data pointed to by
95 <parameter>argp</parameter> is not valid. This is a very common error
96 code, see the individual ioctl requests listed in
97 <xref linkend="media-user-func" /> for actual causes.</para>
98 </listitem>
99 </varlistentry>
100 <varlistentry>
101 <term><errorcode>ENOMEM</errorcode></term>
102 <listitem>
103 <para>Insufficient kernel memory was available to complete the
104 request.</para>
105 </listitem>
106 </varlistentry>
107 <varlistentry>
108 <term><errorcode>ENOTTY</errorcode></term>
109 <listitem>
110 <para><parameter>fd</parameter> is not associated with a character
111 special device.</para>
112 </listitem>
113 </varlistentry>
114 </variablelist>
115 </refsect1>
116</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-func-open.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-func-open.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f7df034dc9ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-func-open.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
1<refentry id="media-func-open">
2 <refmeta>
3 <refentrytitle>media open()</refentrytitle>
4 &manvol;
5 </refmeta>
6
7 <refnamediv>
8 <refname>media-open</refname>
9 <refpurpose>Open a media device</refpurpose>
10 </refnamediv>
11
12 <refsynopsisdiv>
13 <funcsynopsis>
14 <funcsynopsisinfo>#include &lt;fcntl.h&gt;</funcsynopsisinfo>
15 <funcprototype>
16 <funcdef>int <function>open</function></funcdef>
17 <paramdef>const char *<parameter>device_name</parameter></paramdef>
18 <paramdef>int <parameter>flags</parameter></paramdef>
19 </funcprototype>
20 </funcsynopsis>
21 </refsynopsisdiv>
22
23 <refsect1>
24 <title>Arguments</title>
25
26 <variablelist>
27 <varlistentry>
28 <term><parameter>device_name</parameter></term>
29 <listitem>
30 <para>Device to be opened.</para>
31 </listitem>
32 </varlistentry>
33 <varlistentry>
34 <term><parameter>flags</parameter></term>
35 <listitem>
36 <para>Open flags. Access mode must be either <constant>O_RDONLY</constant>
37 or <constant>O_RDWR</constant>. Other flags have no effect.</para>
38 </listitem>
39 </varlistentry>
40 </variablelist>
41 </refsect1>
42 <refsect1>
43 <title>Description</title>
44 <para>To open a media device applications call <function>open()</function>
45 with the desired device name. The function has no side effects; the device
46 configuration remain unchanged.</para>
47 <para>When the device is opened in read-only mode, attemps to modify its
48 configuration will result in an error, and <varname>errno</varname> will be
49 set to <errorcode>EBADF</errorcode>.</para>
50 </refsect1>
51 <refsect1>
52 <title>Return Value</title>
53
54 <para><function>open</function> returns the new file descriptor on success.
55 On error, -1 is returned, and <varname>errno</varname> is set appropriately.
56 Possible error codes are:</para>
57
58 <variablelist>
59 <varlistentry>
60 <term><errorcode>EACCES</errorcode></term>
61 <listitem>
62 <para>The requested access to the file is not allowed.</para>
63 </listitem>
64 </varlistentry>
65 <varlistentry>
66 <term><errorcode>EMFILE</errorcode></term>
67 <listitem>
68 <para>The process already has the maximum number of files open.
69 </para>
70 </listitem>
71 </varlistentry>
72 <varlistentry>
73 <term><errorcode>ENFILE</errorcode></term>
74 <listitem>
75 <para>The system limit on the total number of open files has been
76 reached.</para>
77 </listitem>
78 </varlistentry>
79 <varlistentry>
80 <term><errorcode>ENOMEM</errorcode></term>
81 <listitem>
82 <para>Insufficient kernel memory was available.</para>
83 </listitem>
84 </varlistentry>
85 <varlistentry>
86 <term><errorcode>ENXIO</errorcode></term>
87 <listitem>
88 <para>No device corresponding to this device special file exists.
89 </para>
90 </listitem>
91 </varlistentry>
92 </variablelist>
93 </refsect1>
94</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-ioc-device-info.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-ioc-device-info.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1f3237351bba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-ioc-device-info.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
1<refentry id="media-ioc-device-info">
2 <refmeta>
3 <refentrytitle>ioctl MEDIA_IOC_DEVICE_INFO</refentrytitle>
4 &manvol;
5 </refmeta>
6
7 <refnamediv>
8 <refname>MEDIA_IOC_DEVICE_INFO</refname>
9 <refpurpose>Query device information</refpurpose>
10 </refnamediv>
11
12 <refsynopsisdiv>
13 <funcsynopsis>
14 <funcprototype>
15 <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
16 <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
17 <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
18 <paramdef>struct media_device_info *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
19 </funcprototype>
20 </funcsynopsis>
21 </refsynopsisdiv>
22
23 <refsect1>
24 <title>Arguments</title>
25
26 <variablelist>
27 <varlistentry>
28 <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
29 <listitem>
30 <para>File descriptor returned by
31 <link linkend='media-func-open'><function>open()</function></link>.</para>
32 </listitem>
33 </varlistentry>
34 <varlistentry>
35 <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
36 <listitem>
37 <para>MEDIA_IOC_DEVICE_INFO</para>
38 </listitem>
39 </varlistentry>
40 <varlistentry>
41 <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
42 <listitem>
43 <para></para>
44 </listitem>
45 </varlistentry>
46 </variablelist>
47 </refsect1>
48
49 <refsect1>
50 <title>Description</title>
51
52 <para>All media devices must support the <constant>MEDIA_IOC_DEVICE_INFO</constant>
53 ioctl. To query device information, applications call the ioctl with a
54 pointer to a &media-device-info;. The driver fills the structure and returns
55 the information to the application.
56 The ioctl never fails.</para>
57
58 <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="media-device-info">
59 <title>struct <structname>media_device_info</structname></title>
60 <tgroup cols="3">
61 &cs-str;
62 <tbody valign="top">
63 <row>
64 <entry>char</entry>
65 <entry><structfield>driver</structfield>[16]</entry>
66 <entry><para>Name of the driver implementing the media API as a
67 NUL-terminated ASCII string. The driver version is stored in the
68 <structfield>driver_version</structfield> field.</para>
69 <para>Driver specific applications can use this information to
70 verify the driver identity. It is also useful to work around
71 known bugs, or to identify drivers in error reports.</para></entry>
72 </row>
73 <row>
74 <entry>char</entry>
75 <entry><structfield>model</structfield>[32]</entry>
76 <entry>Device model name as a NUL-terminated UTF-8 string. The
77 device version is stored in the <structfield>device_version</structfield>
78 field and is not be appended to the model name.</entry>
79 </row>
80 <row>
81 <entry>char</entry>
82 <entry><structfield>serial</structfield>[40]</entry>
83 <entry>Serial number as a NUL-terminated ASCII string.</entry>
84 </row>
85 <row>
86 <entry>char</entry>
87 <entry><structfield>bus_info</structfield>[32]</entry>
88 <entry>Location of the device in the system as a NUL-terminated
89 ASCII string. This includes the bus type name (PCI, USB, ...) and a
90 bus-specific identifier.</entry>
91 </row>
92 <row>
93 <entry>__u32</entry>
94 <entry><structfield>media_version</structfield></entry>
95 <entry>Media API version, formatted with the
96 <constant>KERNEL_VERSION()</constant> macro.</entry>
97 </row>
98 <row>
99 <entry>__u32</entry>
100 <entry><structfield>hw_revision</structfield></entry>
101 <entry>Hardware device revision in a driver-specific format.</entry>
102 </row>
103 <row>
104 <entry>__u32</entry>
105 <entry><structfield>media_version</structfield></entry>
106 <entry>Media device driver version, formatted with the
107 <constant>KERNEL_VERSION()</constant> macro. Together with the
108 <structfield>driver</structfield> field this identifies a particular
109 driver.</entry>
110 </row>
111 <row>
112 <entry>__u32</entry>
113 <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[31]</entry>
114 <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and applications must
115 set this array to zero.</entry>
116 </row>
117 </tbody>
118 </tgroup>
119 </table>
120 <para>The <structfield>serial</structfield> and <structfield>bus_info</structfield>
121 fields can be used to distinguish between multiple instances of otherwise
122 identical hardware. The serial number takes precedence when provided and can
123 be assumed to be unique. If the serial number is an empty string, the
124 <structfield>bus_info</structfield> field can be used instead. The
125 <structfield>bus_info</structfield> field is guaranteed to be unique, but
126 can vary across reboots or device unplug/replug.</para>
127 </refsect1>
128
129 <refsect1>
130 <title>Return value</title>
131 <para>This function doesn't return specific error codes.</para>
132 </refsect1>
133</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-ioc-enum-entities.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-ioc-enum-entities.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..576b68b33f2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-ioc-enum-entities.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
1<refentry id="media-ioc-enum-entities">
2 <refmeta>
3 <refentrytitle>ioctl MEDIA_IOC_ENUM_ENTITIES</refentrytitle>
4 &manvol;
5 </refmeta>
6
7 <refnamediv>
8 <refname>MEDIA_IOC_ENUM_ENTITIES</refname>
9 <refpurpose>Enumerate entities and their properties</refpurpose>
10 </refnamediv>
11
12 <refsynopsisdiv>
13 <funcsynopsis>
14 <funcprototype>
15 <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
16 <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
17 <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
18 <paramdef>struct media_entity_desc *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
19 </funcprototype>
20 </funcsynopsis>
21 </refsynopsisdiv>
22
23 <refsect1>
24 <title>Arguments</title>
25
26 <variablelist>
27 <varlistentry>
28 <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
29 <listitem>
30 <para>File descriptor returned by
31 <link linkend='media-func-open'><function>open()</function></link>.</para>
32 </listitem>
33 </varlistentry>
34 <varlistentry>
35 <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
36 <listitem>
37 <para>MEDIA_IOC_ENUM_ENTITIES</para>
38 </listitem>
39 </varlistentry>
40 <varlistentry>
41 <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
42 <listitem>
43 <para></para>
44 </listitem>
45 </varlistentry>
46 </variablelist>
47 </refsect1>
48
49 <refsect1>
50 <title>Description</title>
51 <para>To query the attributes of an entity, applications set the id field
52 of a &media-entity-desc; structure and call the MEDIA_IOC_ENUM_ENTITIES
53 ioctl with a pointer to this structure. The driver fills the rest of the
54 structure or returns an &EINVAL; when the id is invalid.</para>
55 <para>Entities can be enumerated by or'ing the id with the
56 <constant>MEDIA_ENT_ID_FLAG_NEXT</constant> flag. The driver will return
57 information about the entity with the smallest id strictly larger than the
58 requested one ('next entity'), or the &EINVAL; if there is none.</para>
59 <para>Entity IDs can be non-contiguous. Applications must
60 <emphasis>not</emphasis> try to enumerate entities by calling
61 MEDIA_IOC_ENUM_ENTITIES with increasing id's until they get an error.</para>
62 <para>Two or more entities that share a common non-zero
63 <structfield>group_id</structfield> value are considered as logically
64 grouped. Groups are used to report
65 <itemizedlist>
66 <listitem><para>ALSA, VBI and video nodes that carry the same media
67 stream</para></listitem>
68 <listitem><para>lens and flash controllers associated with a sensor</para></listitem>
69 </itemizedlist>
70 </para>
71
72 <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="media-entity-desc">
73 <title>struct <structname>media_entity_desc</structname></title>
74 <tgroup cols="5">
75 <colspec colname="c1" />
76 <colspec colname="c2" />
77 <colspec colname="c3" />
78 <colspec colname="c4" />
79 <colspec colname="c5" />
80 <tbody valign="top">
81 <row>
82 <entry>__u32</entry>
83 <entry><structfield>id</structfield></entry>
84 <entry></entry>
85 <entry></entry>
86 <entry>Entity id, set by the application. When the id is or'ed with
87 <constant>MEDIA_ENT_ID_FLAG_NEXT</constant>, the driver clears the
88 flag and returns the first entity with a larger id.</entry>
89 </row>
90 <row>
91 <entry>char</entry>
92 <entry><structfield>name</structfield>[32]</entry>
93 <entry></entry>
94 <entry></entry>
95 <entry>Entity name as an UTF-8 NULL-terminated string.</entry>
96 </row>
97 <row>
98 <entry>__u32</entry>
99 <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
100 <entry></entry>
101 <entry></entry>
102 <entry>Entity type, see <xref linkend="media-entity-type" /> for details.</entry>
103 </row>
104 <row>
105 <entry>__u32</entry>
106 <entry><structfield>revision</structfield></entry>
107 <entry></entry>
108 <entry></entry>
109 <entry>Entity revision in a driver/hardware specific format.</entry>
110 </row>
111 <row>
112 <entry>__u32</entry>
113 <entry><structfield>flags</structfield></entry>
114 <entry></entry>
115 <entry></entry>
116 <entry>Entity flags, see <xref linkend="media-entity-flag" /> for details.</entry>
117 </row>
118 <row>
119 <entry>__u32</entry>
120 <entry><structfield>group_id</structfield></entry>
121 <entry></entry>
122 <entry></entry>
123 <entry>Entity group ID</entry>
124 </row>
125 <row>
126 <entry>__u16</entry>
127 <entry><structfield>pads</structfield></entry>
128 <entry></entry>
129 <entry></entry>
130 <entry>Number of pads</entry>
131 </row>
132 <row>
133 <entry>__u16</entry>
134 <entry><structfield>links</structfield></entry>
135 <entry></entry>
136 <entry></entry>
137 <entry>Total number of outbound links. Inbound links are not counted
138 in this field.</entry>
139 </row>
140 <row>
141 <entry>union</entry>
142 </row>
143 <row>
144 <entry></entry>
145 <entry>struct</entry>
146 <entry><structfield>v4l</structfield></entry>
147 <entry></entry>
148 <entry>Valid for V4L sub-devices and nodes only.</entry>
149 </row>
150 <row>
151 <entry></entry>
152 <entry></entry>
153 <entry>__u32</entry>
154 <entry><structfield>major</structfield></entry>
155 <entry>V4L device node major number. For V4L sub-devices with no
156 device node, set by the driver to 0.</entry>
157 </row>
158 <row>
159 <entry></entry>
160 <entry></entry>
161 <entry>__u32</entry>
162 <entry><structfield>minor</structfield></entry>
163 <entry>V4L device node minor number. For V4L sub-devices with no
164 device node, set by the driver to 0.</entry>
165 </row>
166 <row>
167 <entry></entry>
168 <entry>struct</entry>
169 <entry><structfield>fb</structfield></entry>
170 <entry></entry>
171 <entry>Valid for frame buffer nodes only.</entry>
172 </row>
173 <row>
174 <entry></entry>
175 <entry></entry>
176 <entry>__u32</entry>
177 <entry><structfield>major</structfield></entry>
178 <entry>Frame buffer device node major number.</entry>
179 </row>
180 <row>
181 <entry></entry>
182 <entry></entry>
183 <entry>__u32</entry>
184 <entry><structfield>minor</structfield></entry>
185 <entry>Frame buffer device node minor number.</entry>
186 </row>
187 <row>
188 <entry></entry>
189 <entry>struct</entry>
190 <entry><structfield>alsa</structfield></entry>
191 <entry></entry>
192 <entry>Valid for ALSA devices only.</entry>
193 </row>
194 <row>
195 <entry></entry>
196 <entry></entry>
197 <entry>__u32</entry>
198 <entry><structfield>card</structfield></entry>
199 <entry>ALSA card number</entry>
200 </row>
201 <row>
202 <entry></entry>
203 <entry></entry>
204 <entry>__u32</entry>
205 <entry><structfield>device</structfield></entry>
206 <entry>ALSA device number</entry>
207 </row>
208 <row>
209 <entry></entry>
210 <entry></entry>
211 <entry>__u32</entry>
212 <entry><structfield>subdevice</structfield></entry>
213 <entry>ALSA sub-device number</entry>
214 </row>
215 <row>
216 <entry></entry>
217 <entry>int</entry>
218 <entry><structfield>dvb</structfield></entry>
219 <entry></entry>
220 <entry>DVB card number</entry>
221 </row>
222 <row>
223 <entry></entry>
224 <entry>__u8</entry>
225 <entry><structfield>raw</structfield>[180]</entry>
226 <entry></entry>
227 <entry></entry>
228 </row>
229 </tbody>
230 </tgroup>
231 </table>
232
233 <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="media-entity-type">
234 <title>Media entity types</title>
235 <tgroup cols="2">
236 <colspec colname="c1"/>
237 <colspec colname="c2"/>
238 <tbody valign="top">
239 <row>
240 <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE</constant></entry>
241 <entry>Unknown device node</entry>
242 </row>
243 <row>
244 <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_V4L</constant></entry>
245 <entry>V4L video, radio or vbi device node</entry>
246 </row>
247 <row>
248 <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_FB</constant></entry>
249 <entry>Frame buffer device node</entry>
250 </row>
251 <row>
252 <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_ALSA</constant></entry>
253 <entry>ALSA card</entry>
254 </row>
255 <row>
256 <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_DVB</constant></entry>
257 <entry>DVB card</entry>
258 </row>
259 <row>
260 <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV</constant></entry>
261 <entry>Unknown V4L sub-device</entry>
262 </row>
263 <row>
264 <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV_SENSOR</constant></entry>
265 <entry>Video sensor</entry>
266 </row>
267 <row>
268 <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV_FLASH</constant></entry>
269 <entry>Flash controller</entry>
270 </row>
271 <row>
272 <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV_LENS</constant></entry>
273 <entry>Lens controller</entry>
274 </row>
275 </tbody>
276 </tgroup>
277 </table>
278
279 <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="media-entity-flag">
280 <title>Media entity flags</title>
281 <tgroup cols="2">
282 <colspec colname="c1"/>
283 <colspec colname="c2"/>
284 <tbody valign="top">
285 <row>
286 <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_FL_DEFAULT</constant></entry>
287 <entry>Default entity for its type. Used to discover the default
288 audio, VBI and video devices, the default camera sensor, ...</entry>
289 </row>
290 </tbody>
291 </tgroup>
292 </table>
293 </refsect1>
294
295 <refsect1>
296 &return-value;
297
298 <variablelist>
299 <varlistentry>
300 <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
301 <listitem>
302 <para>The &media-entity-desc; <structfield>id</structfield> references
303 a non-existing entity.</para>
304 </listitem>
305 </varlistentry>
306 </variablelist>
307 </refsect1>
308</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-ioc-enum-links.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-ioc-enum-links.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d2fc73ef8d56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-ioc-enum-links.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
1<refentry id="media-ioc-enum-links">
2 <refmeta>
3 <refentrytitle>ioctl MEDIA_IOC_ENUM_LINKS</refentrytitle>
4 &manvol;
5 </refmeta>
6
7 <refnamediv>
8 <refname>MEDIA_IOC_ENUM_LINKS</refname>
9 <refpurpose>Enumerate all pads and links for a given entity</refpurpose>
10 </refnamediv>
11
12 <refsynopsisdiv>
13 <funcsynopsis>
14 <funcprototype>
15 <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
16 <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
17 <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
18 <paramdef>struct media_links_enum *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
19 </funcprototype>
20 </funcsynopsis>
21 </refsynopsisdiv>
22
23 <refsect1>
24 <title>Arguments</title>
25
26 <variablelist>
27 <varlistentry>
28 <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
29 <listitem>
30 <para>File descriptor returned by
31 <link linkend='media-func-open'><function>open()</function></link>.</para>
32 </listitem>
33 </varlistentry>
34 <varlistentry>
35 <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
36 <listitem>
37 <para>MEDIA_IOC_ENUM_LINKS</para>
38 </listitem>
39 </varlistentry>
40 <varlistentry>
41 <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
42 <listitem>
43 <para></para>
44 </listitem>
45 </varlistentry>
46 </variablelist>
47 </refsect1>
48
49 <refsect1>
50 <title>Description</title>
51
52 <para>To enumerate pads and/or links for a given entity, applications set
53 the entity field of a &media-links-enum; structure and initialize the
54 &media-pad-desc; and &media-link-desc; structure arrays pointed by the
55 <structfield>pads</structfield> and <structfield>links</structfield> fields.
56 They then call the MEDIA_IOC_ENUM_LINKS ioctl with a pointer to this
57 structure.</para>
58 <para>If the <structfield>pads</structfield> field is not NULL, the driver
59 fills the <structfield>pads</structfield> array with information about the
60 entity's pads. The array must have enough room to store all the entity's
61 pads. The number of pads can be retrieved with the &MEDIA-IOC-ENUM-ENTITIES;
62 ioctl.</para>
63 <para>If the <structfield>links</structfield> field is not NULL, the driver
64 fills the <structfield>links</structfield> array with information about the
65 entity's outbound links. The array must have enough room to store all the
66 entity's outbound links. The number of outbound links can be retrieved with
67 the &MEDIA-IOC-ENUM-ENTITIES; ioctl.</para>
68 <para>Only forward links that originate at one of the entity's source pads
69 are returned during the enumeration process.</para>
70
71 <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="media-links-enum">
72 <title>struct <structname>media_links_enum</structname></title>
73 <tgroup cols="3">
74 &cs-str;
75 <tbody valign="top">
76 <row>
77 <entry>__u32</entry>
78 <entry><structfield>entity</structfield></entry>
79 <entry>Entity id, set by the application.</entry>
80 </row>
81 <row>
82 <entry>struct &media-pad-desc;</entry>
83 <entry>*<structfield>pads</structfield></entry>
84 <entry>Pointer to a pads array allocated by the application. Ignored
85 if NULL.</entry>
86 </row>
87 <row>
88 <entry>struct &media-link-desc;</entry>
89 <entry>*<structfield>links</structfield></entry>
90 <entry>Pointer to a links array allocated by the application. Ignored
91 if NULL.</entry>
92 </row>
93 </tbody>
94 </tgroup>
95 </table>
96
97 <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="media-pad-desc">
98 <title>struct <structname>media_pad_desc</structname></title>
99 <tgroup cols="3">
100 &cs-str;
101 <tbody valign="top">
102 <row>
103 <entry>__u32</entry>
104 <entry><structfield>entity</structfield></entry>
105 <entry>ID of the entity this pad belongs to.</entry>
106 </row>
107 <row>
108 <entry>__u16</entry>
109 <entry><structfield>index</structfield></entry>
110 <entry>0-based pad index.</entry>
111 </row>
112 <row>
113 <entry>__u32</entry>
114 <entry><structfield>flags</structfield></entry>
115 <entry>Pad flags, see <xref linkend="media-pad-flag" /> for more details.</entry>
116 </row>
117 </tbody>
118 </tgroup>
119 </table>
120
121 <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="media-pad-flag">
122 <title>Media pad flags</title>
123 <tgroup cols="2">
124 <colspec colname="c1"/>
125 <colspec colname="c2"/>
126 <tbody valign="top">
127 <row>
128 <entry><constant>MEDIA_PAD_FL_SINK</constant></entry>
129 <entry>Input pad, relative to the entity. Input pads sink data and
130 are targets of links.</entry>
131 </row>
132 <row>
133 <entry><constant>MEDIA_PAD_FL_SOURCE</constant></entry>
134 <entry>Output pad, relative to the entity. Output pads source data
135 and are origins of links.</entry>
136 </row>
137 </tbody>
138 </tgroup>
139 </table>
140
141 <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="media-link-desc">
142 <title>struct <structname>media_links_desc</structname></title>
143 <tgroup cols="3">
144 &cs-str;
145 <tbody valign="top">
146 <row>
147 <entry>struct &media-pad-desc;</entry>
148 <entry><structfield>source</structfield></entry>
149 <entry>Pad at the origin of this link.</entry>
150 </row>
151 <row>
152 <entry>struct &media-pad-desc;</entry>
153 <entry><structfield>sink</structfield></entry>
154 <entry>Pad at the target of this link.</entry>
155 </row>
156 <row>
157 <entry>__u32</entry>
158 <entry><structfield>flags</structfield></entry>
159 <entry>Link flags, see <xref linkend="media-link-flag" /> for more details.</entry>
160 </row>
161 </tbody>
162 </tgroup>
163 </table>
164
165 <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="media-link-flag">
166 <title>Media link flags</title>
167 <tgroup cols="2">
168 <colspec colname="c1"/>
169 <colspec colname="c2"/>
170 <tbody valign="top">
171 <row>
172 <entry><constant>MEDIA_LNK_FL_ENABLED</constant></entry>
173 <entry>The link is enabled and can be used to transfer media data.
174 When two or more links target a sink pad, only one of them can be
175 enabled at a time.</entry>
176 </row>
177 <row>
178 <entry><constant>MEDIA_LNK_FL_IMMUTABLE</constant></entry>
179 <entry>The link enabled state can't be modified at runtime. An
180 immutable link is always enabled.</entry>
181 </row>
182 <row>
183 <entry><constant>MEDIA_LNK_FL_DYNAMIC</constant></entry>
184 <entry>The link enabled state can be modified during streaming. This
185 flag is set by drivers and is read-only for applications.</entry>
186 </row>
187 </tbody>
188 </tgroup>
189 </table>
190 <para>One and only one of <constant>MEDIA_PAD_FL_SINK</constant> and
191 <constant>MEDIA_PAD_FL_SOURCE</constant> must be set for every pad.</para>
192 </refsect1>
193
194 <refsect1>
195 &return-value;
196
197 <variablelist>
198 <varlistentry>
199 <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
200 <listitem>
201 <para>The &media-links-enum; <structfield>id</structfield> references
202 a non-existing entity.</para>
203 </listitem>
204 </varlistentry>
205 </variablelist>
206 </refsect1>
207</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-ioc-setup-link.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-ioc-setup-link.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2331e76ded17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-ioc-setup-link.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
1<refentry id="media-ioc-setup-link">
2 <refmeta>
3 <refentrytitle>ioctl MEDIA_IOC_SETUP_LINK</refentrytitle>
4 &manvol;
5 </refmeta>
6
7 <refnamediv>
8 <refname>MEDIA_IOC_SETUP_LINK</refname>
9 <refpurpose>Modify the properties of a link</refpurpose>
10 </refnamediv>
11
12 <refsynopsisdiv>
13 <funcsynopsis>
14 <funcprototype>
15 <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
16 <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
17 <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
18 <paramdef>struct media_link_desc *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
19 </funcprototype>
20 </funcsynopsis>
21 </refsynopsisdiv>
22
23 <refsect1>
24 <title>Arguments</title>
25
26 <variablelist>
27 <varlistentry>
28 <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
29 <listitem>
30 <para>File descriptor returned by
31 <link linkend='media-func-open'><function>open()</function></link>.</para>
32 </listitem>
33 </varlistentry>
34 <varlistentry>
35 <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
36 <listitem>
37 <para>MEDIA_IOC_ENUM_LINKS</para>
38 </listitem>
39 </varlistentry>
40 <varlistentry>
41 <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
42 <listitem>
43 <para></para>
44 </listitem>
45 </varlistentry>
46 </variablelist>
47 </refsect1>
48
49 <refsect1>
50 <title>Description</title>
51
52 <para>To change link properties applications fill a &media-link-desc; with
53 link identification information (source and sink pad) and the new requested
54 link flags. They then call the MEDIA_IOC_SETUP_LINK ioctl with a pointer to
55 that structure.</para>
56 <para>The only configurable property is the <constant>ENABLED</constant>
57 link flag to enable/disable a link. Links marked with the
58 <constant>IMMUTABLE</constant> link flag can not be enabled or disabled.
59 </para>
60 <para>Link configuration has no side effect on other links. If an enabled
61 link at the sink pad prevents the link from being enabled, the driver
62 returns with an &EBUSY;.</para>
63 <para>Only links marked with the <constant>DYNAMIC</constant> link flag can
64 be enabled/disabled while streaming media data. Attempting to enable or
65 disable a streaming non-dynamic link will return an &EBUSY;.</para>
66 <para>If the specified link can't be found the driver returns with an
67 &EINVAL;.</para>
68 </refsect1>
69
70 <refsect1>
71 &return-value;
72
73 <variablelist>
74 <varlistentry>
75 <term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
76 <listitem>
77 <para>The link properties can't be changed because the link is
78 currently busy. This can be caused, for instance, by an active media
79 stream (audio or video) on the link. The ioctl shouldn't be retried if
80 no other action is performed before to fix the problem.</para>
81 </listitem>
82 </varlistentry>
83 <varlistentry>
84 <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
85 <listitem>
86 <para>The &media-link-desc; references a non-existing link, or the
87 link is immutable and an attempt to modify its configuration was made.
88 </para>
89 </listitem>
90 </varlistentry>
91 </variablelist>
92 </refsect1>
93</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/nv12mt.gif b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/nv12mt.gif
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ef2d4cf8367b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/nv12mt.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/nv12mt_example.gif b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/nv12mt_example.gif
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..df81d68108ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/nv12mt_example.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pipeline.pdf b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pipeline.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ee3e37f04b6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pipeline.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pipeline.png b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pipeline.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f19b86c2c24d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pipeline.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c9e166d9ded8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
1 <refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV12M">
2 <refmeta>
3 <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M ('NV12M')</refentrytitle>
4 &manvol;
5 </refmeta>
6 <refnamediv>
7 <refname> <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M</constant></refname>
8 <refpurpose>Variation of <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12</constant> with planes
9 non contiguous in memory. </refpurpose>
10 </refnamediv>
11 <refsect1>
12 <title>Description</title>
13
14 <para>This is a multi-planar, two-plane version of the YUV 4:2:0 format.
15The three components are separated into two sub-images or planes.
16<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M</constant> differs from <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12
17</constant> in that the two planes are non-contiguous in memory, i.e. the chroma
18plane do not necessarily immediately follows the luma plane.
19The luminance data occupies the first plane. The Y plane has one byte per pixel.
20In the second plane there is a chrominance data with alternating chroma samples.
21The CbCr plane is the same width, in bytes, as the Y plane (and of the image),
22but is half as tall in pixels. Each CbCr pair belongs to four pixels. For example,
23Cb<subscript>0</subscript>/Cr<subscript>0</subscript> belongs to
24Y'<subscript>00</subscript>, Y'<subscript>01</subscript>,
25Y'<subscript>10</subscript>, Y'<subscript>11</subscript>. </para>
26
27 <para><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M</constant> is intended to be
28used only in drivers and applications that support the multi-planar API,
29described in <xref linkend="planar-apis"/>. </para>
30
31 <para>If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the
32CbCr plane has as many pad bytes after its rows.</para>
33
34 <example>
35 <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M</constant> 4 &times; 4 pixel image</title>
36
37 <formalpara>
38 <title>Byte Order.</title>
39 <para>Each cell is one byte.
40 <informaltable frame="none">
41 <tgroup cols="5" align="center">
42 <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
43 <tbody valign="top">
44 <row>
45 <entry>start0&nbsp;+&nbsp;0:</entry>
46 <entry>Y'<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
47 <entry>Y'<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
48 <entry>Y'<subscript>02</subscript></entry>
49 <entry>Y'<subscript>03</subscript></entry>
50 </row>
51 <row>
52 <entry>start0&nbsp;+&nbsp;4:</entry>
53 <entry>Y'<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
54 <entry>Y'<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
55 <entry>Y'<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
56 <entry>Y'<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
57 </row>
58 <row>
59 <entry>start0&nbsp;+&nbsp;8:</entry>
60 <entry>Y'<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
61 <entry>Y'<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
62 <entry>Y'<subscript>22</subscript></entry>
63 <entry>Y'<subscript>23</subscript></entry>
64 </row>
65 <row>
66 <entry>start0&nbsp;+&nbsp;12:</entry>
67 <entry>Y'<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
68 <entry>Y'<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
69 <entry>Y'<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
70 <entry>Y'<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
71 </row>
72 <row>
73 <entry></entry>
74 </row>
75 <row>
76 <entry>start1&nbsp;+&nbsp;0:</entry>
77 <entry>Cb<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
78 <entry>Cr<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
79 <entry>Cb<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
80 <entry>Cr<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
81 </row>
82 <row>
83 <entry>start1&nbsp;+&nbsp;4:</entry>
84 <entry>Cb<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
85 <entry>Cr<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
86 <entry>Cb<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
87 <entry>Cr<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
88 </row>
89 </tbody>
90 </tgroup>
91 </informaltable>
92 </para>
93 </formalpara>
94
95 <formalpara>
96 <title>Color Sample Location.</title>
97 <para>
98 <informaltable frame="none">
99 <tgroup cols="7" align="center">
100 <tbody valign="top">
101 <row>
102 <entry></entry>
103 <entry>0</entry><entry></entry><entry>1</entry><entry></entry>
104 <entry>2</entry><entry></entry><entry>3</entry>
105 </row>
106 <row>
107 <entry>0</entry>
108 <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
109 <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
110 </row>
111 <row>
112 <entry></entry>
113 <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry><entry></entry>
114 <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry>
115 </row>
116 <row>
117 <entry>1</entry>
118 <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
119 <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
120 </row>
121 <row>
122 <entry></entry>
123 </row>
124 <row>
125 <entry>2</entry>
126 <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
127 <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
128 </row>
129 <row>
130 <entry></entry>
131 <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry><entry></entry>
132 <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry>
133 </row>
134 <row>
135 <entry>3</entry>
136 <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
137 <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
138 </row>
139 </tbody>
140 </tgroup>
141 </informaltable>
142 </para>
143 </formalpara>
144 </example>
145 </refsect1>
146 </refentry>
147
148 <!--
149Local Variables:
150mode: sgml
151sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml"
152indent-tabs-mode: nil
153End:
154 -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-nv12mt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-nv12mt.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7a2855a526c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-nv12mt.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
1 <refentry>
2 <refmeta>
3 <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12MT ('TM12')</refentrytitle>
4 &manvol;
5 </refmeta>
6 <refnamediv>
7 <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV12MT"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12MT
8</constant></refname>
9 <refpurpose>Formats with &frac12; horizontal and vertical
10chroma resolution. This format has two planes - one for luminance and one for
11chrominance. Chroma samples are interleaved. The difference to
12<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12</constant> is the memory layout. Pixels are
13grouped in macroblocks of 64x32 size. The order of macroblocks in memory is
14also not standard.
15 </refpurpose>
16 </refnamediv>
17 <refsect1>
18 <title>Description</title>
19
20 <para>This is the two-plane versions of the YUV 4:2:0 format where data
21is grouped into 64x32 macroblocks. The three components are separated into two
22sub-images or planes. The Y plane has one byte per pixel and pixels are grouped
23into 64x32 macroblocks. The CbCr plane has the same width, in bytes, as the Y
24plane (and the image), but is half as tall in pixels. The chroma plane is also
25grouped into 64x32 macroblocks.</para>
26 <para>Width of the buffer has to be aligned to the multiple of 128, and
27height alignment is 32. Every four adjactent buffers - two horizontally and two
28vertically are grouped together and are located in memory in Z or flipped Z
29order. </para>
30 <para>Layout of macroblocks in memory is presented in the following
31figure.</para>
32 <para><figure id="nv12mt">
33 <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12MT</constant> macroblock Z shape
34memory layout</title>
35 <mediaobject>
36 <imageobject>
37 <imagedata fileref="nv12mt.gif" format="GIF" />
38 </imageobject>
39 </mediaobject>
40 </figure>
41 The requirement that width is multiple of 128 is implemented because,
42the Z shape cannot be cut in half horizontally. In case the vertical resolution
43of macroblocks is odd then the last row of macroblocks is arranged in a linear
44order. </para>
45 <para>In case of chroma the layout is identical. Cb and Cr samples are
46interleaved. Height of the buffer is aligned to 32.
47 </para>
48 <example>
49 <title>Memory layout of macroblocks in <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12
50</constant> format pixel image - extreme case</title>
51 <para>
52 <figure id="nv12mt_ex">
53 <title>Example <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12MT</constant> memory
54layout of macroblocks</title>
55 <mediaobject>
56 <imageobject>
57 <imagedata fileref="nv12mt_example.gif" format="GIF" />
58 </imageobject>
59 </mediaobject>
60 </figure>
61 Memory layout of macroblocks of <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12MT
62</constant> format in most extreme case.
63 </para>
64 </example>
65 </refsect1>
66 </refentry>
67
68 <!--
69Local Variables:
70mode: sgml
71sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml"
72indent-tabs-mode: nil
73End:
74 -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-srggb12.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-srggb12.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9ba4fb690bc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-srggb12.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
1 <refentry>
2 <refmeta>
3 <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB12 ('RG12'),
4 V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG12 ('BA12'),
5 V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG12 ('GB12'),
6 V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR12 ('BG12'),
7 </refentrytitle>
8 &manvol;
9 </refmeta>
10 <refnamediv>
11 <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SRGGB12"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB12</constant></refname>
12 <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SGRBG12"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG12</constant></refname>
13 <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SGBRG12"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG12</constant></refname>
14 <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SBGGR12"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR12</constant></refname>
15 <refpurpose>12-bit Bayer formats expanded to 16 bits</refpurpose>
16 </refnamediv>
17 <refsect1>
18 <title>Description</title>
19
20 <para>The following four pixel formats are raw sRGB / Bayer formats with
2112 bits per colour. Each colour component is stored in a 16-bit word, with 6
22unused high bits filled with zeros. Each n-pixel row contains n/2 green samples
23and n/2 blue or red samples, with alternating red and blue rows. Bytes are
24stored in memory in little endian order. They are conventionally described
25as GRGR... BGBG..., RGRG... GBGB..., etc. Below is an example of one of these
26formats</para>
27
28 <example>
29 <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR12</constant> 4 &times; 4
30pixel image</title>
31
32 <formalpara>
33 <title>Byte Order.</title>
34 <para>Each cell is one byte, high 6 bits in high bytes are 0.
35 <informaltable frame="none">
36 <tgroup cols="5" align="center">
37 <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
38 <tbody valign="top">
39 <row>
40 <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;0:</entry>
41 <entry>B<subscript>00low</subscript></entry>
42 <entry>B<subscript>00high</subscript></entry>
43 <entry>G<subscript>01low</subscript></entry>
44 <entry>G<subscript>01high</subscript></entry>
45 <entry>B<subscript>02low</subscript></entry>
46 <entry>B<subscript>02high</subscript></entry>
47 <entry>G<subscript>03low</subscript></entry>
48 <entry>G<subscript>03high</subscript></entry>
49 </row>
50 <row>
51 <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;8:</entry>
52 <entry>G<subscript>10low</subscript></entry>
53 <entry>G<subscript>10high</subscript></entry>
54 <entry>R<subscript>11low</subscript></entry>
55 <entry>R<subscript>11high</subscript></entry>
56 <entry>G<subscript>12low</subscript></entry>
57 <entry>G<subscript>12high</subscript></entry>
58 <entry>R<subscript>13low</subscript></entry>
59 <entry>R<subscript>13high</subscript></entry>
60 </row>
61 <row>
62 <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;16:</entry>
63 <entry>B<subscript>20low</subscript></entry>
64 <entry>B<subscript>20high</subscript></entry>
65 <entry>G<subscript>21low</subscript></entry>
66 <entry>G<subscript>21high</subscript></entry>
67 <entry>B<subscript>22low</subscript></entry>
68 <entry>B<subscript>22high</subscript></entry>
69 <entry>G<subscript>23low</subscript></entry>
70 <entry>G<subscript>23high</subscript></entry>
71 </row>
72 <row>
73 <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;24:</entry>
74 <entry>G<subscript>30low</subscript></entry>
75 <entry>G<subscript>30high</subscript></entry>
76 <entry>R<subscript>31low</subscript></entry>
77 <entry>R<subscript>31high</subscript></entry>
78 <entry>G<subscript>32low</subscript></entry>
79 <entry>G<subscript>32high</subscript></entry>
80 <entry>R<subscript>33low</subscript></entry>
81 <entry>R<subscript>33high</subscript></entry>
82 </row>
83 </tbody>
84 </tgroup>
85 </informaltable>
86 </para>
87 </formalpara>
88 </example>
89 </refsect1>
90</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f5d8f57495c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
1 <refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV420M">
2 <refmeta>
3 <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M ('YU12M')</refentrytitle>
4 &manvol;
5 </refmeta>
6 <refnamediv>
7 <refname> <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M</constant></refname>
8 <refpurpose>Variation of <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420</constant>
9 with planes non contiguous in memory. </refpurpose>
10 </refnamediv>
11
12 <refsect1>
13 <title>Description</title>
14
15 <para>This is a multi-planar format, as opposed to a packed format.
16The three components are separated into three sub- images or planes.
17
18The Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel. The Cb data
19constitutes the second plane which is half the width and half
20the height of the Y plane (and of the image). Each Cb belongs to four
21pixels, a two-by-two square of the image. For example,
22Cb<subscript>0</subscript> belongs to Y'<subscript>00</subscript>,
23Y'<subscript>01</subscript>, Y'<subscript>10</subscript>, and
24Y'<subscript>11</subscript>. The Cr data, just like the Cb plane, is
25in the third plane. </para>
26
27 <para>If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the Cb
28and Cr planes have half as many pad bytes after their rows. In other
29words, two Cx rows (including padding) is exactly as long as one Y row
30(including padding).</para>
31
32 <para><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M</constant> is intended to be
33used only in drivers and applications that support the multi-planar API,
34described in <xref linkend="planar-apis"/>. </para>
35
36 <example>
37 <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M</constant> 4 &times; 4
38pixel image</title>
39
40 <formalpara>
41 <title>Byte Order.</title>
42 <para>Each cell is one byte.
43 <informaltable frame="none">
44 <tgroup cols="5" align="center">
45 <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
46 <tbody valign="top">
47 <row>
48 <entry>start0&nbsp;+&nbsp;0:</entry>
49 <entry>Y'<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
50 <entry>Y'<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
51 <entry>Y'<subscript>02</subscript></entry>
52 <entry>Y'<subscript>03</subscript></entry>
53 </row>
54 <row>
55 <entry>start0&nbsp;+&nbsp;4:</entry>
56 <entry>Y'<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
57 <entry>Y'<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
58 <entry>Y'<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
59 <entry>Y'<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
60 </row>
61 <row>
62 <entry>start0&nbsp;+&nbsp;8:</entry>
63 <entry>Y'<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
64 <entry>Y'<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
65 <entry>Y'<subscript>22</subscript></entry>
66 <entry>Y'<subscript>23</subscript></entry>
67 </row>
68 <row>
69 <entry>start0&nbsp;+&nbsp;12:</entry>
70 <entry>Y'<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
71 <entry>Y'<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
72 <entry>Y'<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
73 <entry>Y'<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
74 </row>
75 <row><entry></entry></row>
76 <row>
77 <entry>start1&nbsp;+&nbsp;0:</entry>
78 <entry>Cb<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
79 <entry>Cb<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
80 </row>
81 <row>
82 <entry>start1&nbsp;+&nbsp;2:</entry>
83 <entry>Cb<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
84 <entry>Cb<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
85 </row>
86 <row><entry></entry></row>
87 <row>
88 <entry>start2&nbsp;+&nbsp;0:</entry>
89 <entry>Cr<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
90 <entry>Cr<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
91 </row>
92 <row>
93 <entry>start2&nbsp;+&nbsp;2:</entry>
94 <entry>Cr<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
95 <entry>Cr<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
96 </row>
97 </tbody>
98 </tgroup>
99 </informaltable>
100 </para>
101 </formalpara>
102
103 <formalpara>
104 <title>Color Sample Location.</title>
105 <para>
106 <informaltable frame="none">
107 <tgroup cols="7" align="center">
108 <tbody valign="top">
109 <row>
110 <entry></entry>
111 <entry>0</entry><entry></entry><entry>1</entry><entry></entry>
112 <entry>2</entry><entry></entry><entry>3</entry>
113 </row>
114 <row>
115 <entry>0</entry>
116 <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
117 <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
118 </row>
119 <row>
120 <entry></entry>
121 <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry><entry></entry>
122 <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry>
123 </row>
124 <row>
125 <entry>1</entry>
126 <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
127 <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
128 </row>
129 <row>
130 <entry></entry>
131 </row>
132 <row>
133 <entry>2</entry>
134 <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
135 <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
136 </row>
137 <row>
138 <entry></entry>
139 <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry><entry></entry>
140 <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry>
141 </row>
142 <row>
143 <entry>3</entry>
144 <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
145 <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
146 </row>
147 </tbody>
148 </tgroup>
149 </informaltable>
150 </para>
151 </formalpara>
152 </example>
153 </refsect1>
154 </refentry>
155
156 <!--
157Local Variables:
158mode: sgml
159sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml"
160indent-tabs-mode: nil
161End:
162 -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt.xml
index cfffc88d7383..c6fdcbbd1b41 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt.xml
@@ -2,12 +2,16 @@
2 2
3 <para>The V4L2 API was primarily designed for devices exchanging 3 <para>The V4L2 API was primarily designed for devices exchanging
4image data with applications. The 4image data with applications. The
5<structname>v4l2_pix_format</structname> structure defines the format 5<structname>v4l2_pix_format</structname> and <structname>v4l2_pix_format_mplane
6and layout of an image in memory. Image formats are negotiated with 6</structname> structures define the format and layout of an image in memory.
7the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl. (The explanations here focus on video 7The former is used with the single-planar API, while the latter is used with the
8multi-planar version (see <xref linkend="planar-apis"/>). Image formats are
9negotiated with the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl. (The explanations here focus on video
8capturing and output, for overlay frame buffer formats see also 10capturing and output, for overlay frame buffer formats see also
9&VIDIOC-G-FBUF;.)</para> 11&VIDIOC-G-FBUF;.)</para>
10 12
13<section>
14 <title>Single-planar format structure</title>
11 <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-pix-format"> 15 <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-pix-format">
12 <title>struct <structname>v4l2_pix_format</structname></title> 16 <title>struct <structname>v4l2_pix_format</structname></title>
13 <tgroup cols="3"> 17 <tgroup cols="3">
@@ -106,6 +110,98 @@ set this field to zero.</entry>
106 </tbody> 110 </tbody>
107 </tgroup> 111 </tgroup>
108 </table> 112 </table>
113</section>
114
115<section>
116 <title>Multi-planar format structures</title>
117 <para>The <structname>v4l2_plane_pix_format</structname> structures define
118 size and layout for each of the planes in a multi-planar format.
119 The <structname>v4l2_pix_format_mplane</structname> structure contains
120 information common to all planes (such as image width and height) and
121 an array of <structname>v4l2_plane_pix_format</structname> structures,
122 describing all planes of that format.</para>
123 <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-plane-pix-format">
124 <title>struct <structname>vl42_plane_pix_format</structname></title>
125 <tgroup cols="3">
126 &cs-str;
127 <tbody valign="top">
128 <row>
129 <entry>__u32</entry>
130 <entry><structfield>sizeimage</structfield></entry>
131 <entry>Maximum size in bytes required for image data in this plane.
132 </entry>
133 </row>
134 <row>
135 <entry>__u16</entry>
136 <entry><structfield>bytesperline</structfield></entry>
137 <entry>Distance in bytes between the leftmost pixels in two adjacent
138 lines.</entry>
139 </row>
140 <row>
141 <entry>__u16</entry>
142 <entry><structfield>reserved[7]</structfield></entry>
143 <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Should be zeroed by the
144 application.</entry>
145 </row>
146 </tbody>
147 </tgroup>
148 </table>
149 <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-pix-format-mplane">
150 <title>struct <structname>v4l2_pix_format_mplane</structname></title>
151 <tgroup cols="3">
152 &cs-str;
153 <tbody valign="top">
154 <row>
155 <entry>__u32</entry>
156 <entry><structfield>width</structfield></entry>
157 <entry>Image width in pixels.</entry>
158 </row>
159 <row>
160 <entry>__u32</entry>
161 <entry><structfield>height</structfield></entry>
162 <entry>Image height in pixels.</entry>
163 </row>
164 <row>
165 <entry>__u32</entry>
166 <entry><structfield>pixelformat</structfield></entry>
167 <entry>The pixel format. Both single- and multi-planar four character
168codes can be used.</entry>
169 </row>
170 <row>
171 <entry>&v4l2-field;</entry>
172 <entry><structfield>field</structfield></entry>
173 <entry>See &v4l2-pix-format;.</entry>
174 </row>
175 <row>
176 <entry>&v4l2-colorspace;</entry>
177 <entry><structfield>colorspace</structfield></entry>
178 <entry>See &v4l2-pix-format;.</entry>
179 </row>
180 <row>
181 <entry>&v4l2-plane-pix-format;</entry>
182 <entry><structfield>plane_fmt[VIDEO_MAX_PLANES]</structfield></entry>
183 <entry>An array of structures describing format of each plane this
184 pixel format consists of. The number of valid entries in this array
185 has to be put in the <structfield>num_planes</structfield>
186 field.</entry>
187 </row>
188 <row>
189 <entry>__u8</entry>
190 <entry><structfield>num_planes</structfield></entry>
191 <entry>Number of planes (i.e. separate memory buffers) for this format
192 and the number of valid entries in the
193 <structfield>plane_fmt</structfield> array.</entry>
194 </row>
195 <row>
196 <entry>__u8</entry>
197 <entry><structfield>reserved[11]</structfield></entry>
198 <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Should be zeroed by the
199 application.</entry>
200 </row>
201 </tbody>
202 </tgroup>
203 </table>
204</section>
109 205
110 <section> 206 <section>
111 <title>Standard Image Formats</title> 207 <title>Standard Image Formats</title>
@@ -142,11 +238,19 @@ leftmost pixel of the second row from the top, and so on. The last row
142has just as many pad bytes after it as the other rows.</para> 238has just as many pad bytes after it as the other rows.</para>
143 239
144 <para>In V4L2 each format has an identifier which looks like 240 <para>In V4L2 each format has an identifier which looks like
145<constant>PIX_FMT_XXX</constant>, defined in the <filename>videodev2.h</filename> 241<constant>PIX_FMT_XXX</constant>, defined in the <link
146header file. These identifiers 242linkend="videodev">videodev.h</link> header file. These identifiers
147represent <link linkend="v4l2-fourcc">four character codes</link> 243represent <link linkend="v4l2-fourcc">four character (FourCC) codes</link>
148which are also listed below, however they are not the same as those 244which are also listed below, however they are not the same as those
149used in the Windows world.</para> 245used in the Windows world.</para>
246
247 <para>For some formats, data is stored in separate, discontiguous
248memory buffers. Those formats are identified by a separate set of FourCC codes
249and are referred to as "multi-planar formats". For example, a YUV422 frame is
250normally stored in one memory buffer, but it can also be placed in two or three
251separate buffers, with Y component in one buffer and CbCr components in another
252in the 2-planar version or with each component in its own buffer in the
2533-planar case. Those sub-buffers are referred to as "planes".</para>
150 </section> 254 </section>
151 255
152 <section id="colorspaces"> 256 <section id="colorspaces">
@@ -599,10 +703,13 @@ information.</para>
599 &sub-vyuy; 703 &sub-vyuy;
600 &sub-y41p; 704 &sub-y41p;
601 &sub-yuv420; 705 &sub-yuv420;
706 &sub-yuv420m;
602 &sub-yuv410; 707 &sub-yuv410;
603 &sub-yuv422p; 708 &sub-yuv422p;
604 &sub-yuv411p; 709 &sub-yuv411p;
605 &sub-nv12; 710 &sub-nv12;
711 &sub-nv12m;
712 &sub-nv12mt;
606 &sub-nv16; 713 &sub-nv16;
607 </section> 714 </section>
608 715
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/planar-apis.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/planar-apis.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..878ce2040488
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/planar-apis.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
1<section id="planar-apis">
2 <title>Single- and multi-planar APIs</title>
3
4 <para>Some devices require data for each input or output video frame
5 to be placed in discontiguous memory buffers. In such cases, one
6 video frame has to be addressed using more than one memory address, i.e. one
7 pointer per "plane". A plane is a sub-buffer of the current frame. For
8 examples of such formats see <xref linkend="pixfmt" />.</para>
9
10 <para>Initially, V4L2 API did not support multi-planar buffers and a set of
11 extensions has been introduced to handle them. Those extensions constitute
12 what is being referred to as the "multi-planar API".</para>
13
14 <para>Some of the V4L2 API calls and structures are interpreted differently,
15 depending on whether single- or multi-planar API is being used. An application
16 can choose whether to use one or the other by passing a corresponding buffer
17 type to its ioctl calls. Multi-planar versions of buffer types are suffixed
18 with an `_MPLANE' string. For a list of available multi-planar buffer types
19 see &v4l2-buf-type;.
20 </para>
21
22 <section>
23 <title>Multi-planar formats</title>
24 <para>Multi-planar API introduces new multi-planar formats. Those formats
25 use a separate set of FourCC codes. It is important to distinguish between
26 the multi-planar API and a multi-planar format. Multi-planar API calls can
27 handle all single-planar formats as well (as long as they are passed in
28 multi-planar API structures), while the single-planar API cannot
29 handle multi-planar formats.</para>
30 </section>
31
32 <section>
33 <title>Calls that distinguish between single and multi-planar APIs</title>
34 <variablelist>
35 <varlistentry>
36 <term>&VIDIOC-QUERYCAP;</term>
37 <listitem><para>Two additional multi-planar capabilities are added. They can
38 be set together with non-multi-planar ones for devices that handle
39 both single- and multi-planar formats.</para></listitem>
40 </varlistentry>
41 <varlistentry>
42 <term>&VIDIOC-G-FMT;, &VIDIOC-S-FMT;, &VIDIOC-TRY-FMT;</term>
43 <listitem><para>New structures for describing multi-planar formats are added:
44 &v4l2-pix-format-mplane; and &v4l2-plane-pix-format;. Drivers may
45 define new multi-planar formats, which have distinct FourCC codes from
46 the existing single-planar ones.</para>
47 </listitem>
48 </varlistentry>
49 <varlistentry>
50 <term>&VIDIOC-QBUF;, &VIDIOC-DQBUF;, &VIDIOC-QUERYBUF;</term>
51 <listitem><para>A new &v4l2-plane; structure for describing planes is added.
52 Arrays of this structure are passed in the new
53 <structfield>m.planes</structfield> field of &v4l2-buffer;.</para>
54 </listitem>
55 </varlistentry>
56 <varlistentry>
57 <term>&VIDIOC-REQBUFS;</term>
58 <listitem><para>Will allocate multi-planar buffers as requested.</para></listitem>
59 </varlistentry>
60 </variablelist>
61 </section>
62</section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/remote_controllers.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/remote_controllers.xml
index 3c3b667b28e7..160e464d44b7 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/remote_controllers.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/remote_controllers.xml
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ different IR's. Due to that, V4L2 API now specifies a standard for mapping Media
133<row><entry><constant>KEY_LEFT</constant></entry><entry>Left key</entry><entry>LEFT</entry></row> 133<row><entry><constant>KEY_LEFT</constant></entry><entry>Left key</entry><entry>LEFT</entry></row>
134<row><entry><constant>KEY_RIGHT</constant></entry><entry>Right key</entry><entry>RIGHT</entry></row> 134<row><entry><constant>KEY_RIGHT</constant></entry><entry>Right key</entry><entry>RIGHT</entry></row>
135 135
136<row><entry><emphasis role="bold">Miscelaneous keys</emphasis></entry></row> 136<row><entry><emphasis role="bold">Miscellaneous keys</emphasis></entry></row>
137 137
138<row><entry><constant>KEY_DOT</constant></entry><entry>Return a dot</entry><entry>.</entry></row> 138<row><entry><constant>KEY_DOT</constant></entry><entry>Return a dot</entry><entry>.</entry></row>
139<row><entry><constant>KEY_FN</constant></entry><entry>Select a function</entry><entry>FUNCTION</entry></row> 139<row><entry><constant>KEY_FN</constant></entry><entry>Select a function</entry><entry>FUNCTION</entry></row>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/subdev-formats.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/subdev-formats.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7041127d6dfc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/subdev-formats.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2467 @@
1<section id="v4l2-mbus-format">
2 <title>Media Bus Formats</title>
3
4 <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-mbus-framefmt">
5 <title>struct <structname>v4l2_mbus_framefmt</structname></title>
6 <tgroup cols="3">
7 &cs-str;
8 <tbody valign="top">
9 <row>
10 <entry>__u32</entry>
11 <entry><structfield>width</structfield></entry>
12 <entry>Image width, in pixels.</entry>
13 </row>
14 <row>
15 <entry>__u32</entry>
16 <entry><structfield>height</structfield></entry>
17 <entry>Image height, in pixels.</entry>
18 </row>
19 <row>
20 <entry>__u32</entry>
21 <entry><structfield>code</structfield></entry>
22 <entry>Format code, from &v4l2-mbus-pixelcode;.</entry>
23 </row>
24 <row>
25 <entry>__u32</entry>
26 <entry><structfield>field</structfield></entry>
27 <entry>Field order, from &v4l2-field;. See
28 <xref linkend="field-order" /> for details.</entry>
29 </row>
30 <row>
31 <entry>__u32</entry>
32 <entry><structfield>colorspace</structfield></entry>
33 <entry>Image colorspace, from &v4l2-colorspace;. See
34 <xref linkend="colorspaces" /> for details.</entry>
35 </row>
36 <row>
37 <entry>__u32</entry>
38 <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[7]</entry>
39 <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must
40 set the array to zero.</entry>
41 </row>
42 </tbody>
43 </tgroup>
44 </table>
45
46 <section id="v4l2-mbus-pixelcode">
47 <title>Media Bus Pixel Codes</title>
48
49 <para>The media bus pixel codes describe image formats as flowing over
50 physical busses (both between separate physical components and inside SoC
51 devices). This should not be confused with the V4L2 pixel formats that
52 describe, using four character codes, image formats as stored in memory.
53 </para>
54
55 <para>While there is a relationship between image formats on busses and
56 image formats in memory (a raw Bayer image won't be magically converted to
57 JPEG just by storing it to memory), there is no one-to-one correspondance
58 between them.</para>
59
60 <section>
61 <title>Packed RGB Formats</title>
62
63 <para>Those formats transfer pixel data as red, green and blue components.
64 The format code is made of the following information.
65 <itemizedlist>
66 <listitem><para>The red, green and blue components order code, as encoded in a
67 pixel sample. Possible values are RGB and BGR.</para></listitem>
68 <listitem><para>The number of bits per component, for each component. The values
69 can be different for all components. Common values are 555 and 565.</para>
70 </listitem>
71 <listitem><para>The number of bus samples per pixel. Pixels that are wider than
72 the bus width must be transferred in multiple samples. Common values are
73 1 and 2.</para></listitem>
74 <listitem><para>The bus width.</para></listitem>
75 <listitem><para>For formats where the total number of bits per pixel is smaller
76 than the number of bus samples per pixel times the bus width, a padding
77 value stating if the bytes are padded in their most high order bits
78 (PADHI) or low order bits (PADLO).</para></listitem>
79 <listitem><para>For formats where the number of bus samples per pixel is larger
80 than 1, an endianness value stating if the pixel is transferred MSB first
81 (BE) or LSB first (LE).</para></listitem>
82 </itemizedlist>
83 </para>
84
85 <para>For instance, a format where pixels are encoded as 5-bits red, 5-bits
86 green and 5-bit blue values padded on the high bit, transferred as 2 8-bit
87 samples per pixel with the most significant bits (padding, red and half of
88 the green value) transferred first will be named
89 <constant>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_RGB555_2X8_PADHI_BE</constant>.
90 </para>
91
92 <para>The following tables list existing packet RGB formats.</para>
93
94 <table pgwide="0" frame="none" id="v4l2-mbus-pixelcode-rgb">
95 <title>RGB formats</title>
96 <tgroup cols="11">
97 <colspec colname="id" align="left" />
98 <colspec colname="code" align="center"/>
99 <colspec colname="bit" />
100 <colspec colnum="4" colname="b07" align="center" />
101 <colspec colnum="5" colname="b06" align="center" />
102 <colspec colnum="6" colname="b05" align="center" />
103 <colspec colnum="7" colname="b04" align="center" />
104 <colspec colnum="8" colname="b03" align="center" />
105 <colspec colnum="9" colname="b02" align="center" />
106 <colspec colnum="10" colname="b01" align="center" />
107 <colspec colnum="11" colname="b00" align="center" />
108 <spanspec namest="b07" nameend="b00" spanname="b0" />
109 <thead>
110 <row>
111 <entry>Identifier</entry>
112 <entry>Code</entry>
113 <entry></entry>
114 <entry spanname="b0">Data organization</entry>
115 </row>
116 <row>
117 <entry></entry>
118 <entry></entry>
119 <entry>Bit</entry>
120 <entry>7</entry>
121 <entry>6</entry>
122 <entry>5</entry>
123 <entry>4</entry>
124 <entry>3</entry>
125 <entry>2</entry>
126 <entry>1</entry>
127 <entry>0</entry>
128 </row>
129 </thead>
130 <tbody valign="top">
131 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-RGB444-2X8-PADHI-BE">
132 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_RGB444_2X8_PADHI_BE</entry>
133 <entry>0x1001</entry>
134 <entry></entry>
135 <entry>0</entry>
136 <entry>0</entry>
137 <entry>0</entry>
138 <entry>0</entry>
139 <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
140 <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
141 <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
142 <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
143 </row>
144 <row>
145 <entry></entry>
146 <entry></entry>
147 <entry></entry>
148 <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
149 <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
150 <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
151 <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
152 <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
153 <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
154 <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
155 <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
156 </row>
157 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-RGB444-2X8-PADHI-LE">
158 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_RGB444_2X8_PADHI_LE</entry>
159 <entry>0x1002</entry>
160 <entry></entry>
161 <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
162 <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
163 <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
164 <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
165 <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
166 <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
167 <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
168 <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
169 </row>
170 <row>
171 <entry></entry>
172 <entry></entry>
173 <entry></entry>
174 <entry>0</entry>
175 <entry>0</entry>
176 <entry>0</entry>
177 <entry>0</entry>
178 <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
179 <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
180 <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
181 <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
182 </row>
183 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-RGB555-2X8-PADHI-BE">
184 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_RGB555_2X8_PADHI_BE</entry>
185 <entry>0x1003</entry>
186 <entry></entry>
187 <entry>0</entry>
188 <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
189 <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
190 <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
191 <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
192 <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
193 <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
194 <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
195 </row>
196 <row>
197 <entry></entry>
198 <entry></entry>
199 <entry></entry>
200 <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
201 <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
202 <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
203 <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
204 <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
205 <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
206 <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
207 <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
208 </row>
209 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-RGB555-2X8-PADHI-LE">
210 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_RGB555_2X8_PADHI_LE</entry>
211 <entry>0x1004</entry>
212 <entry></entry>
213 <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
214 <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
215 <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
216 <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
217 <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
218 <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
219 <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
220 <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
221 </row>
222 <row>
223 <entry></entry>
224 <entry></entry>
225 <entry></entry>
226 <entry>0</entry>
227 <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
228 <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
229 <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
230 <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
231 <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
232 <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
233 <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
234 </row>
235 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-BGR565-2X8-BE">
236 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_BGR565_2X8_BE</entry>
237 <entry>0x1005</entry>
238 <entry></entry>
239 <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
240 <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
241 <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
242 <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
243 <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
244 <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
245 <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
246 <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
247 </row>
248 <row>
249 <entry></entry>
250 <entry></entry>
251 <entry></entry>
252 <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
253 <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
254 <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
255 <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
256 <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
257 <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
258 <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
259 <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
260 </row>
261 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-BGR565-2X8-LE">
262 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_BGR565_2X8_LE</entry>
263 <entry>0x1006</entry>
264 <entry></entry>
265 <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
266 <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
267 <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
268 <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
269 <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
270 <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
271 <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
272 <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
273 </row>
274 <row>
275 <entry></entry>
276 <entry></entry>
277 <entry></entry>
278 <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
279 <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
280 <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
281 <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
282 <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
283 <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
284 <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
285 <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
286 </row>
287 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-RGB565-2X8-BE">
288 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_RGB565_2X8_BE</entry>
289 <entry>0x1007</entry>
290 <entry></entry>
291 <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
292 <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
293 <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
294 <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
295 <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
296 <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
297 <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
298 <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
299 </row>
300 <row>
301 <entry></entry>
302 <entry></entry>
303 <entry></entry>
304 <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
305 <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
306 <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
307 <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
308 <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
309 <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
310 <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
311 <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
312 </row>
313 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-RGB565-2X8-LE">
314 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_RGB565_2X8_LE</entry>
315 <entry>0x1008</entry>
316 <entry></entry>
317 <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
318 <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
319 <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
320 <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
321 <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
322 <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
323 <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
324 <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
325 </row>
326 <row>
327 <entry></entry>
328 <entry></entry>
329 <entry></entry>
330 <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
331 <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
332 <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
333 <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
334 <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
335 <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
336 <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
337 <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
338 </row>
339 </tbody>
340 </tgroup>
341 </table>
342 </section>
343
344 <section>
345 <title>Bayer Formats</title>
346
347 <para>Those formats transfer pixel data as red, green and blue components.
348 The format code is made of the following information.
349 <itemizedlist>
350 <listitem><para>The red, green and blue components order code, as encoded in a
351 pixel sample. The possible values are shown in <xref
352 linkend="bayer-patterns" />.</para></listitem>
353 <listitem><para>The number of bits per pixel component. All components are
354 transferred on the same number of bits. Common values are 8, 10 and 12.</para>
355 </listitem>
356 <listitem><para>If the pixel components are DPCM-compressed, a mention of the
357 DPCM compression and the number of bits per compressed pixel component.</para>
358 </listitem>
359 <listitem><para>The number of bus samples per pixel. Pixels that are wider than
360 the bus width must be transferred in multiple samples. Common values are
361 1 and 2.</para></listitem>
362 <listitem><para>The bus width.</para></listitem>
363 <listitem><para>For formats where the total number of bits per pixel is smaller
364 than the number of bus samples per pixel times the bus width, a padding
365 value stating if the bytes are padded in their most high order bits
366 (PADHI) or low order bits (PADLO).</para></listitem>
367 <listitem><para>For formats where the number of bus samples per pixel is larger
368 than 1, an endianness value stating if the pixel is transferred MSB first
369 (BE) or LSB first (LE).</para></listitem>
370 </itemizedlist>
371 </para>
372
373 <para>For instance, a format with uncompressed 10-bit Bayer components
374 arranged in a red, green, green, blue pattern transferred as 2 8-bit
375 samples per pixel with the least significant bits transferred first will
376 be named <constant>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SRGGB10_2X8_PADHI_LE</constant>.
377 </para>
378
379 <figure id="bayer-patterns">
380 <title>Bayer Patterns</title>
381 <mediaobject>
382 <imageobject>
383 <imagedata fileref="bayer.pdf" format="PS" />
384 </imageobject>
385 <imageobject>
386 <imagedata fileref="bayer.png" format="PNG" />
387 </imageobject>
388 <textobject>
389 <phrase>Bayer filter color patterns</phrase>
390 </textobject>
391 </mediaobject>
392 </figure>
393
394 <para>The following table lists existing packet Bayer formats. The data
395 organization is given as an example for the first pixel only.</para>
396
397 <table pgwide="0" frame="none" id="v4l2-mbus-pixelcode-bayer">
398 <title>Bayer Formats</title>
399 <tgroup cols="15">
400 <colspec colname="id" align="left" />
401 <colspec colname="code" align="center"/>
402 <colspec colname="bit" />
403 <colspec colnum="4" colname="b11" align="center" />
404 <colspec colnum="5" colname="b10" align="center" />
405 <colspec colnum="6" colname="b09" align="center" />
406 <colspec colnum="7" colname="b08" align="center" />
407 <colspec colnum="8" colname="b07" align="center" />
408 <colspec colnum="9" colname="b06" align="center" />
409 <colspec colnum="10" colname="b05" align="center" />
410 <colspec colnum="11" colname="b04" align="center" />
411 <colspec colnum="12" colname="b03" align="center" />
412 <colspec colnum="13" colname="b02" align="center" />
413 <colspec colnum="14" colname="b01" align="center" />
414 <colspec colnum="15" colname="b00" align="center" />
415 <spanspec namest="b11" nameend="b00" spanname="b0" />
416 <thead>
417 <row>
418 <entry>Identifier</entry>
419 <entry>Code</entry>
420 <entry></entry>
421 <entry spanname="b0">Data organization</entry>
422 </row>
423 <row>
424 <entry></entry>
425 <entry></entry>
426 <entry>Bit</entry>
427 <entry>11</entry>
428 <entry>10</entry>
429 <entry>9</entry>
430 <entry>8</entry>
431 <entry>7</entry>
432 <entry>6</entry>
433 <entry>5</entry>
434 <entry>4</entry>
435 <entry>3</entry>
436 <entry>2</entry>
437 <entry>1</entry>
438 <entry>0</entry>
439 </row>
440 </thead>
441 <tbody valign="top">
442 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-SBGGR8-1X8">
443 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SBGGR8_1X8</entry>
444 <entry>0x3001</entry>
445 <entry></entry>
446 <entry>-</entry>
447 <entry>-</entry>
448 <entry>-</entry>
449 <entry>-</entry>
450 <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
451 <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
452 <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
453 <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
454 <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
455 <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
456 <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
457 <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
458 </row>
459 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-SGRBG8-1X8">
460 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SGRBG8_1X8</entry>
461 <entry>0x3002</entry>
462 <entry></entry>
463 <entry>-</entry>
464 <entry>-</entry>
465 <entry>-</entry>
466 <entry>-</entry>
467 <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
468 <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
469 <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
470 <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
471 <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
472 <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
473 <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
474 <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
475 </row>
476 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-SBGGR10-DPCM8-1X8">
477 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SBGGR10_DPCM8_1X8</entry>
478 <entry>0x300b</entry>
479 <entry></entry>
480 <entry>-</entry>
481 <entry>-</entry>
482 <entry>-</entry>
483 <entry>-</entry>
484 <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
485 <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
486 <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
487 <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
488 <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
489 <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
490 <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
491 <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
492 </row>
493 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-SGBRG10-DPCM8-1X8">
494 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SGBRG10_DPCM8_1X8</entry>
495 <entry>0x300c</entry>
496 <entry></entry>
497 <entry>-</entry>
498 <entry>-</entry>
499 <entry>-</entry>
500 <entry>-</entry>
501 <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
502 <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
503 <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
504 <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
505 <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
506 <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
507 <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
508 <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
509 </row>
510 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-SGRBG10-DPCM8-1X8">
511 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SGRBG10_DPCM8_1X8</entry>
512 <entry>0x3009</entry>
513 <entry></entry>
514 <entry>-</entry>
515 <entry>-</entry>
516 <entry>-</entry>
517 <entry>-</entry>
518 <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
519 <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
520 <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
521 <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
522 <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
523 <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
524 <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
525 <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
526 </row>
527 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-SRGGB10-DPCM8-1X8">
528 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SRGGB10_DPCM8_1X8</entry>
529 <entry>0x300d</entry>
530 <entry></entry>
531 <entry>-</entry>
532 <entry>-</entry>
533 <entry>-</entry>
534 <entry>-</entry>
535 <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
536 <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
537 <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
538 <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
539 <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
540 <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
541 <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
542 <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
543 </row>
544 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-SBGGR10-2X8-PADHI-BE">
545 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SBGGR10_2X8_PADHI_BE</entry>
546 <entry>0x3003</entry>
547 <entry></entry>
548 <entry>-</entry>
549 <entry>-</entry>
550 <entry>-</entry>
551 <entry>-</entry>
552 <entry>0</entry>
553 <entry>0</entry>
554 <entry>0</entry>
555 <entry>0</entry>
556 <entry>0</entry>
557 <entry>0</entry>
558 <entry>b<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
559 <entry>b<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
560 </row>
561 <row>
562 <entry></entry>
563 <entry></entry>
564 <entry></entry>
565 <entry>-</entry>
566 <entry>-</entry>
567 <entry>-</entry>
568 <entry>-</entry>
569 <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
570 <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
571 <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
572 <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
573 <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
574 <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
575 <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
576 <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
577 </row>
578 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-SBGGR10-2X8-PADHI-LE">
579 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SBGGR10_2X8_PADHI_LE</entry>
580 <entry>0x3004</entry>
581 <entry></entry>
582 <entry>-</entry>
583 <entry>-</entry>
584 <entry>-</entry>
585 <entry>-</entry>
586 <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
587 <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
588 <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
589 <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
590 <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
591 <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
592 <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
593 <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
594 </row>
595 <row>
596 <entry></entry>
597 <entry></entry>
598 <entry></entry>
599 <entry>-</entry>
600 <entry>-</entry>
601 <entry>-</entry>
602 <entry>-</entry>
603 <entry>0</entry>
604 <entry>0</entry>
605 <entry>0</entry>
606 <entry>0</entry>
607 <entry>0</entry>
608 <entry>0</entry>
609 <entry>b<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
610 <entry>b<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
611 </row>
612 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-SBGGR10-2X8-PADLO-BE">
613 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SBGGR10_2X8_PADLO_BE</entry>
614 <entry>0x3005</entry>
615 <entry></entry>
616 <entry>-</entry>
617 <entry>-</entry>
618 <entry>-</entry>
619 <entry>-</entry>
620 <entry>b<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
621 <entry>b<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
622 <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
623 <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
624 <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
625 <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
626 <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
627 <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
628 </row>
629 <row>
630 <entry></entry>
631 <entry></entry>
632 <entry></entry>
633 <entry>-</entry>
634 <entry>-</entry>
635 <entry>-</entry>
636 <entry>-</entry>
637 <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
638 <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
639 <entry>0</entry>
640 <entry>0</entry>
641 <entry>0</entry>
642 <entry>0</entry>
643 <entry>0</entry>
644 <entry>0</entry>
645 </row>
646 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-SBGGR10-2X8-PADLO-LE">
647 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SBGGR10_2X8_PADLO_LE</entry>
648 <entry>0x3006</entry>
649 <entry></entry>
650 <entry>-</entry>
651 <entry>-</entry>
652 <entry>-</entry>
653 <entry>-</entry>
654 <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
655 <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
656 <entry>0</entry>
657 <entry>0</entry>
658 <entry>0</entry>
659 <entry>0</entry>
660 <entry>0</entry>
661 <entry>0</entry>
662 </row>
663 <row>
664 <entry></entry>
665 <entry></entry>
666 <entry></entry>
667 <entry>-</entry>
668 <entry>-</entry>
669 <entry>-</entry>
670 <entry>-</entry>
671 <entry>b<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
672 <entry>b<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
673 <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
674 <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
675 <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
676 <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
677 <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
678 <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
679 </row>
680 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-SBGGR10-1X10">
681 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SBGGR10_1X10</entry>
682 <entry>0x3007</entry>
683 <entry></entry>
684 <entry>-</entry>
685 <entry>-</entry>
686 <entry>b<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
687 <entry>b<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
688 <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
689 <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
690 <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
691 <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
692 <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
693 <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
694 <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
695 <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
696 </row>
697 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-SGBRG10-1X10">
698 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SGBRG10_1X10</entry>
699 <entry>0x300e</entry>
700 <entry></entry>
701 <entry>-</entry>
702 <entry>-</entry>
703 <entry>g<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
704 <entry>g<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
705 <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
706 <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
707 <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
708 <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
709 <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
710 <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
711 <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
712 <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
713 </row>
714 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-SGRBG10-1X10">
715 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SGRBG10_1X10</entry>
716 <entry>0x300a</entry>
717 <entry></entry>
718 <entry>-</entry>
719 <entry>-</entry>
720 <entry>g<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
721 <entry>g<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
722 <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
723 <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
724 <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
725 <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
726 <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
727 <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
728 <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
729 <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
730 </row>
731 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-SRGGB10-1X10">
732 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SRGGB10_1X10</entry>
733 <entry>0x300f</entry>
734 <entry></entry>
735 <entry>-</entry>
736 <entry>-</entry>
737 <entry>r<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
738 <entry>r<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
739 <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
740 <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
741 <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
742 <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
743 <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
744 <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
745 <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
746 <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
747 </row>
748 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-SBGGR12-1X12">
749 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SBGGR12_1X12</entry>
750 <entry>0x3008</entry>
751 <entry></entry>
752 <entry>b<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
753 <entry>b<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
754 <entry>b<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
755 <entry>b<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
756 <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
757 <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
758 <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
759 <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
760 <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
761 <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
762 <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
763 <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
764 </row>
765 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-SGBRG12-1X12">
766 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SGBRG12_1X12</entry>
767 <entry>0x3010</entry>
768 <entry></entry>
769 <entry>g<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
770 <entry>g<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
771 <entry>g<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
772 <entry>g<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
773 <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
774 <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
775 <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
776 <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
777 <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
778 <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
779 <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
780 <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
781 </row>
782 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-SGRBG12-1X12">
783 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SGRBG12_1X12</entry>
784 <entry>0x3011</entry>
785 <entry></entry>
786 <entry>g<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
787 <entry>g<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
788 <entry>g<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
789 <entry>g<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
790 <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
791 <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
792 <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
793 <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
794 <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
795 <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
796 <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
797 <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
798 </row>
799 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-SRGGB12-1X12">
800 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SRGGB12_1X12</entry>
801 <entry>0x3012</entry>
802 <entry></entry>
803 <entry>r<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
804 <entry>r<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
805 <entry>r<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
806 <entry>r<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
807 <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
808 <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
809 <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
810 <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
811 <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
812 <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
813 <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
814 <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
815 </row>
816 </tbody>
817 </tgroup>
818 </table>
819 </section>
820
821 <section>
822 <title>Packed YUV Formats</title>
823
824 <para>Those data formats transfer pixel data as (possibly downsampled) Y, U
825 and V components. The format code is made of the following information.
826 <itemizedlist>
827 <listitem><para>The Y, U and V components order code, as transferred on the
828 bus. Possible values are YUYV, UYVY, YVYU and VYUY.</para></listitem>
829 <listitem><para>The number of bits per pixel component. All components are
830 transferred on the same number of bits. Common values are 8, 10 and 12.</para>
831 </listitem>
832 <listitem><para>The number of bus samples per pixel. Pixels that are wider than
833 the bus width must be transferred in multiple samples. Common values are
834 1, 1.5 (encoded as 1_5) and 2.</para></listitem>
835 <listitem><para>The bus width. When the bus width is larger than the number of
836 bits per pixel component, several components are packed in a single bus
837 sample. The components are ordered as specified by the order code, with
838 components on the left of the code transferred in the high order bits.
839 Common values are 8 and 16.</para>
840 </listitem>
841 </itemizedlist>
842 </para>
843
844 <para>For instance, a format where pixels are encoded as 8-bit YUV values
845 downsampled to 4:2:2 and transferred as 2 8-bit bus samples per pixel in the
846 U, Y, V, Y order will be named <constant>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_UYVY8_2X8</constant>.
847 </para>
848
849 <para>The following table lisst existing packet YUV formats.</para>
850
851 <table pgwide="0" frame="none" id="v4l2-mbus-pixelcode-yuv8">
852 <title>YUV Formats</title>
853 <tgroup cols="23">
854 <colspec colname="id" align="left" />
855 <colspec colname="code" align="center"/>
856 <colspec colname="bit" />
857 <colspec colnum="4" colname="b19" align="center" />
858 <colspec colnum="5" colname="b18" align="center" />
859 <colspec colnum="6" colname="b17" align="center" />
860 <colspec colnum="7" colname="b16" align="center" />
861 <colspec colnum="8" colname="b15" align="center" />
862 <colspec colnum="9" colname="b14" align="center" />
863 <colspec colnum="10" colname="b13" align="center" />
864 <colspec colnum="11" colname="b12" align="center" />
865 <colspec colnum="12" colname="b11" align="center" />
866 <colspec colnum="13" colname="b10" align="center" />
867 <colspec colnum="14" colname="b09" align="center" />
868 <colspec colnum="15" colname="b08" align="center" />
869 <colspec colnum="16" colname="b07" align="center" />
870 <colspec colnum="17" colname="b06" align="center" />
871 <colspec colnum="18" colname="b05" align="center" />
872 <colspec colnum="19" colname="b04" align="center" />
873 <colspec colnum="20" colname="b03" align="center" />
874 <colspec colnum="21" colname="b02" align="center" />
875 <colspec colnum="22" colname="b01" align="center" />
876 <colspec colnum="23" colname="b00" align="center" />
877 <spanspec namest="b19" nameend="b00" spanname="b0" />
878 <thead>
879 <row>
880 <entry>Identifier</entry>
881 <entry>Code</entry>
882 <entry></entry>
883 <entry spanname="b0">Data organization</entry>
884 </row>
885 <row>
886 <entry></entry>
887 <entry></entry>
888 <entry>Bit</entry>
889 <entry>19</entry>
890 <entry>18</entry>
891 <entry>17</entry>
892 <entry>16</entry>
893 <entry>15</entry>
894 <entry>14</entry>
895 <entry>13</entry>
896 <entry>12</entry>
897 <entry>11</entry>
898 <entry>10</entry>
899 <entry>9</entry>
900 <entry>8</entry>
901 <entry>7</entry>
902 <entry>6</entry>
903 <entry>5</entry>
904 <entry>4</entry>
905 <entry>3</entry>
906 <entry>2</entry>
907 <entry>1</entry>
908 <entry>0</entry>
909 </row>
910 </thead>
911 <tbody valign="top">
912 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-Y8-1X8">
913 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_Y8_1X8</entry>
914 <entry>0x2001</entry>
915 <entry></entry>
916 <entry>-</entry>
917 <entry>-</entry>
918 <entry>-</entry>
919 <entry>-</entry>
920 <entry>-</entry>
921 <entry>-</entry>
922 <entry>-</entry>
923 <entry>-</entry>
924 <entry>-</entry>
925 <entry>-</entry>
926 <entry>-</entry>
927 <entry>-</entry>
928 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
929 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
930 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
931 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
932 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
933 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
934 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
935 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
936 </row>
937 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-UYVY8-1_5X8">
938 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_UYVY8_1_5X8</entry>
939 <entry>0x2002</entry>
940 <entry></entry>
941 <entry>-</entry>
942 <entry>-</entry>
943 <entry>-</entry>
944 <entry>-</entry>
945 <entry>-</entry>
946 <entry>-</entry>
947 <entry>-</entry>
948 <entry>-</entry>
949 <entry>-</entry>
950 <entry>-</entry>
951 <entry>-</entry>
952 <entry>-</entry>
953 <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
954 <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
955 <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
956 <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
957 <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
958 <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
959 <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
960 <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
961 </row>
962 <row>
963 <entry></entry>
964 <entry></entry>
965 <entry></entry>
966 <entry>-</entry>
967 <entry>-</entry>
968 <entry>-</entry>
969 <entry>-</entry>
970 <entry>-</entry>
971 <entry>-</entry>
972 <entry>-</entry>
973 <entry>-</entry>
974 <entry>-</entry>
975 <entry>-</entry>
976 <entry>-</entry>
977 <entry>-</entry>
978 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
979 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
980 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
981 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
982 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
983 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
984 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
985 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
986 </row>
987 <row>
988 <entry></entry>
989 <entry></entry>
990 <entry></entry>
991 <entry>-</entry>
992 <entry>-</entry>
993 <entry>-</entry>
994 <entry>-</entry>
995 <entry>-</entry>
996 <entry>-</entry>
997 <entry>-</entry>
998 <entry>-</entry>
999 <entry>-</entry>
1000 <entry>-</entry>
1001 <entry>-</entry>
1002 <entry>-</entry>
1003 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1004 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1005 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1006 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1007 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1008 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1009 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1010 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1011 </row>
1012 <row>
1013 <entry></entry>
1014 <entry></entry>
1015 <entry></entry>
1016 <entry>-</entry>
1017 <entry>-</entry>
1018 <entry>-</entry>
1019 <entry>-</entry>
1020 <entry>-</entry>
1021 <entry>-</entry>
1022 <entry>-</entry>
1023 <entry>-</entry>
1024 <entry>-</entry>
1025 <entry>-</entry>
1026 <entry>-</entry>
1027 <entry>-</entry>
1028 <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1029 <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1030 <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1031 <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1032 <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1033 <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1034 <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1035 <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1036 </row>
1037 <row>
1038 <entry></entry>
1039 <entry></entry>
1040 <entry></entry>
1041 <entry>-</entry>
1042 <entry>-</entry>
1043 <entry>-</entry>
1044 <entry>-</entry>
1045 <entry>-</entry>
1046 <entry>-</entry>
1047 <entry>-</entry>
1048 <entry>-</entry>
1049 <entry>-</entry>
1050 <entry>-</entry>
1051 <entry>-</entry>
1052 <entry>-</entry>
1053 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1054 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1055 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1056 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1057 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1058 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1059 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1060 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1061 </row>
1062 <row>
1063 <entry></entry>
1064 <entry></entry>
1065 <entry></entry>
1066 <entry>-</entry>
1067 <entry>-</entry>
1068 <entry>-</entry>
1069 <entry>-</entry>
1070 <entry>-</entry>
1071 <entry>-</entry>
1072 <entry>-</entry>
1073 <entry>-</entry>
1074 <entry>-</entry>
1075 <entry>-</entry>
1076 <entry>-</entry>
1077 <entry>-</entry>
1078 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1079 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1080 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1081 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1082 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1083 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1084 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1085 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1086 </row>
1087 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-VYUY8-1_5X8">
1088 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_VYUY8_1_5X8</entry>
1089 <entry>0x2003</entry>
1090 <entry></entry>
1091 <entry>-</entry>
1092 <entry>-</entry>
1093 <entry>-</entry>
1094 <entry>-</entry>
1095 <entry>-</entry>
1096 <entry>-</entry>
1097 <entry>-</entry>
1098 <entry>-</entry>
1099 <entry>-</entry>
1100 <entry>-</entry>
1101 <entry>-</entry>
1102 <entry>-</entry>
1103 <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1104 <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1105 <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1106 <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1107 <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1108 <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1109 <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1110 <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1111 </row>
1112 <row>
1113 <entry></entry>
1114 <entry></entry>
1115 <entry></entry>
1116 <entry>-</entry>
1117 <entry>-</entry>
1118 <entry>-</entry>
1119 <entry>-</entry>
1120 <entry>-</entry>
1121 <entry>-</entry>
1122 <entry>-</entry>
1123 <entry>-</entry>
1124 <entry>-</entry>
1125 <entry>-</entry>
1126 <entry>-</entry>
1127 <entry>-</entry>
1128 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1129 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1130 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1131 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1132 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1133 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1134 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1135 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1136 </row>
1137 <row>
1138 <entry></entry>
1139 <entry></entry>
1140 <entry></entry>
1141 <entry>-</entry>
1142 <entry>-</entry>
1143 <entry>-</entry>
1144 <entry>-</entry>
1145 <entry>-</entry>
1146 <entry>-</entry>
1147 <entry>-</entry>
1148 <entry>-</entry>
1149 <entry>-</entry>
1150 <entry>-</entry>
1151 <entry>-</entry>
1152 <entry>-</entry>
1153 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1154 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1155 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1156 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1157 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1158 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1159 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1160 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1161 </row>
1162 <row>
1163 <entry></entry>
1164 <entry></entry>
1165 <entry></entry>
1166 <entry>-</entry>
1167 <entry>-</entry>
1168 <entry>-</entry>
1169 <entry>-</entry>
1170 <entry>-</entry>
1171 <entry>-</entry>
1172 <entry>-</entry>
1173 <entry>-</entry>
1174 <entry>-</entry>
1175 <entry>-</entry>
1176 <entry>-</entry>
1177 <entry>-</entry>
1178 <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1179 <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1180 <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1181 <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1182 <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1183 <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1184 <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1185 <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1186 </row>
1187 <row>
1188 <entry></entry>
1189 <entry></entry>
1190 <entry></entry>
1191 <entry>-</entry>
1192 <entry>-</entry>
1193 <entry>-</entry>
1194 <entry>-</entry>
1195 <entry>-</entry>
1196 <entry>-</entry>
1197 <entry>-</entry>
1198 <entry>-</entry>
1199 <entry>-</entry>
1200 <entry>-</entry>
1201 <entry>-</entry>
1202 <entry>-</entry>
1203 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1204 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1205 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1206 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1207 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1208 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1209 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1210 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1211 </row>
1212 <row>
1213 <entry></entry>
1214 <entry></entry>
1215 <entry></entry>
1216 <entry>-</entry>
1217 <entry>-</entry>
1218 <entry>-</entry>
1219 <entry>-</entry>
1220 <entry>-</entry>
1221 <entry>-</entry>
1222 <entry>-</entry>
1223 <entry>-</entry>
1224 <entry>-</entry>
1225 <entry>-</entry>
1226 <entry>-</entry>
1227 <entry>-</entry>
1228 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1229 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1230 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1231 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1232 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1233 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1234 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1235 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1236 </row>
1237 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-YUYV8-1_5X8">
1238 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YUYV8_1_5X8</entry>
1239 <entry>0x2004</entry>
1240 <entry></entry>
1241 <entry>-</entry>
1242 <entry>-</entry>
1243 <entry>-</entry>
1244 <entry>-</entry>
1245 <entry>-</entry>
1246 <entry>-</entry>
1247 <entry>-</entry>
1248 <entry>-</entry>
1249 <entry>-</entry>
1250 <entry>-</entry>
1251 <entry>-</entry>
1252 <entry>-</entry>
1253 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1254 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1255 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1256 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1257 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1258 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1259 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1260 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1261 </row>
1262 <row>
1263 <entry></entry>
1264 <entry></entry>
1265 <entry></entry>
1266 <entry>-</entry>
1267 <entry>-</entry>
1268 <entry>-</entry>
1269 <entry>-</entry>
1270 <entry>-</entry>
1271 <entry>-</entry>
1272 <entry>-</entry>
1273 <entry>-</entry>
1274 <entry>-</entry>
1275 <entry>-</entry>
1276 <entry>-</entry>
1277 <entry>-</entry>
1278 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1279 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1280 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1281 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1282 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1283 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1284 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1285 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1286 </row>
1287 <row>
1288 <entry></entry>
1289 <entry></entry>
1290 <entry></entry>
1291 <entry>-</entry>
1292 <entry>-</entry>
1293 <entry>-</entry>
1294 <entry>-</entry>
1295 <entry>-</entry>
1296 <entry>-</entry>
1297 <entry>-</entry>
1298 <entry>-</entry>
1299 <entry>-</entry>
1300 <entry>-</entry>
1301 <entry>-</entry>
1302 <entry>-</entry>
1303 <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1304 <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1305 <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1306 <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1307 <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1308 <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1309 <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1310 <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1311 </row>
1312 <row>
1313 <entry></entry>
1314 <entry></entry>
1315 <entry></entry>
1316 <entry>-</entry>
1317 <entry>-</entry>
1318 <entry>-</entry>
1319 <entry>-</entry>
1320 <entry>-</entry>
1321 <entry>-</entry>
1322 <entry>-</entry>
1323 <entry>-</entry>
1324 <entry>-</entry>
1325 <entry>-</entry>
1326 <entry>-</entry>
1327 <entry>-</entry>
1328 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1329 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1330 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1331 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1332 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1333 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1334 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1335 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1336 </row>
1337 <row>
1338 <entry></entry>
1339 <entry></entry>
1340 <entry></entry>
1341 <entry>-</entry>
1342 <entry>-</entry>
1343 <entry>-</entry>
1344 <entry>-</entry>
1345 <entry>-</entry>
1346 <entry>-</entry>
1347 <entry>-</entry>
1348 <entry>-</entry>
1349 <entry>-</entry>
1350 <entry>-</entry>
1351 <entry>-</entry>
1352 <entry>-</entry>
1353 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1354 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1355 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1356 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1357 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1358 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1359 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1360 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1361 </row>
1362 <row>
1363 <entry></entry>
1364 <entry></entry>
1365 <entry></entry>
1366 <entry>-</entry>
1367 <entry>-</entry>
1368 <entry>-</entry>
1369 <entry>-</entry>
1370 <entry>-</entry>
1371 <entry>-</entry>
1372 <entry>-</entry>
1373 <entry>-</entry>
1374 <entry>-</entry>
1375 <entry>-</entry>
1376 <entry>-</entry>
1377 <entry>-</entry>
1378 <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1379 <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1380 <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1381 <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1382 <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1383 <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1384 <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1385 <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1386 </row>
1387 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-YVYU8-1_5X8">
1388 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YVYU8_1_5X8</entry>
1389 <entry>0x2005</entry>
1390 <entry></entry>
1391 <entry>-</entry>
1392 <entry>-</entry>
1393 <entry>-</entry>
1394 <entry>-</entry>
1395 <entry>-</entry>
1396 <entry>-</entry>
1397 <entry>-</entry>
1398 <entry>-</entry>
1399 <entry>-</entry>
1400 <entry>-</entry>
1401 <entry>-</entry>
1402 <entry>-</entry>
1403 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1404 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1405 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1406 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1407 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1408 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1409 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1410 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1411 </row>
1412 <row>
1413 <entry></entry>
1414 <entry></entry>
1415 <entry></entry>
1416 <entry>-</entry>
1417 <entry>-</entry>
1418 <entry>-</entry>
1419 <entry>-</entry>
1420 <entry>-</entry>
1421 <entry>-</entry>
1422 <entry>-</entry>
1423 <entry>-</entry>
1424 <entry>-</entry>
1425 <entry>-</entry>
1426 <entry>-</entry>
1427 <entry>-</entry>
1428 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1429 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1430 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1431 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1432 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1433 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1434 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1435 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1436 </row>
1437 <row>
1438 <entry></entry>
1439 <entry></entry>
1440 <entry></entry>
1441 <entry>-</entry>
1442 <entry>-</entry>
1443 <entry>-</entry>
1444 <entry>-</entry>
1445 <entry>-</entry>
1446 <entry>-</entry>
1447 <entry>-</entry>
1448 <entry>-</entry>
1449 <entry>-</entry>
1450 <entry>-</entry>
1451 <entry>-</entry>
1452 <entry>-</entry>
1453 <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1454 <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1455 <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1456 <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1457 <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1458 <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1459 <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1460 <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1461 </row>
1462 <row>
1463 <entry></entry>
1464 <entry></entry>
1465 <entry></entry>
1466 <entry>-</entry>
1467 <entry>-</entry>
1468 <entry>-</entry>
1469 <entry>-</entry>
1470 <entry>-</entry>
1471 <entry>-</entry>
1472 <entry>-</entry>
1473 <entry>-</entry>
1474 <entry>-</entry>
1475 <entry>-</entry>
1476 <entry>-</entry>
1477 <entry>-</entry>
1478 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1479 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1480 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1481 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1482 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1483 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1484 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1485 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1486 </row>
1487 <row>
1488 <entry></entry>
1489 <entry></entry>
1490 <entry></entry>
1491 <entry>-</entry>
1492 <entry>-</entry>
1493 <entry>-</entry>
1494 <entry>-</entry>
1495 <entry>-</entry>
1496 <entry>-</entry>
1497 <entry>-</entry>
1498 <entry>-</entry>
1499 <entry>-</entry>
1500 <entry>-</entry>
1501 <entry>-</entry>
1502 <entry>-</entry>
1503 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1504 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1505 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1506 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1507 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1508 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1509 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1510 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1511 </row>
1512 <row>
1513 <entry></entry>
1514 <entry></entry>
1515 <entry></entry>
1516 <entry>-</entry>
1517 <entry>-</entry>
1518 <entry>-</entry>
1519 <entry>-</entry>
1520 <entry>-</entry>
1521 <entry>-</entry>
1522 <entry>-</entry>
1523 <entry>-</entry>
1524 <entry>-</entry>
1525 <entry>-</entry>
1526 <entry>-</entry>
1527 <entry>-</entry>
1528 <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1529 <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1530 <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1531 <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1532 <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1533 <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1534 <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1535 <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1536 </row>
1537 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-UYVY8-2X8">
1538 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_UYVY8_2X8</entry>
1539 <entry>0x2006</entry>
1540 <entry></entry>
1541 <entry>-</entry>
1542 <entry>-</entry>
1543 <entry>-</entry>
1544 <entry>-</entry>
1545 <entry>-</entry>
1546 <entry>-</entry>
1547 <entry>-</entry>
1548 <entry>-</entry>
1549 <entry>-</entry>
1550 <entry>-</entry>
1551 <entry>-</entry>
1552 <entry>-</entry>
1553 <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1554 <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1555 <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1556 <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1557 <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1558 <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1559 <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1560 <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1561 </row>
1562 <row>
1563 <entry></entry>
1564 <entry></entry>
1565 <entry></entry>
1566 <entry>-</entry>
1567 <entry>-</entry>
1568 <entry>-</entry>
1569 <entry>-</entry>
1570 <entry>-</entry>
1571 <entry>-</entry>
1572 <entry>-</entry>
1573 <entry>-</entry>
1574 <entry>-</entry>
1575 <entry>-</entry>
1576 <entry>-</entry>
1577 <entry>-</entry>
1578 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1579 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1580 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1581 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1582 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1583 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1584 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1585 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1586 </row>
1587 <row>
1588 <entry></entry>
1589 <entry></entry>
1590 <entry></entry>
1591 <entry>-</entry>
1592 <entry>-</entry>
1593 <entry>-</entry>
1594 <entry>-</entry>
1595 <entry>-</entry>
1596 <entry>-</entry>
1597 <entry>-</entry>
1598 <entry>-</entry>
1599 <entry>-</entry>
1600 <entry>-</entry>
1601 <entry>-</entry>
1602 <entry>-</entry>
1603 <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1604 <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1605 <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1606 <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1607 <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1608 <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1609 <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1610 <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1611 </row>
1612 <row>
1613 <entry></entry>
1614 <entry></entry>
1615 <entry></entry>
1616 <entry>-</entry>
1617 <entry>-</entry>
1618 <entry>-</entry>
1619 <entry>-</entry>
1620 <entry>-</entry>
1621 <entry>-</entry>
1622 <entry>-</entry>
1623 <entry>-</entry>
1624 <entry>-</entry>
1625 <entry>-</entry>
1626 <entry>-</entry>
1627 <entry>-</entry>
1628 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1629 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1630 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1631 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1632 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1633 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1634 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1635 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1636 </row>
1637 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-VYUY8-2X8">
1638 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_VYUY8_2X8</entry>
1639 <entry>0x2007</entry>
1640 <entry></entry>
1641 <entry>-</entry>
1642 <entry>-</entry>
1643 <entry>-</entry>
1644 <entry>-</entry>
1645 <entry>-</entry>
1646 <entry>-</entry>
1647 <entry>-</entry>
1648 <entry>-</entry>
1649 <entry>-</entry>
1650 <entry>-</entry>
1651 <entry>-</entry>
1652 <entry>-</entry>
1653 <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1654 <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1655 <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1656 <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1657 <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1658 <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1659 <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1660 <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1661 </row>
1662 <row>
1663 <entry></entry>
1664 <entry></entry>
1665 <entry></entry>
1666 <entry>-</entry>
1667 <entry>-</entry>
1668 <entry>-</entry>
1669 <entry>-</entry>
1670 <entry>-</entry>
1671 <entry>-</entry>
1672 <entry>-</entry>
1673 <entry>-</entry>
1674 <entry>-</entry>
1675 <entry>-</entry>
1676 <entry>-</entry>
1677 <entry>-</entry>
1678 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1679 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1680 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1681 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1682 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1683 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1684 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1685 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1686 </row>
1687 <row>
1688 <entry></entry>
1689 <entry></entry>
1690 <entry></entry>
1691 <entry>-</entry>
1692 <entry>-</entry>
1693 <entry>-</entry>
1694 <entry>-</entry>
1695 <entry>-</entry>
1696 <entry>-</entry>
1697 <entry>-</entry>
1698 <entry>-</entry>
1699 <entry>-</entry>
1700 <entry>-</entry>
1701 <entry>-</entry>
1702 <entry>-</entry>
1703 <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1704 <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1705 <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1706 <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1707 <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1708 <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1709 <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1710 <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1711 </row>
1712 <row>
1713 <entry></entry>
1714 <entry></entry>
1715 <entry></entry>
1716 <entry>-</entry>
1717 <entry>-</entry>
1718 <entry>-</entry>
1719 <entry>-</entry>
1720 <entry>-</entry>
1721 <entry>-</entry>
1722 <entry>-</entry>
1723 <entry>-</entry>
1724 <entry>-</entry>
1725 <entry>-</entry>
1726 <entry>-</entry>
1727 <entry>-</entry>
1728 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1729 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1730 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1731 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1732 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1733 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1734 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1735 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1736 </row>
1737 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-YUYV8-2X8">
1738 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YUYV8_2X8</entry>
1739 <entry>0x2008</entry>
1740 <entry></entry>
1741 <entry>-</entry>
1742 <entry>-</entry>
1743 <entry>-</entry>
1744 <entry>-</entry>
1745 <entry>-</entry>
1746 <entry>-</entry>
1747 <entry>-</entry>
1748 <entry>-</entry>
1749 <entry>-</entry>
1750 <entry>-</entry>
1751 <entry>-</entry>
1752 <entry>-</entry>
1753 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1754 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1755 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1756 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1757 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1758 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1759 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1760 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1761 </row>
1762 <row>
1763 <entry></entry>
1764 <entry></entry>
1765 <entry></entry>
1766 <entry>-</entry>
1767 <entry>-</entry>
1768 <entry>-</entry>
1769 <entry>-</entry>
1770 <entry>-</entry>
1771 <entry>-</entry>
1772 <entry>-</entry>
1773 <entry>-</entry>
1774 <entry>-</entry>
1775 <entry>-</entry>
1776 <entry>-</entry>
1777 <entry>-</entry>
1778 <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1779 <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1780 <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1781 <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1782 <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1783 <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1784 <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1785 <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1786 </row>
1787 <row>
1788 <entry></entry>
1789 <entry></entry>
1790 <entry></entry>
1791 <entry>-</entry>
1792 <entry>-</entry>
1793 <entry>-</entry>
1794 <entry>-</entry>
1795 <entry>-</entry>
1796 <entry>-</entry>
1797 <entry>-</entry>
1798 <entry>-</entry>
1799 <entry>-</entry>
1800 <entry>-</entry>
1801 <entry>-</entry>
1802 <entry>-</entry>
1803 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1804 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1805 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1806 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1807 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1808 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1809 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1810 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1811 </row>
1812 <row>
1813 <entry></entry>
1814 <entry></entry>
1815 <entry></entry>
1816 <entry>-</entry>
1817 <entry>-</entry>
1818 <entry>-</entry>
1819 <entry>-</entry>
1820 <entry>-</entry>
1821 <entry>-</entry>
1822 <entry>-</entry>
1823 <entry>-</entry>
1824 <entry>-</entry>
1825 <entry>-</entry>
1826 <entry>-</entry>
1827 <entry>-</entry>
1828 <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1829 <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1830 <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1831 <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1832 <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1833 <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1834 <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1835 <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1836 </row>
1837 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-YVYU8-2X8">
1838 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YVYU8_2X8</entry>
1839 <entry>0x2009</entry>
1840 <entry></entry>
1841 <entry>-</entry>
1842 <entry>-</entry>
1843 <entry>-</entry>
1844 <entry>-</entry>
1845 <entry>-</entry>
1846 <entry>-</entry>
1847 <entry>-</entry>
1848 <entry>-</entry>
1849 <entry>-</entry>
1850 <entry>-</entry>
1851 <entry>-</entry>
1852 <entry>-</entry>
1853 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1854 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1855 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1856 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1857 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1858 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1859 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1860 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1861 </row>
1862 <row>
1863 <entry></entry>
1864 <entry></entry>
1865 <entry></entry>
1866 <entry>-</entry>
1867 <entry>-</entry>
1868 <entry>-</entry>
1869 <entry>-</entry>
1870 <entry>-</entry>
1871 <entry>-</entry>
1872 <entry>-</entry>
1873 <entry>-</entry>
1874 <entry>-</entry>
1875 <entry>-</entry>
1876 <entry>-</entry>
1877 <entry>-</entry>
1878 <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1879 <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1880 <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1881 <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1882 <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1883 <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1884 <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1885 <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1886 </row>
1887 <row>
1888 <entry></entry>
1889 <entry></entry>
1890 <entry></entry>
1891 <entry>-</entry>
1892 <entry>-</entry>
1893 <entry>-</entry>
1894 <entry>-</entry>
1895 <entry>-</entry>
1896 <entry>-</entry>
1897 <entry>-</entry>
1898 <entry>-</entry>
1899 <entry>-</entry>
1900 <entry>-</entry>
1901 <entry>-</entry>
1902 <entry>-</entry>
1903 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1904 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1905 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1906 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1907 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1908 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1909 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1910 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1911 </row>
1912 <row>
1913 <entry></entry>
1914 <entry></entry>
1915 <entry></entry>
1916 <entry>-</entry>
1917 <entry>-</entry>
1918 <entry>-</entry>
1919 <entry>-</entry>
1920 <entry>-</entry>
1921 <entry>-</entry>
1922 <entry>-</entry>
1923 <entry>-</entry>
1924 <entry>-</entry>
1925 <entry>-</entry>
1926 <entry>-</entry>
1927 <entry>-</entry>
1928 <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1929 <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1930 <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1931 <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1932 <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1933 <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1934 <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1935 <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1936 </row>
1937 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-Y10-1X10">
1938 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_Y10_1X10</entry>
1939 <entry>0x200a</entry>
1940 <entry></entry>
1941 <entry>-</entry>
1942 <entry>-</entry>
1943 <entry>-</entry>
1944 <entry>-</entry>
1945 <entry>-</entry>
1946 <entry>-</entry>
1947 <entry>-</entry>
1948 <entry>-</entry>
1949 <entry>-</entry>
1950 <entry>-</entry>
1951 <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
1952 <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
1953 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1954 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1955 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1956 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1957 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1958 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1959 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1960 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1961 </row>
1962 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-YUYV10-2X10">
1963 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YUYV10_2X10</entry>
1964 <entry>0x200b</entry>
1965 <entry></entry>
1966 <entry>-</entry>
1967 <entry>-</entry>
1968 <entry>-</entry>
1969 <entry>-</entry>
1970 <entry>-</entry>
1971 <entry>-</entry>
1972 <entry>-</entry>
1973 <entry>-</entry>
1974 <entry>-</entry>
1975 <entry>-</entry>
1976 <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
1977 <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
1978 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
1979 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
1980 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
1981 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
1982 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
1983 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
1984 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
1985 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
1986 </row>
1987 <row>
1988 <entry></entry>
1989 <entry></entry>
1990 <entry></entry>
1991 <entry>-</entry>
1992 <entry>-</entry>
1993 <entry>-</entry>
1994 <entry>-</entry>
1995 <entry>-</entry>
1996 <entry>-</entry>
1997 <entry>-</entry>
1998 <entry>-</entry>
1999 <entry>-</entry>
2000 <entry>-</entry>
2001 <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
2002 <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
2003 <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2004 <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2005 <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2006 <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2007 <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2008 <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2009 <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2010 <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2011 </row>
2012 <row>
2013 <entry></entry>
2014 <entry></entry>
2015 <entry></entry>
2016 <entry>-</entry>
2017 <entry>-</entry>
2018 <entry>-</entry>
2019 <entry>-</entry>
2020 <entry>-</entry>
2021 <entry>-</entry>
2022 <entry>-</entry>
2023 <entry>-</entry>
2024 <entry>-</entry>
2025 <entry>-</entry>
2026 <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
2027 <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
2028 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2029 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2030 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2031 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2032 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2033 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2034 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2035 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2036 </row>
2037 <row>
2038 <entry></entry>
2039 <entry></entry>
2040 <entry></entry>
2041 <entry>-</entry>
2042 <entry>-</entry>
2043 <entry>-</entry>
2044 <entry>-</entry>
2045 <entry>-</entry>
2046 <entry>-</entry>
2047 <entry>-</entry>
2048 <entry>-</entry>
2049 <entry>-</entry>
2050 <entry>-</entry>
2051 <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
2052 <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
2053 <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2054 <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2055 <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2056 <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2057 <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2058 <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2059 <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2060 <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2061 </row>
2062 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-YVYU10-2X10">
2063 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YVYU10_2X10</entry>
2064 <entry>0x200c</entry>
2065 <entry></entry>
2066 <entry>-</entry>
2067 <entry>-</entry>
2068 <entry>-</entry>
2069 <entry>-</entry>
2070 <entry>-</entry>
2071 <entry>-</entry>
2072 <entry>-</entry>
2073 <entry>-</entry>
2074 <entry>-</entry>
2075 <entry>-</entry>
2076 <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
2077 <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
2078 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2079 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2080 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2081 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2082 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2083 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2084 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2085 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2086 </row>
2087 <row>
2088 <entry></entry>
2089 <entry></entry>
2090 <entry></entry>
2091 <entry>-</entry>
2092 <entry>-</entry>
2093 <entry>-</entry>
2094 <entry>-</entry>
2095 <entry>-</entry>
2096 <entry>-</entry>
2097 <entry>-</entry>
2098 <entry>-</entry>
2099 <entry>-</entry>
2100 <entry>-</entry>
2101 <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
2102 <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
2103 <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2104 <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2105 <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2106 <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2107 <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2108 <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2109 <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2110 <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2111 </row>
2112 <row>
2113 <entry></entry>
2114 <entry></entry>
2115 <entry></entry>
2116 <entry>-</entry>
2117 <entry>-</entry>
2118 <entry>-</entry>
2119 <entry>-</entry>
2120 <entry>-</entry>
2121 <entry>-</entry>
2122 <entry>-</entry>
2123 <entry>-</entry>
2124 <entry>-</entry>
2125 <entry>-</entry>
2126 <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
2127 <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
2128 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2129 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2130 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2131 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2132 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2133 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2134 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2135 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2136 </row>
2137 <row>
2138 <entry></entry>
2139 <entry></entry>
2140 <entry></entry>
2141 <entry>-</entry>
2142 <entry>-</entry>
2143 <entry>-</entry>
2144 <entry>-</entry>
2145 <entry>-</entry>
2146 <entry>-</entry>
2147 <entry>-</entry>
2148 <entry>-</entry>
2149 <entry>-</entry>
2150 <entry>-</entry>
2151 <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
2152 <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
2153 <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2154 <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2155 <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2156 <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2157 <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2158 <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2159 <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2160 <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2161 </row>
2162 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-UYVY8-1X16">
2163 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_UYVY8_1X16</entry>
2164 <entry>0x200f</entry>
2165 <entry></entry>
2166 <entry>-</entry>
2167 <entry>-</entry>
2168 <entry>-</entry>
2169 <entry>-</entry>
2170 <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2171 <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2172 <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2173 <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2174 <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2175 <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2176 <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2177 <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2178 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2179 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2180 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2181 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2182 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2183 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2184 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2185 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2186 </row>
2187 <row>
2188 <entry></entry>
2189 <entry></entry>
2190 <entry></entry>
2191 <entry>-</entry>
2192 <entry>-</entry>
2193 <entry>-</entry>
2194 <entry>-</entry>
2195 <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2196 <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2197 <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2198 <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2199 <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2200 <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2201 <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2202 <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2203 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2204 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2205 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2206 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2207 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2208 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2209 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2210 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2211 </row>
2212 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-VYUY8-1X16">
2213 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_VYUY8_1X16</entry>
2214 <entry>0x2010</entry>
2215 <entry></entry>
2216 <entry>-</entry>
2217 <entry>-</entry>
2218 <entry>-</entry>
2219 <entry>-</entry>
2220 <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2221 <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2222 <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2223 <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2224 <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2225 <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2226 <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2227 <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2228 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2229 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2230 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2231 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2232 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2233 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2234 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2235 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2236 </row>
2237 <row>
2238 <entry></entry>
2239 <entry></entry>
2240 <entry></entry>
2241 <entry>-</entry>
2242 <entry>-</entry>
2243 <entry>-</entry>
2244 <entry>-</entry>
2245 <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2246 <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2247 <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2248 <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2249 <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2250 <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2251 <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2252 <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2253 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2254 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2255 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2256 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2257 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2258 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2259 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2260 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2261 </row>
2262 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-YUYV8-1X16">
2263 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YUYV8_1X16</entry>
2264 <entry>0x2011</entry>
2265 <entry></entry>
2266 <entry>-</entry>
2267 <entry>-</entry>
2268 <entry>-</entry>
2269 <entry>-</entry>
2270 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2271 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2272 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2273 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2274 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2275 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2276 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2277 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2278 <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2279 <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2280 <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2281 <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2282 <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2283 <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2284 <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2285 <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2286 </row>
2287 <row>
2288 <entry></entry>
2289 <entry></entry>
2290 <entry></entry>
2291 <entry>-</entry>
2292 <entry>-</entry>
2293 <entry>-</entry>
2294 <entry>-</entry>
2295 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2296 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2297 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2298 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2299 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2300 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2301 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2302 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2303 <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2304 <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2305 <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2306 <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2307 <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2308 <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2309 <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2310 <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2311 </row>
2312 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-YVYU8-1X16">
2313 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YVYU8_1X16</entry>
2314 <entry>0x2012</entry>
2315 <entry></entry>
2316 <entry>-</entry>
2317 <entry>-</entry>
2318 <entry>-</entry>
2319 <entry>-</entry>
2320 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2321 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2322 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2323 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2324 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2325 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2326 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2327 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2328 <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2329 <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2330 <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2331 <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2332 <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2333 <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2334 <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2335 <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2336 </row>
2337 <row>
2338 <entry></entry>
2339 <entry></entry>
2340 <entry></entry>
2341 <entry>-</entry>
2342 <entry>-</entry>
2343 <entry>-</entry>
2344 <entry>-</entry>
2345 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2346 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2347 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2348 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2349 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2350 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2351 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2352 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2353 <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2354 <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2355 <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2356 <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2357 <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2358 <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2359 <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2360 <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2361 </row>
2362 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-YUYV10-1X20">
2363 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YUYV10_1X20</entry>
2364 <entry>0x200d</entry>
2365 <entry></entry>
2366 <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
2367 <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
2368 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2369 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2370 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2371 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2372 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2373 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2374 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2375 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2376 <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
2377 <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
2378 <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2379 <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2380 <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2381 <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2382 <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2383 <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2384 <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2385 <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2386 </row>
2387 <row>
2388 <entry></entry>
2389 <entry></entry>
2390 <entry></entry>
2391 <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
2392 <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
2393 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2394 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2395 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2396 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2397 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2398 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2399 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2400 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2401 <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
2402 <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
2403 <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2404 <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2405 <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2406 <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2407 <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2408 <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2409 <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2410 <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2411 </row>
2412 <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-YVYU10-1X20">
2413 <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_YVYU10_1X20</entry>
2414 <entry>0x200e</entry>
2415 <entry></entry>
2416 <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
2417 <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
2418 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2419 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2420 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2421 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2422 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2423 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2424 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2425 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2426 <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
2427 <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
2428 <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2429 <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2430 <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2431 <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2432 <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2433 <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2434 <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2435 <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2436 </row>
2437 <row>
2438 <entry></entry>
2439 <entry></entry>
2440 <entry></entry>
2441 <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
2442 <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
2443 <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2444 <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2445 <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2446 <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2447 <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2448 <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2449 <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2450 <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2451 <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
2452 <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
2453 <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
2454 <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
2455 <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
2456 <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
2457 <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
2458 <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
2459 <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
2460 <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
2461 </row>
2462 </tbody>
2463 </tgroup>
2464 </table>
2465 </section>
2466 </section>
2467</section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/v4l2.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/v4l2.xml
index 9288af96de34..a7fd76d0dac1 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/v4l2.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/v4l2.xml
@@ -85,6 +85,17 @@ Remote Controller chapter.</contrib>
85 </address> 85 </address>
86 </affiliation> 86 </affiliation>
87 </author> 87 </author>
88
89 <author>
90 <firstname>Pawel</firstname>
91 <surname>Osciak</surname>
92 <contrib>Designed and documented the multi-planar API.</contrib>
93 <affiliation>
94 <address>
95 <email>pawel AT osciak.com</email>
96 </address>
97 </affiliation>
98 </author>
88 </authorgroup> 99 </authorgroup>
89 100
90 <copyright> 101 <copyright>
@@ -102,7 +113,8 @@ Remote Controller chapter.</contrib>
102 <year>2010</year> 113 <year>2010</year>
103 <year>2011</year> 114 <year>2011</year>
104 <holder>Bill Dirks, Michael H. Schimek, Hans Verkuil, Martin 115 <holder>Bill Dirks, Michael H. Schimek, Hans Verkuil, Martin
105Rubli, Andy Walls, Muralidharan Karicheri, Mauro Carvalho Chehab</holder> 116Rubli, Andy Walls, Muralidharan Karicheri, Mauro Carvalho Chehab,
117 Pawel Osciak</holder>
106 </copyright> 118 </copyright>
107 <legalnotice> 119 <legalnotice>
108 <para>Except when explicitly stated as GPL, programming examples within 120 <para>Except when explicitly stated as GPL, programming examples within
@@ -116,6 +128,13 @@ structs, ioctls) must be noted in more detail in the history chapter
116applications. --> 128applications. -->
117 129
118 <revision> 130 <revision>
131 <revnumber>2.6.39</revnumber>
132 <date>2011-03-01</date>
133 <authorinitials>mcc, po</authorinitials>
134 <revremark>Removed VIDIOC_*_OLD from videodev2.h header and update it to reflect latest changes. Added the <link linkend="planar-apis">multi-planar API</link>.</revremark>
135 </revision>
136
137 <revision>
119 <revnumber>2.6.37</revnumber> 138 <revnumber>2.6.37</revnumber>
120 <date>2010-08-06</date> 139 <date>2010-08-06</date>
121 <authorinitials>hv</authorinitials> 140 <authorinitials>hv</authorinitials>
@@ -382,7 +401,7 @@ and discussions on the V4L mailing list.</revremark>
382</partinfo> 401</partinfo>
383 402
384<title>Video for Linux Two API Specification</title> 403<title>Video for Linux Two API Specification</title>
385 <subtitle>Revision 2.6.38</subtitle> 404 <subtitle>Revision 2.6.39</subtitle>
386 405
387 <chapter id="common"> 406 <chapter id="common">
388 &sub-common; 407 &sub-common;
@@ -411,6 +430,7 @@ and discussions on the V4L mailing list.</revremark>
411 <section id="radio"> &sub-dev-radio; </section> 430 <section id="radio"> &sub-dev-radio; </section>
412 <section id="rds"> &sub-dev-rds; </section> 431 <section id="rds"> &sub-dev-rds; </section>
413 <section id="event"> &sub-dev-event; </section> 432 <section id="event"> &sub-dev-event; </section>
433 <section id="subdev"> &sub-dev-subdev; </section>
414 </chapter> 434 </chapter>
415 435
416 <chapter id="driver"> 436 <chapter id="driver">
@@ -478,6 +498,12 @@ and discussions on the V4L mailing list.</revremark>
478 &sub-reqbufs; 498 &sub-reqbufs;
479 &sub-s-hw-freq-seek; 499 &sub-s-hw-freq-seek;
480 &sub-streamon; 500 &sub-streamon;
501 &sub-subdev-enum-frame-interval;
502 &sub-subdev-enum-frame-size;
503 &sub-subdev-enum-mbus-code;
504 &sub-subdev-g-crop;
505 &sub-subdev-g-fmt;
506 &sub-subdev-g-frame-interval;
481 &sub-subscribe-event; 507 &sub-subscribe-event;
482 <!-- End of ioctls. --> 508 <!-- End of ioctls. -->
483 &sub-mmap; 509 &sub-mmap;
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/videodev2.h.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/videodev2.h.xml
index 325b23b6964c..2b796a2ee98a 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/videodev2.h.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/videodev2.h.xml
@@ -71,6 +71,7 @@
71 * Moved from videodev.h 71 * Moved from videodev.h
72 */ 72 */
73#define VIDEO_MAX_FRAME 32 73#define VIDEO_MAX_FRAME 32
74#define VIDEO_MAX_PLANES 8
74 75
75#ifndef __KERNEL__ 76#ifndef __KERNEL__
76 77
@@ -158,9 +159,23 @@ enum <link linkend="v4l2-buf-type">v4l2_buf_type</link> {
158 /* Experimental */ 159 /* Experimental */
159 V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY = 8, 160 V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY = 8,
160#endif 161#endif
162 V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE = 9,
163 V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE = 10,
161 V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE = 0x80, 164 V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE = 0x80,
162}; 165};
163 166
167#define V4L2_TYPE_IS_MULTIPLANAR(type) \
168 ((type) == V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE \
169 || (type) == V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE)
170
171#define V4L2_TYPE_IS_OUTPUT(type) \
172 ((type) == V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT \
173 || (type) == V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE \
174 || (type) == V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY \
175 || (type) == V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY \
176 || (type) == V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_OUTPUT \
177 || (type) == V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_OUTPUT)
178
164enum <link linkend="v4l2-tuner-type">v4l2_tuner_type</link> { 179enum <link linkend="v4l2-tuner-type">v4l2_tuner_type</link> {
165 V4L2_TUNER_RADIO = 1, 180 V4L2_TUNER_RADIO = 1,
166 V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV = 2, 181 V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV = 2,
@@ -246,6 +261,11 @@ struct <link linkend="v4l2-capability">v4l2_capability</link> {
246#define V4L2_CAP_HW_FREQ_SEEK 0x00000400 /* Can do hardware frequency seek */ 261#define V4L2_CAP_HW_FREQ_SEEK 0x00000400 /* Can do hardware frequency seek */
247#define V4L2_CAP_RDS_OUTPUT 0x00000800 /* Is an RDS encoder */ 262#define V4L2_CAP_RDS_OUTPUT 0x00000800 /* Is an RDS encoder */
248 263
264/* Is a video capture device that supports multiplanar formats */
265#define V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE 0x00001000
266/* Is a video output device that supports multiplanar formats */
267#define V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE 0x00002000
268
249#define V4L2_CAP_TUNER 0x00010000 /* has a tuner */ 269#define V4L2_CAP_TUNER 0x00010000 /* has a tuner */
250#define V4L2_CAP_AUDIO 0x00020000 /* has audio support */ 270#define V4L2_CAP_AUDIO 0x00020000 /* has audio support */
251#define V4L2_CAP_RADIO 0x00040000 /* is a radio device */ 271#define V4L2_CAP_RADIO 0x00040000 /* is a radio device */
@@ -320,6 +340,13 @@ struct <link linkend="v4l2-pix-format">v4l2_pix_format</link> {
320#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV16">V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16</link> v4l2_fourcc('N', 'V', '1', '6') /* 16 Y/CbCr 4:2:2 */ 340#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV16">V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16</link> v4l2_fourcc('N', 'V', '1', '6') /* 16 Y/CbCr 4:2:2 */
321#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV61">V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV61</link> v4l2_fourcc('N', 'V', '6', '1') /* 16 Y/CrCb 4:2:2 */ 341#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV61">V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV61</link> v4l2_fourcc('N', 'V', '6', '1') /* 16 Y/CrCb 4:2:2 */
322 342
343/* two non contiguous planes - one Y, one Cr + Cb interleaved */
344#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV12M">V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M</link> v4l2_fourcc('N', 'M', '1', '2') /* 12 Y/CbCr 4:2:0 */
345#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV12MT">V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12MT</link> v4l2_fourcc('T', 'M', '1', '2') /* 12 Y/CbCr 4:2:0 64x32 macroblocks */
346
347/* three non contiguous planes - Y, Cb, Cr */
348#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV420M">V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M</link> v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'M', '1', '2') /* 12 YUV420 planar */
349
323/* Bayer formats - see http://www.siliconimaging.com/RGB%20Bayer.htm */ 350/* Bayer formats - see http://www.siliconimaging.com/RGB%20Bayer.htm */
324#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SBGGR8">V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR8</link> v4l2_fourcc('B', 'A', '8', '1') /* 8 BGBG.. GRGR.. */ 351#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SBGGR8">V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR8</link> v4l2_fourcc('B', 'A', '8', '1') /* 8 BGBG.. GRGR.. */
325#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SGBRG8">V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG8</link> v4l2_fourcc('G', 'B', 'R', 'G') /* 8 GBGB.. RGRG.. */ 352#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SGBRG8">V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG8</link> v4l2_fourcc('G', 'B', 'R', 'G') /* 8 GBGB.. RGRG.. */
@@ -518,6 +545,62 @@ struct <link linkend="v4l2-requestbuffers">v4l2_requestbuffers</link> {
518 __u32 reserved[2]; 545 __u32 reserved[2];
519}; 546};
520 547
548/**
549 * struct <link linkend="v4l2-plane">v4l2_plane</link> - plane info for multi-planar buffers
550 * @bytesused: number of bytes occupied by data in the plane (payload)
551 * @length: size of this plane (NOT the payload) in bytes
552 * @mem_offset: when memory in the associated struct <link linkend="v4l2-buffer">v4l2_buffer</link> is
553 * V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP, equals the offset from the start of
554 * the device memory for this plane (or is a "cookie" that
555 * should be passed to mmap() called on the video node)
556 * @userptr: when memory is V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR, a userspace pointer
557 * pointing to this plane
558 * @data_offset: offset in the plane to the start of data; usually 0,
559 * unless there is a header in front of the data
560 *
561 * Multi-planar buffers consist of one or more planes, e.g. an YCbCr buffer
562 * with two planes can have one plane for Y, and another for interleaved CbCr
563 * components. Each plane can reside in a separate memory buffer, or even in
564 * a completely separate memory node (e.g. in embedded devices).
565 */
566struct <link linkend="v4l2-plane">v4l2_plane</link> {
567 __u32 bytesused;
568 __u32 length;
569 union {
570 __u32 mem_offset;
571 unsigned long userptr;
572 } m;
573 __u32 data_offset;
574 __u32 reserved[11];
575};
576
577/**
578 * struct <link linkend="v4l2-buffer">v4l2_buffer</link> - video buffer info
579 * @index: id number of the buffer
580 * @type: buffer type (type == *_MPLANE for multiplanar buffers)
581 * @bytesused: number of bytes occupied by data in the buffer (payload);
582 * unused (set to 0) for multiplanar buffers
583 * @flags: buffer informational flags
584 * @field: field order of the image in the buffer
585 * @timestamp: frame timestamp
586 * @timecode: frame timecode
587 * @sequence: sequence count of this frame
588 * @memory: the method, in which the actual video data is passed
589 * @offset: for non-multiplanar buffers with memory == V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP;
590 * offset from the start of the device memory for this plane,
591 * (or a "cookie" that should be passed to mmap() as offset)
592 * @userptr: for non-multiplanar buffers with memory == V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR;
593 * a userspace pointer pointing to this buffer
594 * @planes: for multiplanar buffers; userspace pointer to the array of plane
595 * info structs for this buffer
596 * @length: size in bytes of the buffer (NOT its payload) for single-plane
597 * buffers (when type != *_MPLANE); number of elements in the
598 * planes array for multi-plane buffers
599 * @input: input number from which the video data has has been captured
600 *
601 * Contains data exchanged by application and driver using one of the Streaming
602 * I/O methods.
603 */
521struct <link linkend="v4l2-buffer">v4l2_buffer</link> { 604struct <link linkend="v4l2-buffer">v4l2_buffer</link> {
522 __u32 index; 605 __u32 index;
523 enum <link linkend="v4l2-buf-type">v4l2_buf_type</link> type; 606 enum <link linkend="v4l2-buf-type">v4l2_buf_type</link> type;
@@ -533,6 +616,7 @@ struct <link linkend="v4l2-buffer">v4l2_buffer</link> {
533 union { 616 union {
534 __u32 offset; 617 __u32 offset;
535 unsigned long userptr; 618 unsigned long userptr;
619 struct <link linkend="v4l2-plane">v4l2_plane</link> *planes;
536 } m; 620 } m;
537 __u32 length; 621 __u32 length;
538 __u32 input; 622 __u32 input;
@@ -1623,12 +1707,56 @@ struct <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-vbi-fmt-ivtv">v4l2_mpeg_vbi_fmt_ivtv</link> {
1623 * A G G R E G A T E S T R U C T U R E S 1707 * A G G R E G A T E S T R U C T U R E S
1624 */ 1708 */
1625 1709
1626/* Stream data format 1710/**
1711 * struct <link linkend="v4l2-plane-pix-format">v4l2_plane_pix_format</link> - additional, per-plane format definition
1712 * @sizeimage: maximum size in bytes required for data, for which
1713 * this plane will be used
1714 * @bytesperline: distance in bytes between the leftmost pixels in two
1715 * adjacent lines
1716 */
1717struct <link linkend="v4l2-plane-pix-format">v4l2_plane_pix_format</link> {
1718 __u32 sizeimage;
1719 __u16 bytesperline;
1720 __u16 reserved[7];
1721} __attribute__ ((packed));
1722
1723/**
1724 * struct <link linkend="v4l2-pix-format-mplane">v4l2_pix_format_mplane</link> - multiplanar format definition
1725 * @width: image width in pixels
1726 * @height: image height in pixels
1727 * @pixelformat: little endian four character code (fourcc)
1728 * @field: field order (for interlaced video)
1729 * @colorspace: supplemental to pixelformat
1730 * @plane_fmt: per-plane information
1731 * @num_planes: number of planes for this format
1732 */
1733struct <link linkend="v4l2-pix-format-mplane">v4l2_pix_format_mplane</link> {
1734 __u32 width;
1735 __u32 height;
1736 __u32 pixelformat;
1737 enum <link linkend="v4l2-field">v4l2_field</link> field;
1738 enum <link linkend="v4l2-colorspace">v4l2_colorspace</link> colorspace;
1739
1740 struct <link linkend="v4l2-plane-pix-format">v4l2_plane_pix_format</link> plane_fmt[VIDEO_MAX_PLANES];
1741 __u8 num_planes;
1742 __u8 reserved[11];
1743} __attribute__ ((packed));
1744
1745/**
1746 * struct <link linkend="v4l2-format">v4l2_format</link> - stream data format
1747 * @type: type of the data stream
1748 * @pix: definition of an image format
1749 * @pix_mp: definition of a multiplanar image format
1750 * @win: definition of an overlaid image
1751 * @vbi: raw VBI capture or output parameters
1752 * @sliced: sliced VBI capture or output parameters
1753 * @raw_data: placeholder for future extensions and custom formats
1627 */ 1754 */
1628struct <link linkend="v4l2-format">v4l2_format</link> { 1755struct <link linkend="v4l2-format">v4l2_format</link> {
1629 enum <link linkend="v4l2-buf-type">v4l2_buf_type</link> type; 1756 enum <link linkend="v4l2-buf-type">v4l2_buf_type</link> type;
1630 union { 1757 union {
1631 struct <link linkend="v4l2-pix-format">v4l2_pix_format</link> pix; /* V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE */ 1758 struct <link linkend="v4l2-pix-format">v4l2_pix_format</link> pix; /* V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE */
1759 struct <link linkend="v4l2-pix-format-mplane">v4l2_pix_format_mplane</link> pix_mp; /* V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE */
1632 struct <link linkend="v4l2-window">v4l2_window</link> win; /* V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY */ 1760 struct <link linkend="v4l2-window">v4l2_window</link> win; /* V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY */
1633 struct <link linkend="v4l2-vbi-format">v4l2_vbi_format</link> vbi; /* V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_CAPTURE */ 1761 struct <link linkend="v4l2-vbi-format">v4l2_vbi_format</link> vbi; /* V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_CAPTURE */
1634 struct <link linkend="v4l2-sliced-vbi-format">v4l2_sliced_vbi_format</link> sliced; /* V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_CAPTURE */ 1762 struct <link linkend="v4l2-sliced-vbi-format">v4l2_sliced_vbi_format</link> sliced; /* V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_CAPTURE */
@@ -1636,7 +1764,6 @@ struct <link linkend="v4l2-format">v4l2_format</link> {
1636 } fmt; 1764 } fmt;
1637}; 1765};
1638 1766
1639
1640/* Stream type-dependent parameters 1767/* Stream type-dependent parameters
1641 */ 1768 */
1642struct <link linkend="v4l2-streamparm">v4l2_streamparm</link> { 1769struct <link linkend="v4l2-streamparm">v4l2_streamparm</link> {
@@ -1809,16 +1936,6 @@ struct <link linkend="v4l2-dbg-chip-ident">v4l2_dbg_chip_ident</link> {
1809/* Reminder: when adding new ioctls please add support for them to 1936/* Reminder: when adding new ioctls please add support for them to
1810 drivers/media/video/v4l2-compat-ioctl32.c as well! */ 1937 drivers/media/video/v4l2-compat-ioctl32.c as well! */
1811 1938
1812#ifdef __OLD_VIDIOC_
1813/* for compatibility, will go away some day */
1814#define VIDIOC_OVERLAY_OLD _IOWR('V', 14, int)
1815#define VIDIOC_S_PARM_OLD _IOW('V', 22, struct <link linkend="v4l2-streamparm">v4l2_streamparm</link>)
1816#define VIDIOC_S_CTRL_OLD _IOW('V', 28, struct <link linkend="v4l2-control">v4l2_control</link>)
1817#define VIDIOC_G_AUDIO_OLD _IOWR('V', 33, struct <link linkend="v4l2-audio">v4l2_audio</link>)
1818#define VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT_OLD _IOWR('V', 49, struct <link linkend="v4l2-audioout">v4l2_audioout</link>)
1819#define VIDIOC_CROPCAP_OLD _IOR('V', 58, struct <link linkend="v4l2-cropcap">v4l2_cropcap</link>)
1820#endif
1821
1822#define BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE 192 /* 192-255 are private */ 1939#define BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE 192 /* 192-255 are private */
1823 1940
1824#endif /* __LINUX_VIDEODEV2_H */ 1941#endif /* __LINUX_VIDEODEV2_H */
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml
index 960d44615ca6..71d373b6d36a 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml
@@ -76,7 +76,9 @@ pixelformat</structfield> field.</entry>
76 <entry>Type of the data stream, set by the application. 76 <entry>Type of the data stream, set by the application.
77Only these types are valid here: 77Only these types are valid here:
78<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant>, 78<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant>,
79<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE</constant>,
79<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant>, 80<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant>,
81<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE</constant>,
80<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant>, and custom (driver 82<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant>, and custom (driver
81defined) types with code <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant> 83defined) types with code <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant>
82and higher.</entry> 84and higher.</entry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml
index 7c7d1b72c40d..a4ae59b664eb 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml
@@ -60,11 +60,13 @@ application.</para>
60<structfield>type</structfield> field of a struct 60<structfield>type</structfield> field of a struct
61<structname>v4l2_format</structname> to the respective buffer (stream) 61<structname>v4l2_format</structname> to the respective buffer (stream)
62type. For example video capture devices use 62type. For example video capture devices use
63<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant>. When the application 63<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant> or
64<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE</constant>. When the application
64calls the <constant>VIDIOC_G_FMT</constant> ioctl with a pointer to 65calls the <constant>VIDIOC_G_FMT</constant> ioctl with a pointer to
65this structure the driver fills the respective member of the 66this structure the driver fills the respective member of the
66<structfield>fmt</structfield> union. In case of video capture devices 67<structfield>fmt</structfield> union. In case of video capture devices
67that is the &v4l2-pix-format; <structfield>pix</structfield> member. 68that is either the &v4l2-pix-format; <structfield>pix</structfield> or
69the &v4l2-pix-format-mplane; <structfield>pix_mp</structfield> member.
68When the requested buffer type is not supported drivers return an 70When the requested buffer type is not supported drivers return an
69&EINVAL;.</para> 71&EINVAL;.</para>
70 72
@@ -134,6 +136,15 @@ devices.</entry>
134 </row> 136 </row>
135 <row> 137 <row>
136 <entry></entry> 138 <entry></entry>
139 <entry>&v4l2-pix-format-mplane;</entry>
140 <entry><structfield>pix_mp</structfield></entry>
141 <entry>Definition of an image format, see <xref
142 linkend="pixfmt" />, used by video capture and output
143devices that support the <link linkend="planar-apis">multi-planar
144version of the API</link>.</entry>
145 </row>
146 <row>
147 <entry></entry>
137 <entry>&v4l2-window;</entry> 148 <entry>&v4l2-window;</entry>
138 <entry><structfield>win</structfield></entry> 149 <entry><structfield>win</structfield></entry>
139 <entry>Definition of an overlaid image, see <xref 150 <entry>Definition of an overlaid image, see <xref
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml
index ab691ebf3b93..f2b11f8a4031 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml
@@ -64,7 +64,8 @@ zero to the number of buffers allocated with &VIDIOC-REQBUFS;
64contents of the struct <structname>v4l2_buffer</structname> returned 64contents of the struct <structname>v4l2_buffer</structname> returned
65by a &VIDIOC-QUERYBUF; ioctl will do as well. When the buffer is 65by a &VIDIOC-QUERYBUF; ioctl will do as well. When the buffer is
66intended for output (<structfield>type</structfield> is 66intended for output (<structfield>type</structfield> is
67<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant> or 67<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant>,
68<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE</constant>, or
68<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_OUTPUT</constant>) applications must also 69<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_OUTPUT</constant>) applications must also
69initialize the <structfield>bytesused</structfield>, 70initialize the <structfield>bytesused</structfield>,
70<structfield>field</structfield> and 71<structfield>field</structfield> and
@@ -75,7 +76,11 @@ supports capturing from specific video inputs and you want to specify a video
75input, then <structfield>flags</structfield> should be set to 76input, then <structfield>flags</structfield> should be set to
76<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_INPUT</constant> and the field 77<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_INPUT</constant> and the field
77<structfield>input</structfield> must be initialized to the desired input. 78<structfield>input</structfield> must be initialized to the desired input.
78The <structfield>reserved</structfield> field must be set to 0. 79The <structfield>reserved</structfield> field must be set to 0. When using
80the <link linkend="planar-apis">multi-planar API</link>, the
81<structfield>m.planes</structfield> field must contain a userspace pointer
82to a filled-in array of &v4l2-plane; and the <structfield>length</structfield>
83field must be set to the number of elements in that array.
79</para> 84</para>
80 85
81 <para>To enqueue a <link linkend="mmap">memory mapped</link> 86 <para>To enqueue a <link linkend="mmap">memory mapped</link>
@@ -93,10 +98,13 @@ structure the driver sets the
93buffer applications set the <structfield>memory</structfield> 98buffer applications set the <structfield>memory</structfield>
94field to <constant>V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR</constant>, the 99field to <constant>V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR</constant>, the
95<structfield>m.userptr</structfield> field to the address of the 100<structfield>m.userptr</structfield> field to the address of the
96buffer and <structfield>length</structfield> to its size. 101buffer and <structfield>length</structfield> to its size. When the multi-planar
97When <constant>VIDIOC_QBUF</constant> is called with a pointer to this 102API is used, <structfield>m.userptr</structfield> and
98structure the driver sets the <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED</constant> 103<structfield>length</structfield> members of the passed array of &v4l2-plane;
99flag and clears the <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_MAPPED</constant> and 104have to be used instead. When <constant>VIDIOC_QBUF</constant> is called with
105a pointer to this structure the driver sets the
106<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED</constant> flag and clears the
107<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_MAPPED</constant> and
100<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_DONE</constant> flags in the 108<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_DONE</constant> flags in the
101<structfield>flags</structfield> field, or it returns an error code. 109<structfield>flags</structfield> field, or it returns an error code.
102This ioctl locks the memory pages of the buffer in physical memory, 110This ioctl locks the memory pages of the buffer in physical memory,
@@ -115,7 +123,9 @@ remaining fields or returns an error code. The driver may also set
115<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_ERROR</constant> in the <structfield>flags</structfield> 123<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_ERROR</constant> in the <structfield>flags</structfield>
116field. It indicates a non-critical (recoverable) streaming error. In such case 124field. It indicates a non-critical (recoverable) streaming error. In such case
117the application may continue as normal, but should be aware that data in the 125the application may continue as normal, but should be aware that data in the
118dequeued buffer might be corrupted.</para> 126dequeued buffer might be corrupted. When using the multi-planar API, the
127planes array does not have to be passed; the <structfield>m.planes</structfield>
128member must be set to NULL in that case.</para>
119 129
120 <para>By default <constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant> blocks when no 130 <para>By default <constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant> blocks when no
121buffer is in the outgoing queue. When the 131buffer is in the outgoing queue. When the
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml
index e649805a4908..5c104d42d31c 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml
@@ -61,6 +61,10 @@ buffer at any time after buffers have been allocated with the
61to the number of buffers allocated with &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; 61to the number of buffers allocated with &VIDIOC-REQBUFS;
62 (&v4l2-requestbuffers; <structfield>count</structfield>) minus one. 62 (&v4l2-requestbuffers; <structfield>count</structfield>) minus one.
63The <structfield>reserved</structfield> field should to set to 0. 63The <structfield>reserved</structfield> field should to set to 0.
64When using the <link linkend="planar-apis">multi-planar API</link>, the
65<structfield>m.planes</structfield> field must contain a userspace pointer to an
66array of &v4l2-plane; and the <structfield>length</structfield> field has
67to be set to the number of elements in that array.
64After calling <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYBUF</constant> with a pointer to 68After calling <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYBUF</constant> with a pointer to
65 this structure drivers return an error code or fill the rest of 69 this structure drivers return an error code or fill the rest of
66the structure.</para> 70the structure.</para>
@@ -70,11 +74,13 @@ the structure.</para>
70<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED</constant> and 74<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED</constant> and
71<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_DONE</constant> flags will be valid. The 75<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_DONE</constant> flags will be valid. The
72<structfield>memory</structfield> field will be set to the current 76<structfield>memory</structfield> field will be set to the current
73I/O method, the <structfield>m.offset</structfield> 77I/O method. For the single-planar API, the <structfield>m.offset</structfield>
74contains the offset of the buffer from the start of the device memory, 78contains the offset of the buffer from the start of the device memory,
75the <structfield>length</structfield> field its size. The driver may 79the <structfield>length</structfield> field its size. For the multi-planar API,
76or may not set the remaining fields and flags, they are meaningless in 80fields <structfield>m.mem_offset</structfield> and
77this context.</para> 81<structfield>length</structfield> in the <structfield>m.planes</structfield>
82array elements will be used instead. The driver may or may not set the remaining
83fields and flags, they are meaningless in this context.</para>
78 84
79 <para>The <structname>v4l2_buffer</structname> structure is 85 <para>The <structname>v4l2_buffer</structname> structure is
80 specified in <xref linkend="buffer" />.</para> 86 specified in <xref linkend="buffer" />.</para>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml
index d499da93a450..f29f1b86213c 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml
@@ -142,16 +142,30 @@ this array to zero.</entry>
142 <row> 142 <row>
143 <entry><constant>V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant></entry> 143 <entry><constant>V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant></entry>
144 <entry>0x00000001</entry> 144 <entry>0x00000001</entry>
145 <entry>The device supports the <link 145 <entry>The device supports the single-planar API through the <link
146linkend="capture">Video Capture</link> interface.</entry> 146linkend="capture">Video Capture</link> interface.</entry>
147 </row> 147 </row>
148 <row> 148 <row>
149 <entry><constant>V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE</constant></entry>
150 <entry>0x00001000</entry>
151 <entry>The device supports the
152 <link linkend="planar-apis">multi-planar API</link> through the
153 <link linkend="capture">Video Capture</link> interface.</entry>
154 </row>
155 <row>
149 <entry><constant>V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant></entry> 156 <entry><constant>V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant></entry>
150 <entry>0x00000002</entry> 157 <entry>0x00000002</entry>
151 <entry>The device supports the <link 158 <entry>The device supports the single-planar API through the <link
152linkend="output">Video Output</link> interface.</entry> 159linkend="output">Video Output</link> interface.</entry>
153 </row> 160 </row>
154 <row> 161 <row>
162 <entry><constant>V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE</constant></entry>
163 <entry>0x00002000</entry>
164 <entry>The device supports the
165 <link linkend="planar-apis">multi-planar API</link> through the
166 <link linkend="output">Video Output</link> interface.</entry>
167 </row>
168 <row>
155 <entry><constant>V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant></entry> 169 <entry><constant>V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant></entry>
156 <entry>0x00000004</entry> 170 <entry>0x00000004</entry>
157 <entry>The device supports the <link 171 <entry>The device supports the <link
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml
index e42bff1f2c0a..75ed39bf4d2b 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml
@@ -93,6 +93,15 @@ synchronize with other events.</para>
93been allocated (memory mapping) or enqueued (output) yet.</para> 93been allocated (memory mapping) or enqueued (output) yet.</para>
94 </listitem> 94 </listitem>
95 </varlistentry> 95 </varlistentry>
96 <varlistentry>
97 <term><errorcode>EPIPE</errorcode></term>
98 <listitem>
99 <para>The driver implements <link
100 linkend="pad-level-formats">pad-level format configuration</link> and
101 the pipeline configuration is invalid.
102 </para>
103 </listitem>
104 </varlistentry>
96 </variablelist> 105 </variablelist>
97 </refsect1> 106 </refsect1>
98</refentry> 107</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-interval.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-interval.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2f8f4f0a0235
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-interval.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
1<refentry id="vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-interval">
2 <refmeta>
3 <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_INTERVAL</refentrytitle>
4 &manvol;
5 </refmeta>
6
7 <refnamediv>
8 <refname>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_INTERVAL</refname>
9 <refpurpose>Enumerate frame intervals</refpurpose>
10 </refnamediv>
11
12 <refsynopsisdiv>
13 <funcsynopsis>
14 <funcprototype>
15 <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
16 <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
17 <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
18 <paramdef>struct v4l2_subdev_frame_interval_enum *
19 <parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
20 </funcprototype>
21 </funcsynopsis>
22 </refsynopsisdiv>
23
24 <refsect1>
25 <title>Arguments</title>
26
27 <variablelist>
28 <varlistentry>
29 <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
30 <listitem>
31 <para>&fd;</para>
32 </listitem>
33 </varlistentry>
34 <varlistentry>
35 <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
36 <listitem>
37 <para>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_INTERVAL</para>
38 </listitem>
39 </varlistentry>
40 <varlistentry>
41 <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
42 <listitem>
43 <para></para>
44 </listitem>
45 </varlistentry>
46 </variablelist>
47 </refsect1>
48
49 <refsect1>
50 <title>Description</title>
51
52 <note>
53 <title>Experimental</title>
54 <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental">experimental</link>
55 interface and may change in the future.</para>
56 </note>
57
58 <para>This ioctl lets applications enumerate available frame intervals on a
59 given sub-device pad. Frame intervals only makes sense for sub-devices that
60 can control the frame period on their own. This includes, for instance,
61 image sensors and TV tuners.</para>
62
63 <para>For the common use case of image sensors, the frame intervals
64 available on the sub-device output pad depend on the frame format and size
65 on the same pad. Applications must thus specify the desired format and size
66 when enumerating frame intervals.</para>
67
68 <para>To enumerate frame intervals applications initialize the
69 <structfield>index</structfield>, <structfield>pad</structfield>,
70 <structfield>code</structfield>, <structfield>width</structfield> and
71 <structfield>height</structfield> fields of
72 &v4l2-subdev-frame-interval-enum; and call the
73 <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_INTERVAL</constant> ioctl with a pointer
74 to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return
75 an &EINVAL; if one of the input fields is invalid. All frame intervals are
76 enumerable by beginning at index zero and incrementing by one until
77 <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode> is returned.</para>
78
79 <para>Available frame intervals may depend on the current 'try' formats
80 at other pads of the sub-device, as well as on the current active links. See
81 &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-G-FMT; for more information about the try formats.</para>
82
83 <para>Sub-devices that support the frame interval enumeration ioctl should
84 implemented it on a single pad only. Its behaviour when supported on
85 multiple pads of the same sub-device is not defined.</para>
86
87 <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-subdev-frame-interval-enum">
88 <title>struct <structname>v4l2_subdev_frame_interval_enum</structname></title>
89 <tgroup cols="3">
90 &cs-str;
91 <tbody valign="top">
92 <row>
93 <entry>__u32</entry>
94 <entry><structfield>index</structfield></entry>
95 <entry>Number of the format in the enumeration, set by the
96 application.</entry>
97 </row>
98 <row>
99 <entry>__u32</entry>
100 <entry><structfield>pad</structfield></entry>
101 <entry>Pad number as reported by the media controller API.</entry>
102 </row>
103 <row>
104 <entry>__u32</entry>
105 <entry><structfield>code</structfield></entry>
106 <entry>The media bus format code, as defined in
107 <xref linkend="v4l2-mbus-format" />.</entry>
108 </row>
109 <row>
110 <entry>__u32</entry>
111 <entry><structfield>width</structfield></entry>
112 <entry>Frame width, in pixels.</entry>
113 </row>
114 <row>
115 <entry>__u32</entry>
116 <entry><structfield>height</structfield></entry>
117 <entry>Frame height, in pixels.</entry>
118 </row>
119 <row>
120 <entry>&v4l2-fract;</entry>
121 <entry><structfield>interval</structfield></entry>
122 <entry>Period, in seconds, between consecutive video frames.</entry>
123 </row>
124 <row>
125 <entry>__u32</entry>
126 <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[9]</entry>
127 <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must
128 set the array to zero.</entry>
129 </row>
130 </tbody>
131 </tgroup>
132 </table>
133 </refsect1>
134
135 <refsect1>
136 &return-value;
137
138 <variablelist>
139 <varlistentry>
140 <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
141 <listitem>
142 <para>The &v4l2-subdev-frame-interval-enum;
143 <structfield>pad</structfield> references a non-existing pad, one of
144 the <structfield>code</structfield>, <structfield>width</structfield>
145 or <structfield>height</structfield> fields are invalid for the given
146 pad or the <structfield>index</structfield> field is out of bounds.
147 </para>
148 </listitem>
149 </varlistentry>
150 </variablelist>
151 </refsect1>
152</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-size.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-size.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..79ce42b7c60c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-size.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
1<refentry id="vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-size">
2 <refmeta>
3 <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_SIZE</refentrytitle>
4 &manvol;
5 </refmeta>
6
7 <refnamediv>
8 <refname>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_SIZE</refname>
9 <refpurpose>Enumerate media bus frame sizes</refpurpose>
10 </refnamediv>
11
12 <refsynopsisdiv>
13 <funcsynopsis>
14 <funcprototype>
15 <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
16 <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
17 <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
18 <paramdef>struct v4l2_subdev_frame_size_enum *
19 <parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
20 </funcprototype>
21 </funcsynopsis>
22 </refsynopsisdiv>
23
24 <refsect1>
25 <title>Arguments</title>
26
27 <variablelist>
28 <varlistentry>
29 <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
30 <listitem>
31 <para>&fd;</para>
32 </listitem>
33 </varlistentry>
34 <varlistentry>
35 <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
36 <listitem>
37 <para>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_SIZE</para>
38 </listitem>
39 </varlistentry>
40 <varlistentry>
41 <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
42 <listitem>
43 <para></para>
44 </listitem>
45 </varlistentry>
46 </variablelist>
47 </refsect1>
48
49 <refsect1>
50 <title>Description</title>
51
52 <note>
53 <title>Experimental</title>
54 <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental">experimental</link>
55 interface and may change in the future.</para>
56 </note>
57
58 <para>This ioctl allows applications to enumerate all frame sizes
59 supported by a sub-device on the given pad for the given media bus format.
60 Supported formats can be retrieved with the &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-ENUM-MBUS-CODE;
61 ioctl.</para>
62
63 <para>To enumerate frame sizes applications initialize the
64 <structfield>pad</structfield>, <structfield>code</structfield> and
65 <structfield>index</structfield> fields of the
66 &v4l2-subdev-mbus-code-enum; and call the
67 <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_SIZE</constant> ioctl with a pointer to
68 the structure. Drivers fill the minimum and maximum frame sizes or return
69 an &EINVAL; if one of the input parameters is invalid.</para>
70
71 <para>Sub-devices that only support discrete frame sizes (such as most
72 sensors) will return one or more frame sizes with identical minimum and
73 maximum values.</para>
74
75 <para>Not all possible sizes in given [minimum, maximum] ranges need to be
76 supported. For instance, a scaler that uses a fixed-point scaling ratio
77 might not be able to produce every frame size between the minimum and
78 maximum values. Applications must use the &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-S-FMT; ioctl to
79 try the sub-device for an exact supported frame size.</para>
80
81 <para>Available frame sizes may depend on the current 'try' formats at other
82 pads of the sub-device, as well as on the current active links and the
83 current values of V4L2 controls. See &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-G-FMT; for more
84 information about try formats.</para>
85
86 <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-subdev-frame-size-enum">
87 <title>struct <structname>v4l2_subdev_frame_size_enum</structname></title>
88 <tgroup cols="3">
89 &cs-str;
90 <tbody valign="top">
91 <row>
92 <entry>__u32</entry>
93 <entry><structfield>index</structfield></entry>
94 <entry>Number of the format in the enumeration, set by the
95 application.</entry>
96 </row>
97 <row>
98 <entry>__u32</entry>
99 <entry><structfield>pad</structfield></entry>
100 <entry>Pad number as reported by the media controller API.</entry>
101 </row>
102 <row>
103 <entry>__u32</entry>
104 <entry><structfield>code</structfield></entry>
105 <entry>The media bus format code, as defined in
106 <xref linkend="v4l2-mbus-format" />.</entry>
107 </row>
108 <row>
109 <entry>__u32</entry>
110 <entry><structfield>min_width</structfield></entry>
111 <entry>Minimum frame width, in pixels.</entry>
112 </row>
113 <row>
114 <entry>__u32</entry>
115 <entry><structfield>max_width</structfield></entry>
116 <entry>Maximum frame width, in pixels.</entry>
117 </row>
118 <row>
119 <entry>__u32</entry>
120 <entry><structfield>min_height</structfield></entry>
121 <entry>Minimum frame height, in pixels.</entry>
122 </row>
123 <row>
124 <entry>__u32</entry>
125 <entry><structfield>max_height</structfield></entry>
126 <entry>Maximum frame height, in pixels.</entry>
127 </row>
128 <row>
129 <entry>__u32</entry>
130 <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[9]</entry>
131 <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must
132 set the array to zero.</entry>
133 </row>
134 </tbody>
135 </tgroup>
136 </table>
137 </refsect1>
138
139 <refsect1>
140 &return-value;
141
142 <variablelist>
143 <varlistentry>
144 <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
145 <listitem>
146 <para>The &v4l2-subdev-frame-size-enum; <structfield>pad</structfield>
147 references a non-existing pad, the <structfield>code</structfield> is
148 invalid for the given pad or the <structfield>index</structfield>
149 field is out of bounds.</para>
150 </listitem>
151 </varlistentry>
152 </variablelist>
153 </refsect1>
154</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-mbus-code.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-mbus-code.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a6b3432449f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-mbus-code.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
1<refentry id="vidioc-subdev-enum-mbus-code">
2 <refmeta>
3 <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_MBUS_CODE</refentrytitle>
4 &manvol;
5 </refmeta>
6
7 <refnamediv>
8 <refname>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_MBUS_CODE</refname>
9 <refpurpose>Enumerate media bus formats</refpurpose>
10 </refnamediv>
11
12 <refsynopsisdiv>
13 <funcsynopsis>
14 <funcprototype>
15 <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
16 <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
17 <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
18 <paramdef>struct v4l2_subdev_mbus_code_enum *
19 <parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
20 </funcprototype>
21 </funcsynopsis>
22 </refsynopsisdiv>
23
24 <refsect1>
25 <title>Arguments</title>
26
27 <variablelist>
28 <varlistentry>
29 <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
30 <listitem>
31 <para>&fd;</para>
32 </listitem>
33 </varlistentry>
34 <varlistentry>
35 <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
36 <listitem>
37 <para>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_MBUS_CODE</para>
38 </listitem>
39 </varlistentry>
40 <varlistentry>
41 <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
42 <listitem>
43 <para></para>
44 </listitem>
45 </varlistentry>
46 </variablelist>
47 </refsect1>
48
49 <refsect1>
50 <title>Description</title>
51
52 <note>
53 <title>Experimental</title>
54 <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental">experimental</link>
55 interface and may change in the future.</para>
56 </note>
57
58 <para>To enumerate media bus formats available at a given sub-device pad
59 applications initialize the <structfield>pad</structfield> and
60 <structfield>index</structfield> fields of &v4l2-subdev-mbus-code-enum; and
61 call the <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_MBUS_CODE</constant> ioctl with a
62 pointer to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return
63 an &EINVAL; if either the <structfield>pad</structfield> or
64 <structfield>index</structfield> are invalid. All media bus formats are
65 enumerable by beginning at index zero and incrementing by one until
66 <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode> is returned.</para>
67
68 <para>Available media bus formats may depend on the current 'try' formats
69 at other pads of the sub-device, as well as on the current active links. See
70 &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-G-FMT; for more information about the try formats.</para>
71
72 <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-subdev-mbus-code-enum">
73 <title>struct <structname>v4l2_subdev_mbus_code_enum</structname></title>
74 <tgroup cols="3">
75 &cs-str;
76 <tbody valign="top">
77 <row>
78 <entry>__u32</entry>
79 <entry><structfield>pad</structfield></entry>
80 <entry>Pad number as reported by the media controller API.</entry>
81 </row>
82 <row>
83 <entry>__u32</entry>
84 <entry><structfield>index</structfield></entry>
85 <entry>Number of the format in the enumeration, set by the
86 application.</entry>
87 </row>
88 <row>
89 <entry>__u32</entry>
90 <entry><structfield>code</structfield></entry>
91 <entry>The media bus format code, as defined in
92 <xref linkend="v4l2-mbus-format" />.</entry>
93 </row>
94 <row>
95 <entry>__u32</entry>
96 <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[9]</entry>
97 <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must
98 set the array to zero.</entry>
99 </row>
100 </tbody>
101 </tgroup>
102 </table>
103 </refsect1>
104
105 <refsect1>
106 &return-value;
107
108 <variablelist>
109 <varlistentry>
110 <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
111 <listitem>
112 <para>The &v4l2-subdev-mbus-code-enum; <structfield>pad</structfield>
113 references a non-existing pad, or the <structfield>index</structfield>
114 field is out of bounds.</para>
115 </listitem>
116 </varlistentry>
117 </variablelist>
118 </refsect1>
119</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-crop.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-crop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..06197323a8cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-crop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
1<refentry id="vidioc-subdev-g-crop">
2 <refmeta>
3 <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_CROP, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_CROP</refentrytitle>
4 &manvol;
5 </refmeta>
6
7 <refnamediv>
8 <refname>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_CROP</refname>
9 <refname>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_CROP</refname>
10 <refpurpose>Get or set the crop rectangle on a subdev pad</refpurpose>
11 </refnamediv>
12
13 <refsynopsisdiv>
14 <funcsynopsis>
15 <funcprototype>
16 <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
17 <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
18 <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
19 <paramdef>struct v4l2_subdev_crop *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
20 </funcprototype>
21 </funcsynopsis>
22 <funcsynopsis>
23 <funcprototype>
24 <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
25 <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
26 <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
27 <paramdef>const struct v4l2_subdev_crop *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
28 </funcprototype>
29 </funcsynopsis>
30 </refsynopsisdiv>
31
32 <refsect1>
33 <title>Arguments</title>
34
35 <variablelist>
36 <varlistentry>
37 <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
38 <listitem>
39 <para>&fd;</para>
40 </listitem>
41 </varlistentry>
42 <varlistentry>
43 <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
44 <listitem>
45 <para>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_CROP, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_CROP</para>
46 </listitem>
47 </varlistentry>
48 <varlistentry>
49 <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
50 <listitem>
51 <para></para>
52 </listitem>
53 </varlistentry>
54 </variablelist>
55 </refsect1>
56
57 <refsect1>
58 <title>Description</title>
59
60 <note>
61 <title>Experimental</title>
62 <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental">experimental</link>
63 interface and may change in the future.</para>
64 </note>
65
66 <para>To retrieve the current crop rectangle applications set the
67 <structfield>pad</structfield> field of a &v4l2-subdev-crop; to the
68 desired pad number as reported by the media API and the
69 <structfield>which</structfield> field to
70 <constant>V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_ACTIVE</constant>. They then call the
71 <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_CROP</constant> ioctl with a pointer to this
72 structure. The driver fills the members of the <structfield>rect</structfield>
73 field or returns &EINVAL; if the input arguments are invalid, or if cropping
74 is not supported on the given pad.</para>
75
76 <para>To change the current crop rectangle applications set both the
77 <structfield>pad</structfield> and <structfield>which</structfield> fields
78 and all members of the <structfield>rect</structfield> field. They then call
79 the <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_CROP</constant> ioctl with a pointer to this
80 structure. The driver verifies the requested crop rectangle, adjusts it
81 based on the hardware capabilities and configures the device. Upon return
82 the &v4l2-subdev-crop; contains the current format as would be returned
83 by a <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_CROP</constant> call.</para>
84
85 <para>Applications can query the device capabilities by setting the
86 <structfield>which</structfield> to
87 <constant>V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_TRY</constant>. When set, 'try' crop
88 rectangles are not applied to the device by the driver, but are mangled
89 exactly as active crop rectangles and stored in the sub-device file handle.
90 Two applications querying the same sub-device would thus not interact with
91 each other.</para>
92
93 <para>Drivers must not return an error solely because the requested crop
94 rectangle doesn't match the device capabilities. They must instead modify
95 the rectangle to match what the hardware can provide. The modified format
96 should be as close as possible to the original request.</para>
97
98 <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-subdev-crop">
99 <title>struct <structname>v4l2_subdev_crop</structname></title>
100 <tgroup cols="3">
101 &cs-str;
102 <tbody valign="top">
103 <row>
104 <entry>__u32</entry>
105 <entry><structfield>pad</structfield></entry>
106 <entry>Pad number as reported by the media framework.</entry>
107 </row>
108 <row>
109 <entry>__u32</entry>
110 <entry><structfield>which</structfield></entry>
111 <entry>Crop rectangle to get or set, from
112 &v4l2-subdev-format-whence;.</entry>
113 </row>
114 <row>
115 <entry>&v4l2-rect;</entry>
116 <entry><structfield>rect</structfield></entry>
117 <entry>Crop rectangle boundaries, in pixels.</entry>
118 </row>
119 <row>
120 <entry>__u32</entry>
121 <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[8]</entry>
122 <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must
123 set the array to zero.</entry>
124 </row>
125 </tbody>
126 </tgroup>
127 </table>
128 </refsect1>
129
130 <refsect1>
131 &return-value;
132
133 <variablelist>
134 <varlistentry>
135 <term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
136 <listitem>
137 <para>The crop rectangle can't be changed because the pad is currently
138 busy. This can be caused, for instance, by an active video stream on
139 the pad. The ioctl must not be retried without performing another
140 action to fix the problem first. Only returned by
141 <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_CROP</constant></para>
142 </listitem>
143 </varlistentry>
144 <varlistentry>
145 <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
146 <listitem>
147 <para>The &v4l2-subdev-crop; <structfield>pad</structfield>
148 references a non-existing pad, the <structfield>which</structfield>
149 field references a non-existing format, or cropping is not supported
150 on the given subdev pad.</para>
151 </listitem>
152 </varlistentry>
153 </variablelist>
154 </refsect1>
155</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-fmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-fmt.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f367c570c530
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-fmt.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
1<refentry id="vidioc-subdev-g-fmt">
2 <refmeta>
3 <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FMT, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FMT</refentrytitle>
4 &manvol;
5 </refmeta>
6
7 <refnamediv>
8 <refname>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FMT</refname>
9 <refname>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FMT</refname>
10 <refpurpose>Get or set the data format on a subdev pad</refpurpose>
11 </refnamediv>
12
13 <refsynopsisdiv>
14 <funcsynopsis>
15 <funcprototype>
16 <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
17 <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
18 <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
19 <paramdef>struct v4l2_subdev_format *<parameter>argp</parameter>
20 </paramdef>
21 </funcprototype>
22 </funcsynopsis>
23 </refsynopsisdiv>
24
25 <refsect1>
26 <title>Arguments</title>
27
28 <variablelist>
29 <varlistentry>
30 <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
31 <listitem>
32 <para>&fd;</para>
33 </listitem>
34 </varlistentry>
35 <varlistentry>
36 <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
37 <listitem>
38 <para>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FMT, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FMT</para>
39 </listitem>
40 </varlistentry>
41 <varlistentry>
42 <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
43 <listitem>
44 <para></para>
45 </listitem>
46 </varlistentry>
47 </variablelist>
48 </refsect1>
49
50 <refsect1>
51 <title>Description</title>
52
53 <note>
54 <title>Experimental</title>
55 <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental">experimental</link>
56 interface and may change in the future.</para>
57 </note>
58
59 <para>These ioctls are used to negotiate the frame format at specific
60 subdev pads in the image pipeline.</para>
61
62 <para>To retrieve the current format applications set the
63 <structfield>pad</structfield> field of a &v4l2-subdev-format; to the
64 desired pad number as reported by the media API and the
65 <structfield>which</structfield> field to
66 <constant>V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_ACTIVE</constant>. When they call the
67 <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FMT</constant> ioctl with a pointer to this
68 structure the driver fills the members of the <structfield>format</structfield>
69 field.</para>
70
71 <para>To change the current format applications set both the
72 <structfield>pad</structfield> and <structfield>which</structfield> fields
73 and all members of the <structfield>format</structfield> field. When they
74 call the <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FMT</constant> ioctl with a pointer to this
75 structure the driver verifies the requested format, adjusts it based on the
76 hardware capabilities and configures the device. Upon return the
77 &v4l2-subdev-format; contains the current format as would be returned by a
78 <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FMT</constant> call.</para>
79
80 <para>Applications can query the device capabilities by setting the
81 <structfield>which</structfield> to
82 <constant>V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_TRY</constant>. When set, 'try' formats are not
83 applied to the device by the driver, but are changed exactly as active
84 formats and stored in the sub-device file handle. Two applications querying
85 the same sub-device would thus not interact with each other.</para>
86
87 <para>For instance, to try a format at the output pad of a sub-device,
88 applications would first set the try format at the sub-device input with the
89 <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FMT</constant> ioctl. They would then either
90 retrieve the default format at the output pad with the
91 <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FMT</constant> ioctl, or set the desired output
92 pad format with the <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FMT</constant> ioctl and check
93 the returned value.</para>
94
95 <para>Try formats do not depend on active formats, but can depend on the
96 current links configuration or sub-device controls value. For instance, a
97 low-pass noise filter might crop pixels at the frame boundaries, modifying
98 its output frame size.</para>
99
100 <para>Drivers must not return an error solely because the requested format
101 doesn't match the device capabilities. They must instead modify the format
102 to match what the hardware can provide. The modified format should be as
103 close as possible to the original request.</para>
104
105 <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-subdev-format">
106 <title>struct <structname>v4l2_subdev_format</structname></title>
107 <tgroup cols="3">
108 &cs-str;
109 <tbody valign="top">
110 <row>
111 <entry>__u32</entry>
112 <entry><structfield>pad</structfield></entry>
113 <entry>Pad number as reported by the media controller API.</entry>
114 </row>
115 <row>
116 <entry>__u32</entry>
117 <entry><structfield>which</structfield></entry>
118 <entry>Format to modified, from &v4l2-subdev-format-whence;.</entry>
119 </row>
120 <row>
121 <entry>&v4l2-mbus-framefmt;</entry>
122 <entry><structfield>format</structfield></entry>
123 <entry>Definition of an image format, see <xref
124 linkend="v4l2-mbus-framefmt" /> for details.</entry>
125 </row>
126 <row>
127 <entry>__u32</entry>
128 <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[8]</entry>
129 <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must
130 set the array to zero.</entry>
131 </row>
132 </tbody>
133 </tgroup>
134 </table>
135
136 <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-subdev-format-whence">
137 <title>enum <structname>v4l2_subdev_format_whence</structname></title>
138 <tgroup cols="3">
139 &cs-def;
140 <tbody valign="top">
141 <row>
142 <entry>V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_TRY</entry>
143 <entry>0</entry>
144 <entry>Try formats, used for querying device capabilities.</entry>
145 </row>
146 <row>
147 <entry>V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_ACTIVE</entry>
148 <entry>1</entry>
149 <entry>Active formats, applied to the hardware.</entry>
150 </row>
151 </tbody>
152 </tgroup>
153 </table>
154 </refsect1>
155
156 <refsect1>
157 &return-value;
158
159 <variablelist>
160 <varlistentry>
161 <term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
162 <listitem>
163 <para>The format can't be changed because the pad is currently busy.
164 This can be caused, for instance, by an active video stream on the
165 pad. The ioctl must not be retried without performing another action
166 to fix the problem first. Only returned by
167 <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FMT</constant></para>
168 </listitem>
169 </varlistentry>
170 <varlistentry>
171 <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
172 <listitem>
173 <para>The &v4l2-subdev-format; <structfield>pad</structfield>
174 references a non-existing pad, or the <structfield>which</structfield>
175 field references a non-existing format.</para>
176 </listitem>
177 </varlistentry>
178 </variablelist>
179 </refsect1>
180</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-frame-interval.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-frame-interval.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0bc3ea22d31f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-frame-interval.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
1<refentry id="vidioc-subdev-g-frame-interval">
2 <refmeta>
3 <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FRAME_INTERVAL, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FRAME_INTERVAL</refentrytitle>
4 &manvol;
5 </refmeta>
6
7 <refnamediv>
8 <refname>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FRAME_INTERVAL</refname>
9 <refname>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FRAME_INTERVAL</refname>
10 <refpurpose>Get or set the frame interval on a subdev pad</refpurpose>
11 </refnamediv>
12
13 <refsynopsisdiv>
14 <funcsynopsis>
15 <funcprototype>
16 <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
17 <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
18 <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
19 <paramdef>struct v4l2_subdev_frame_interval *<parameter>argp</parameter>
20 </paramdef>
21 </funcprototype>
22 </funcsynopsis>
23 </refsynopsisdiv>
24
25 <refsect1>
26 <title>Arguments</title>
27
28 <variablelist>
29 <varlistentry>
30 <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
31 <listitem>
32 <para>&fd;</para>
33 </listitem>
34 </varlistentry>
35 <varlistentry>
36 <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
37 <listitem>
38 <para>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FRAME_INTERVAL, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FRAME_INTERVAL</para>
39 </listitem>
40 </varlistentry>
41 <varlistentry>
42 <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
43 <listitem>
44 <para></para>
45 </listitem>
46 </varlistentry>
47 </variablelist>
48 </refsect1>
49
50 <refsect1>
51 <title>Description</title>
52
53 <note>
54 <title>Experimental</title>
55 <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental">experimental</link>
56 interface and may change in the future.</para>
57 </note>
58
59 <para>These ioctls are used to get and set the frame interval at specific
60 subdev pads in the image pipeline. The frame interval only makes sense for
61 sub-devices that can control the frame period on their own. This includes,
62 for instance, image sensors and TV tuners. Sub-devices that don't support
63 frame intervals must not implement these ioctls.</para>
64
65 <para>To retrieve the current frame interval applications set the
66 <structfield>pad</structfield> field of a &v4l2-subdev-frame-interval; to
67 the desired pad number as reported by the media controller API. When they
68 call the <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FRAME_INTERVAL</constant> ioctl with a
69 pointer to this structure the driver fills the members of the
70 <structfield>interval</structfield> field.</para>
71
72 <para>To change the current frame interval applications set both the
73 <structfield>pad</structfield> field and all members of the
74 <structfield>interval</structfield> field. When they call the
75 <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FRAME_INTERVAL</constant> ioctl with a pointer to
76 this structure the driver verifies the requested interval, adjusts it based
77 on the hardware capabilities and configures the device. Upon return the
78 &v4l2-subdev-frame-interval; contains the current frame interval as would be
79 returned by a <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FRAME_INTERVAL</constant> call.
80 </para>
81
82 <para>Drivers must not return an error solely because the requested interval
83 doesn't match the device capabilities. They must instead modify the interval
84 to match what the hardware can provide. The modified interval should be as
85 close as possible to the original request.</para>
86
87 <para>Sub-devices that support the frame interval ioctls should implement
88 them on a single pad only. Their behaviour when supported on multiple pads
89 of the same sub-device is not defined.</para>
90
91 <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-subdev-frame-interval">
92 <title>struct <structname>v4l2_subdev_frame_interval</structname></title>
93 <tgroup cols="3">
94 &cs-str;
95 <tbody valign="top">
96 <row>
97 <entry>__u32</entry>
98 <entry><structfield>pad</structfield></entry>
99 <entry>Pad number as reported by the media controller API.</entry>
100 </row>
101 <row>
102 <entry>&v4l2-fract;</entry>
103 <entry><structfield>interval</structfield></entry>
104 <entry>Period, in seconds, between consecutive video frames.</entry>
105 </row>
106 <row>
107 <entry>__u32</entry>
108 <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[9]</entry>
109 <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must
110 set the array to zero.</entry>
111 </row>
112 </tbody>
113 </tgroup>
114 </table>
115 </refsect1>
116
117 <refsect1>
118 &return-value;
119
120 <variablelist>
121 <varlistentry>
122 <term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
123 <listitem>
124 <para>The frame interval can't be changed because the pad is currently
125 busy. This can be caused, for instance, by an active video stream on
126 the pad. The ioctl must not be retried without performing another
127 action to fix the problem first. Only returned by
128 <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FRAME_INTERVAL</constant></para>
129 </listitem>
130 </varlistentry>
131 <varlistentry>
132 <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
133 <listitem>
134 <para>The &v4l2-subdev-frame-interval; <structfield>pad</structfield>
135 references a non-existing pad, or the pad doesn't support frame
136 intervals.</para>
137 </listitem>
138 </varlistentry>
139 </variablelist>
140 </refsect1>
141</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl
index 0ba149de2608..58ced2346e67 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl
@@ -4784,7 +4784,7 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
4784 FM registers can be directly accessed through the direct-FM API, 4784 FM registers can be directly accessed through the direct-FM API,
4785 defined in <filename>&lt;sound/asound_fm.h&gt;</filename>. In 4785 defined in <filename>&lt;sound/asound_fm.h&gt;</filename>. In
4786 ALSA native mode, FM registers are accessed through 4786 ALSA native mode, FM registers are accessed through
4787 the Hardware-Dependant Device direct-FM extension API, whereas in 4787 the Hardware-Dependent Device direct-FM extension API, whereas in
4788 OSS compatible mode, FM registers can be accessed with the OSS 4788 OSS compatible mode, FM registers can be accessed with the OSS
4789 direct-FM compatible API in <filename>/dev/dmfmX</filename> device. 4789 direct-FM compatible API in <filename>/dev/dmfmX</filename> device.
4790 </para> 4790 </para>
diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt
index dcf7acc720e1..3f5e0b09bed5 100644
--- a/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt
+++ b/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt
@@ -253,8 +253,8 @@ In constrast, MSI is restricted to a maximum of 32 interrupts (and
253must be a power of two). In addition, the MSI interrupt vectors must 253must be a power of two). In addition, the MSI interrupt vectors must
254be allocated consecutively, so the system may not be able to allocate 254be allocated consecutively, so the system may not be able to allocate
255as many vectors for MSI as it could for MSI-X. On some platforms, MSI 255as many vectors for MSI as it could for MSI-X. On some platforms, MSI
256interrupts must all be targetted at the same set of CPUs whereas MSI-X 256interrupts must all be targeted at the same set of CPUs whereas MSI-X
257interrupts can all be targetted at different CPUs. 257interrupts can all be targeted at different CPUs.
258 258
2594.5.2 Spinlocks 2594.5.2 Spinlocks
260 260
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt b/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt
index cfaac34c4557..6ef692667e2f 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt
@@ -849,6 +849,37 @@ All: lockdep-checked RCU-protected pointer access
849See the comment headers in the source code (or the docbook generated 849See the comment headers in the source code (or the docbook generated
850from them) for more information. 850from them) for more information.
851 851
852However, given that there are no fewer than four families of RCU APIs
853in the Linux kernel, how do you choose which one to use? The following
854list can be helpful:
855
856a. Will readers need to block? If so, you need SRCU.
857
858b. What about the -rt patchset? If readers would need to block
859 in an non-rt kernel, you need SRCU. If readers would block
860 in a -rt kernel, but not in a non-rt kernel, SRCU is not
861 necessary.
862
863c. Do you need to treat NMI handlers, hardirq handlers,
864 and code segments with preemption disabled (whether
865 via preempt_disable(), local_irq_save(), local_bh_disable(),
866 or some other mechanism) as if they were explicit RCU readers?
867 If so, you need RCU-sched.
868
869d. Do you need RCU grace periods to complete even in the face
870 of softirq monopolization of one or more of the CPUs? For
871 example, is your code subject to network-based denial-of-service
872 attacks? If so, you need RCU-bh.
873
874e. Is your workload too update-intensive for normal use of
875 RCU, but inappropriate for other synchronization mechanisms?
876 If so, consider SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU. But please be careful!
877
878f. Otherwise, use RCU.
879
880Of course, this all assumes that you have determined that RCU is in fact
881the right tool for your job.
882
852 883
8538. ANSWERS TO QUICK QUIZZES 8848. ANSWERS TO QUICK QUIZZES
854 885
diff --git a/Documentation/SecurityBugs b/Documentation/SecurityBugs
index 26c3b3635d9f..a660d494c8ed 100644
--- a/Documentation/SecurityBugs
+++ b/Documentation/SecurityBugs
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ expect these delays to be short, measurable in days, not weeks or months.
28A disclosure date is negotiated by the security team working with the 28A disclosure date is negotiated by the security team working with the
29bug submitter as well as vendors. However, the kernel security team 29bug submitter as well as vendors. However, the kernel security team
30holds the final say when setting a disclosure date. The timeframe for 30holds the final say when setting a disclosure date. The timeframe for
31disclosure is from immediate (esp. if it's already publically known) 31disclosure is from immediate (esp. if it's already publicly known)
32to a few weeks. As a basic default policy, we expect report date to 32to a few weeks. As a basic default policy, we expect report date to
33disclosure date to be on the order of 7 days. 33disclosure date to be on the order of 7 days.
34 34
diff --git a/Documentation/SubmittingDrivers b/Documentation/SubmittingDrivers
index 38d2aab59cac..319baa8b60dd 100644
--- a/Documentation/SubmittingDrivers
+++ b/Documentation/SubmittingDrivers
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ PM support: Since Linux is used on many portable and desktop systems, your
101 complete overview of the power management issues related to 101 complete overview of the power management issues related to
102 drivers see Documentation/power/devices.txt . 102 drivers see Documentation/power/devices.txt .
103 103
104Control: In general if there is active maintainance of a driver by 104Control: In general if there is active maintenance of a driver by
105 the author then patches will be redirected to them unless 105 the author then patches will be redirected to them unless
106 they are totally obvious and without need of checking. 106 they are totally obvious and without need of checking.
107 If you want to be the contact and update point for the 107 If you want to be the contact and update point for the
diff --git a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches
index 689e2371095c..e439cd0d3375 100644
--- a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches
+++ b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches
@@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ Linus Torvalds's mail on the canonical patch format:
729 <http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/4/7/183> 729 <http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/4/7/183>
730 730
731Andi Kleen, "On submitting kernel patches" 731Andi Kleen, "On submitting kernel patches"
732 Some strategies to get difficult or controversal changes in. 732 Some strategies to get difficult or controversial changes in.
733 http://halobates.de/on-submitting-patches.pdf 733 http://halobates.de/on-submitting-patches.pdf
734 734
735-- 735--
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/apei/output_format.txt b/Documentation/acpi/apei/output_format.txt
index 9146952c612a..0c49c197c47a 100644
--- a/Documentation/acpi/apei/output_format.txt
+++ b/Documentation/acpi/apei/output_format.txt
@@ -92,6 +92,11 @@ vendor_id: <integer>, device_id: <integer>
92class_code: <integer>] 92class_code: <integer>]
93[serial number: <integer>, <integer>] 93[serial number: <integer>, <integer>]
94[bridge: secondary_status: <integer>, control: <integer>] 94[bridge: secondary_status: <integer>, control: <integer>]
95[aer_status: <integer>, aer_mask: <integer>
96<aer status string>
97[aer_uncor_severity: <integer>]
98aer_layer=<aer layer string>, aer_agent=<aer agent string>
99aer_tlp_header: <integer> <integer> <integer> <integer>]
95 100
96<pcie port type string>* := PCIe end point | legacy PCI end point | \ 101<pcie port type string>* := PCIe end point | legacy PCI end point | \
97unknown | unknown | root port | upstream switch port | \ 102unknown | unknown | root port | upstream switch port | \
@@ -99,6 +104,26 @@ downstream switch port | PCIe to PCI/PCI-X bridge | \
99PCI/PCI-X to PCIe bridge | root complex integrated endpoint device | \ 104PCI/PCI-X to PCIe bridge | root complex integrated endpoint device | \
100root complex event collector 105root complex event collector
101 106
107if section severity is fatal or recoverable
108<aer status string># :=
109unknown | unknown | unknown | unknown | Data Link Protocol | \
110unknown | unknown | unknown | unknown | unknown | unknown | unknown | \
111Poisoned TLP | Flow Control Protocol | Completion Timeout | \
112Completer Abort | Unexpected Completion | Receiver Overflow | \
113Malformed TLP | ECRC | Unsupported Request
114else
115<aer status string># :=
116Receiver Error | unknown | unknown | unknown | unknown | unknown | \
117Bad TLP | Bad DLLP | RELAY_NUM Rollover | unknown | unknown | unknown | \
118Replay Timer Timeout | Advisory Non-Fatal
119fi
120
121<aer layer string> :=
122Physical Layer | Data Link Layer | Transaction Layer
123
124<aer agent string> :=
125Receiver ID | Requester ID | Completer ID | Transmitter ID
126
102Where, [] designate corresponding content is optional 127Where, [] designate corresponding content is optional
103 128
104All <field string> description with * has the following format: 129All <field string> description with * has the following format:
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/IXP4xx b/Documentation/arm/IXP4xx
index 133c5fa6c7a1..7b9351f2f555 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/IXP4xx
+++ b/Documentation/arm/IXP4xx
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Linux currently supports the following features on the IXP4xx chips:
36- Timers (watchdog, OS) 36- Timers (watchdog, OS)
37 37
38The following components of the chips are not supported by Linux and 38The following components of the chips are not supported by Linux and
39require the use of Intel's propietary CSR softare: 39require the use of Intel's proprietary CSR softare:
40 40
41- USB device interface 41- USB device interface
42- Network interfaces (HSS, Utopia, NPEs, etc) 42- Network interfaces (HSS, Utopia, NPEs, etc)
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ software from:
47 47
48 http://developer.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixp425.htm 48 http://developer.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixp425.htm
49 49
50DO NOT POST QUESTIONS TO THE LINUX MAILING LISTS REGARDING THE PROPIETARY 50DO NOT POST QUESTIONS TO THE LINUX MAILING LISTS REGARDING THE PROPRIETARY
51SOFTWARE. 51SOFTWARE.
52 52
53There are several websites that provide directions/pointers on using 53There are several websites that provide directions/pointers on using
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/Makefile b/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8771d832cf8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
1BIN := vrl4
2
3.PHONY: all
4all: $(BIN)
5
6.PHONY: clean
7clean:
8 rm -f *.o $(BIN)
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/vrl4.c b/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/vrl4.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e8a191358ad2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/vrl4.c
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
1/*
2 * vrl4 format generator
3 *
4 * Copyright (C) 2010 Simon Horman
5 *
6 * This file is subject to the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public
7 * License. See the file "COPYING" in the main directory of this archive
8 * for more details.
9 */
10
11/*
12 * usage: vrl4 < zImage > out
13 * dd if=out of=/dev/sdx bs=512 seek=1 # Write the image to sector 1
14 *
15 * Reads a zImage from stdin and writes a vrl4 image to stdout.
16 * In practice this means writing a padded vrl4 header to stdout followed
17 * by the zImage.
18 *
19 * The padding places the zImage at ALIGN bytes into the output.
20 * The vrl4 uses ALIGN + START_BASE as the start_address.
21 * This is where the mask ROM will jump to after verifying the header.
22 *
23 * The header sets copy_size to min(sizeof(zImage), MAX_BOOT_PROG_LEN) + ALIGN.
24 * That is, the mask ROM will load the padded header (ALIGN bytes)
25 * And then MAX_BOOT_PROG_LEN bytes of the image, or the entire image,
26 * whichever is smaller.
27 *
28 * The zImage is not modified in any way.
29 */
30
31#define _BSD_SOURCE
32#include <endian.h>
33#include <unistd.h>
34#include <stdint.h>
35#include <stdio.h>
36#include <errno.h>
37
38struct hdr {
39 uint32_t magic1;
40 uint32_t reserved1;
41 uint32_t magic2;
42 uint32_t reserved2;
43 uint16_t copy_size;
44 uint16_t boot_options;
45 uint32_t reserved3;
46 uint32_t start_address;
47 uint32_t reserved4;
48 uint32_t reserved5;
49 char reserved6[308];
50};
51
52#define DECLARE_HDR(h) \
53 struct hdr (h) = { \
54 .magic1 = htole32(0xea000000), \
55 .reserved1 = htole32(0x56), \
56 .magic2 = htole32(0xe59ff008), \
57 .reserved3 = htole16(0x1) }
58
59/* Align to 512 bytes, the MMCIF sector size */
60#define ALIGN_BITS 9
61#define ALIGN (1 << ALIGN_BITS)
62
63#define START_BASE 0xe55b0000
64
65/*
66 * With an alignment of 512 the header uses the first sector.
67 * There is a 128 sector (64kbyte) limit on the data loaded by the mask ROM.
68 * So there are 127 sectors left for the boot programme. But in practice
69 * Only a small portion of a zImage is needed, 16 sectors should be more
70 * than enough.
71 *
72 * Note that this sets how much of the zImage is copied by the mask ROM.
73 * The entire zImage is present after the header and is loaded
74 * by the code in the boot program (which is the first portion of the zImage).
75 */
76#define MAX_BOOT_PROG_LEN (16 * 512)
77
78#define ROUND_UP(x) ((x + ALIGN - 1) & ~(ALIGN - 1))
79
80ssize_t do_read(int fd, void *buf, size_t count)
81{
82 size_t offset = 0;
83 ssize_t l;
84
85 while (offset < count) {
86 l = read(fd, buf + offset, count - offset);
87 if (!l)
88 break;
89 if (l < 0) {
90 if (errno == EAGAIN || errno == EWOULDBLOCK)
91 continue;
92 perror("read");
93 return -1;
94 }
95 offset += l;
96 }
97
98 return offset;
99}
100
101ssize_t do_write(int fd, const void *buf, size_t count)
102{
103 size_t offset = 0;
104 ssize_t l;
105
106 while (offset < count) {
107 l = write(fd, buf + offset, count - offset);
108 if (l < 0) {
109 if (errno == EAGAIN || errno == EWOULDBLOCK)
110 continue;
111 perror("write");
112 return -1;
113 }
114 offset += l;
115 }
116
117 return offset;
118}
119
120ssize_t write_zero(int fd, size_t len)
121{
122 size_t i = len;
123
124 while (i--) {
125 const char x = 0;
126 if (do_write(fd, &x, 1) < 0)
127 return -1;
128 }
129
130 return len;
131}
132
133int main(void)
134{
135 DECLARE_HDR(hdr);
136 char boot_program[MAX_BOOT_PROG_LEN];
137 size_t aligned_hdr_len, alligned_prog_len;
138 ssize_t prog_len;
139
140 prog_len = do_read(0, boot_program, sizeof(boot_program));
141 if (prog_len <= 0)
142 return -1;
143
144 aligned_hdr_len = ROUND_UP(sizeof(hdr));
145 hdr.start_address = htole32(START_BASE + aligned_hdr_len);
146 alligned_prog_len = ROUND_UP(prog_len);
147 hdr.copy_size = htole16(aligned_hdr_len + alligned_prog_len);
148
149 if (do_write(1, &hdr, sizeof(hdr)) < 0)
150 return -1;
151 if (write_zero(1, aligned_hdr_len - sizeof(hdr)) < 0)
152 return -1;
153
154 if (do_write(1, boot_program, prog_len) < 0)
155 return 1;
156
157 /* Write out the rest of the kernel */
158 while (1) {
159 prog_len = do_read(0, boot_program, sizeof(boot_program));
160 if (prog_len < 0)
161 return 1;
162 if (prog_len == 0)
163 break;
164 if (do_write(1, boot_program, prog_len) < 0)
165 return 1;
166 }
167
168 return 0;
169}
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/zboot-rom-mmcif.txt b/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/zboot-rom-mmcif.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..efff8ae2713d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/zboot-rom-mmcif.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
1ROM-able zImage boot from MMC
2-----------------------------
3
4An ROM-able zImage compiled with ZBOOT_ROM_MMCIF may be written to MMC and
5SuperH Mobile ARM will to boot directly from the MMCIF hardware block.
6
7This is achieved by the mask ROM loading the first portion of the image into
8MERAM and then jumping to it. This portion contains loader code which
9copies the entire image to SDRAM and jumps to it. From there the zImage
10boot code proceeds as normal, uncompressing the image into its final
11location and then jumping to it.
12
13This code has been tested on an AP4EB board using the developer 1A eMMC
14boot mode which is configured using the following jumper settings.
15The board used for testing required a patched mask ROM in order for
16this mode to function.
17
18 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
19 x|x|x|x|x| |x|
20S4 -+-+-+-+-+-+-+-
21 | | | | |x| |x on
22
23The zImage must be written to the MMC card at sector 1 (512 bytes) in
24vrl4 format. A utility vrl4 is supplied to accomplish this.
25
26e.g.
27 vrl4 < zImage | dd of=/dev/sdX bs=512 seek=1
28
29A dual-voltage MMC 4.0 card was used for testing.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Suspend.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Suspend.txt
index 7edd0e2e6c5b..1ca63b3e5635 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Suspend.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Suspend.txt
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Configuration
116 Allows the entire memory to be checksummed before and after the 116 Allows the entire memory to be checksummed before and after the
117 suspend to see if there has been any corruption of the contents. 117 suspend to see if there has been any corruption of the contents.
118 118
119 Note, the time to calculate the CRC is dependant on the CPU speed 119 Note, the time to calculate the CRC is dependent on the CPU speed
120 and the size of memory. For an 64Mbyte RAM area on an 200MHz 120 and the size of memory. For an 64Mbyte RAM area on an 200MHz
121 S3C2410, this can take approximately 4 seconds to complete. 121 S3C2410, this can take approximately 4 seconds to complete.
122 122
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/GPIO.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/GPIO.txt
index 05850c62abeb..513f2562c1a3 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/GPIO.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/GPIO.txt
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Introduction
5------------ 5------------
6 6
7This outlines the Samsung GPIO implementation and the architecture 7This outlines the Samsung GPIO implementation and the architecture
8specfic calls provided alongisde the drivers/gpio core. 8specific calls provided alongisde the drivers/gpio core.
9 9
10 10
11S3C24XX (Legacy) 11S3C24XX (Legacy)
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/ADC-LH7-Touchscreen b/Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/ADC-LH7-Touchscreen
deleted file mode 100644
index dc460f055647..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/ADC-LH7-Touchscreen
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
1README on the ADC/Touchscreen Controller
2========================================
3
4The LH79524 and LH7A404 include a built-in Analog to Digital
5controller (ADC) that is used to process input from a touchscreen.
6The driver only implements a four-wire touch panel protocol.
7
8The touchscreen driver is maintenance free except for the pen-down or
9touch threshold. Some resistive displays and board combinations may
10require tuning of this threshold. The driver exposes some of its
11internal state in the sys filesystem. If the kernel is configured
12with it, CONFIG_SYSFS, and sysfs is mounted at /sys, there will be a
13directory
14
15 /sys/devices/platform/adc-lh7.0
16
17containing these files.
18
19 -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Jan 1 00:00 samples
20 -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Jan 1 00:00 threshold
21 -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Jan 1 00:00 threshold_range
22
23The threshold is the current touch threshold. It defaults to 750 on
24most targets.
25
26 # cat threshold
27 750
28
29The threshold_range contains the range of valid values for the
30threshold. Values outside of this range will be silently ignored.
31
32 # cat threshold_range
33 0 1023
34
35To change the threshold, write a value to the threshold file.
36
37 # echo 500 > threshold
38 # cat threshold
39 500
40
41The samples file contains the most recently sampled values from the
42ADC. There are 12. Below are typical of the last sampled values when
43the pen has been released. The first two and last two samples are for
44detecting whether or not the pen is down. The third through sixth are
45X coordinate samples. The seventh through tenth are Y coordinate
46samples.
47
48 # cat samples
49 1023 1023 0 0 0 0 530 529 530 529 1023 1023
50
51To determine a reasonable threshold, press on the touch panel with an
52appropriate stylus and read the values from samples.
53
54 # cat samples
55 1023 676 92 103 101 102 855 919 922 922 1023 679
56
57The first and eleventh samples are discarded. Thus, the important
58values are the second and twelfth which are used to determine if the
59pen is down. When both are below the threshold, the driver registers
60that the pen is down. When either is above the threshold, it
61registers then pen is up.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/CompactFlash b/Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/CompactFlash
deleted file mode 100644
index 8616d877df9e..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/CompactFlash
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
1README on the Compact Flash for Card Engines
2============================================
3
4There are three challenges in supporting the CF interface of the Card
5Engines. First, every IO operation must be followed with IO to
6another memory region. Second, the slot is wired for one-to-one
7address mapping *and* it is wired for 16 bit access only. Second, the
8interrupt request line from the CF device isn't wired.
9
10The IOBARRIER issue is covered in README.IOBARRIER. This isn't an
11onerous problem. Enough said here.
12
13The addressing issue is solved in the
14arch/arm/mach-lh7a40x/ide-lpd7a40x.c file with some awkward
15work-arounds. We implement a special SELECT_DRIVE routine that is
16called before the IDE driver performs its own SELECT_DRIVE. Our code
17recognizes that the SELECT register cannot be modified without also
18writing a command. It send an IDLE_IMMEDIATE command on selecting a
19drive. The function also prevents drive select to the slave drive
20since there can be only one. The awkward part is that the IDE driver,
21even though we have a select procedure, also attempts to change the
22drive by writing directly the SELECT register. This attempt is
23explicitly blocked by the OUTB function--not pretty, but effective.
24
25The lack of interrupts is a more serious problem. Even though the CF
26card is fast when compared to a normal IDE device, we don't know that
27the CF is really flash. A user could use one of the very small hard
28drives being shipped with a CF interface. The IDE code includes a
29check for interfaces that lack an IRQ. In these cases, submitting a
30command to the IDE controller is followed by a call to poll for
31completion. If the device isn't immediately ready, it schedules a
32timer to poll again later.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/IOBarrier b/Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/IOBarrier
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e953e228f4d..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/IOBarrier
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
1README on the IOBARRIER for CardEngine IO
2=========================================
3
4Due to an unfortunate oversight when the Card Engines were designed,
5the signals that control access to some peripherals, most notably the
6SMC91C9111 ethernet controller, are not properly handled.
7
8The symptom is that some back to back IO with the peripheral returns
9unreliable data. With the SMC chip, you'll see errors about the bank
10register being 'screwed'.
11
12The cause is that the AEN signal to the SMC chip does not transition
13for every memory access. It is driven through the CPLD from the CS7
14line of the CPU's static memory controller which is optimized to
15eliminate unnecessary transitions. Yet, the SMC requires a transition
16for every write access. The Sharp website has more information about
17the effect this power-conserving feature has on peripheral
18interfacing.
19
20The solution is to follow every write access to the SMC chip with an
21access to another memory region that will force the CPU to release the
22chip select line. It is important to guarantee that this access
23forces the CPU off-chip. We map a page of SDRAM as if it were an
24uncacheable IO device and read from it after every SMC IO write
25operation.
26
27 SMC IO
28 BARRIER IO
29
30Only this sequence is important. It does not matter that there is no
31BARRIER IO before the access to the SMC chip because the AEN latch
32only needs occurs after the SMC IO write cycle. The routines that
33implement this work-around make an additional concession which is to
34disable interrupts during the IO sequence. Other hardware devices
35(the LogicPD CPLD) have registers in the same physical memory
36region as the SMC chip. An interrupt might allow an access to one of
37those registers while SMC IO is being performed.
38
39You might be tempted to think that we have to access another device
40attached to the static memory controller, but the empirical evidence
41indicates that this is not so. Mapping 0x00000000 (flash) and
420xc0000000 (SDRAM) appear to have the same effect. Using SDRAM seems
43to be faster. Choosing to access an undecoded memory region is not
44desirable as there is no way to know how that chip select will be used
45in the future.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/KEV7A400 b/Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/KEV7A400
deleted file mode 100644
index be32b14cd535..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/KEV7A400
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
1README on Implementing Linux for Sharp's KEV7a400
2=================================================
3
4This product has been discontinued by Sharp. For the time being, the
5partially implemented code remains in the kernel. At some point in
6the future, either the code will be finished or it will be removed
7completely. This depends primarily on how many of the development
8boards are in the field.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/LCDPanels b/Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/LCDPanels
deleted file mode 100644
index fb1b21c2f2f4..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/LCDPanels
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
1README on the LCD Panels
2========================
3
4Configuration options for several LCD panels, available from Logic PD,
5are included in the kernel source. This README will help you
6understand the configuration data and give you some guidance for
7adding support for other panels if you wish.
8
9
10lcd-panels.h
11------------
12
13There is no way, at present, to detect which panel is attached to the
14system at runtime. Thus the kernel configuration is static. The file
15arch/arm/mach-ld7a40x/lcd-panels.h (or similar) defines all of the
16panel specific parameters.
17
18It should be possible for this data to be shared among several device
19families. The current layout may be insufficiently general, but it is
20amenable to improvement.
21
22
23PIXEL_CLOCK
24-----------
25
26The panel data sheets will give a range of acceptable pixel clocks.
27The fundamental LCDCLK input frequency is divided down by a PCD
28constant in field '.tim2'. It may happen that it is impossible to set
29the pixel clock within this range. A clock which is too slow will
30tend to flicker. For the highest quality image, set the clock as high
31as possible.
32
33
34MARGINS
35-------
36
37These values may be difficult to glean from the panel data sheet. In
38the case of the Sharp panels, the upper margin is explicitly called
39out as a specific number of lines from the top of the frame. The
40other values may not matter as much as the panels tend to
41automatically center the image.
42
43
44Sync Sense
45----------
46
47The sense of the hsync and vsync pulses may be called out in the data
48sheet. On one panel, the sense of these pulses determine the height
49of the visible region on the panel. Most of the Sharp panels use
50negative sense sync pulses set by the TIM2_IHS and TIM2_IVS bits in
51'.tim2'.
52
53
54Pel Layout
55----------
56
57The Sharp color TFT panels are all configured for 16 bit direct color
58modes. The amba-lcd driver sets the pel mode to 565 for 5 bits of
59each red and blue and 6 bits of green.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/LPD7A400 b/Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/LPD7A400
deleted file mode 100644
index 3275b453bfdf..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/LPD7A400
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
1README on Implementing Linux for the Logic PD LPD7A400-10
2=========================================================
3
4- CPLD memory mapping
5
6 The board designers chose to use high address lines for controlling
7 access to the CPLD registers. It turns out to be a big waste
8 because we're using an MMU and must map IO space into virtual
9 memory. The result is that we have to make a mapping for every
10 register.
11
12- Serial Console
13
14 It may be OK not to use the serial console option if the user passes
15 the console device name to the kernel. This deserves some exploration.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/LPD7A40X b/Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/LPD7A40X
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c29a27e208f..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/LPD7A40X
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
1README on Implementing Linux for the Logic PD LPD7A40X-10
2=========================================================
3
4- CPLD memory mapping
5
6 The board designers chose to use high address lines for controlling
7 access to the CPLD registers. It turns out to be a big waste
8 because we're using an MMU and must map IO space into virtual
9 memory. The result is that we have to make a mapping for every
10 register.
11
12- Serial Console
13
14 It may be OK not to use the serial console option if the user passes
15 the console device name to the kernel. This deserves some exploration.
16
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/SDRAM b/Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/SDRAM
deleted file mode 100644
index 93ddc23c2faa..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/SDRAM
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
1README on the SDRAM Controller for the LH7a40X
2==============================================
3
4The standard configuration for the SDRAM controller generates a sparse
5memory array. The precise layout is determined by the SDRAM chips. A
6default kernel configuration assembles the discontiguous memory
7regions into separate memory nodes via the NUMA (Non-Uniform Memory
8Architecture) facilities. In this default configuration, the kernel
9is forgiving about the precise layout. As long as it is given an
10accurate picture of available memory by the bootloader the kernel will
11execute correctly.
12
13The SDRC supports a mode where some of the chip select lines are
14swapped in order to make SDRAM look like a synchronous ROM. Setting
15this bit means that the RAM will present as a contiguous array. Some
16programmers prefer this to the discontiguous layout. Be aware that
17may be a penalty for this feature where some some configurations of
18memory are significantly reduced; i.e. 64MiB of RAM appears as only 32
19MiB.
20
21There are a couple of configuration options to override the default
22behavior. When the SROMLL bit is set and memory appears as a
23contiguous array, there is no reason to support NUMA.
24CONFIG_LH7A40X_CONTIGMEM disables NUMA support. When physical memory
25is discontiguous, the memory tables are organized such that there are
26two banks per nodes with a small gap between them. This layout wastes
27some kernel memory for page tables representing non-existent memory.
28CONFIG_LH7A40X_ONE_BANK_PER_NODE optimizes the node tables such that
29there are no gaps. These options control the low level organization
30of the memory management tables in ways that may prevent the kernel
31from booting or may cause the kernel to allocated excessively large
32page tables. Be warned. Only change these options if you know what
33you are doing. The default behavior is a reasonable compromise that
34will suit all users.
35
36--
37
38A typical 32MiB system with the default configuration options will
39find physical memory managed as follows.
40
41 node 0: 0xc0000000 4MiB
42 0xc1000000 4MiB
43 node 1: 0xc4000000 4MiB
44 0xc5000000 4MiB
45 node 2: 0xc8000000 4MiB
46 0xc9000000 4MiB
47 node 3: 0xcc000000 4MiB
48 0xcd000000 4MiB
49
50Setting CONFIG_LH7A40X_ONE_BANK_PER_NODE will put each bank into a
51separate node.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/VectoredInterruptController b/Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/VectoredInterruptController
deleted file mode 100644
index 23047e9861ee..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/arm/Sharp-LH/VectoredInterruptController
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
1README on the Vectored Interrupt Controller of the LH7A404
2==========================================================
3
4The 404 revision of the LH7A40X series comes with two vectored
5interrupts controllers. While the kernel does use some of the
6features of these devices, it is far from the purpose for which they
7were designed.
8
9When this README was written, the implementation of the VICs was in
10flux. It is possible that some details, especially with priorities,
11will change.
12
13The VIC support code is inspired by routines written by Sharp.
14
15
16Priority Control
17----------------
18
19The significant reason for using the VIC's vectoring is to control
20interrupt priorities. There are two tables in
21arch/arm/mach-lh7a40x/irq-lh7a404.c that look something like this.
22
23 static unsigned char irq_pri_vic1[] = { IRQ_GPIO3INTR, };
24 static unsigned char irq_pri_vic2[] = {
25 IRQ_T3UI, IRQ_GPIO7INTR,
26 IRQ_UART1INTR, IRQ_UART2INTR, IRQ_UART3INTR, };
27
28The initialization code reads these tables and inserts a vector
29address and enable for each indicated IRQ. Vectored interrupts have
30higher priority than non-vectored interrupts. So, on VIC1,
31IRQ_GPIO3INTR will be served before any other non-FIQ interrupt. Due
32to the way that the vectoring works, IRQ_T3UI is the next highest
33priority followed by the other vectored interrupts on VIC2. After
34that, the non-vectored interrupts are scanned in VIC1 then in VIC2.
35
36
37ISR
38---
39
40The interrupt service routine macro get_irqnr() in
41arch/arm/kernel/entry-armv.S scans the VICs for the next active
42interrupt. The vectoring makes this code somewhat larger than it was
43before using vectoring (refer to the LH7A400 implementation). In the
44case where an interrupt is vectored, the implementation will tend to
45be faster than the non-vectored version. However, the worst-case path
46is longer.
47
48It is worth noting that at present, there is no need to read
49VIC2_VECTADDR because the register appears to be shared between the
50controllers. The code is written such that if this changes, it ought
51to still work properly.
52
53
54Vector Addresses
55----------------
56
57The proper use of the vectoring hardware would jump to the ISR
58specified by the vectoring address. Linux isn't structured to take
59advantage of this feature, though it might be possible to change
60things to support it.
61
62In this implementation, the vectoring address is used to speed the
63search for the active IRQ. The address is coded such that the lowest
646 bits store the IRQ number for vectored interrupts. These numbers
65correspond to the bits in the interrupt status registers. IRQ zero is
66the lowest interrupt bit in VIC1. IRQ 32 is the lowest interrupt bit
67in VIC2. Because zero is a valid IRQ number and because we cannot
68detect whether or not there is a valid vectoring address if that
69address is zero, the eigth bit (0x100) is set for vectored interrupts.
70The address for IRQ 0x18 (VIC2) is 0x118. Only the ninth bit is set
71for the default handler on VIC1 and only the tenth bit is set for the
72default handler on VIC2.
73
74In other words.
75
76 0x000 - no active interrupt
77 0x1ii - vectored interrupt 0xii
78 0x2xx - unvectored interrupt on VIC1 (xx is don't care)
79 0x4xx - unvectored interrupt on VIC2 (xx is don't care)
80
diff --git a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
index b9a83dd24732..c6d84cfd2f56 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ The scatter gather list is in the form of an array of <page, offset, len>
497entries with their corresponding dma address mappings filled in at the 497entries with their corresponding dma address mappings filled in at the
498appropriate time. As an optimization, contiguous physical pages can be 498appropriate time. As an optimization, contiguous physical pages can be
499covered by a single entry where <page> refers to the first page and <len> 499covered by a single entry where <page> refers to the first page and <len>
500covers the range of pages (upto 16 contiguous pages could be covered this 500covers the range of pages (up to 16 contiguous pages could be covered this
501way). There is a helper routine (blk_rq_map_sg) which drivers can use to build 501way). There is a helper routine (blk_rq_map_sg) which drivers can use to build
502the sg list. 502the sg list.
503 503
@@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ struct request {
565 . 565 .
566 int tag; /* command tag associated with request */ 566 int tag; /* command tag associated with request */
567 void *special; /* same as before */ 567 void *special; /* same as before */
568 char *buffer; /* valid only for low memory buffers upto 568 char *buffer; /* valid only for low memory buffers up to
569 current_nr_sectors */ 569 current_nr_sectors */
570 . 570 .
571 . 571 .
@@ -963,11 +963,6 @@ elevator_dispatch_fn* fills the dispatch queue with ready requests.
963 963
964elevator_add_req_fn* called to add a new request into the scheduler 964elevator_add_req_fn* called to add a new request into the scheduler
965 965
966elevator_queue_empty_fn returns true if the merge queue is empty.
967 Drivers shouldn't use this, but rather check
968 if elv_next_request is NULL (without losing the
969 request if one exists!)
970
971elevator_former_req_fn 966elevator_former_req_fn
972elevator_latter_req_fn These return the request before or after the 967elevator_latter_req_fn These return the request before or after the
973 one specified in disk sort order. Used by the 968 one specified in disk sort order. Used by the
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt
index 4ed7b5ceeed2..465351d4cf85 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ Proportional weight policy files
140 - Specifies per cgroup weight. This is default weight of the group 140 - Specifies per cgroup weight. This is default weight of the group
141 on all the devices until and unless overridden by per device rule. 141 on all the devices until and unless overridden by per device rule.
142 (See blkio.weight_device). 142 (See blkio.weight_device).
143 Currently allowed range of weights is from 100 to 1000. 143 Currently allowed range of weights is from 10 to 1000.
144 144
145- blkio.weight_device 145- blkio.weight_device
146 - One can specify per cgroup per device rules using this interface. 146 - One can specify per cgroup per device rules using this interface.
@@ -343,34 +343,6 @@ Common files among various policies
343 343
344CFQ sysfs tunable 344CFQ sysfs tunable
345================= 345=================
346/sys/block/<disk>/queue/iosched/group_isolation
347-----------------------------------------------
348
349If group_isolation=1, it provides stronger isolation between groups at the
350expense of throughput. By default group_isolation is 0. In general that
351means that if group_isolation=0, expect fairness for sequential workload
352only. Set group_isolation=1 to see fairness for random IO workload also.
353
354Generally CFQ will put random seeky workload in sync-noidle category. CFQ
355will disable idling on these queues and it does a collective idling on group
356of such queues. Generally these are slow moving queues and if there is a
357sync-noidle service tree in each group, that group gets exclusive access to
358disk for certain period. That means it will bring the throughput down if
359group does not have enough IO to drive deeper queue depths and utilize disk
360capacity to the fullest in the slice allocated to it. But the flip side is
361that even a random reader should get better latencies and overall throughput
362if there are lots of sequential readers/sync-idle workload running in the
363system.
364
365If group_isolation=0, then CFQ automatically moves all the random seeky queues
366in the root group. That means there will be no service differentiation for
367that kind of workload. This leads to better throughput as we do collective
368idling on root sync-noidle tree.
369
370By default one should run with group_isolation=0. If that is not sufficient
371and one wants stronger isolation between groups, then set group_isolation=1
372but this will come at cost of reduced throughput.
373
374/sys/block/<disk>/queue/iosched/slice_idle 346/sys/block/<disk>/queue/iosched/slice_idle
375------------------------------------------ 347------------------------------------------
376On a faster hardware CFQ can be slow, especially with sequential workload. 348On a faster hardware CFQ can be slow, especially with sequential workload.
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt
index 44b8b7af8019..aedf1bd02fdd 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt
@@ -110,22 +110,22 @@ university server with various users - students, professors, system
110tasks etc. The resource planning for this server could be along the 110tasks etc. The resource planning for this server could be along the
111following lines: 111following lines:
112 112
113 CPU : Top cpuset 113 CPU : "Top cpuset"
114 / \ 114 / \
115 CPUSet1 CPUSet2 115 CPUSet1 CPUSet2
116 | | 116 | |
117 (Profs) (Students) 117 (Professors) (Students)
118 118
119 In addition (system tasks) are attached to topcpuset (so 119 In addition (system tasks) are attached to topcpuset (so
120 that they can run anywhere) with a limit of 20% 120 that they can run anywhere) with a limit of 20%
121 121
122 Memory : Professors (50%), students (30%), system (20%) 122 Memory : Professors (50%), Students (30%), system (20%)
123 123
124 Disk : Prof (50%), students (30%), system (20%) 124 Disk : Professors (50%), Students (30%), system (20%)
125 125
126 Network : WWW browsing (20%), Network File System (60%), others (20%) 126 Network : WWW browsing (20%), Network File System (60%), others (20%)
127 / \ 127 / \
128 Prof (15%) students (5%) 128 Professors (15%) students (5%)
129 129
130Browsers like Firefox/Lynx go into the WWW network class, while (k)nfsd go 130Browsers like Firefox/Lynx go into the WWW network class, while (k)nfsd go
131into NFS network class. 131into NFS network class.
@@ -349,6 +349,10 @@ To mount a cgroup hierarchy with all available subsystems, type:
349The "xxx" is not interpreted by the cgroup code, but will appear in 349The "xxx" is not interpreted by the cgroup code, but will appear in
350/proc/mounts so may be any useful identifying string that you like. 350/proc/mounts so may be any useful identifying string that you like.
351 351
352Note: Some subsystems do not work without some user input first. For instance,
353if cpusets are enabled the user will have to populate the cpus and mems files
354for each new cgroup created before that group can be used.
355
352To mount a cgroup hierarchy with just the cpuset and memory 356To mount a cgroup hierarchy with just the cpuset and memory
353subsystems, type: 357subsystems, type:
354# mount -t cgroup -o cpuset,memory hier1 /dev/cgroup 358# mount -t cgroup -o cpuset,memory hier1 /dev/cgroup
@@ -426,6 +430,14 @@ You can attach the current shell task by echoing 0:
426 430
427# echo 0 > tasks 431# echo 0 > tasks
428 432
433Note: Since every task is always a member of exactly one cgroup in each
434mounted hierarchy, to remove a task from its current cgroup you must
435move it into a new cgroup (possibly the root cgroup) by writing to the
436new cgroup's tasks file.
437
438Note: If the ns cgroup is active, moving a process to another cgroup can
439fail.
440
4292.3 Mounting hierarchies by name 4412.3 Mounting hierarchies by name
430-------------------------------- 442--------------------------------
431 443
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt
index 5d0d5692a365..98a30829af7a 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ There are ways to query or modify cpusets:
693 - via the C library libcgroup. 693 - via the C library libcgroup.
694 (http://sourceforge.net/projects/libcg/) 694 (http://sourceforge.net/projects/libcg/)
695 - via the python application cset. 695 - via the python application cset.
696 (http://developer.novell.com/wiki/index.php/Cpuset) 696 (http://code.google.com/p/cpuset/)
697 697
698The sched_setaffinity calls can also be done at the shell prompt using 698The sched_setaffinity calls can also be done at the shell prompt using
699SGI's runon or Robert Love's taskset. The mbind and set_mempolicy 699SGI's runon or Robert Love's taskset. The mbind and set_mempolicy
@@ -725,13 +725,14 @@ Now you want to do something with this cpuset.
725 725
726In this directory you can find several files: 726In this directory you can find several files:
727# ls 727# ls
728cpuset.cpu_exclusive cpuset.memory_spread_slab 728cgroup.clone_children cpuset.memory_pressure
729cpuset.cpus cpuset.mems 729cgroup.event_control cpuset.memory_spread_page
730cpuset.mem_exclusive cpuset.sched_load_balance 730cgroup.procs cpuset.memory_spread_slab
731cpuset.mem_hardwall cpuset.sched_relax_domain_level 731cpuset.cpu_exclusive cpuset.mems
732cpuset.memory_migrate notify_on_release 732cpuset.cpus cpuset.sched_load_balance
733cpuset.memory_pressure tasks 733cpuset.mem_exclusive cpuset.sched_relax_domain_level
734cpuset.memory_spread_page 734cpuset.mem_hardwall notify_on_release
735cpuset.memory_migrate tasks
735 736
736Reading them will give you information about the state of this cpuset: 737Reading them will give you information about the state of this cpuset:
737the CPUs and Memory Nodes it can use, the processes that are using 738the CPUs and Memory Nodes it can use, the processes that are using
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt
index 7781857dc940..b6ed61c95856 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt
@@ -485,8 +485,9 @@ The feature can be disabled by
485 485
486# echo 0 > memory.use_hierarchy 486# echo 0 > memory.use_hierarchy
487 487
488NOTE1: Enabling/disabling will fail if the cgroup already has other 488NOTE1: Enabling/disabling will fail if either the cgroup already has other
489 cgroups created below it. 489 cgroups created below it, or if the parent cgroup has use_hierarchy
490 enabled.
490 491
491NOTE2: When panic_on_oom is set to "2", the whole system will panic in 492NOTE2: When panic_on_oom is set to "2", the whole system will panic in
492 case of an OOM event in any cgroup. 493 case of an OOM event in any cgroup.
diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/governors.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/governors.txt
index 737988fca64d..e74d0a2eb1cf 100644
--- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/governors.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/governors.txt
@@ -158,6 +158,17 @@ intensive calculation on your laptop that you do not care how long it
158takes to complete as you can 'nice' it and prevent it from taking part 158takes to complete as you can 'nice' it and prevent it from taking part
159in the deciding process of whether to increase your CPU frequency. 159in the deciding process of whether to increase your CPU frequency.
160 160
161sampling_down_factor: this parameter controls the rate at which the
162kernel makes a decision on when to decrease the frequency while running
163at top speed. When set to 1 (the default) decisions to reevaluate load
164are made at the same interval regardless of current clock speed. But
165when set to greater than 1 (e.g. 100) it acts as a multiplier for the
166scheduling interval for reevaluating load when the CPU is at its top
167speed due to high load. This improves performance by reducing the overhead
168of load evaluation and helping the CPU stay at its top speed when truly
169busy, rather than shifting back and forth in speed. This tunable has no
170effect on behavior at lower speeds/lower CPU loads.
171
161 172
1622.5 Conservative 1732.5 Conservative
163---------------- 174----------------
diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt b/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt
index 45d5a217484f..a20bfd415e41 100644
--- a/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ the state as 0 when a cpu if offline and 1 when its online.
196 #To display the current cpu state. 196 #To display the current cpu state.
197 #cat /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/online 197 #cat /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/online
198 198
199Q: Why cant i remove CPU0 on some systems? 199Q: Why can't i remove CPU0 on some systems?
200A: Some architectures may have some special dependency on a certain CPU. 200A: Some architectures may have some special dependency on a certain CPU.
201 201
202For e.g in IA64 platforms we have ability to sent platform interrupts to the 202For e.g in IA64 platforms we have ability to sent platform interrupts to the
diff --git a/Documentation/dell_rbu.txt b/Documentation/dell_rbu.txt
index 15174985ad08..d262e22bddec 100644
--- a/Documentation/dell_rbu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/dell_rbu.txt
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ image file and then arrange all these packets back to back in to one single
62file. 62file.
63This file is then copied to /sys/class/firmware/dell_rbu/data. 63This file is then copied to /sys/class/firmware/dell_rbu/data.
64Once this file gets to the driver, the driver extracts packet_size data from 64Once this file gets to the driver, the driver extracts packet_size data from
65the file and spreads it accross the physical memory in contiguous packet_sized 65the file and spreads it across the physical memory in contiguous packet_sized
66space. 66space.
67This method makes sure that all the packets get to the driver in a single operation. 67This method makes sure that all the packets get to the driver in a single operation.
68 68
diff --git a/Documentation/development-process/1.Intro b/Documentation/development-process/1.Intro
index 8cc2cba2b10d..9b614480aa84 100644
--- a/Documentation/development-process/1.Intro
+++ b/Documentation/development-process/1.Intro
@@ -56,13 +56,13 @@ information on kernel development.
56 56
571.2: WHAT THIS DOCUMENT IS ABOUT 571.2: WHAT THIS DOCUMENT IS ABOUT
58 58
59The Linux kernel, at over 6 million lines of code and well over 1000 active 59The Linux kernel, at over 8 million lines of code and well over 1000
60contributors, is one of the largest and most active free software projects 60contributors to each release, is one of the largest and most active free
61in existence. Since its humble beginning in 1991, this kernel has evolved 61software projects in existence. Since its humble beginning in 1991, this
62into a best-of-breed operating system component which runs on pocket-sized 62kernel has evolved into a best-of-breed operating system component which
63digital music players, desktop PCs, the largest supercomputers in 63runs on pocket-sized digital music players, desktop PCs, the largest
64existence, and all types of systems in between. It is a robust, efficient, 64supercomputers in existence, and all types of systems in between. It is a
65and scalable solution for almost any situation. 65robust, efficient, and scalable solution for almost any situation.
66 66
67With the growth of Linux has come an increase in the number of developers 67With the growth of Linux has come an increase in the number of developers
68(and companies) wishing to participate in its development. Hardware 68(and companies) wishing to participate in its development. Hardware
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ This document was written by Jonathan Corbet, corbet@lwn.net. It has been
115improved by comments from Johannes Berg, James Berry, Alex Chiang, Roland 115improved by comments from Johannes Berg, James Berry, Alex Chiang, Roland
116Dreier, Randy Dunlap, Jake Edge, Jiri Kosina, Matt Mackall, Arthur Marsh, 116Dreier, Randy Dunlap, Jake Edge, Jiri Kosina, Matt Mackall, Arthur Marsh,
117Amanda McPherson, Andrew Morton, Andrew Price, Tsugikazu Shibata, and 117Amanda McPherson, Andrew Morton, Andrew Price, Tsugikazu Shibata, and
118Jochen Vo脽. 118Jochen Vo脽.
119 119
120This work was supported by the Linux Foundation; thanks especially to 120This work was supported by the Linux Foundation; thanks especially to
121Amanda McPherson, who saw the value of this effort and made it all happen. 121Amanda McPherson, who saw the value of this effort and made it all happen.
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ include:
221- Everything that was said above about code review applies doubly to 221- Everything that was said above about code review applies doubly to
222 closed-source code. Since this code is not available at all, it cannot 222 closed-source code. Since this code is not available at all, it cannot
223 have been reviewed by the community and will, beyond doubt, have serious 223 have been reviewed by the community and will, beyond doubt, have serious
224 problems. 224 problems.
225 225
226Makers of embedded systems, in particular, may be tempted to disregard much 226Makers of embedded systems, in particular, may be tempted to disregard much
227of what has been said in this section in the belief that they are shipping 227of what has been said in this section in the belief that they are shipping
diff --git a/Documentation/development-process/2.Process b/Documentation/development-process/2.Process
index 911a45186340..4823577c6509 100644
--- a/Documentation/development-process/2.Process
+++ b/Documentation/development-process/2.Process
@@ -14,16 +14,15 @@ The kernel developers use a loosely time-based release process, with a new
14major kernel release happening every two or three months. The recent 14major kernel release happening every two or three months. The recent
15release history looks like this: 15release history looks like this:
16 16
17 2.6.26 July 13, 2008 17 2.6.38 March 14, 2011
18 2.6.25 April 16, 2008 18 2.6.37 January 4, 2011
19 2.6.24 January 24, 2008 19 2.6.36 October 20, 2010
20 2.6.23 October 9, 2007 20 2.6.35 August 1, 2010
21 2.6.22 July 8, 2007 21 2.6.34 May 15, 2010
22 2.6.21 April 25, 2007 22 2.6.33 February 24, 2010
23 2.6.20 February 4, 2007
24 23
25Every 2.6.x release is a major kernel release with new features, internal 24Every 2.6.x release is a major kernel release with new features, internal
26API changes, and more. A typical 2.6 release can contain over 10,000 25API changes, and more. A typical 2.6 release can contain nearly 10,000
27changesets with changes to several hundred thousand lines of code. 2.6 is 26changesets with changes to several hundred thousand lines of code. 2.6 is
28thus the leading edge of Linux kernel development; the kernel uses a 27thus the leading edge of Linux kernel development; the kernel uses a
29rolling development model which is continually integrating major changes. 28rolling development model which is continually integrating major changes.
@@ -42,13 +41,13 @@ merge window do not come out of thin air; they have been collected, tested,
42and staged ahead of time. How that process works will be described in 41and staged ahead of time. How that process works will be described in
43detail later on). 42detail later on).
44 43
45The merge window lasts for two weeks. At the end of this time, Linus 44The merge window lasts for approximately two weeks. At the end of this
46Torvalds will declare that the window is closed and release the first of 45time, Linus Torvalds will declare that the window is closed and release the
47the "rc" kernels. For the kernel which is destined to be 2.6.26, for 46first of the "rc" kernels. For the kernel which is destined to be 2.6.40,
48example, the release which happens at the end of the merge window will be 47for example, the release which happens at the end of the merge window will
49called 2.6.26-rc1. The -rc1 release is the signal that the time to merge 48be called 2.6.40-rc1. The -rc1 release is the signal that the time to
50new features has passed, and that the time to stabilize the next kernel has 49merge new features has passed, and that the time to stabilize the next
51begun. 50kernel has begun.
52 51
53Over the next six to ten weeks, only patches which fix problems should be 52Over the next six to ten weeks, only patches which fix problems should be
54submitted to the mainline. On occasion a more significant change will be 53submitted to the mainline. On occasion a more significant change will be
@@ -66,20 +65,19 @@ will get up to somewhere between -rc6 and -rc9 before the kernel is
66considered to be sufficiently stable and the final 2.6.x release is made. 65considered to be sufficiently stable and the final 2.6.x release is made.
67At that point the whole process starts over again. 66At that point the whole process starts over again.
68 67
69As an example, here is how the 2.6.25 development cycle went (all dates in 68As an example, here is how the 2.6.38 development cycle went (all dates in
702008): 692011):
71 70
72 January 24 2.6.24 stable release 71 January 4 2.6.37 stable release
73 February 10 2.6.25-rc1, merge window closes 72 January 18 2.6.38-rc1, merge window closes
74 February 15 2.6.25-rc2 73 January 21 2.6.38-rc2
75 February 24 2.6.25-rc3 74 February 1 2.6.38-rc3
76 March 4 2.6.25-rc4 75 February 7 2.6.38-rc4
77 March 9 2.6.25-rc5 76 February 15 2.6.38-rc5
78 March 16 2.6.25-rc6 77 February 21 2.6.38-rc6
79 March 25 2.6.25-rc7 78 March 1 2.6.38-rc7
80 April 1 2.6.25-rc8 79 March 7 2.6.38-rc8
81 April 11 2.6.25-rc9 80 March 14 2.6.38 stable release
82 April 16 2.6.25 stable release
83 81
84How do the developers decide when to close the development cycle and create 82How do the developers decide when to close the development cycle and create
85the stable release? The most significant metric used is the list of 83the stable release? The most significant metric used is the list of
@@ -87,7 +85,7 @@ regressions from previous releases. No bugs are welcome, but those which
87break systems which worked in the past are considered to be especially 85break systems which worked in the past are considered to be especially
88serious. For this reason, patches which cause regressions are looked upon 86serious. For this reason, patches which cause regressions are looked upon
89unfavorably and are quite likely to be reverted during the stabilization 87unfavorably and are quite likely to be reverted during the stabilization
90period. 88period.
91 89
92The developers' goal is to fix all known regressions before the stable 90The developers' goal is to fix all known regressions before the stable
93release is made. In the real world, this kind of perfection is hard to 91release is made. In the real world, this kind of perfection is hard to
@@ -99,26 +97,34 @@ kernels go out with a handful of known regressions though, hopefully, none
99of them are serious. 97of them are serious.
100 98
101Once a stable release is made, its ongoing maintenance is passed off to the 99Once a stable release is made, its ongoing maintenance is passed off to the
102"stable team," currently comprised of Greg Kroah-Hartman and Chris Wright. 100"stable team," currently consisting of Greg Kroah-Hartman. The stable team
103The stable team will release occasional updates to the stable release using 101will release occasional updates to the stable release using the 2.6.x.y
104the 2.6.x.y numbering scheme. To be considered for an update release, a 102numbering scheme. To be considered for an update release, a patch must (1)
105patch must (1) fix a significant bug, and (2) already be merged into the 103fix a significant bug, and (2) already be merged into the mainline for the
106mainline for the next development kernel. Continuing our 2.6.25 example, 104next development kernel. Kernels will typically receive stable updates for
107the history (as of this writing) is: 105a little more than one development cycle past their initial release. So,
108 106for example, the 2.6.36 kernel's history looked like:
109 May 1 2.6.25.1 107
110 May 6 2.6.25.2 108 October 10 2.6.36 stable release
111 May 9 2.6.25.3 109 November 22 2.6.36.1
112 May 15 2.6.25.4 110 December 9 2.6.36.2
113 June 7 2.6.25.5 111 January 7 2.6.36.3
114 June 9 2.6.25.6 112 February 17 2.6.36.4
115 June 16 2.6.25.7 113
116 June 21 2.6.25.8 1142.6.36.4 was the final stable update for the 2.6.36 release.
117 June 24 2.6.25.9 115
118 116Some kernels are designated "long term" kernels; they will receive support
119Stable updates for a given kernel are made for approximately six months; 117for a longer period. As of this writing, the current long term kernels
120after that, the maintenance of stable releases is solely the responsibility 118and their maintainers are:
121of the distributors which have shipped that particular kernel. 119
120 2.6.27 Willy Tarreau (Deep-frozen stable kernel)
121 2.6.32 Greg Kroah-Hartman
122 2.6.35 Andi Kleen (Embedded flag kernel)
123
124The selection of a kernel for long-term support is purely a matter of a
125maintainer having the need and the time to maintain that release. There
126are no known plans for long-term support for any specific upcoming
127release.
122 128
123 129
1242.2: THE LIFECYCLE OF A PATCH 1302.2: THE LIFECYCLE OF A PATCH
@@ -130,7 +136,7 @@ each patch implements a change which is desirable to have in the mainline.
130This process can happen quickly for minor fixes, or, in the case of large 136This process can happen quickly for minor fixes, or, in the case of large
131and controversial changes, go on for years. Much developer frustration 137and controversial changes, go on for years. Much developer frustration
132comes from a lack of understanding of this process or from attempts to 138comes from a lack of understanding of this process or from attempts to
133circumvent it. 139circumvent it.
134 140
135In the hopes of reducing that frustration, this document will describe how 141In the hopes of reducing that frustration, this document will describe how
136a patch gets into the kernel. What follows below is an introduction which 142a patch gets into the kernel. What follows below is an introduction which
@@ -193,8 +199,8 @@ involved.
1932.3: HOW PATCHES GET INTO THE KERNEL 1992.3: HOW PATCHES GET INTO THE KERNEL
194 200
195There is exactly one person who can merge patches into the mainline kernel 201There is exactly one person who can merge patches into the mainline kernel
196repository: Linus Torvalds. But, of the over 12,000 patches which went 202repository: Linus Torvalds. But, of the over 9,500 patches which went
197into the 2.6.25 kernel, only 250 (around 2%) were directly chosen by Linus 203into the 2.6.38 kernel, only 112 (around 1.3%) were directly chosen by Linus
198himself. The kernel project has long since grown to a size where no single 204himself. The kernel project has long since grown to a size where no single
199developer could possibly inspect and select every patch unassisted. The 205developer could possibly inspect and select every patch unassisted. The
200way the kernel developers have addressed this growth is through the use of 206way the kernel developers have addressed this growth is through the use of
@@ -229,7 +235,7 @@ first in trees dedicated to network device drivers, wireless networking,
229etc. This chain of repositories can be arbitrarily long, though it rarely 235etc. This chain of repositories can be arbitrarily long, though it rarely
230exceeds two or three links. Since each maintainer in the chain trusts 236exceeds two or three links. Since each maintainer in the chain trusts
231those managing lower-level trees, this process is known as the "chain of 237those managing lower-level trees, this process is known as the "chain of
232trust." 238trust."
233 239
234Clearly, in a system like this, getting patches into the kernel depends on 240Clearly, in a system like this, getting patches into the kernel depends on
235finding the right maintainer. Sending patches directly to Linus is not 241finding the right maintainer. Sending patches directly to Linus is not
@@ -254,7 +260,7 @@ The answer comes in the form of -next trees, where subsystem trees are
254collected for testing and review. The older of these trees, maintained by 260collected for testing and review. The older of these trees, maintained by
255Andrew Morton, is called "-mm" (for memory management, which is how it got 261Andrew Morton, is called "-mm" (for memory management, which is how it got
256started). The -mm tree integrates patches from a long list of subsystem 262started). The -mm tree integrates patches from a long list of subsystem
257trees; it also has some patches aimed at helping with debugging. 263trees; it also has some patches aimed at helping with debugging.
258 264
259Beyond that, -mm contains a significant collection of patches which have 265Beyond that, -mm contains a significant collection of patches which have
260been selected by Andrew directly. These patches may have been posted on a 266been selected by Andrew directly. These patches may have been posted on a
@@ -264,8 +270,8 @@ subsystem tree of last resort; if there is no other obvious path for a
264patch into the mainline, it is likely to end up in -mm. Miscellaneous 270patch into the mainline, it is likely to end up in -mm. Miscellaneous
265patches which accumulate in -mm will eventually either be forwarded on to 271patches which accumulate in -mm will eventually either be forwarded on to
266an appropriate subsystem tree or be sent directly to Linus. In a typical 272an appropriate subsystem tree or be sent directly to Linus. In a typical
267development cycle, approximately 10% of the patches going into the mainline 273development cycle, approximately 5-10% of the patches going into the
268get there via -mm. 274mainline get there via -mm.
269 275
270The current -mm patch is available in the "mmotm" (-mm of the moment) 276The current -mm patch is available in the "mmotm" (-mm of the moment)
271directory at: 277directory at:
@@ -275,7 +281,7 @@ directory at:
275Use of the MMOTM tree is likely to be a frustrating experience, though; 281Use of the MMOTM tree is likely to be a frustrating experience, though;
276there is a definite chance that it will not even compile. 282there is a definite chance that it will not even compile.
277 283
278The other -next tree, started more recently, is linux-next, maintained by 284The primary tree for next-cycle patch merging is linux-next, maintained by
279Stephen Rothwell. The linux-next tree is, by design, a snapshot of what 285Stephen Rothwell. The linux-next tree is, by design, a snapshot of what
280the mainline is expected to look like after the next merge window closes. 286the mainline is expected to look like after the next merge window closes.
281Linux-next trees are announced on the linux-kernel and linux-next mailing 287Linux-next trees are announced on the linux-kernel and linux-next mailing
@@ -287,25 +293,14 @@ Some information about linux-next has been gathered at:
287 293
288 http://linux.f-seidel.de/linux-next/pmwiki/ 294 http://linux.f-seidel.de/linux-next/pmwiki/
289 295
290How the linux-next tree will fit into the development process is still 296Linux-next has become an integral part of the kernel development process;
291changing. As of this writing, the first full development cycle involving 297all patches merged during a given merge window should really have found
292linux-next (2.6.26) is coming to an end; thus far, it has proved to be a 298their way into linux-next some time before the merge window opens.
293valuable resource for finding and fixing integration problems before the 299
294beginning of the merge window. See http://lwn.net/Articles/287155/ for
295more information on how linux-next has worked to set up the 2.6.27 merge
296window.
297
298Some developers have begun to suggest that linux-next should be used as the
299target for future development as well. The linux-next tree does tend to be
300far ahead of the mainline and is more representative of the tree into which
301any new work will be merged. The downside to this idea is that the
302volatility of linux-next tends to make it a difficult development target.
303See http://lwn.net/Articles/289013/ for more information on this topic, and
304stay tuned; much is still in flux where linux-next is involved.
305 300
3062.4.1: STAGING TREES 3012.4.1: STAGING TREES
307 302
308The kernel source tree now contains the drivers/staging/ directory, where 303The kernel source tree contains the drivers/staging/ directory, where
309many sub-directories for drivers or filesystems that are on their way to 304many sub-directories for drivers or filesystems that are on their way to
310being added to the kernel tree live. They remain in drivers/staging while 305being added to the kernel tree live. They remain in drivers/staging while
311they still need more work; once complete, they can be moved into the 306they still need more work; once complete, they can be moved into the
@@ -313,15 +308,23 @@ kernel proper. This is a way to keep track of drivers that aren't
313up to Linux kernel coding or quality standards, but people may want to use 308up to Linux kernel coding or quality standards, but people may want to use
314them and track development. 309them and track development.
315 310
316Greg Kroah-Hartman currently (as of 2.6.36) maintains the staging tree. 311Greg Kroah-Hartman currently maintains the staging tree. Drivers that
317Drivers that still need work are sent to him, with each driver having 312still need work are sent to him, with each driver having its own
318its own subdirectory in drivers/staging/. Along with the driver source 313subdirectory in drivers/staging/. Along with the driver source files, a
319files, a TODO file should be present in the directory as well. The TODO 314TODO file should be present in the directory as well. The TODO file lists
320file lists the pending work that the driver needs for acceptance into 315the pending work that the driver needs for acceptance into the kernel
321the kernel proper, as well as a list of people that should be Cc'd for any 316proper, as well as a list of people that should be Cc'd for any patches to
322patches to the driver. Staging drivers that don't currently build should 317the driver. Current rules require that drivers contributed to staging
323have their config entries depend upon CONFIG_BROKEN. Once they can 318must, at a minimum, compile properly.
324be successfully built without outside patches, CONFIG_BROKEN can be removed. 319
320Staging can be a relatively easy way to get new drivers into the mainline
321where, with luck, they will come to the attention of other developers and
322improve quickly. Entry into staging is not the end of the story, though;
323code in staging which is not seeing regular progress will eventually be
324removed. Distributors also tend to be relatively reluctant to enable
325staging drivers. So staging is, at best, a stop on the way toward becoming
326a proper mainline driver.
327
325 328
3262.5: TOOLS 3292.5: TOOLS
327 330
@@ -347,11 +350,7 @@ page at:
347 350
348 http://git-scm.com/ 351 http://git-scm.com/
349 352
350That page has pointers to documentation and tutorials. One should be 353That page has pointers to documentation and tutorials.
351aware, in particular, of the Kernel Hacker's Guide to git, which has
352information specific to kernel development:
353
354 http://linux.yyz.us/git-howto.html
355 354
356Among the kernel developers who do not use git, the most popular choice is 355Among the kernel developers who do not use git, the most popular choice is
357almost certainly Mercurial: 356almost certainly Mercurial:
@@ -408,7 +407,7 @@ There are a few hints which can help with linux-kernel survival:
408 important to filter on both the topic of interest (though note that 407 important to filter on both the topic of interest (though note that
409 long-running conversations can drift away from the original subject 408 long-running conversations can drift away from the original subject
410 without changing the email subject line) and the people who are 409 without changing the email subject line) and the people who are
411 participating. 410 participating.
412 411
413- Do not feed the trolls. If somebody is trying to stir up an angry 412- Do not feed the trolls. If somebody is trying to stir up an angry
414 response, ignore them. 413 response, ignore them.
diff --git a/Documentation/development-process/3.Early-stage b/Documentation/development-process/3.Early-stage
index 307a159a70ca..f87ba7b3fbac 100644
--- a/Documentation/development-process/3.Early-stage
+++ b/Documentation/development-process/3.Early-stage
@@ -110,8 +110,8 @@ the kernel community's standards. Some examples include:
110 110
111 - The AppArmor security module made use of internal virtual filesystem 111 - The AppArmor security module made use of internal virtual filesystem
112 data structures in ways which were considered to be unsafe and 112 data structures in ways which were considered to be unsafe and
113 unreliable. This code has since been significantly reworked, but 113 unreliable. This concern (among others) kept AppArmor out of the
114 remains outside of the mainline. 114 mainline for years.
115 115
116In each of these cases, a great deal of pain and extra work could have been 116In each of these cases, a great deal of pain and extra work could have been
117avoided with some early discussion with the kernel developers. 117avoided with some early discussion with the kernel developers.
@@ -138,6 +138,19 @@ patches, and who, if anybody, is attaching Signed-off-by lines to those
138patches. Those are the people who will be best placed to help with a new 138patches. Those are the people who will be best placed to help with a new
139development project. 139development project.
140 140
141The task of finding the right maintainer is sometimes challenging enough
142that the kernel developers have added a script to ease the process:
143
144 .../scripts/get_maintainer.pl
145
146This script will return the current maintainer(s) for a given file or
147directory when given the "-f" option. If passed a patch on the
148command line, it will list the maintainers who should probably receive
149copies of the patch. There are a number of options regulating how hard
150get_maintainer.pl will search for maintainers; please be careful about
151using the more aggressive options as you may end up including developers
152who have no real interest in the code you are modifying.
153
141If all else fails, talking to Andrew Morton can be an effective way to 154If all else fails, talking to Andrew Morton can be an effective way to
142track down a maintainer for a specific piece of code. 155track down a maintainer for a specific piece of code.
143 156
@@ -155,11 +168,15 @@ reaction, but, instead, little or no reaction at all. The sad truth of the
155matter is (1) kernel developers tend to be busy, (2) there is no shortage 168matter is (1) kernel developers tend to be busy, (2) there is no shortage
156of people with grand plans and little code (or even prospect of code) to 169of people with grand plans and little code (or even prospect of code) to
157back them up, and (3) nobody is obligated to review or comment on ideas 170back them up, and (3) nobody is obligated to review or comment on ideas
158posted by others. If a request-for-comments posting yields little in the 171posted by others. Beyond that, high-level designs often hide problems
159way of comments, do not assume that it means there is no interest in the 172which are only reviewed when somebody actually tries to implement those
160project. Unfortunately, you also cannot assume that there are no problems 173designs; for that reason, kernel developers would rather see the code.
161with your idea. The best thing to do in this situation is to proceed, 174
162keeping the community informed as you go. 175If a request-for-comments posting yields little in the way of comments, do
176not assume that it means there is no interest in the project.
177Unfortunately, you also cannot assume that there are no problems with your
178idea. The best thing to do in this situation is to proceed, keeping the
179community informed as you go.
163 180
164 181
1653.5: GETTING OFFICIAL BUY-IN 1823.5: GETTING OFFICIAL BUY-IN
diff --git a/Documentation/development-process/4.Coding b/Documentation/development-process/4.Coding
index 2278693c8ffa..f3f1a469443c 100644
--- a/Documentation/development-process/4.Coding
+++ b/Documentation/development-process/4.Coding
@@ -131,6 +131,11 @@ classic time/space tradeoff taught in beginning data structures classes
131often does not apply to contemporary hardware. Space *is* time, in that a 131often does not apply to contemporary hardware. Space *is* time, in that a
132larger program will run slower than one which is more compact. 132larger program will run slower than one which is more compact.
133 133
134More recent compilers take an increasingly active role in deciding whether
135a given function should actually be inlined or not. So the liberal
136placement of "inline" keywords may not just be excessive; it could also be
137irrelevant.
138
134 139
135* Locking 140* Locking
136 141
@@ -285,6 +290,13 @@ be found at https://sparse.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/Main_Page if your
285distributor does not package it); it can then be run on the code by adding 290distributor does not package it); it can then be run on the code by adding
286"C=1" to your make command. 291"C=1" to your make command.
287 292
293The "Coccinelle" tool (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/) is able to find a wide
294variety of potential coding problems; it can also propose fixes for those
295problems. Quite a few "semantic patches" for the kernel have been packaged
296under the scripts/coccinelle directory; running "make coccicheck" will run
297through those semantic patches and report on any problems found. See
298Documentation/coccinelle.txt for more information.
299
288Other kinds of portability errors are best found by compiling your code for 300Other kinds of portability errors are best found by compiling your code for
289other architectures. If you do not happen to have an S/390 system or a 301other architectures. If you do not happen to have an S/390 system or a
290Blackfin development board handy, you can still perform the compilation 302Blackfin development board handy, you can still perform the compilation
@@ -308,7 +320,9 @@ The first piece of documentation for any patch is its associated
308changelog. Log entries should describe the problem being solved, the form 320changelog. Log entries should describe the problem being solved, the form
309of the solution, the people who worked on the patch, any relevant 321of the solution, the people who worked on the patch, any relevant
310effects on performance, and anything else that might be needed to 322effects on performance, and anything else that might be needed to
311understand the patch. 323understand the patch. Be sure that the changelog says *why* the patch is
324worth applying; a surprising number of developers fail to provide that
325information.
312 326
313Any code which adds a new user-space interface - including new sysfs or 327Any code which adds a new user-space interface - including new sysfs or
314/proc files - should include documentation of that interface which enables 328/proc files - should include documentation of that interface which enables
@@ -321,7 +335,7 @@ boot-time parameters. Any patch which adds new parameters should add the
321appropriate entries to this file. 335appropriate entries to this file.
322 336
323Any new configuration options must be accompanied by help text which 337Any new configuration options must be accompanied by help text which
324clearly explains the options and when the user might want to select them. 338clearly explains the options and when the user might want to select them.
325 339
326Internal API information for many subsystems is documented by way of 340Internal API information for many subsystems is documented by way of
327specially-formatted comments; these comments can be extracted and formatted 341specially-formatted comments; these comments can be extracted and formatted
@@ -372,7 +386,8 @@ which is broken by the change. For a widely-used function, this duty can
372lead to literally hundreds or thousands of changes - many of which are 386lead to literally hundreds or thousands of changes - many of which are
373likely to conflict with work being done by other developers. Needless to 387likely to conflict with work being done by other developers. Needless to
374say, this can be a large job, so it is best to be sure that the 388say, this can be a large job, so it is best to be sure that the
375justification is solid. 389justification is solid. Note that the Coccinelle tool can help with
390wide-ranging API changes.
376 391
377When making an incompatible API change, one should, whenever possible, 392When making an incompatible API change, one should, whenever possible,
378ensure that code which has not been updated is caught by the compiler. 393ensure that code which has not been updated is caught by the compiler.
diff --git a/Documentation/development-process/5.Posting b/Documentation/development-process/5.Posting
index f622c1e9f0f9..903a2546f138 100644
--- a/Documentation/development-process/5.Posting
+++ b/Documentation/development-process/5.Posting
@@ -60,12 +60,15 @@ even in the short term.
60 60
61Patches must be prepared against a specific version of the kernel. As a 61Patches must be prepared against a specific version of the kernel. As a
62general rule, a patch should be based on the current mainline as found in 62general rule, a patch should be based on the current mainline as found in
63Linus's git tree. It may become necessary to make versions against -mm, 63Linus's git tree. When basing on mainline, start with a well-known release
64linux-next, or a subsystem tree, though, to facilitate wider testing and 64point - a stable or -rc release - rather than branching off the mainline at
65review. Depending on the area of your patch and what is going on 65an arbitrary spot.
66elsewhere, basing a patch against these other trees can require a 66
67significant amount of work resolving conflicts and dealing with API 67It may become necessary to make versions against -mm, linux-next, or a
68changes. 68subsystem tree, though, to facilitate wider testing and review. Depending
69on the area of your patch and what is going on elsewhere, basing a patch
70against these other trees can require a significant amount of work
71resolving conflicts and dealing with API changes.
69 72
70Only the most simple changes should be formatted as a single patch; 73Only the most simple changes should be formatted as a single patch;
71everything else should be made as a logical series of changes. Splitting 74everything else should be made as a logical series of changes. Splitting
@@ -100,11 +103,11 @@ rules of thumb, however, which can help considerably:
100 result is a broken kernel, you will make life harder for developers and 103 result is a broken kernel, you will make life harder for developers and
101 users who are engaging in the noble work of tracking down problems. 104 users who are engaging in the noble work of tracking down problems.
102 105
103 - Do not overdo it, though. One developer recently posted a set of edits 106 - Do not overdo it, though. One developer once posted a set of edits
104 to a single file as 500 separate patches - an act which did not make him 107 to a single file as 500 separate patches - an act which did not make him
105 the most popular person on the kernel mailing list. A single patch can 108 the most popular person on the kernel mailing list. A single patch can
106 be reasonably large as long as it still contains a single *logical* 109 be reasonably large as long as it still contains a single *logical*
107 change. 110 change.
108 111
109 - It can be tempting to add a whole new infrastructure with a series of 112 - It can be tempting to add a whole new infrastructure with a series of
110 patches, but to leave that infrastructure unused until the final patch 113 patches, but to leave that infrastructure unused until the final patch
@@ -162,7 +165,8 @@ To that end, the summary line should describe the effects of and motivation
162for the change as well as possible given the one-line constraint. The 165for the change as well as possible given the one-line constraint. The
163detailed description can then amplify on those topics and provide any 166detailed description can then amplify on those topics and provide any
164needed additional information. If the patch fixes a bug, cite the commit 167needed additional information. If the patch fixes a bug, cite the commit
165which introduced the bug if possible. If a problem is associated with 168which introduced the bug if possible (and please provide both the commit ID
169and the title when citing commits). If a problem is associated with
166specific log or compiler output, include that output to help others 170specific log or compiler output, include that output to help others
167searching for a solution to the same problem. If the change is meant to 171searching for a solution to the same problem. If the change is meant to
168support other changes coming in later patch, say so. If internal APIs are 172support other changes coming in later patch, say so. If internal APIs are
@@ -230,7 +234,7 @@ take care of:
230 which have had gratuitous white-space changes or line wrapping performed 234 which have had gratuitous white-space changes or line wrapping performed
231 by the mail client will not apply at the other end, and often will not 235 by the mail client will not apply at the other end, and often will not
232 be examined in any detail. If there is any doubt at all, mail the patch 236 be examined in any detail. If there is any doubt at all, mail the patch
233 to yourself and convince yourself that it shows up intact. 237 to yourself and convince yourself that it shows up intact.
234 238
235 Documentation/email-clients.txt has some helpful hints on making 239 Documentation/email-clients.txt has some helpful hints on making
236 specific mail clients work for sending patches. 240 specific mail clients work for sending patches.
@@ -287,7 +291,7 @@ something like:
287 291
288where "nn" is the ordinal number of the patch, "mm" is the total number of 292where "nn" is the ordinal number of the patch, "mm" is the total number of
289patches in the series, and "subsys" is the name of the affected subsystem. 293patches in the series, and "subsys" is the name of the affected subsystem.
290Clearly, nn/mm can be omitted for a single, standalone patch. 294Clearly, nn/mm can be omitted for a single, standalone patch.
291 295
292If you have a significant series of patches, it is customary to send an 296If you have a significant series of patches, it is customary to send an
293introductory description as part zero. This convention is not universally 297introductory description as part zero. This convention is not universally
@@ -299,5 +303,5 @@ In general, the second and following parts of a multi-part patch should be
299sent as a reply to the first part so that they all thread together at the 303sent as a reply to the first part so that they all thread together at the
300receiving end. Tools like git and quilt have commands to mail out a set of 304receiving end. Tools like git and quilt have commands to mail out a set of
301patches with the proper threading. If you have a long series, though, and 305patches with the proper threading. If you have a long series, though, and
302are using git, please provide the --no-chain-reply-to option to avoid 306are using git, please stay away from the --chain-reply-to option to avoid
303creating exceptionally deep nesting. 307creating exceptionally deep nesting.
diff --git a/Documentation/development-process/6.Followthrough b/Documentation/development-process/6.Followthrough
index a8fba3d83a85..41d324a9420d 100644
--- a/Documentation/development-process/6.Followthrough
+++ b/Documentation/development-process/6.Followthrough
@@ -66,6 +66,11 @@ be easy to become blinded by your own solution to a problem to the point
66that you don't realize that something is fundamentally wrong or, perhaps, 66that you don't realize that something is fundamentally wrong or, perhaps,
67you're not even solving the right problem. 67you're not even solving the right problem.
68 68
69Andrew Morton has suggested that every review comment which does not result
70in a code change should result in an additional code comment instead; that
71can help future reviewers avoid the questions which came up the first time
72around.
73
69One fatal mistake is to ignore review comments in the hope that they will 74One fatal mistake is to ignore review comments in the hope that they will
70go away. They will not go away. If you repost code without having 75go away. They will not go away. If you repost code without having
71responded to the comments you got the time before, you're likely to find 76responded to the comments you got the time before, you're likely to find
@@ -100,7 +105,7 @@ entry into a subsystem maintainer's tree. How that works varies from one
100subsystem to the next; each maintainer has his or her own way of doing 105subsystem to the next; each maintainer has his or her own way of doing
101things. In particular, there may be more than one tree - one, perhaps, 106things. In particular, there may be more than one tree - one, perhaps,
102dedicated to patches planned for the next merge window, and another for 107dedicated to patches planned for the next merge window, and another for
103longer-term work. 108longer-term work.
104 109
105For patches applying to areas for which there is no obvious subsystem tree 110For patches applying to areas for which there is no obvious subsystem tree
106(memory management patches, for example), the default tree often ends up 111(memory management patches, for example), the default tree often ends up
@@ -109,11 +114,10 @@ through the -mm tree.
109 114
110Inclusion into a subsystem tree can bring a higher level of visibility to a 115Inclusion into a subsystem tree can bring a higher level of visibility to a
111patch. Now other developers working with that tree will get the patch by 116patch. Now other developers working with that tree will get the patch by
112default. Subsystem trees typically feed into -mm and linux-next as well, 117default. Subsystem trees typically feed linux-next as well, making their
113making their contents visible to the development community as a whole. At 118contents visible to the development community as a whole. At this point,
114this point, there's a good chance that you will get more comments from a 119there's a good chance that you will get more comments from a new set of
115new set of reviewers; these comments need to be answered as in the previous 120reviewers; these comments need to be answered as in the previous round.
116round.
117 121
118What may also happen at this point, depending on the nature of your patch, 122What may also happen at this point, depending on the nature of your patch,
119is that conflicts with work being done by others turn up. In the worst 123is that conflicts with work being done by others turn up. In the worst
diff --git a/Documentation/development-process/7.AdvancedTopics b/Documentation/development-process/7.AdvancedTopics
index 837179447e17..26dc3fa196e4 100644
--- a/Documentation/development-process/7.AdvancedTopics
+++ b/Documentation/development-process/7.AdvancedTopics
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ can affect your ability to get trees pulled in the future. Quoting Linus:
119 to trust things *without* then having to go and check every 119 to trust things *without* then having to go and check every
120 individual change by hand. 120 individual change by hand.
121 121
122(http://lwn.net/Articles/224135/). 122(http://lwn.net/Articles/224135/).
123 123
124To avoid this kind of situation, ensure that all patches within a given 124To avoid this kind of situation, ensure that all patches within a given
125branch stick closely to the associated topic; a "driver fixes" branch 125branch stick closely to the associated topic; a "driver fixes" branch
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ When requesting a pull, be sure to give all the relevant information: where
138your tree is, what branch to pull, and what changes will result from the 138your tree is, what branch to pull, and what changes will result from the
139pull. The git request-pull command can be helpful in this regard; it will 139pull. The git request-pull command can be helpful in this regard; it will
140format the request as other developers expect, and will also check to be 140format the request as other developers expect, and will also check to be
141sure that you have remembered to push those changes to the public server. 141sure that you have remembered to push those changes to the public server.
142 142
143 143
1447.2: REVIEWING PATCHES 1447.2: REVIEWING PATCHES
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt
index 59293ac4a5d0..6b5c42dbbe84 100644
--- a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Example scripts
41=============== 41===============
42LUKS (Linux Unified Key Setup) is now the preferred way to set up disk 42LUKS (Linux Unified Key Setup) is now the preferred way to set up disk
43encryption with dm-crypt using the 'cryptsetup' utility, see 43encryption with dm-crypt using the 'cryptsetup' utility, see
44http://clemens.endorphin.org/cryptography 44http://code.google.com/p/cryptsetup/
45 45
46[[ 46[[
47#!/bin/sh 47#!/bin/sh
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-flakey.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-flakey.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c8efdfd19a65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-flakey.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
1dm-flakey
2=========
3
4This target is the same as the linear target except that it returns I/O
5errors periodically. It's been found useful in simulating failing
6devices for testing purposes.
7
8Starting from the time the table is loaded, the device is available for
9<up interval> seconds, then returns errors for <down interval> seconds,
10and then this cycle repeats.
11
12Parameters: <dev path> <offset> <up interval> <down interval>
13 <dev path>: Full pathname to the underlying block-device, or a
14 "major:minor" device-number.
15 <offset>: Starting sector within the device.
16 <up interval>: Number of seconds device is available.
17 <down interval>: Number of seconds device returns errors.
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-service-time.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-service-time.txt
index 7d00668e97bb..fb1d4a0cf122 100644
--- a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-service-time.txt
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-service-time.txt
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Algorithm
37========= 37=========
38 38
39dm-service-time adds the I/O size to 'in-flight-size' when the I/O is 39dm-service-time adds the I/O size to 'in-flight-size' when the I/O is
40dispatched and substracts when completed. 40dispatched and subtracts when completed.
41Basically, dm-service-time selects a path having minimum service time 41Basically, dm-service-time selects a path having minimum service time
42which is calculated by: 42which is calculated by:
43 43
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/00-INDEX b/Documentation/devicetree/00-INDEX
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b78f691fd847
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/00-INDEX
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
1Documentation for device trees, a data structure by which bootloaders pass
2hardware layout to Linux in a device-independent manner, simplifying hardware
3probing. This subsystem is maintained by Grant Likely
4<grant.likely@secretlab.ca> and has a mailing list at
5https://lists.ozlabs.org/listinfo/devicetree-discuss
6
700-INDEX
8 - this file
9booting-without-of.txt
10 - Booting Linux without Open Firmware, describes history and format of device trees.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/sata.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/fsl-sata.txt
index b46bcf46c3d8..b46bcf46c3d8 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/sata.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/fsl-sata.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/eeprom.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom.txt
index 4342c10de1bf..4342c10de1bf 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/eeprom.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fb/sm501fb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fb/sm501fb.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9d9f0098092b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fb/sm501fb.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
1* SM SM501
2
3The SM SM501 is a LCD controller, with proper hardware, it can also
4drive DVI monitors.
5
6Required properties:
7- compatible : should be "smi,sm501".
8- reg : contain two entries:
9 - First entry: System Configuration register
10 - Second entry: IO space (Display Controller register)
11- interrupts : SMI interrupt to the cpu should be described here.
12- interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that
13 services interrupts for this device.
14
15Optional properties:
16- mode : select a video mode:
17 <xres>x<yres>[-<bpp>][@<refresh>]
18- edid : verbatim EDID data block describing attached display.
19 Data from the detailed timing descriptor will be used to
20 program the display controller.
21- little-endian: available on big endian systems, to
22 set different foreign endian.
23- big-endian: available on little endian systems, to
24 set different foreign endian.
25
26Example for MPC5200:
27 display@1,0 {
28 compatible = "smi,sm501";
29 reg = <1 0x00000000 0x00800000
30 1 0x03e00000 0x00200000>;
31 interrupts = <1 1 3>;
32 mode = "640x480-32@60";
33 edid = [edid-data];
34 };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/8xxx_gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/8xxx_gpio.txt
index b0019eb5330e..b0019eb5330e 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/8xxx_gpio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/8xxx_gpio.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/gpio/gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
index edaa84d288a1..edaa84d288a1 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/gpio/led.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/led.txt
index 064db928c3c1..064db928c3c1 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/gpio/led.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/led.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ads1015.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ads1015.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..918a507d1159
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ads1015.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
1ADS1015 (I2C)
2
3This device is a 12-bit A-D converter with 4 inputs.
4
5The inputs can be used single ended or in certain differential combinations.
6
7For configuration all possible combinations are mapped to 8 channels:
8 0: Voltage over AIN0 and AIN1.
9 1: Voltage over AIN0 and AIN3.
10 2: Voltage over AIN1 and AIN3.
11 3: Voltage over AIN2 and AIN3.
12 4: Voltage over AIN0 and GND.
13 5: Voltage over AIN1 and GND.
14 6: Voltage over AIN2 and GND.
15 7: Voltage over AIN3 and GND.
16
17Each channel can be configured individually:
18 - pga is the programmable gain amplifier (values are full scale)
19 0: +/- 6.144 V
20 1: +/- 4.096 V
21 2: +/- 2.048 V (default)
22 3: +/- 1.024 V
23 4: +/- 0.512 V
24 5: +/- 0.256 V
25 - data_rate in samples per second
26 0: 128
27 1: 250
28 2: 490
29 3: 920
30 4: 1600 (default)
31 5: 2400
32 6: 3300
33
341) The /ads1015 node
35
36 Required properties:
37
38 - compatible : must be "ti,ads1015"
39 - reg : I2C bus address of the device
40 - #address-cells : must be <1>
41 - #size-cells : must be <0>
42
43 The node contains child nodes for each channel that the platform uses.
44
45 Example ADS1015 node:
46
47 ads1015@49 {
48 compatible = "ti,ads1015";
49 reg = <0x49>;
50 #address-cells = <1>;
51 #size-cells = <0>;
52
53 [ child node definitions... ]
54 }
55
562) channel nodes
57
58 Required properties:
59
60 - reg : the channel number
61
62 Optional properties:
63
64 - ti,gain : the programmable gain amplifier setting
65 - ti,datarate : the converter data rate
66
67 Example ADS1015 channel node:
68
69 channel@4 {
70 reg = <4>;
71 ti,gain = <3>;
72 ti,datarate = <5>;
73 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/ce4100-i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/ce4100-i2c.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..569b16248514
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/ce4100-i2c.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
1CE4100 I2C
2----------
3
4CE4100 has one PCI device which is described as the I2C-Controller. This
5PCI device has three PCI-bars, each bar contains a complete I2C
6controller. So we have a total of three independent I2C-Controllers
7which share only an interrupt line.
8The driver is probed via the PCI-ID and is gathering the information of
9attached devices from the devices tree.
10Grant Likely recommended to use the ranges property to map the PCI-Bar
11number to its physical address and to use this to find the child nodes
12of the specific I2C controller. This were his exact words:
13
14 Here's where the magic happens. Each entry in
15 ranges describes how the parent pci address space
16 (middle group of 3) is translated to the local
17 address space (first group of 2) and the size of
18 each range (last cell). In this particular case,
19 the first cell of the local address is chosen to be
20 1:1 mapped to the BARs, and the second is the
21 offset from be base of the BAR (which would be
22 non-zero if you had 2 or more devices mapped off
23 the same BAR)
24
25 ranges allows the address mapping to be described
26 in a way that the OS can interpret without
27 requiring custom device driver code.
28
29This is an example which is used on FalconFalls:
30------------------------------------------------
31 i2c-controller@b,2 {
32 #address-cells = <2>;
33 #size-cells = <1>;
34 compatible = "pci8086,2e68.2",
35 "pci8086,2e68",
36 "pciclass,ff0000",
37 "pciclass,ff00";
38
39 reg = <0x15a00 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0>;
40 interrupts = <16 1>;
41
42 /* as described by Grant, the first number in the group of
43 * three is the bar number followed by the 64bit bar address
44 * followed by size of the mapping. The bar address
45 * requires also a valid translation in parents ranges
46 * property.
47 */
48 ranges = <0 0 0x02000000 0 0xdffe0500 0x100
49 1 0 0x02000000 0 0xdffe0600 0x100
50 2 0 0x02000000 0 0xdffe0700 0x100>;
51
52 i2c@0 {
53 #address-cells = <1>;
54 #size-cells = <0>;
55 compatible = "intel,ce4100-i2c-controller";
56
57 /* The first number in the reg property is the
58 * number of the bar
59 */
60 reg = <0 0 0x100>;
61
62 /* This I2C controller has no devices */
63 };
64
65 i2c@1 {
66 #address-cells = <1>;
67 #size-cells = <0>;
68 compatible = "intel,ce4100-i2c-controller";
69 reg = <1 0 0x100>;
70
71 /* This I2C controller has one gpio controller */
72 gpio@26 {
73 #gpio-cells = <2>;
74 compatible = "ti,pcf8575";
75 reg = <0x26>;
76 gpio-controller;
77 };
78 };
79
80 i2c@2 {
81 #address-cells = <1>;
82 #size-cells = <0>;
83 compatible = "intel,ce4100-i2c-controller";
84 reg = <2 0 0x100>;
85
86 gpio@26 {
87 #gpio-cells = <2>;
88 compatible = "ti,pcf8575";
89 reg = <0x26>;
90 gpio-controller;
91 };
92 };
93 };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/fsl-i2c.txt
index 1eacd6b20ed5..1eacd6b20ed5 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/i2c.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/fsl-i2c.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/marvell.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/marvell.txt
index f1533d91953a..f1533d91953a 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/marvell.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/marvell.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/esdhc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-esdhc.txt
index 64bcb8be973c..64bcb8be973c 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/esdhc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-esdhc.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/mmc-spi-slot.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-spi-slot.txt
index c39ac2891951..89a0084df2f7 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/mmc-spi-slot.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-spi-slot.txt
@@ -7,8 +7,13 @@ Required properties:
7- voltage-ranges : two cells are required, first cell specifies minimum 7- voltage-ranges : two cells are required, first cell specifies minimum
8 slot voltage (mV), second cell specifies maximum slot voltage (mV). 8 slot voltage (mV), second cell specifies maximum slot voltage (mV).
9 Several ranges could be specified. 9 Several ranges could be specified.
10- gpios : (optional) may specify GPIOs in this order: Card-Detect GPIO, 10
11Optional properties:
12- gpios : may specify GPIOs in this order: Card-Detect GPIO,
11 Write-Protect GPIO. 13 Write-Protect GPIO.
14- interrupts : the interrupt of a card detect interrupt.
15- interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that
16 services interrupts for this device.
12 17
13Example: 18Example:
14 19
@@ -20,4 +25,6 @@ Example:
20 &qe_pio_d 15 0>; 25 &qe_pio_d 15 0>;
21 voltage-ranges = <3300 3300>; 26 voltage-ranges = <3300 3300>;
22 spi-max-frequency = <50000000>; 27 spi-max-frequency = <50000000>;
28 interrupts = <42>;
29 interrupt-parent = <&PIC>;
23 }; 30 };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/upm-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsl-upm-nand.txt
index a48b2cadc7f0..00f1f546b32e 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/upm-nand.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsl-upm-nand.txt
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Optional properties:
15- gpios : may specify optional GPIOs connected to the Ready-Not-Busy pins 15- gpios : may specify optional GPIOs connected to the Ready-Not-Busy pins
16 (R/B#). For multi-chip devices, "n" GPIO definitions are required 16 (R/B#). For multi-chip devices, "n" GPIO definitions are required
17 according to the number of chips. 17 according to the number of chips.
18- chip-delay : chip dependent delay for transfering data from array to 18- chip-delay : chip dependent delay for transferring data from array to
19 read registers (tR). Required if property "gpios" is not used 19 read registers (tR). Required if property "gpios" is not used
20 (R/B# pins not connected). 20 (R/B# pins not connected).
21 21
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/mtd-physmap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt
index 80152cb567d9..80152cb567d9 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/mtd-physmap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/can.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/mpc5xxx-mscan.txt
index 2fa4fcd38fd6..2fa4fcd38fd6 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/can.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/mpc5xxx-mscan.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/can/sja1000.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/sja1000.txt
index d6d209ded937..c2dbcec0ee31 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/can/sja1000.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/sja1000.txt
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Optional properties:
39 39
40- nxp,no-comparator-bypass : Allows to disable the CAN input comperator. 40- nxp,no-comparator-bypass : Allows to disable the CAN input comperator.
41 41
42For futher information, please have a look to the SJA1000 data sheet. 42For further information, please have a look to the SJA1000 data sheet.
43 43
44Examples: 44Examples:
45 45
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/tsec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-tsec-phy.txt
index edb7ae19e868..edb7ae19e868 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/tsec.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-tsec-phy.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/gpio/mdio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-gpio.txt
index bc9549529014..bc9549529014 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/gpio/mdio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-gpio.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt
index bb8c742eb8c5..bb8c742eb8c5 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/open-pic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/open-pic.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..909a902dff85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/open-pic.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
1* Open PIC Binding
2
3This binding specifies what properties must be available in the device tree
4representation of an Open PIC compliant interrupt controller. This binding is
5based on the binding defined for Open PIC in [1] and is a superset of that
6binding.
7
8Required properties:
9
10 NOTE: Many of these descriptions were paraphrased here from [1] to aid
11 readability.
12
13 - compatible: Specifies the compatibility list for the PIC. The type
14 shall be <string> and the value shall include "open-pic".
15
16 - reg: Specifies the base physical address(s) and size(s) of this
17 PIC's addressable register space. The type shall be <prop-encoded-array>.
18
19 - interrupt-controller: The presence of this property identifies the node
20 as an Open PIC. No property value shall be defined.
21
22 - #interrupt-cells: Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
23 interrupt source. The type shall be a <u32> and the value shall be 2.
24
25 - #address-cells: Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
26 address. The type shall be <u32> and the value shall be 0. As such,
27 'interrupt-map' nodes do not have to specify a parent unit address.
28
29Optional properties:
30
31 - pic-no-reset: The presence of this property indicates that the PIC
32 shall not be reset during runtime initialization. No property value shall
33 be defined. The presence of this property also mandates that any
34 initialization related to interrupt sources shall be limited to sources
35 explicitly referenced in the device tree.
36
37* Interrupt Specifier Definition
38
39 Interrupt specifiers consists of 2 cells encoded as
40 follows:
41
42 - <1st-cell>: The interrupt-number that identifies the interrupt source.
43
44 - <2nd-cell>: The level-sense information, encoded as follows:
45 0 = low-to-high edge triggered
46 1 = active low level-sensitive
47 2 = active high level-sensitive
48 3 = high-to-low edge triggered
49
50* Examples
51
52Example 1:
53
54 /*
55 * An Open PIC interrupt controller
56 */
57 mpic: pic@40000 {
58 // This is an interrupt controller node.
59 interrupt-controller;
60
61 // No address cells so that 'interrupt-map' nodes which reference
62 // this Open PIC node do not need a parent address specifier.
63 #address-cells = <0>;
64
65 // Two cells to encode interrupt sources.
66 #interrupt-cells = <2>;
67
68 // Offset address of 0x40000 and size of 0x40000.
69 reg = <0x40000 0x40000>;
70
71 // Compatible with Open PIC.
72 compatible = "open-pic";
73
74 // The PIC shall not be reset.
75 pic-no-reset;
76 };
77
78Example 2:
79
80 /*
81 * An interrupt generating device that is wired to an Open PIC.
82 */
83 serial0: serial@4500 {
84 // Interrupt source '42' that is active high level-sensitive.
85 // Note that there are only two cells as specified in the interrupt
86 // parent's '#interrupt-cells' property.
87 interrupts = <42 2>;
88
89 // The interrupt controller that this device is wired to.
90 interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
91 };
92
93* References
94
95[1] Power.org (TM) Standard for Embedded Power Architecture (TM) Platform
96 Requirements (ePAPR), Version 1.0, July 2008.
97 (http://www.power.org/resources/downloads/Power_ePAPR_APPROVED_v1.0.pdf)
98
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/83xx-512x-pci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/83xx-512x-pci.txt
index 35a465362408..35a465362408 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/83xx-512x-pci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/83xx-512x-pci.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/4xx/cpm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/cpm.txt
index ee459806d35e..ee459806d35e 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/4xx/cpm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/cpm.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/4xx/emac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/emac.txt
index 2161334a7ca5..2161334a7ca5 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/4xx/emac.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/emac.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/4xx/ndfc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/ndfc.txt
index 869f0b5f16e8..869f0b5f16e8 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/4xx/ndfc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/ndfc.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/4xx/ppc440spe-adma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/ppc440spe-adma.txt
index 515ebcf1b97d..515ebcf1b97d 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/4xx/ppc440spe-adma.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/ppc440spe-adma.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/4xx/reboot.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/reboot.txt
index d7217260589c..d7217260589c 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/4xx/reboot.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/reboot.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/board.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/board.txt
index 39e941515a36..39e941515a36 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/board.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/board.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cache_sram.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cache_sram.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..781955f5217d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cache_sram.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
1* Freescale PQ3 and QorIQ based Cache SRAM
2
3Freescale's mpc85xx and some QorIQ platforms provide an
4option of configuring a part of (or full) cache memory
5as SRAM. This cache SRAM representation in the device
6tree should be done as under:-
7
8Required properties:
9
10- compatible : should be "fsl,p2020-cache-sram"
11- fsl,cache-sram-ctlr-handle : points to the L2 controller
12- reg : offset and length of the cache-sram.
13
14Example:
15
16cache-sram@fff00000 {
17 fsl,cache-sram-ctlr-handle = <&L2>;
18 reg = <0 0xfff00000 0 0x10000>;
19 compatible = "fsl,p2020-cache-sram";
20};
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm.txt
index 160c752484b4..160c752484b4 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/brg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/brg.txt
index 4c7d45eaf025..4c7d45eaf025 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/brg.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/brg.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/i2c.txt
index 87bc6048667e..87bc6048667e 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/i2c.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/i2c.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/pic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/pic.txt
index 8e3ee1681618..8e3ee1681618 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/pic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/pic.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/usb.txt
index 74bfda4bb824..74bfda4bb824 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/usb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/usb.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/gpio.txt
index 349f79fd7076..349f79fd7076 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/gpio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/gpio.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/network.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/network.txt
index 0e4269446580..0e4269446580 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/network.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/network.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe.txt
index 4f8930263dd9..4f8930263dd9 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/firmware.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/firmware.txt
index 249db3a15d15..249db3a15d15 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/firmware.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/firmware.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/par_io.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/par_io.txt
index 60984260207b..60984260207b 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/par_io.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/par_io.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/pincfg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/pincfg.txt
index c5b43061db3a..c5b43061db3a 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/pincfg.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/pincfg.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/ucc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/ucc.txt
index e47734bee3f0..e47734bee3f0 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/ucc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/ucc.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/usb.txt
index 9ccd5f30405b..9ccd5f30405b 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/usb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/usb.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/serial.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/serial.txt
index 2ea76d9d137c..2ea76d9d137c 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/cpm_qe/serial.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/serial.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/diu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/diu.txt
index b66cb6d31d69..b66cb6d31d69 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/diu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/diu.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/dma.txt
index 2a4b4bce6110..2a4b4bce6110 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/dma.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/dma.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/ecm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/ecm.txt
index f514f29c67d6..f514f29c67d6 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/ecm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/ecm.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/gtm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/gtm.txt
index 9a33efded4bc..9a33efded4bc 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/gtm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/gtm.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/guts.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/guts.txt
index 9e7a2417dac5..9e7a2417dac5 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/guts.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/guts.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/lbc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/lbc.txt
index 3300fec501c5..3300fec501c5 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/lbc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/lbc.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/mcm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mcm.txt
index 4ceda9b3b413..4ceda9b3b413 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/mcm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mcm.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/mcu-mpc8349emitx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mcu-mpc8349emitx.txt
index 0f766333b6eb..0f766333b6eb 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/mcu-mpc8349emitx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mcu-mpc8349emitx.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/mpc5121-psc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpc5121-psc.txt
index 8832e8798912..8832e8798912 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/mpc5121-psc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpc5121-psc.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/mpc5200.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpc5200.txt
index 4ccb2cd5df94..4ccb2cd5df94 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/mpc5200.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpc5200.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpic.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4f6145859aab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpic.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
1=====================================================================
2Freescale MPIC Interrupt Controller Node
3Copyright (C) 2010,2011 Freescale Semiconductor Inc.
4=====================================================================
5
6The Freescale MPIC interrupt controller is found on all PowerQUICC
7and QorIQ processors and is compatible with the Open PIC. The
8notable difference from Open PIC binding is the addition of 2
9additional cells in the interrupt specifier defining interrupt type
10information.
11
12PROPERTIES
13
14 - compatible
15 Usage: required
16 Value type: <string>
17 Definition: Shall include "fsl,mpic". Freescale MPIC
18 controllers compatible with this binding have Block
19 Revision Registers BRR1 and BRR2 at offset 0x0 and
20 0x10 in the MPIC.
21
22 - reg
23 Usage: required
24 Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
25 Definition: A standard property. Specifies the physical
26 offset and length of the device's registers within the
27 CCSR address space.
28
29 - interrupt-controller
30 Usage: required
31 Value type: <empty>
32 Definition: Specifies that this node is an interrupt
33 controller
34
35 - #interrupt-cells
36 Usage: required
37 Value type: <u32>
38 Definition: Shall be 2 or 4. A value of 2 means that interrupt
39 specifiers do not contain the interrupt-type or type-specific
40 information cells.
41
42 - #address-cells
43 Usage: required
44 Value type: <u32>
45 Definition: Shall be 0.
46
47 - pic-no-reset
48 Usage: optional
49 Value type: <empty>
50 Definition: The presence of this property specifies that the
51 MPIC must not be reset by the client program, and that
52 the boot program has initialized all interrupt source
53 configuration registers to a sane state-- masked or
54 directed at other cores. This ensures that the client
55 program will not receive interrupts for sources not belonging
56 to the client. The presence of this property also mandates
57 that any initialization related to interrupt sources shall
58 be limited to sources explicitly referenced in the device tree.
59
60INTERRUPT SPECIFIER DEFINITION
61
62 Interrupt specifiers consists of 4 cells encoded as
63 follows:
64
65 <1st-cell> interrupt-number
66
67 Identifies the interrupt source. The meaning
68 depends on the type of interrupt.
69
70 Note: If the interrupt-type cell is undefined
71 (i.e. #interrupt-cells = 2), this cell
72 should be interpreted the same as for
73 interrupt-type 0-- i.e. an external or
74 normal SoC device interrupt.
75
76 <2nd-cell> level-sense information, encoded as follows:
77 0 = low-to-high edge triggered
78 1 = active low level-sensitive
79 2 = active high level-sensitive
80 3 = high-to-low edge triggered
81
82 <3rd-cell> interrupt-type
83
84 The following types are supported:
85
86 0 = external or normal SoC device interrupt
87
88 The interrupt-number cell contains
89 the SoC device interrupt number. The
90 type-specific cell is undefined. The
91 interrupt-number is derived from the
92 MPIC a block of registers referred to as
93 the "Interrupt Source Configuration Registers".
94 Each source has 32-bytes of registers
95 (vector/priority and destination) in this
96 region. So interrupt 0 is at offset 0x0,
97 interrupt 1 is at offset 0x20, and so on.
98
99 1 = error interrupt
100
101 The interrupt-number cell contains
102 the SoC device interrupt number for
103 the error interrupt. The type-specific
104 cell identifies the specific error
105 interrupt number.
106
107 2 = MPIC inter-processor interrupt (IPI)
108
109 The interrupt-number cell identifies
110 the MPIC IPI number. The type-specific
111 cell is undefined.
112
113 3 = MPIC timer interrupt
114
115 The interrupt-number cell identifies
116 the MPIC timer number. The type-specific
117 cell is undefined.
118
119 <4th-cell> type-specific information
120
121 The type-specific cell is encoded as follows:
122
123 - For interrupt-type 1 (error interrupt),
124 the type-specific cell contains the
125 bit number of the error interrupt in the
126 Error Interrupt Summary Register.
127
128EXAMPLE 1
129 /*
130 * mpic interrupt controller with 4 cells per specifier
131 */
132 mpic: pic@40000 {
133 compatible = "fsl,mpic";
134 interrupt-controller;
135 #interrupt-cells = <4>;
136 #address-cells = <0>;
137 reg = <0x40000 0x40000>;
138 };
139
140EXAMPLE 2
141 /*
142 * The MPC8544 I2C controller node has an internal
143 * interrupt number of 27. As per the reference manual
144 * this corresponds to interrupt source configuration
145 * registers at 0x5_0560.
146 *
147 * The interrupt source configuration registers begin
148 * at 0x5_0000.
149 *
150 * To compute the interrupt specifier interrupt number
151 *
152 * 0x560 >> 5 = 43
153 *
154 * The interrupt source configuration registers begin
155 * at 0x5_0000, and so the i2c vector/priority registers
156 * are at 0x5_0560.
157 */
158 i2c@3000 {
159 #address-cells = <1>;
160 #size-cells = <0>;
161 cell-index = <0>;
162 compatible = "fsl-i2c";
163 reg = <0x3000 0x100>;
164 interrupts = <43 2>;
165 interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
166 dfsrr;
167 };
168
169
170EXAMPLE 3
171 /*
172 * Definition of a node defining the 4
173 * MPIC IPI interrupts. Note the interrupt
174 * type of 2.
175 */
176 ipi@410a0 {
177 compatible = "fsl,mpic-ipi";
178 reg = <0x40040 0x10>;
179 interrupts = <0 0 2 0
180 1 0 2 0
181 2 0 2 0
182 3 0 2 0>;
183 };
184
185EXAMPLE 4
186 /*
187 * Definition of a node defining the MPIC
188 * global timers. Note the interrupt
189 * type of 3.
190 */
191 timer0: timer@41100 {
192 compatible = "fsl,mpic-global-timer";
193 reg = <0x41100 0x100>;
194 interrupts = <0 0 3 0
195 1 0 3 0
196 2 0 3 0
197 3 0 3 0>;
198 };
199
200EXAMPLE 5
201 /*
202 * Definition of an error interrupt (interrupt type 1).
203 * SoC interrupt number is 16 and the specific error
204 * interrupt bit in the error interrupt summary register
205 * is 23.
206 */
207 memory-controller@8000 {
208 compatible = "fsl,p4080-memory-controller";
209 reg = <0x8000 0x1000>;
210 interrupts = <16 2 1 23>;
211 };
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/msi-pic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/msi-pic.txt
index bcc30bac6831..70558c3f3682 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/msi-pic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/msi-pic.txt
@@ -5,14 +5,21 @@ Required properties:
5 first is "fsl,CHIP-msi", where CHIP is the processor(mpc8610, mpc8572, 5 first is "fsl,CHIP-msi", where CHIP is the processor(mpc8610, mpc8572,
6 etc.) and the second is "fsl,mpic-msi" or "fsl,ipic-msi" depending on 6 etc.) and the second is "fsl,mpic-msi" or "fsl,ipic-msi" depending on
7 the parent type. 7 the parent type.
8
8- reg : should contain the address and the length of the shared message 9- reg : should contain the address and the length of the shared message
9 interrupt register set. 10 interrupt register set.
11
10- msi-available-ranges: use <start count> style section to define which 12- msi-available-ranges: use <start count> style section to define which
11 msi interrupt can be used in the 256 msi interrupts. This property is 13 msi interrupt can be used in the 256 msi interrupts. This property is
12 optional, without this, all the 256 MSI interrupts can be used. 14 optional, without this, all the 256 MSI interrupts can be used.
15 Each available range must begin and end on a multiple of 32 (i.e.
16 no splitting an individual MSI register or the associated PIC interrupt).
17
13- interrupts : each one of the interrupts here is one entry per 32 MSIs, 18- interrupts : each one of the interrupts here is one entry per 32 MSIs,
14 and routed to the host interrupt controller. the interrupts should 19 and routed to the host interrupt controller. the interrupts should
15 be set as edge sensitive. 20 be set as edge sensitive. If msi-available-ranges is present, only
21 the interrupts that correspond to available ranges shall be present.
22
16- interrupt-parent: the phandle for the interrupt controller 23- interrupt-parent: the phandle for the interrupt controller
17 that services interrupts for this device. for 83xx cpu, the interrupts 24 that services interrupts for this device. for 83xx cpu, the interrupts
18 are routed to IPIC, and for 85xx/86xx cpu the interrupts are routed 25 are routed to IPIC, and for 85xx/86xx cpu the interrupts are routed
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/pmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/pmc.txt
index 07256b7ffcaa..07256b7ffcaa 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/pmc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/pmc.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/sec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/sec.txt
index 2b6f2d45c45a..2b6f2d45c45a 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/sec.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/sec.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/ssi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/ssi.txt
index 5ff76c9c57d2..5ff76c9c57d2 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/ssi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/ssi.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/nintendo/gamecube.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/nintendo/gamecube.txt
index b558585b1aaf..b558585b1aaf 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/nintendo/gamecube.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/nintendo/gamecube.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/nintendo/wii.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/nintendo/wii.txt
index a7e155a023b8..a7e155a023b8 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/nintendo/wii.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/nintendo/wii.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-cmos.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-cmos.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7382989b3052
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-cmos.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
1 Motorola mc146818 compatible RTC
2~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
3
4Required properties:
5 - compatible : "motorola,mc146818"
6 - reg : should contain registers location and length.
7
8Optional properties:
9 - interrupts : should contain interrupt.
10 - interrupt-parent : interrupt source phandle.
11 - ctrl-reg : Contains the initial value of the control register also
12 called "Register B".
13 - freq-reg : Contains the initial value of the frequency register also
14 called "Regsiter A".
15
16"Register A" and "B" are usually initialized by the firmware (BIOS for
17instance). If this is not done, it can be performed by the driver.
18
19ISA Example:
20
21 rtc@70 {
22 compatible = "motorola,mc146818";
23 interrupts = <8 3>;
24 interrupt-parent = <&ioapic1>;
25 ctrl-reg = <2>;
26 freq-reg = <0x26>;
27 reg = <1 0x70 2>;
28 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/altera_jtaguart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/altera_jtaguart.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c152f65f9a28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/altera_jtaguart.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
1Altera JTAG UART
2
3Required properties:
4- compatible : should be "ALTR,juart-1.0"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/altera_uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/altera_uart.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..71cae3f70100
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/altera_uart.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
1Altera UART
2
3Required properties:
4- compatible : should be "ALTR,uart-1.0"
5
6Optional properties:
7- clock-frequency : frequency of the clock input to the UART
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serio/altera_ps2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serio/altera_ps2.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4d9eecc2ef7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serio/altera_ps2.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
1Altera UP PS/2 controller
2
3Required properties:
4- compatible : should be "ALTR,ps2-1.0".
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/spi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/fsl-spi.txt
index 777abd7399d5..777abd7399d5 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/spi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/fsl-spi.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/spi-bus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
index e782add2e457..e782add2e457 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/spi-bus.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_altera.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_altera.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..dda375943506
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_altera.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
1Altera SPI
2
3Required properties:
4- compatible : should be "ALTR,spi-1.0".
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_oc_tiny.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_oc_tiny.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d95c0b367a04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_oc_tiny.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
1OpenCores tiny SPI
2
3Required properties:
4- compatible : should be "opencores,tiny-spi-rtlsvn2".
5- gpios : should specify GPIOs used for chipselect.
6Optional properties:
7- clock-frequency : input clock frequency to the core.
8- baud-width: width, in bits, of the programmable divider used to scale
9 the input clock to SCLK.
10
11The clock-frequency and baud-width properties are needed only if the divider
12is programmable. They are not needed if the divider is fixed.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/fsl-usb.txt
index bd5723f0b67e..bd5723f0b67e 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/usb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/fsl-usb.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/usb-ehci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt
index fa18612f757b..fa18612f757b 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/usb-ehci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/x86/ce4100.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/x86/ce4100.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b49ae593a60b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/x86/ce4100.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
1CE4100 Device Tree Bindings
2---------------------------
3
4The CE4100 SoC uses for in core peripherals the following compatible
5format: <vendor>,<chip>-<device>.
6Many of the "generic" devices like HPET or IO APIC have the ce4100
7name in their compatible property because they first appeared in this
8SoC.
9
10The CPU node
11------------
12 cpu@0 {
13 device_type = "cpu";
14 compatible = "intel,ce4100";
15 reg = <0>;
16 lapic = <&lapic0>;
17 };
18
19The reg property describes the CPU number. The lapic property points to
20the local APIC timer.
21
22The SoC node
23------------
24
25This node describes the in-core peripherals. Required property:
26 compatible = "intel,ce4100-cp";
27
28The PCI node
29------------
30This node describes the PCI bus on the SoC. Its property should be
31 compatible = "intel,ce4100-pci", "pci";
32
33If the OS is using the IO-APIC for interrupt routing then the reported
34interrupt numbers for devices is no longer true. In order to obtain the
35correct interrupt number, the child node which represents the device has
36to contain the interrupt property. Besides the interrupt property it has
37to contain at least the reg property containing the PCI bus address and
38compatible property according to "PCI Bus Binding Revision 2.1".
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/x86/interrupt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/x86/interrupt.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7d19f494f19a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/x86/interrupt.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
1Interrupt chips
2---------------
3
4* Intel I/O Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller (IO APIC)
5
6 Required properties:
7 --------------------
8 compatible = "intel,ce4100-ioapic";
9 #interrupt-cells = <2>;
10
11 Device's interrupt property:
12
13 interrupts = <P S>;
14
15 The first number (P) represents the interrupt pin which is wired to the
16 IO APIC. The second number (S) represents the sense of interrupt which
17 should be configured and can be one of:
18 0 - Edge Rising
19 1 - Level Low
20 2 - Level High
21 3 - Edge Falling
22
23* Local APIC
24 Required property:
25
26 compatible = "intel,ce4100-lapic";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/x86/timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/x86/timer.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c688af58e3bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/x86/timer.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
1Timers
2------
3
4* High Precision Event Timer (HPET)
5 Required property:
6 compatible = "intel,ce4100-hpet";
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/xilinx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/xilinx.txt
index 299d0923537b..299d0923537b 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/xilinx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/xilinx.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt
index 7400d7555dc3..50619a0720a8 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Table of Contents
13 13
14 I - Introduction 14 I - Introduction
15 1) Entry point for arch/powerpc 15 1) Entry point for arch/powerpc
16 2) Board support 16 2) Entry point for arch/x86
17 17
18 II - The DT block format 18 II - The DT block format
19 1) Header 19 1) Header
@@ -41,13 +41,6 @@ Table of Contents
41 VI - System-on-a-chip devices and nodes 41 VI - System-on-a-chip devices and nodes
42 1) Defining child nodes of an SOC 42 1) Defining child nodes of an SOC
43 2) Representing devices without a current OF specification 43 2) Representing devices without a current OF specification
44 a) PHY nodes
45 b) Interrupt controllers
46 c) 4xx/Axon EMAC ethernet nodes
47 d) Xilinx IP cores
48 e) USB EHCI controllers
49 f) MDIO on GPIOs
50 g) SPI busses
51 44
52 VII - Specifying interrupt information for devices 45 VII - Specifying interrupt information for devices
53 1) interrupts property 46 1) interrupts property
@@ -123,7 +116,7 @@ Revision Information
123I - Introduction 116I - Introduction
124================ 117================
125 118
126During the recent development of the Linux/ppc64 kernel, and more 119During the development of the Linux/ppc64 kernel, and more
127specifically, the addition of new platform types outside of the old 120specifically, the addition of new platform types outside of the old
128IBM pSeries/iSeries pair, it was decided to enforce some strict rules 121IBM pSeries/iSeries pair, it was decided to enforce some strict rules
129regarding the kernel entry and bootloader <-> kernel interfaces, in 122regarding the kernel entry and bootloader <-> kernel interfaces, in
@@ -145,8 +138,8 @@ and properties to be present. This will be described in detail in
145section III, but, for example, the kernel does not require you to 138section III, but, for example, the kernel does not require you to
146create a node for every PCI device in the system. It is a requirement 139create a node for every PCI device in the system. It is a requirement
147to have a node for PCI host bridges in order to provide interrupt 140to have a node for PCI host bridges in order to provide interrupt
148routing informations and memory/IO ranges, among others. It is also 141routing information and memory/IO ranges, among others. It is also
149recommended to define nodes for on chip devices and other busses that 142recommended to define nodes for on chip devices and other buses that
150don't specifically fit in an existing OF specification. This creates a 143don't specifically fit in an existing OF specification. This creates a
151great flexibility in the way the kernel can then probe those and match 144great flexibility in the way the kernel can then probe those and match
152drivers to device, without having to hard code all sorts of tables. It 145drivers to device, without having to hard code all sorts of tables. It
@@ -158,7 +151,7 @@ it with special cases.
1581) Entry point for arch/powerpc 1511) Entry point for arch/powerpc
159------------------------------- 152-------------------------------
160 153
161 There is one and one single entry point to the kernel, at the start 154 There is one single entry point to the kernel, at the start
162 of the kernel image. That entry point supports two calling 155 of the kernel image. That entry point supports two calling
163 conventions: 156 conventions:
164 157
@@ -210,12 +203,6 @@ it with special cases.
210 with all CPUs. The way to do that with method b) will be 203 with all CPUs. The way to do that with method b) will be
211 described in a later revision of this document. 204 described in a later revision of this document.
212 205
213
2142) Board support
215----------------
216
21764-bit kernels:
218
219 Board supports (platforms) are not exclusive config options. An 206 Board supports (platforms) are not exclusive config options. An
220 arbitrary set of board supports can be built in a single kernel 207 arbitrary set of board supports can be built in a single kernel
221 image. The kernel will "know" what set of functions to use for a 208 image. The kernel will "know" what set of functions to use for a
@@ -234,48 +221,30 @@ it with special cases.
234 containing the various callbacks that the generic code will 221 containing the various callbacks that the generic code will
235 use to get to your platform specific code 222 use to get to your platform specific code
236 223
237 c) Add a reference to your "ppc_md" structure in the 224 A kernel image may support multiple platforms, but only if the
238 "machines" table in arch/powerpc/kernel/setup_64.c if you are
239 a 64-bit platform.
240
241 d) request and get assigned a platform number (see PLATFORM_*
242 constants in arch/powerpc/include/asm/processor.h
243
24432-bit embedded kernels:
245
246 Currently, board support is essentially an exclusive config option.
247 The kernel is configured for a single platform. Part of the reason
248 for this is to keep kernels on embedded systems small and efficient;
249 part of this is due to the fact the code is already that way. In the
250 future, a kernel may support multiple platforms, but only if the
251 platforms feature the same core architecture. A single kernel build 225 platforms feature the same core architecture. A single kernel build
252 cannot support both configurations with Book E and configurations 226 cannot support both configurations with Book E and configurations
253 with classic Powerpc architectures. 227 with classic Powerpc architectures.
254 228
255 32-bit embedded platforms that are moved into arch/powerpc using a 2292) Entry point for arch/x86
256 flattened device tree should adopt the merged tree practice of 230-------------------------------
257 setting ppc_md up dynamically, even though the kernel is currently
258 built with support for only a single platform at a time. This allows
259 unification of the setup code, and will make it easier to go to a
260 multiple-platform-support model in the future.
261
262NOTE: I believe the above will be true once Ben's done with the merge
263of the boot sequences.... someone speak up if this is wrong!
264
265 To add a 32-bit embedded platform support, follow the instructions
266 for 64-bit platforms above, with the exception that the Kconfig
267 option should be set up such that the kernel builds exclusively for
268 the platform selected. The processor type for the platform should
269 enable another config option to select the specific board
270 supported.
271
272NOTE: If Ben doesn't merge the setup files, may need to change this to
273point to setup_32.c
274 231
232 There is one single 32bit entry point to the kernel at code32_start,
233 the decompressor (the real mode entry point goes to the same 32bit
234 entry point once it switched into protected mode). That entry point
235 supports one calling convention which is documented in
236 Documentation/x86/boot.txt
237 The physical pointer to the device-tree block (defined in chapter II)
238 is passed via setup_data which requires at least boot protocol 2.09.
239 The type filed is defined as
275 240
276 I will describe later the boot process and various callbacks that 241 #define SETUP_DTB 2
277 your platform should implement.
278 242
243 This device-tree is used as an extension to the "boot page". As such it
244 does not parse / consider data which is already covered by the boot
245 page. This includes memory size, reserved ranges, command line arguments
246 or initrd address. It simply holds information which can not be retrieved
247 otherwise like interrupt routing or a list of devices behind an I2C bus.
279 248
280II - The DT block format 249II - The DT block format
281======================== 250========================
@@ -300,8 +269,8 @@ the block to RAM before passing it to the kernel.
3001) Header 2691) Header
301--------- 270---------
302 271
303 The kernel is entered with r3 pointing to an area of memory that is 272 The kernel is passed the physical address pointing to an area of memory
304 roughly described in arch/powerpc/include/asm/prom.h by the structure 273 that is roughly described in include/linux/of_fdt.h by the structure
305 boot_param_header: 274 boot_param_header:
306 275
307struct boot_param_header { 276struct boot_param_header {
@@ -339,7 +308,7 @@ struct boot_param_header {
339 All values in this header are in big endian format, the various 308 All values in this header are in big endian format, the various
340 fields in this header are defined more precisely below. All 309 fields in this header are defined more precisely below. All
341 "offset" values are in bytes from the start of the header; that is 310 "offset" values are in bytes from the start of the header; that is
342 from the value of r3. 311 from the physical base address of the device tree block.
343 312
344 - magic 313 - magic
345 314
@@ -416,7 +385,7 @@ struct boot_param_header {
416 among others, by kexec. If you are on an SMP system, this value 385 among others, by kexec. If you are on an SMP system, this value
417 should match the content of the "reg" property of the CPU node in 386 should match the content of the "reg" property of the CPU node in
418 the device-tree corresponding to the CPU calling the kernel entry 387 the device-tree corresponding to the CPU calling the kernel entry
419 point (see further chapters for more informations on the required 388 point (see further chapters for more information on the required
420 device-tree contents) 389 device-tree contents)
421 390
422 - size_dt_strings 391 - size_dt_strings
@@ -437,7 +406,7 @@ struct boot_param_header {
437 406
438 407
439 ------------------------------ 408 ------------------------------
440 r3 -> | struct boot_param_header | 409 base -> | struct boot_param_header |
441 ------------------------------ 410 ------------------------------
442 | (alignment gap) (*) | 411 | (alignment gap) (*) |
443 ------------------------------ 412 ------------------------------
@@ -457,7 +426,7 @@ struct boot_param_header {
457 -----> ------------------------------ 426 -----> ------------------------------
458 | 427 |
459 | 428 |
460 --- (r3 + totalsize) 429 --- (base + totalsize)
461 430
462 (*) The alignment gaps are not necessarily present; their presence 431 (*) The alignment gaps are not necessarily present; their presence
463 and size are dependent on the various alignment requirements of 432 and size are dependent on the various alignment requirements of
@@ -500,7 +469,7 @@ the device-tree structure. It is typically used to represent "path" in
500the device-tree. More details about the actual format of these will be 469the device-tree. More details about the actual format of these will be
501below. 470below.
502 471
503The kernel powerpc generic code does not make any formal use of the 472The kernel generic code does not make any formal use of the
504unit address (though some board support code may do) so the only real 473unit address (though some board support code may do) so the only real
505requirement here for the unit address is to ensure uniqueness of 474requirement here for the unit address is to ensure uniqueness of
506the node unit name at a given level of the tree. Nodes with no notion 475the node unit name at a given level of the tree. Nodes with no notion
@@ -518,20 +487,21 @@ path to the root node is "/".
518 487
519Every node which actually represents an actual device (that is, a node 488Every node which actually represents an actual device (that is, a node
520which isn't only a virtual "container" for more nodes, like "/cpus" 489which isn't only a virtual "container" for more nodes, like "/cpus"
521is) is also required to have a "device_type" property indicating the 490is) is also required to have a "compatible" property indicating the
522type of node . 491specific hardware and an optional list of devices it is fully
492backwards compatible with.
523 493
524Finally, every node that can be referenced from a property in another 494Finally, every node that can be referenced from a property in another
525node is required to have a "linux,phandle" property. Real open 495node is required to have either a "phandle" or a "linux,phandle"
526firmware implementations provide a unique "phandle" value for every 496property. Real Open Firmware implementations provide a unique
527node that the "prom_init()" trampoline code turns into 497"phandle" value for every node that the "prom_init()" trampoline code
528"linux,phandle" properties. However, this is made optional if the 498turns into "linux,phandle" properties. However, this is made optional
529flattened device tree is used directly. An example of a node 499if the flattened device tree is used directly. An example of a node
530referencing another node via "phandle" is when laying out the 500referencing another node via "phandle" is when laying out the
531interrupt tree which will be described in a further version of this 501interrupt tree which will be described in a further version of this
532document. 502document.
533 503
534This "linux, phandle" property is a 32-bit value that uniquely 504The "phandle" property is a 32-bit value that uniquely
535identifies a node. You are free to use whatever values or system of 505identifies a node. You are free to use whatever values or system of
536values, internal pointers, or whatever to generate these, the only 506values, internal pointers, or whatever to generate these, the only
537requirement is that every node for which you provide that property has 507requirement is that every node for which you provide that property has
@@ -583,7 +553,7 @@ looks like in practice.
583 553
584This tree is almost a minimal tree. It pretty much contains the 554This tree is almost a minimal tree. It pretty much contains the
585minimal set of required nodes and properties to boot a linux kernel; 555minimal set of required nodes and properties to boot a linux kernel;
586that is, some basic model informations at the root, the CPUs, and the 556that is, some basic model information at the root, the CPUs, and the
587physical memory layout. It also includes misc information passed 557physical memory layout. It also includes misc information passed
588through /chosen, like in this example, the platform type (mandatory) 558through /chosen, like in this example, the platform type (mandatory)
589and the kernel command line arguments (optional). 559and the kernel command line arguments (optional).
@@ -694,7 +664,7 @@ made of 3 cells, the bottom two containing the actual address itself
694while the top cell contains address space indication, flags, and pci 664while the top cell contains address space indication, flags, and pci
695bus & device numbers. 665bus & device numbers.
696 666
697For busses that support dynamic allocation, it's the accepted practice 667For buses that support dynamic allocation, it's the accepted practice
698to then not provide the address in "reg" (keep it 0) though while 668to then not provide the address in "reg" (keep it 0) though while
699providing a flag indicating the address is dynamically allocated, and 669providing a flag indicating the address is dynamically allocated, and
700then, to provide a separate "assigned-addresses" property that 670then, to provide a separate "assigned-addresses" property that
@@ -711,7 +681,7 @@ prom_parse.c file of the recent kernels for your bus type.
711The "reg" property only defines addresses and sizes (if #size-cells is 681The "reg" property only defines addresses and sizes (if #size-cells is
712non-0) within a given bus. In order to translate addresses upward 682non-0) within a given bus. In order to translate addresses upward
713(that is into parent bus addresses, and possibly into CPU physical 683(that is into parent bus addresses, and possibly into CPU physical
714addresses), all busses must contain a "ranges" property. If the 684addresses), all buses must contain a "ranges" property. If the
715"ranges" property is missing at a given level, it's assumed that 685"ranges" property is missing at a given level, it's assumed that
716translation isn't possible, i.e., the registers are not visible on the 686translation isn't possible, i.e., the registers are not visible on the
717parent bus. The format of the "ranges" property for a bus is a list 687parent bus. The format of the "ranges" property for a bus is a list
@@ -727,9 +697,9 @@ example, for a PCI host controller, that would be a CPU address. For a
727PCI<->ISA bridge, that would be a PCI address. It defines the base 697PCI<->ISA bridge, that would be a PCI address. It defines the base
728address in the parent bus where the beginning of that range is mapped. 698address in the parent bus where the beginning of that range is mapped.
729 699
730For a new 64-bit powerpc board, I recommend either the 2/2 format or 700For new 64-bit board support, I recommend either the 2/2 format or
731Apple's 2/1 format which is slightly more compact since sizes usually 701Apple's 2/1 format which is slightly more compact since sizes usually
732fit in a single 32-bit word. New 32-bit powerpc boards should use a 702fit in a single 32-bit word. New 32-bit board support should use a
7331/1 format, unless the processor supports physical addresses greater 7031/1 format, unless the processor supports physical addresses greater
734than 32-bits, in which case a 2/1 format is recommended. 704than 32-bits, in which case a 2/1 format is recommended.
735 705
@@ -754,7 +724,7 @@ of their actual names.
754While earlier users of Open Firmware like OldWorld macintoshes tended 724While earlier users of Open Firmware like OldWorld macintoshes tended
755to use the actual device name for the "name" property, it's nowadays 725to use the actual device name for the "name" property, it's nowadays
756considered a good practice to use a name that is closer to the device 726considered a good practice to use a name that is closer to the device
757class (often equal to device_type). For example, nowadays, ethernet 727class (often equal to device_type). For example, nowadays, Ethernet
758controllers are named "ethernet", an additional "model" property 728controllers are named "ethernet", an additional "model" property
759defining precisely the chip type/model, and "compatible" property 729defining precisely the chip type/model, and "compatible" property
760defining the family in case a single driver can driver more than one 730defining the family in case a single driver can driver more than one
@@ -772,7 +742,7 @@ is present).
7724) Note about node and property names and character set 7424) Note about node and property names and character set
773------------------------------------------------------- 743-------------------------------------------------------
774 744
775While open firmware provides more flexible usage of 8859-1, this 745While Open Firmware provides more flexible usage of 8859-1, this
776specification enforces more strict rules. Nodes and properties should 746specification enforces more strict rules. Nodes and properties should
777be comprised only of ASCII characters 'a' to 'z', '0' to 747be comprised only of ASCII characters 'a' to 'z', '0' to
778'9', ',', '.', '_', '+', '#', '?', and '-'. Node names additionally 748'9', ',', '.', '_', '+', '#', '?', and '-'. Node names additionally
@@ -792,7 +762,7 @@ address which can extend beyond that limit.
792-------------------------------- 762--------------------------------
793 These are all that are currently required. However, it is strongly 763 These are all that are currently required. However, it is strongly
794 recommended that you expose PCI host bridges as documented in the 764 recommended that you expose PCI host bridges as documented in the
795 PCI binding to open firmware, and your interrupt tree as documented 765 PCI binding to Open Firmware, and your interrupt tree as documented
796 in OF interrupt tree specification. 766 in OF interrupt tree specification.
797 767
798 a) The root node 768 a) The root node
@@ -802,20 +772,12 @@ address which can extend beyond that limit.
802 - model : this is your board name/model 772 - model : this is your board name/model
803 - #address-cells : address representation for "root" devices 773 - #address-cells : address representation for "root" devices
804 - #size-cells: the size representation for "root" devices 774 - #size-cells: the size representation for "root" devices
805 - device_type : This property shouldn't be necessary. However, if
806 you decide to create a device_type for your root node, make sure it
807 is _not_ "chrp" unless your platform is a pSeries or PAPR compliant
808 one for 64-bit, or a CHRP-type machine for 32-bit as this will
809 matched by the kernel this way.
810
811 Additionally, some recommended properties are:
812
813 - compatible : the board "family" generally finds its way here, 775 - compatible : the board "family" generally finds its way here,
814 for example, if you have 2 board models with a similar layout, 776 for example, if you have 2 board models with a similar layout,
815 that typically get driven by the same platform code in the 777 that typically get driven by the same platform code in the
816 kernel, you would use a different "model" property but put a 778 kernel, you would specify the exact board model in the
817 value in "compatible". The kernel doesn't directly use that 779 compatible property followed by an entry that represents the SoC
818 value but it is generally useful. 780 model.
819 781
820 The root node is also generally where you add additional properties 782 The root node is also generally where you add additional properties
821 specific to your board like the serial number if any, that sort of 783 specific to your board like the serial number if any, that sort of
@@ -841,8 +803,11 @@ address which can extend beyond that limit.
841 803
842 So under /cpus, you are supposed to create a node for every CPU on 804 So under /cpus, you are supposed to create a node for every CPU on
843 the machine. There is no specific restriction on the name of the 805 the machine. There is no specific restriction on the name of the
844 CPU, though It's common practice to call it PowerPC,<name>. For 806 CPU, though it's common to call it <architecture>,<core>. For
845 example, Apple uses PowerPC,G5 while IBM uses PowerPC,970FX. 807 example, Apple uses PowerPC,G5 while IBM uses PowerPC,970FX.
808 However, the Generic Names convention suggests that it would be
809 better to simply use 'cpu' for each cpu node and use the compatible
810 property to identify the specific cpu core.
846 811
847 Required properties: 812 Required properties:
848 813
@@ -923,7 +888,7 @@ compatibility.
923 888
924 e) The /chosen node 889 e) The /chosen node
925 890
926 This node is a bit "special". Normally, that's where open firmware 891 This node is a bit "special". Normally, that's where Open Firmware
927 puts some variable environment information, like the arguments, or 892 puts some variable environment information, like the arguments, or
928 the default input/output devices. 893 the default input/output devices.
929 894
@@ -940,11 +905,7 @@ compatibility.
940 console device if any. Typically, if you have serial devices on 905 console device if any. Typically, if you have serial devices on
941 your board, you may want to put the full path to the one set as 906 your board, you may want to put the full path to the one set as
942 the default console in the firmware here, for the kernel to pick 907 the default console in the firmware here, for the kernel to pick
943 it up as its own default console. If you look at the function 908 it up as its own default console.
944 set_preferred_console() in arch/ppc64/kernel/setup.c, you'll see
945 that the kernel tries to find out the default console and has
946 knowledge of various types like 8250 serial ports. You may want
947 to extend this function to add your own.
948 909
949 Note that u-boot creates and fills in the chosen node for platforms 910 Note that u-boot creates and fills in the chosen node for platforms
950 that use it. 911 that use it.
@@ -955,23 +916,23 @@ compatibility.
955 916
956 f) the /soc<SOCname> node 917 f) the /soc<SOCname> node
957 918
958 This node is used to represent a system-on-a-chip (SOC) and must be 919 This node is used to represent a system-on-a-chip (SoC) and must be
959 present if the processor is a SOC. The top-level soc node contains 920 present if the processor is a SoC. The top-level soc node contains
960 information that is global to all devices on the SOC. The node name 921 information that is global to all devices on the SoC. The node name
961 should contain a unit address for the SOC, which is the base address 922 should contain a unit address for the SoC, which is the base address
962 of the memory-mapped register set for the SOC. The name of an soc 923 of the memory-mapped register set for the SoC. The name of an SoC
963 node should start with "soc", and the remainder of the name should 924 node should start with "soc", and the remainder of the name should
964 represent the part number for the soc. For example, the MPC8540's 925 represent the part number for the soc. For example, the MPC8540's
965 soc node would be called "soc8540". 926 soc node would be called "soc8540".
966 927
967 Required properties: 928 Required properties:
968 929
969 - device_type : Should be "soc"
970 - ranges : Should be defined as specified in 1) to describe the 930 - ranges : Should be defined as specified in 1) to describe the
971 translation of SOC addresses for memory mapped SOC registers. 931 translation of SoC addresses for memory mapped SoC registers.
972 - bus-frequency: Contains the bus frequency for the SOC node. 932 - bus-frequency: Contains the bus frequency for the SoC node.
973 Typically, the value of this field is filled in by the boot 933 Typically, the value of this field is filled in by the boot
974 loader. 934 loader.
935 - compatible : Exact model of the SoC
975 936
976 937
977 Recommended properties: 938 Recommended properties:
@@ -1155,12 +1116,13 @@ while all this has been defined and implemented.
1155 1116
1156 - An example of code for iterating nodes & retrieving properties 1117 - An example of code for iterating nodes & retrieving properties
1157 directly from the flattened tree format can be found in the kernel 1118 directly from the flattened tree format can be found in the kernel
1158 file arch/ppc64/kernel/prom.c, look at scan_flat_dt() function, 1119 file drivers/of/fdt.c. Look at the of_scan_flat_dt() function,
1159 its usage in early_init_devtree(), and the corresponding various 1120 its usage in early_init_devtree(), and the corresponding various
1160 early_init_dt_scan_*() callbacks. That code can be re-used in a 1121 early_init_dt_scan_*() callbacks. That code can be re-used in a
1161 GPL bootloader, and as the author of that code, I would be happy 1122 GPL bootloader, and as the author of that code, I would be happy
1162 to discuss possible free licensing to any vendor who wishes to 1123 to discuss possible free licensing to any vendor who wishes to
1163 integrate all or part of this code into a non-GPL bootloader. 1124 integrate all or part of this code into a non-GPL bootloader.
1125 (reference needed; who is 'I' here? ---gcl Jan 31, 2011)
1164 1126
1165 1127
1166 1128
@@ -1203,18 +1165,19 @@ MPC8540.
12032) Representing devices without a current OF specification 11652) Representing devices without a current OF specification
1204---------------------------------------------------------- 1166----------------------------------------------------------
1205 1167
1206Currently, there are many devices on SOCs that do not have a standard 1168Currently, there are many devices on SoCs that do not have a standard
1207representation pre-defined as part of the open firmware 1169representation defined as part of the Open Firmware specifications,
1208specifications, mainly because the boards that contain these SOCs are 1170mainly because the boards that contain these SoCs are not currently
1209not currently booted using open firmware. This section contains 1171booted using Open Firmware. Binding documentation for new devices
1210descriptions for the SOC devices for which new nodes have been 1172should be added to the Documentation/devicetree/bindings directory.
1211defined; this list will expand as more and more SOC-containing 1173That directory will expand as device tree support is added to more and
1212platforms are moved over to use the flattened-device-tree model. 1174more SoCs.
1175
1213 1176
1214VII - Specifying interrupt information for devices 1177VII - Specifying interrupt information for devices
1215=================================================== 1178===================================================
1216 1179
1217The device tree represents the busses and devices of a hardware 1180The device tree represents the buses and devices of a hardware
1218system in a form similar to the physical bus topology of the 1181system in a form similar to the physical bus topology of the
1219hardware. 1182hardware.
1220 1183
diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/README.dvb-usb b/Documentation/dvb/README.dvb-usb
index c8238e44ed6b..c4d963a67d6f 100644
--- a/Documentation/dvb/README.dvb-usb
+++ b/Documentation/dvb/README.dvb-usb
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Hotplug is able to load the driver, when it is needed (because you plugged
138in the device). 138in the device).
139 139
140If you want to enable debug output, you have to load the driver manually and 140If you want to enable debug output, you have to load the driver manually and
141from withing the dvb-kernel cvs repository. 141from within the dvb-kernel cvs repository.
142 142
143first have a look, which debug level are available: 143first have a look, which debug level are available:
144 144
diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/ci.txt b/Documentation/dvb/ci.txt
index 4a0c2b56e690..6c3bda50f7dc 100644
--- a/Documentation/dvb/ci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/dvb/ci.txt
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ so on.
47 47
48* CI modules that are supported 48* CI modules that are supported
49~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 49~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
50The CI module support is largely dependant upon the firmware on the cards 50The CI module support is largely dependent upon the firmware on the cards
51Some cards do support almost all of the available CI modules. There is 51Some cards do support almost all of the available CI modules. There is
52nothing much that can be done in order to make additional CI modules 52nothing much that can be done in order to make additional CI modules
53working with these cards. 53working with these cards.
diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/faq.txt b/Documentation/dvb/faq.txt
index 121832e5d899..97b1373f2428 100644
--- a/Documentation/dvb/faq.txt
+++ b/Documentation/dvb/faq.txt
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Some very frequently asked questions about linuxtv-dvb
1065. The dvb_net device doesn't give me any packets at all 1065. The dvb_net device doesn't give me any packets at all
107 107
108 Run tcpdump on the dvb0_0 interface. This sets the interface 108 Run tcpdump on the dvb0_0 interface. This sets the interface
109 into promiscous mode so it accepts any packets from the PID 109 into promiscuous mode so it accepts any packets from the PID
110 you have configured with the dvbnet utility. Check if there 110 you have configured with the dvbnet utility. Check if there
111 are any packets with the IP addr and MAC addr you have 111 are any packets with the IP addr and MAC addr you have
112 configured with ifconfig. 112 configured with ifconfig.
diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware b/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware
index 59690de8ebfe..3348d313fbe0 100644
--- a/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware
+++ b/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware
@@ -556,6 +556,9 @@ sub ngene {
556 my $hash1 = "d798d5a757121174f0dbc5f2833c0c85"; 556 my $hash1 = "d798d5a757121174f0dbc5f2833c0c85";
557 my $file2 = "ngene_17.fw"; 557 my $file2 = "ngene_17.fw";
558 my $hash2 = "26b687136e127b8ac24b81e0eeafc20b"; 558 my $hash2 = "26b687136e127b8ac24b81e0eeafc20b";
559 my $url2 = "http://l4m-daten.de/downloads/firmware/dvb-s2/linux/all/";
560 my $file3 = "ngene_18.fw";
561 my $hash3 = "ebce3ea769a53e3e0b0197c3b3f127e3";
559 562
560 checkstandard(); 563 checkstandard();
561 564
@@ -565,7 +568,10 @@ sub ngene {
565 wgetfile($file2, $url . $file2); 568 wgetfile($file2, $url . $file2);
566 verify($file2, $hash2); 569 verify($file2, $hash2);
567 570
568 "$file1, $file2"; 571 wgetfile($file3, $url2 . $file3);
572 verify($file3, $hash3);
573
574 "$file1, $file2, $file3";
569} 575}
570 576
571sub az6027{ 577sub az6027{
diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/lmedm04.txt b/Documentation/dvb/lmedm04.txt
index 641886504201..10b5f0411386 100644
--- a/Documentation/dvb/lmedm04.txt
+++ b/Documentation/dvb/lmedm04.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ following file(s) to this directory.
4for DM04+/QQBOX LME2510C (Sharp 7395 Tuner) 4for DM04+/QQBOX LME2510C (Sharp 7395 Tuner)
5------------------------------------------- 5-------------------------------------------
6 6
7The Sharp 7395 driver can be found in windows/system32/driver 7The Sharp 7395 driver can be found in windows/system32/drivers
8 8
9US2A0D.sys (dated 17 Mar 2009) 9US2A0D.sys (dated 17 Mar 2009)
10 10
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ and run
44 44
45 45
46Other LG firmware can be extracted manually from US280D.sys 46Other LG firmware can be extracted manually from US280D.sys
47only found in windows/system32/driver. 47only found in windows/system32/drivers
48 48
49dd if=US280D.sys ibs=1 skip=42360 count=3924 of=dvb-usb-lme2510-lg.fw 49dd if=US280D.sys ibs=1 skip=42360 count=3924 of=dvb-usb-lme2510-lg.fw
50 50
@@ -55,4 +55,16 @@ dd if=US280D.sys ibs=1 skip=35200 count=3850 of=dvb-usb-lme2510c-lg.fw
55 55
56--------------------------------------------------------------------- 56---------------------------------------------------------------------
57 57
58The Sharp 0194 tuner driver can be found in windows/system32/drivers
59
60US290D.sys (dated 09 Apr 2009)
61
62For LME2510
63dd if=US290D.sys ibs=1 skip=36856 count=3976 of=dvb-usb-lme2510-s0194.fw
64
65
66For LME2510C
67dd if=US290D.sys ibs=1 skip=33152 count=3697 of=dvb-usb-lme2510c-s0194.fw
68
69
58Copy the firmware file(s) to /lib/firmware 70Copy the firmware file(s) to /lib/firmware
diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/udev.txt b/Documentation/dvb/udev.txt
index 68ee224b6aae..412305b7c557 100644
--- a/Documentation/dvb/udev.txt
+++ b/Documentation/dvb/udev.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
1The DVB subsystem currently registers to the sysfs subsystem using the 1The DVB subsystem currently registers to the sysfs subsystem using the
2"class_simple" interface. 2"class_simple" interface.
3 3
4This means that only the basic informations like module loading parameters 4This means that only the basic information like module loading parameters
5are presented through sysfs. Other things that might be interesting are 5are presented through sysfs. Other things that might be interesting are
6currently *not* available. 6currently *not* available.
7 7
diff --git a/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt b/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt
index 58ea64a96165..f959909d7154 100644
--- a/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt
+++ b/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ This document describes how to use the dynamic debug (ddebug) feature.
6 6
7Dynamic debug is designed to allow you to dynamically enable/disable kernel 7Dynamic debug is designed to allow you to dynamically enable/disable kernel
8code to obtain additional kernel information. Currently, if 8code to obtain additional kernel information. Currently, if
9CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG is set, then all pr_debug()/dev_debug() calls can be 9CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG is set, then all pr_debug()/dev_dbg() calls can be
10dynamically enabled per-callsite. 10dynamically enabled per-callsite.
11 11
12Dynamic debug has even more useful features: 12Dynamic debug has even more useful features:
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Dynamic debug has even more useful features:
26Controlling dynamic debug Behaviour 26Controlling dynamic debug Behaviour
27=================================== 27===================================
28 28
29The behaviour of pr_debug()/dev_debug()s are controlled via writing to a 29The behaviour of pr_debug()/dev_dbg()s are controlled via writing to a
30control file in the 'debugfs' filesystem. Thus, you must first mount the debugfs 30control file in the 'debugfs' filesystem. Thus, you must first mount the debugfs
31filesystem, in order to make use of this feature. Subsequently, we refer to the 31filesystem, in order to make use of this feature. Subsequently, we refer to the
32control file as: <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control. For example, if you want to 32control file as: <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control. For example, if you want to
@@ -205,12 +205,20 @@ of the characters:
205 205
206The flags are: 206The flags are:
207 207
208f
209 Include the function name in the printed message
210l
211 Include line number in the printed message
212m
213 Include module name in the printed message
208p 214p
209 Causes a printk() message to be emitted to dmesg 215 Causes a printk() message to be emitted to dmesg
216t
217 Include thread ID in messages not generated from interrupt context
210 218
211Note the regexp ^[-+=][scp]+$ matches a flags specification. 219Note the regexp ^[-+=][flmpt]+$ matches a flags specification.
212Note also that there is no convenient syntax to remove all 220Note also that there is no convenient syntax to remove all
213the flags at once, you need to use "-psc". 221the flags at once, you need to use "-flmpt".
214 222
215 223
216Debug messages during boot process 224Debug messages during boot process
diff --git a/Documentation/edac.txt b/Documentation/edac.txt
index 9ee774de57cd..249822cde82b 100644
--- a/Documentation/edac.txt
+++ b/Documentation/edac.txt
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ Total Correctable Errors count attribute file:
311 'ce_noinfo_count' 311 'ce_noinfo_count'
312 312
313 This attribute file displays the number of CEs that 313 This attribute file displays the number of CEs that
314 have occurred wherewith no informations as to which DIMM slot 314 have occurred wherewith no information as to which DIMM slot
315 is having errors. Memory is handicapped, but operational, 315 is having errors. Memory is handicapped, but operational,
316 yet no information is available to indicate which slot 316 yet no information is available to indicate which slot
317 the failing memory is in. This count field should be also 317 the failing memory is in. This count field should be also
@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ were done at i7core_edac driver. This chapter will cover those differences
741 As EDAC API maps the minimum unity is csrows, the driver sequencially 741 As EDAC API maps the minimum unity is csrows, the driver sequencially
742 maps channel/dimm into different csrows. 742 maps channel/dimm into different csrows.
743 743
744 For example, suposing the following layout: 744 For example, supposing the following layout:
745 Ch0 phy rd0, wr0 (0x063f4031): 2 ranks, UDIMMs 745 Ch0 phy rd0, wr0 (0x063f4031): 2 ranks, UDIMMs
746 dimm 0 1024 Mb offset: 0, bank: 8, rank: 1, row: 0x4000, col: 0x400 746 dimm 0 1024 Mb offset: 0, bank: 8, rank: 1, row: 0x4000, col: 0x400
747 dimm 1 1024 Mb offset: 4, bank: 8, rank: 1, row: 0x4000, col: 0x400 747 dimm 1 1024 Mb offset: 4, bank: 8, rank: 1, row: 0x4000, col: 0x400
diff --git a/Documentation/eisa.txt b/Documentation/eisa.txt
index f297fc1202ae..38cf0c7b559f 100644
--- a/Documentation/eisa.txt
+++ b/Documentation/eisa.txt
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ struct eisa_driver {
84 84
85id_table : an array of NULL terminated EISA id strings, 85id_table : an array of NULL terminated EISA id strings,
86 followed by an empty string. Each string can 86 followed by an empty string. Each string can
87 optionally be paired with a driver-dependant value 87 optionally be paired with a driver-dependent value
88 (driver_data). 88 (driver_data).
89 89
90driver : a generic driver, such as described in 90driver : a generic driver, such as described in
diff --git a/Documentation/fb/sm501.txt b/Documentation/fb/sm501.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8d17aebd2648
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/fb/sm501.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
1Configuration:
2
3You can pass the following kernel command line options to sm501 videoframebuffer:
4
5 sm501fb.bpp= SM501 Display driver:
6 Specifiy bits-per-pixel if not specified by 'mode'
7
8 sm501fb.mode= SM501 Display driver:
9 Specify resolution as
10 "<xres>x<yres>[-<bpp>][@<refresh>]"
diff --git a/Documentation/fb/viafb.txt b/Documentation/fb/viafb.txt
index 1a2e8aa3fbb1..444e34b52ae1 100644
--- a/Documentation/fb/viafb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/fb/viafb.txt
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Notes:
204 204
205 supported_output_devices 205 supported_output_devices
206 206
207 This read-only file contains a full ',' seperated list containing all 207 This read-only file contains a full ',' separated list containing all
208 output devices that could be available on your platform. It is likely 208 output devices that could be available on your platform. It is likely
209 that not all of those have a connector on your hardware but it should 209 that not all of those have a connector on your hardware but it should
210 provide a good starting point to figure out which of those names match 210 provide a good starting point to figure out which of those names match
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ Notes:
225 This can happen for example if only one (the other) iga is used. 225 This can happen for example if only one (the other) iga is used.
226 Writing to these files allows adjusting the output devices during 226 Writing to these files allows adjusting the output devices during
227 runtime. One can add new devices, remove existing ones or switch 227 runtime. One can add new devices, remove existing ones or switch
228 between igas. Essentially you can write a ',' seperated list of device 228 between igas. Essentially you can write a ',' separated list of device
229 names (or a single one) in the same format as the output to those 229 names (or a single one) in the same format as the output to those
230 files. You can add a '+' or '-' as a prefix allowing simple addition 230 files. You can add a '+' or '-' as a prefix allowing simple addition
231 and removal of devices. So a prefix '+' adds the devices from your list 231 and removal of devices. So a prefix '+' adds the devices from your list
diff --git a/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt b/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
index b959659c5df4..492e81df2968 100644
--- a/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
+++ b/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
@@ -35,6 +35,17 @@ Who: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
35 35
36--------------------------- 36---------------------------
37 37
38What: AR9170USB
39When: 2.6.40
40
41Why: This driver is deprecated and the firmware is no longer
42 maintained. The replacement driver "carl9170" has been
43 around for a while, so the devices are still supported.
44
45Who: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
46
47---------------------------
48
38What: IRQF_SAMPLE_RANDOM 49What: IRQF_SAMPLE_RANDOM
39Check: IRQF_SAMPLE_RANDOM 50Check: IRQF_SAMPLE_RANDOM
40When: July 2009 51When: July 2009
@@ -97,42 +108,6 @@ Who: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
97 108
98--------------------------- 109---------------------------
99 110
100What: Video4Linux obsolete drivers using V4L1 API
101When: kernel 2.6.39
102Files: drivers/staging/se401/* drivers/staging/usbvideo/*
103Check: drivers/staging/se401/se401.c drivers/staging/usbvideo/usbvideo.c
104Why: There are some drivers still using V4L1 API, despite all efforts we've done
105 to migrate. Those drivers are for obsolete hardware that the old maintainer
106 didn't care (or not have the hardware anymore), and that no other developer
107 could find any hardware to buy. They probably have no practical usage today,
108 and people with such old hardware could probably keep using an older version
109 of the kernel. Those drivers will be moved to staging on 2.6.38 and, if nobody
110 cares enough to port and test them with V4L2 API, they'll be removed on 2.6.39.
111Who: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
112
113---------------------------
114
115What: Video4Linux: Remove obsolete ioctl's
116When: kernel 2.6.39
117Files: include/media/videodev2.h
118Why: Some ioctl's were defined wrong on 2.6.2 and 2.6.6, using the wrong
119 type of R/W arguments. They were fixed, but the old ioctl names are
120 still there, maintained to avoid breaking binary compatibility:
121 #define VIDIOC_OVERLAY_OLD _IOWR('V', 14, int)
122 #define VIDIOC_S_PARM_OLD _IOW('V', 22, struct v4l2_streamparm)
123 #define VIDIOC_S_CTRL_OLD _IOW('V', 28, struct v4l2_control)
124 #define VIDIOC_G_AUDIO_OLD _IOWR('V', 33, struct v4l2_audio)
125 #define VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT_OLD _IOWR('V', 49, struct v4l2_audioout)
126 #define VIDIOC_CROPCAP_OLD _IOR('V', 58, struct v4l2_cropcap)
127 There's no sense on preserving those forever, as it is very doubtful
128 that someone would try to use a such old binary with a modern kernel.
129 Removing them will allow us to remove some magic done at the V4L ioctl
130 handler.
131
132Who: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
133
134---------------------------
135
136What: sys_sysctl 111What: sys_sysctl
137When: September 2010 112When: September 2010
138Option: CONFIG_SYSCTL_SYSCALL 113Option: CONFIG_SYSCTL_SYSCALL
@@ -259,14 +234,6 @@ Who: Zhang Rui <rui.zhang@intel.com>
259 234
260--------------------------- 235---------------------------
261 236
262What: /proc/acpi/button
263When: August 2007
264Why: /proc/acpi/button has been replaced by events to the input layer
265 since 2.6.20.
266Who: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
267
268---------------------------
269
270What: /proc/acpi/event 237What: /proc/acpi/event
271When: February 2008 238When: February 2008
272Why: /proc/acpi/event has been replaced by events via the input layer 239Why: /proc/acpi/event has been replaced by events via the input layer
@@ -420,26 +387,6 @@ Who: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
420 387
421---------------------------- 388----------------------------
422 389
423What: Support for lcd_switch and display_get in asus-laptop driver
424When: March 2010
425Why: These two features use non-standard interfaces. There are the
426 only features that really need multiple path to guess what's
427 the right method name on a specific laptop.
428
429 Removing them will allow to remove a lot of code an significantly
430 clean the drivers.
431
432 This will affect the backlight code which won't be able to know
433 if the backlight is on or off. The platform display file will also be
434 write only (like the one in eeepc-laptop).
435
436 This should'nt affect a lot of user because they usually know
437 when their display is on or off.
438
439Who: Corentin Chary <corentin.chary@gmail.com>
440
441----------------------------
442
443What: sysfs-class-rfkill state file 390What: sysfs-class-rfkill state file
444When: Feb 2014 391When: Feb 2014
445Files: net/rfkill/core.c 392Files: net/rfkill/core.c
@@ -574,16 +521,6 @@ Who: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
574 521
575---------------------------- 522----------------------------
576 523
577What: i2c_adapter.id
578When: June 2011
579Why: This field is deprecated. I2C device drivers shouldn't change their
580 behavior based on the underlying I2C adapter. Instead, the I2C
581 adapter driver should instantiate the I2C devices and provide the
582 needed platform-specific information.
583Who: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
584
585----------------------------
586
587What: cancel_rearming_delayed_work[queue]() 524What: cancel_rearming_delayed_work[queue]()
588When: 2.6.39 525When: 2.6.39
589 526
@@ -603,3 +540,43 @@ Why: The adm9240, w83792d and w83793 hardware monitoring drivers have
603Who: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> 540Who: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
604 541
605---------------------------- 542----------------------------
543
544What: xt_connlimit rev 0
545When: 2012
546Who: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
547Files: net/netfilter/xt_connlimit.c
548
549----------------------------
550
551What: noswapaccount kernel command line parameter
552When: 2.6.40
553Why: The original implementation of memsw feature enabled by
554 CONFIG_CGROUP_MEM_RES_CTLR_SWAP could be disabled by the noswapaccount
555 kernel parameter (introduced in 2.6.29-rc1). Later on, this decision
556 turned out to be not ideal because we cannot have the feature compiled
557 in and disabled by default and let only interested to enable it
558 (e.g. general distribution kernels might need it). Therefore we have
559 added swapaccount[=0|1] parameter (introduced in 2.6.37) which provides
560 the both possibilities. If we remove noswapaccount we will have
561 less command line parameters with the same functionality and we
562 can also cleanup the parameter handling a bit ().
563Who: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
564
565----------------------------
566
567What: ipt_addrtype match include file
568When: 2012
569Why: superseded by xt_addrtype
570Who: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
571Files: include/linux/netfilter_ipv4/ipt_addrtype.h
572
573----------------------------
574
575What: i2c_driver.attach_adapter
576 i2c_driver.detach_adapter
577When: September 2011
578Why: These legacy callbacks should no longer be used as i2c-core offers
579 a variety of preferable alternative ways to instantiate I2C devices.
580Who: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
581
582----------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/Locking b/Documentation/filesystems/Locking
index 4471a416c274..61b31acb9176 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/Locking
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/Locking
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ alloc_inode:
128destroy_inode: 128destroy_inode:
129dirty_inode: (must not sleep) 129dirty_inode: (must not sleep)
130write_inode: 130write_inode:
131drop_inode: !!!inode_lock!!! 131drop_inode: !!!inode->i_lock!!!
132evict_inode: 132evict_inode:
133put_super: write 133put_super: write
134write_super: read 134write_super: read
@@ -166,13 +166,11 @@ prototypes:
166 void (*kill_sb) (struct super_block *); 166 void (*kill_sb) (struct super_block *);
167locking rules: 167locking rules:
168 may block 168 may block
169get_sb yes
170mount yes 169mount yes
171kill_sb yes 170kill_sb yes
172 171
173->get_sb() returns error or 0 with locked superblock attached to the vfsmount 172->mount() returns ERR_PTR or the root dentry; its superblock should be locked
174(exclusive on ->s_umount). 173on return.
175->mount() returns ERR_PTR or the root dentry.
176->kill_sb() takes a write-locked superblock, does all shutdown work on it, 174->kill_sb() takes a write-locked superblock, does all shutdown work on it,
177unlocks and drops the reference. 175unlocks and drops the reference.
178 176
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/adfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/adfs.txt
index 9e8811f92b84..5949766353f7 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/adfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/adfs.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,9 @@ Mount options for ADFS
9 will be nnn. Default 0700. 9 will be nnn. Default 0700.
10 othmask=nnn The permission mask for ADFS 'other' permissions 10 othmask=nnn The permission mask for ADFS 'other' permissions
11 will be nnn. Default 0077. 11 will be nnn. Default 0077.
12 ftsuffix=n When ftsuffix=0, no file type suffix will be applied.
13 When ftsuffix=1, a hexadecimal suffix corresponding to
14 the RISC OS file type will be added. Default 0.
12 15
13Mapping of ADFS permissions to Linux permissions 16Mapping of ADFS permissions to Linux permissions
14------------------------------------------------ 17------------------------------------------------
@@ -55,3 +58,18 @@ Mapping of ADFS permissions to Linux permissions
55 58
56 You can therefore tailor the permission translation to whatever you 59 You can therefore tailor the permission translation to whatever you
57 desire the permissions should be under Linux. 60 desire the permissions should be under Linux.
61
62RISC OS file type suffix
63------------------------
64
65 RISC OS file types are stored in bits 19..8 of the file load address.
66
67 To enable non-RISC OS systems to be used to store files without losing
68 file type information, a file naming convention was devised (initially
69 for use with NFS) such that a hexadecimal suffix of the form ,xyz
70 denoted the file type: e.g. BasicFile,ffb is a BASIC (0xffb) file. This
71 naming convention is now also used by RISC OS emulators such as RPCEmu.
72
73 Mounting an ADFS disc with option ftsuffix=1 will cause appropriate file
74 type suffixes to be appended to file names read from a directory. If the
75 ftsuffix option is zero or omitted, no file type suffixes will be added.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/autofs4-mount-control.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/autofs4-mount-control.txt
index 51986bf08a4d..4c95935cbcf4 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/autofs4-mount-control.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/autofs4-mount-control.txt
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ ioctlfd field set to the descriptor obtained from the open call.
309AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_TIMEOUT_CMD 309AUTOFS_DEV_IOCTL_TIMEOUT_CMD
310---------------------------- 310----------------------------
311 311
312Set the expire timeout for mounts withing an autofs mount point. 312Set the expire timeout for mounts within an autofs mount point.
313 313
314The call requires an initialized struct autofs_dev_ioctl with the 314The call requires an initialized struct autofs_dev_ioctl with the
315ioctlfd field set to the descriptor obtained from the open call. 315ioctlfd field set to the descriptor obtained from the open call.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/caching/netfs-api.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/caching/netfs-api.txt
index 1902c57b72ef..a167ab876c35 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/caching/netfs-api.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/caching/netfs-api.txt
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ restraints as possible on how an index is structured and where it is placed in
95the tree. The netfs can even mix indices and data files at the same level, but 95the tree. The netfs can even mix indices and data files at the same level, but
96it's not recommended. 96it's not recommended.
97 97
98Each index entry consists of a key of indeterminate length plus some auxilliary 98Each index entry consists of a key of indeterminate length plus some auxiliary
99data, also of indeterminate length. 99data, also of indeterminate length.
100 100
101There are some limits on indices: 101There are some limits on indices:
@@ -203,23 +203,23 @@ This has the following fields:
203 203
204 If the function is absent, a file size of 0 is assumed. 204 If the function is absent, a file size of 0 is assumed.
205 205
206 (6) A function to retrieve auxilliary data from the netfs [optional]. 206 (6) A function to retrieve auxiliary data from the netfs [optional].
207 207
208 This function will be called with the netfs data that was passed to the 208 This function will be called with the netfs data that was passed to the
209 cookie acquisition function and the maximum length of auxilliary data that 209 cookie acquisition function and the maximum length of auxiliary data that
210 it may provide. It should write the auxilliary data into the given buffer 210 it may provide. It should write the auxiliary data into the given buffer
211 and return the quantity it wrote. 211 and return the quantity it wrote.
212 212
213 If this function is absent, the auxilliary data length will be set to 0. 213 If this function is absent, the auxiliary data length will be set to 0.
214 214
215 The length of the auxilliary data buffer may be dependent on the key 215 The length of the auxiliary data buffer may be dependent on the key
216 length. A netfs mustn't rely on being able to provide more than 400 bytes 216 length. A netfs mustn't rely on being able to provide more than 400 bytes
217 for both. 217 for both.
218 218
219 (7) A function to check the auxilliary data [optional]. 219 (7) A function to check the auxiliary data [optional].
220 220
221 This function will be called to check that a match found in the cache for 221 This function will be called to check that a match found in the cache for
222 this object is valid. For instance with AFS it could check the auxilliary 222 this object is valid. For instance with AFS it could check the auxiliary
223 data against the data version number returned by the server to determine 223 data against the data version number returned by the server to determine
224 whether the index entry in a cache is still valid. 224 whether the index entry in a cache is still valid.
225 225
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ This has the following fields:
232 (*) FSCACHE_CHECKAUX_NEEDS_UPDATE - the entry requires update 232 (*) FSCACHE_CHECKAUX_NEEDS_UPDATE - the entry requires update
233 (*) FSCACHE_CHECKAUX_OBSOLETE - the entry should be deleted 233 (*) FSCACHE_CHECKAUX_OBSOLETE - the entry should be deleted
234 234
235 This function can also be used to extract data from the auxilliary data in 235 This function can also be used to extract data from the auxiliary data in
236 the cache and copy it into the netfs's structures. 236 the cache and copy it into the netfs's structures.
237 237
238 (8) A pair of functions to manage contexts for the completion callback 238 (8) A pair of functions to manage contexts for the completion callback
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt
index fabcb0e00f25..dd57bb6bb390 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ As a consequence of this, default_groups cannot be removed directly via
409rmdir(2). They also are not considered when rmdir(2) on the parent 409rmdir(2). They also are not considered when rmdir(2) on the parent
410group is checking for children. 410group is checking for children.
411 411
412[Dependant Subsystems] 412[Dependent Subsystems]
413 413
414Sometimes other drivers depend on particular configfs items. For 414Sometimes other drivers depend on particular configfs items. For
415example, ocfs2 mounts depend on a heartbeat region item. If that 415example, ocfs2 mounts depend on a heartbeat region item. If that
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/exofs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/exofs.txt
index abd2a9b5b787..23583a136975 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/exofs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/exofs.txt
@@ -104,7 +104,15 @@ Where:
104 exofs specific options: Options are separated by commas (,) 104 exofs specific options: Options are separated by commas (,)
105 pid=<integer> - The partition number to mount/create as 105 pid=<integer> - The partition number to mount/create as
106 container of the filesystem. 106 container of the filesystem.
107 This option is mandatory. 107 This option is mandatory. integer can be
108 Hex by pre-pending an 0x to the number.
109 osdname=<id> - Mount by a device's osdname.
110 osdname is usually a 36 character uuid of the
111 form "d2683732-c906-4ee1-9dbd-c10c27bb40df".
112 It is one of the device's uuid specified in the
113 mkfs.exofs format command.
114 If this option is specified then the /dev/osdX
115 above can be empty and is ignored.
108 to=<integer> - Timeout in ticks for a single command. 116 to=<integer> - Timeout in ticks for a single command.
109 default is (60 * HZ) [for debugging only] 117 default is (60 * HZ) [for debugging only]
110 118
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt
index 6ab9442d7eeb..c79ec58fd7f6 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Note: More extensive information for getting started with ext4 can be
97* Inode allocation using large virtual block groups via flex_bg 97* Inode allocation using large virtual block groups via flex_bg
98* delayed allocation 98* delayed allocation
99* large block (up to pagesize) support 99* large block (up to pagesize) support
100* efficent new ordered mode in JBD2 and ext4(avoid using buffer head to force 100* efficient new ordered mode in JBD2 and ext4(avoid using buffer head to force
101 the ordering) 101 the ordering)
102 102
103[1] Filesystems with a block size of 1k may see a limit imposed by the 103[1] Filesystems with a block size of 1k may see a limit imposed by the
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ directory hash tree having a maximum depth of two.
1062.2 Candidate features for future inclusion 1062.2 Candidate features for future inclusion
107 107
108* Online defrag (patches available but not well tested) 108* Online defrag (patches available but not well tested)
109* reduced mke2fs time via lazy itable initialization in conjuction with 109* reduced mke2fs time via lazy itable initialization in conjunction with
110 the uninit_bg feature (capability to do this is available in e2fsprogs 110 the uninit_bg feature (capability to do this is available in e2fsprogs
111 but a kernel thread to do lazy zeroing of unused inode table blocks 111 but a kernel thread to do lazy zeroing of unused inode table blocks
112 after filesystem is first mounted is required for safety) 112 after filesystem is first mounted is required for safety)
@@ -367,12 +367,47 @@ init_itable=n The lazy itable init code will wait n times the
367 minimizes the impact on the systme performance 367 minimizes the impact on the systme performance
368 while file system's inode table is being initialized. 368 while file system's inode table is being initialized.
369 369
370discard Controls whether ext4 should issue discard/TRIM 370discard Controls whether ext4 should issue discard/TRIM
371nodiscard(*) commands to the underlying block device when 371nodiscard(*) commands to the underlying block device when
372 blocks are freed. This is useful for SSD devices 372 blocks are freed. This is useful for SSD devices
373 and sparse/thinly-provisioned LUNs, but it is off 373 and sparse/thinly-provisioned LUNs, but it is off
374 by default until sufficient testing has been done. 374 by default until sufficient testing has been done.
375 375
376nouid32 Disables 32-bit UIDs and GIDs. This is for
377 interoperability with older kernels which only
378 store and expect 16-bit values.
379
380resize Allows to resize filesystem to the end of the last
381 existing block group, further resize has to be done
382 with resize2fs either online, or offline. It can be
383 used only with conjunction with remount.
384
385block_validity This options allows to enables/disables the in-kernel
386noblock_validity facility for tracking filesystem metadata blocks
387 within internal data structures. This allows multi-
388 block allocator and other routines to quickly locate
389 extents which might overlap with filesystem metadata
390 blocks. This option is intended for debugging
391 purposes and since it negatively affects the
392 performance, it is off by default.
393
394dioread_lock Controls whether or not ext4 should use the DIO read
395dioread_nolock locking. If the dioread_nolock option is specified
396 ext4 will allocate uninitialized extent before buffer
397 write and convert the extent to initialized after IO
398 completes. This approach allows ext4 code to avoid
399 using inode mutex, which improves scalability on high
400 speed storages. However this does not work with nobh
401 option and the mount will fail. Nor does it work with
402 data journaling and dioread_nolock option will be
403 ignored with kernel warning. Note that dioread_nolock
404 code path is only used for extent-based files.
405 Because of the restrictions this options comprises
406 it is off by default (e.g. dioread_lock).
407
408i_version Enable 64-bit inode version support. This option is
409 off by default.
410
376Data Mode 411Data Mode
377========= 412=========
378There are 3 different data modes: 413There are 3 different data modes:
@@ -400,6 +435,176 @@ needs to be read from and written to disk at the same time where it
400outperforms all others modes. Currently ext4 does not have delayed 435outperforms all others modes. Currently ext4 does not have delayed
401allocation support if this data journalling mode is selected. 436allocation support if this data journalling mode is selected.
402 437
438/proc entries
439=============
440
441Information about mounted ext4 file systems can be found in
442/proc/fs/ext4. Each mounted filesystem will have a directory in
443/proc/fs/ext4 based on its device name (i.e., /proc/fs/ext4/hdc or
444/proc/fs/ext4/dm-0). The files in each per-device directory are shown
445in table below.
446
447Files in /proc/fs/ext4/<devname>
448..............................................................................
449 File Content
450 mb_groups details of multiblock allocator buddy cache of free blocks
451..............................................................................
452
453/sys entries
454============
455
456Information about mounted ext4 file systems can be found in
457/sys/fs/ext4. Each mounted filesystem will have a directory in
458/sys/fs/ext4 based on its device name (i.e., /sys/fs/ext4/hdc or
459/sys/fs/ext4/dm-0). The files in each per-device directory are shown
460in table below.
461
462Files in /sys/fs/ext4/<devname>
463(see also Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4)
464..............................................................................
465 File Content
466
467 delayed_allocation_blocks This file is read-only and shows the number of
468 blocks that are dirty in the page cache, but
469 which do not have their location in the
470 filesystem allocated yet.
471
472 inode_goal Tuning parameter which (if non-zero) controls
473 the goal inode used by the inode allocator in
474 preference to all other allocation heuristics.
475 This is intended for debugging use only, and
476 should be 0 on production systems.
477
478 inode_readahead_blks Tuning parameter which controls the maximum
479 number of inode table blocks that ext4's inode
480 table readahead algorithm will pre-read into
481 the buffer cache
482
483 lifetime_write_kbytes This file is read-only and shows the number of
484 kilobytes of data that have been written to this
485 filesystem since it was created.
486
487 max_writeback_mb_bump The maximum number of megabytes the writeback
488 code will try to write out before move on to
489 another inode.
490
491 mb_group_prealloc The multiblock allocator will round up allocation
492 requests to a multiple of this tuning parameter if
493 the stripe size is not set in the ext4 superblock
494
495 mb_max_to_scan The maximum number of extents the multiblock
496 allocator will search to find the best extent
497
498 mb_min_to_scan The minimum number of extents the multiblock
499 allocator will search to find the best extent
500
501 mb_order2_req Tuning parameter which controls the minimum size
502 for requests (as a power of 2) where the buddy
503 cache is used
504
505 mb_stats Controls whether the multiblock allocator should
506 collect statistics, which are shown during the
507 unmount. 1 means to collect statistics, 0 means
508 not to collect statistics
509
510 mb_stream_req Files which have fewer blocks than this tunable
511 parameter will have their blocks allocated out
512 of a block group specific preallocation pool, so
513 that small files are packed closely together.
514 Each large file will have its blocks allocated
515 out of its own unique preallocation pool.
516
517 session_write_kbytes This file is read-only and shows the number of
518 kilobytes of data that have been written to this
519 filesystem since it was mounted.
520..............................................................................
521
522Ioctls
523======
524
525There is some Ext4 specific functionality which can be accessed by applications
526through the system call interfaces. The list of all Ext4 specific ioctls are
527shown in the table below.
528
529Table of Ext4 specific ioctls
530..............................................................................
531 Ioctl Description
532 EXT4_IOC_GETFLAGS Get additional attributes associated with inode.
533 The ioctl argument is an integer bitfield, with
534 bit values described in ext4.h. This ioctl is an
535 alias for FS_IOC_GETFLAGS.
536
537 EXT4_IOC_SETFLAGS Set additional attributes associated with inode.
538 The ioctl argument is an integer bitfield, with
539 bit values described in ext4.h. This ioctl is an
540 alias for FS_IOC_SETFLAGS.
541
542 EXT4_IOC_GETVERSION
543 EXT4_IOC_GETVERSION_OLD
544 Get the inode i_generation number stored for
545 each inode. The i_generation number is normally
546 changed only when new inode is created and it is
547 particularly useful for network filesystems. The
548 '_OLD' version of this ioctl is an alias for
549 FS_IOC_GETVERSION.
550
551 EXT4_IOC_SETVERSION
552 EXT4_IOC_SETVERSION_OLD
553 Set the inode i_generation number stored for
554 each inode. The '_OLD' version of this ioctl
555 is an alias for FS_IOC_SETVERSION.
556
557 EXT4_IOC_GROUP_EXTEND This ioctl has the same purpose as the resize
558 mount option. It allows to resize filesystem
559 to the end of the last existing block group,
560 further resize has to be done with resize2fs,
561 either online, or offline. The argument points
562 to the unsigned logn number representing the
563 filesystem new block count.
564
565 EXT4_IOC_MOVE_EXT Move the block extents from orig_fd (the one
566 this ioctl is pointing to) to the donor_fd (the
567 one specified in move_extent structure passed
568 as an argument to this ioctl). Then, exchange
569 inode metadata between orig_fd and donor_fd.
570 This is especially useful for online
571 defragmentation, because the allocator has the
572 opportunity to allocate moved blocks better,
573 ideally into one contiguous extent.
574
575 EXT4_IOC_GROUP_ADD Add a new group descriptor to an existing or
576 new group descriptor block. The new group
577 descriptor is described by ext4_new_group_input
578 structure, which is passed as an argument to
579 this ioctl. This is especially useful in
580 conjunction with EXT4_IOC_GROUP_EXTEND,
581 which allows online resize of the filesystem
582 to the end of the last existing block group.
583 Those two ioctls combined is used in userspace
584 online resize tool (e.g. resize2fs).
585
586 EXT4_IOC_MIGRATE This ioctl operates on the filesystem itself.
587 It converts (migrates) ext3 indirect block mapped
588 inode to ext4 extent mapped inode by walking
589 through indirect block mapping of the original
590 inode and converting contiguous block ranges
591 into ext4 extents of the temporary inode. Then,
592 inodes are swapped. This ioctl might help, when
593 migrating from ext3 to ext4 filesystem, however
594 suggestion is to create fresh ext4 filesystem
595 and copy data from the backup. Note, that
596 filesystem has to support extents for this ioctl
597 to work.
598
599 EXT4_IOC_ALLOC_DA_BLKS Force all of the delay allocated blocks to be
600 allocated to preserve application-expected ext3
601 behaviour. Note that this will also start
602 triggering a write of the data blocks, but this
603 behaviour may change in the future as it is
604 not necessary and has been done this way only
605 for sake of simplicity.
606..............................................................................
607
403References 608References
404========== 609==========
405 610
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-uevents.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-uevents.txt
index fd966dc9979a..d81889669293 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-uevents.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-uevents.txt
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ be fixed.
62 62
63The REMOVE uevent is generated at the end of an unsuccessful mount 63The REMOVE uevent is generated at the end of an unsuccessful mount
64or at the end of a umount of the filesystem. All REMOVE uevents will 64or at the end of a umount of the filesystem. All REMOVE uevents will
65have been preceeded by at least an ADD uevent for the same fileystem, 65have been preceded by at least an ADD uevent for the same fileystem,
66and unlike the other uevents is generated automatically by the kernel's 66and unlike the other uevents is generated automatically by the kernel's
67kobject subsystem. 67kobject subsystem.
68 68
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2.txt
index 0b59c0200912..4cda926628aa 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2.txt
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ their I/O so file system consistency is maintained. One of the nifty
11features of GFS is perfect consistency -- changes made to the file system 11features of GFS is perfect consistency -- changes made to the file system
12on one machine show up immediately on all other machines in the cluster. 12on one machine show up immediately on all other machines in the cluster.
13 13
14GFS uses interchangable inter-node locking mechanisms, the currently 14GFS uses interchangeable inter-node locking mechanisms, the currently
15supported mechanisms are: 15supported mechanisms are:
16 16
17 lock_nolock -- allows gfs to be used as a local file system 17 lock_nolock -- allows gfs to be used as a local file system
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs.txt
index bc0b9cfe095b..983e14abe7e9 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs.txt
@@ -46,3 +46,10 @@ data server cache
46file driver devices refer to data servers, which are kept in a module 46file driver devices refer to data servers, which are kept in a module
47level cache. Its reference is held over the lifetime of the deviceid 47level cache. Its reference is held over the lifetime of the deviceid
48pointing to it. 48pointing to it.
49
50lseg
51----
52lseg maintains an extra reference corresponding to the NFS_LSEG_VALID
53bit which holds it in the pnfs_layout_hdr's list. When the final lseg
54is removed from the pnfs_layout_hdr's list, the NFS_LAYOUT_DESTROYED
55bit is set, preventing any new lsegs from being added.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.txt
index 933bc66ccff1..791af8dac065 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.txt
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ Note the "Should sync?" parameter "nosync" means that the two mirrors are
350already in sync which will be the case on a clean shutdown of Windows. If the 350already in sync which will be the case on a clean shutdown of Windows. If the
351mirrors are not clean, you can specify the "sync" option instead of "nosync" 351mirrors are not clean, you can specify the "sync" option instead of "nosync"
352and the Device-Mapper driver will then copy the entirety of the "Source Device" 352and the Device-Mapper driver will then copy the entirety of the "Source Device"
353to the "Target Device" or if you specified multipled target devices to all of 353to the "Target Device" or if you specified multiple target devices to all of
354them. 354them.
355 355
356Once you have your table, save it in a file somewhere (e.g. /etc/ntfsvolume1), 356Once you have your table, save it in a file somewhere (e.g. /etc/ntfsvolume1),
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ocfs2.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ocfs2.txt
index 5393e6611691..9ed920a8cd79 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/ocfs2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ocfs2.txt
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ user_xattr (*) Enables Extended User Attributes.
80nouser_xattr Disables Extended User Attributes. 80nouser_xattr Disables Extended User Attributes.
81acl Enables POSIX Access Control Lists support. 81acl Enables POSIX Access Control Lists support.
82noacl (*) Disables POSIX Access Control Lists support. 82noacl (*) Disables POSIX Access Control Lists support.
83resv_level=2 (*) Set how agressive allocation reservations will be. 83resv_level=2 (*) Set how aggressive allocation reservations will be.
84 Valid values are between 0 (reservations off) to 8 84 Valid values are between 0 (reservations off) to 8
85 (maximum space for reservations). 85 (maximum space for reservations).
86dir_resv_level= (*) By default, directory reservations will scale with file 86dir_resv_level= (*) By default, directory reservations will scale with file
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/path-lookup.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/path-lookup.txt
index eb59c8b44be9..3571667c7105 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/path-lookup.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/path-lookup.txt
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Path walking overview
42A name string specifies a start (root directory, cwd, fd-relative) and a 42A name string specifies a start (root directory, cwd, fd-relative) and a
43sequence of elements (directory entry names), which together refer to a path in 43sequence of elements (directory entry names), which together refer to a path in
44the namespace. A path is represented as a (dentry, vfsmount) tuple. The name 44the namespace. A path is represented as a (dentry, vfsmount) tuple. The name
45elements are sub-strings, seperated by '/'. 45elements are sub-strings, separated by '/'.
46 46
47Name lookups will want to find a particular path that a name string refers to 47Name lookups will want to find a particular path that a name string refers to
48(usually the final element, or parent of final element). This is done by taking 48(usually the final element, or parent of final element). This is done by taking
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ vfstest 24185492 4945 708725(2.9%) 1076136(4.4%) 0 2651
354 354
355What this shows is that failed rcu-walk lookups, ie. ones that are restarted 355What this shows is that failed rcu-walk lookups, ie. ones that are restarted
356entirely with ref-walk, are quite rare. Even the "vfstest" case which 356entirely with ref-walk, are quite rare. Even the "vfstest" case which
357specifically has concurrent renames/mkdir/rmdir/ creat/unlink/etc to excercise 357specifically has concurrent renames/mkdir/rmdir/ creat/unlink/etc to exercise
358such races is not showing a huge amount of restarts. 358such races is not showing a huge amount of restarts.
359 359
360Dropping from rcu-walk to ref-walk mean that we have encountered a dentry where 360Dropping from rcu-walk to ref-walk mean that we have encountered a dentry where
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/network_protocol.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/network_protocol.txt
index 40ea6c295afb..65e03dd44823 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/network_protocol.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/network_protocol.txt
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Commands can be embedded into transaction command (which in turn has own command
20so one can extend protocol as needed without breaking backward compatibility as long 20so one can extend protocol as needed without breaking backward compatibility as long
21as old commands are supported. All string lengths include tail 0 byte. 21as old commands are supported. All string lengths include tail 0 byte.
22 22
23All commans are transfered over the network in big-endian. CPU endianess is used at the end peers. 23All commands are transferred over the network in big-endian. CPU endianess is used at the end peers.
24 24
25@cmd - command number, which specifies command to be processed. Following 25@cmd - command number, which specifies command to be processed. Following
26 commands are used currently: 26 commands are used currently:
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/porting b/Documentation/filesystems/porting
index dfbcd1b00b0a..6e29954851a2 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/porting
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/porting
@@ -298,11 +298,14 @@ be used instead. It gets called whenever the inode is evicted, whether it has
298remaining links or not. Caller does *not* evict the pagecache or inode-associated 298remaining links or not. Caller does *not* evict the pagecache or inode-associated
299metadata buffers; getting rid of those is responsibility of method, as it had 299metadata buffers; getting rid of those is responsibility of method, as it had
300been for ->delete_inode(). 300been for ->delete_inode().
301 ->drop_inode() returns int now; it's called on final iput() with inode_lock 301
302held and it returns true if filesystems wants the inode to be dropped. As before, 302 ->drop_inode() returns int now; it's called on final iput() with
303generic_drop_inode() is still the default and it's been updated appropriately. 303inode->i_lock held and it returns true if filesystems wants the inode to be
304generic_delete_inode() is also alive and it consists simply of return 1. Note that 304dropped. As before, generic_drop_inode() is still the default and it's been
305all actual eviction work is done by caller after ->drop_inode() returns. 305updated appropriately. generic_delete_inode() is also alive and it consists
306simply of return 1. Note that all actual eviction work is done by caller after
307->drop_inode() returns.
308
306 clear_inode() is gone; use end_writeback() instead. As before, it must 309 clear_inode() is gone; use end_writeback() instead. As before, it must
307be called exactly once on each call of ->evict_inode() (as it used to be for 310be called exactly once on each call of ->evict_inode() (as it used to be for
308each call of ->delete_inode()). Unlike before, if you are using inode-associated 311each call of ->delete_inode()). Unlike before, if you are using inode-associated
@@ -394,3 +397,13 @@ file) you must return -EOPNOTSUPP if FALLOC_FL_PUNCH_HOLE is set in mode.
394Currently you can only have FALLOC_FL_PUNCH_HOLE with FALLOC_FL_KEEP_SIZE set, 397Currently you can only have FALLOC_FL_PUNCH_HOLE with FALLOC_FL_KEEP_SIZE set,
395so the i_size should not change when hole punching, even when puching the end of 398so the i_size should not change when hole punching, even when puching the end of
396a file off. 399a file off.
400
401--
402[mandatory]
403
404--
405[mandatory]
406 ->get_sb() is gone. Switch to use of ->mount(). Typically it's just
407a matter of switching from calling get_sb_... to mount_... and changing the
408function type. If you were doing it manually, just switch from setting ->mnt_root
409to some pointer to returning that pointer. On errors return ERR_PTR(...).
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
index 23cae6548d3a..b0b814d75ca1 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ just those considered 'most important'. The new vectors are:
543 their statistics are used by kernel developers and interested users to 543 their statistics are used by kernel developers and interested users to
544 determine the occurrence of interrupts of the given type. 544 determine the occurrence of interrupts of the given type.
545 545
546The above IRQ vectors are displayed only when relevent. For example, 546The above IRQ vectors are displayed only when relevant. For example,
547the threshold vector does not exist on x86_64 platforms. Others are 547the threshold vector does not exist on x86_64 platforms. Others are
548suppressed when the system is a uniprocessor. As of this writing, only 548suppressed when the system is a uniprocessor. As of this writing, only
549i386 and x86_64 platforms support the new IRQ vector displays. 549i386 and x86_64 platforms support the new IRQ vector displays.
@@ -1202,7 +1202,7 @@ The columns are:
1202 W = can do write operations 1202 W = can do write operations
1203 U = can do unblank 1203 U = can do unblank
1204 flags E = it is enabled 1204 flags E = it is enabled
1205 C = it is prefered console 1205 C = it is preferred console
1206 B = it is primary boot console 1206 B = it is primary boot console
1207 p = it is used for printk buffer 1207 p = it is used for printk buffer
1208 b = it is not a TTY but a Braille device 1208 b = it is not a TTY but a Braille device
@@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ NOTICE: /proc/<pid>/oom_adj is deprecated and will be removed, please see
1331Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt. 1331Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt.
1332 1332
1333Caveat: when a parent task is selected, the oom killer will sacrifice any first 1333Caveat: when a parent task is selected, the oom killer will sacrifice any first
1334generation children with seperate address spaces instead, if possible. This 1334generation children with separate address spaces instead, if possible. This
1335avoids servers and important system daemons from being killed and loses the 1335avoids servers and important system daemons from being killed and loses the
1336minimal amount of work. 1336minimal amount of work.
1337 1337
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/romfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/romfs.txt
index 2d2a7b2a16b9..e2b07cc9120a 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/romfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/romfs.txt
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@ comparison, an actual rescue disk used up 3202 blocks with ext2, while
17with romfs, it needed 3079 blocks. 17with romfs, it needed 3079 blocks.
18 18
19To create such a file system, you'll need a user program named 19To create such a file system, you'll need a user program named
20genromfs. It is available via anonymous ftp on sunsite.unc.edu and 20genromfs. It is available on http://romfs.sourceforge.net/
21its mirrors, in the /pub/Linux/system/recovery/ directory.
22 21
23As the name suggests, romfs could be also used (space-efficiently) on 22As the name suggests, romfs could be also used (space-efficiently) on
24various read-only media, like (E)EPROM disks if someone will have the 23various read-only media, like (E)EPROM disks if someone will have the
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/squashfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/squashfs.txt
index 66699afd66ca..d4d41465a0b1 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/squashfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/squashfs.txt
@@ -59,12 +59,15 @@ obtained from this site also.
593. SQUASHFS FILESYSTEM DESIGN 593. SQUASHFS FILESYSTEM DESIGN
60----------------------------- 60-----------------------------
61 61
62A squashfs filesystem consists of a maximum of eight parts, packed together on a byte 62A squashfs filesystem consists of a maximum of nine parts, packed together on a
63alignment: 63byte alignment:
64 64
65 --------------- 65 ---------------
66 | superblock | 66 | superblock |
67 |---------------| 67 |---------------|
68 | compression |
69 | options |
70 |---------------|
68 | datablocks | 71 | datablocks |
69 | & fragments | 72 | & fragments |
70 |---------------| 73 |---------------|
@@ -91,7 +94,14 @@ the source directory, and checked for duplicates. Once all file data has been
91written the completed inode, directory, fragment, export and uid/gid lookup 94written the completed inode, directory, fragment, export and uid/gid lookup
92tables are written. 95tables are written.
93 96
943.1 Inodes 973.1 Compression options
98-----------------------
99
100Compressors can optionally support compression specific options (e.g.
101dictionary size). If non-default compression options have been used, then
102these are stored here.
103
1043.2 Inodes
95---------- 105----------
96 106
97Metadata (inodes and directories) are compressed in 8Kbyte blocks. Each 107Metadata (inodes and directories) are compressed in 8Kbyte blocks. Each
@@ -114,7 +124,7 @@ directory inode are defined: inodes optimised for frequently occurring
114regular files and directories, and extended types where extra 124regular files and directories, and extended types where extra
115information has to be stored. 125information has to be stored.
116 126
1173.2 Directories 1273.3 Directories
118--------------- 128---------------
119 129
120Like inodes, directories are packed into compressed metadata blocks, stored 130Like inodes, directories are packed into compressed metadata blocks, stored
@@ -144,7 +154,7 @@ decompressed to do a lookup irrespective of the length of the directory.
144This scheme has the advantage that it doesn't require extra memory overhead 154This scheme has the advantage that it doesn't require extra memory overhead
145and doesn't require much extra storage on disk. 155and doesn't require much extra storage on disk.
146 156
1473.3 File data 1573.4 File data
148------------- 158-------------
149 159
150Regular files consist of a sequence of contiguous compressed blocks, and/or a 160Regular files consist of a sequence of contiguous compressed blocks, and/or a
@@ -163,7 +173,7 @@ Larger files use multiple slots, with 1.75 TiB files using all 8 slots.
163The index cache is designed to be memory efficient, and by default uses 173The index cache is designed to be memory efficient, and by default uses
16416 KiB. 17416 KiB.
165 175
1663.4 Fragment lookup table 1763.5 Fragment lookup table
167------------------------- 177-------------------------
168 178
169Regular files can contain a fragment index which is mapped to a fragment 179Regular files can contain a fragment index which is mapped to a fragment
@@ -173,7 +183,7 @@ A second index table is used to locate these. This second index table for
173speed of access (and because it is small) is read at mount time and cached 183speed of access (and because it is small) is read at mount time and cached
174in memory. 184in memory.
175 185
1763.5 Uid/gid lookup table 1863.6 Uid/gid lookup table
177------------------------ 187------------------------
178 188
179For space efficiency regular files store uid and gid indexes, which are 189For space efficiency regular files store uid and gid indexes, which are
@@ -182,7 +192,7 @@ stored compressed into metadata blocks. A second index table is used to
182locate these. This second index table for speed of access (and because it 192locate these. This second index table for speed of access (and because it
183is small) is read at mount time and cached in memory. 193is small) is read at mount time and cached in memory.
184 194
1853.6 Export table 1953.7 Export table
186---------------- 196----------------
187 197
188To enable Squashfs filesystems to be exportable (via NFS etc.) filesystems 198To enable Squashfs filesystems to be exportable (via NFS etc.) filesystems
@@ -196,7 +206,7 @@ This table is stored compressed into metadata blocks. A second index table is
196used to locate these. This second index table for speed of access (and because 206used to locate these. This second index table for speed of access (and because
197it is small) is read at mount time and cached in memory. 207it is small) is read at mount time and cached in memory.
198 208
1993.7 Xattr table 2093.8 Xattr table
200--------------- 210---------------
201 211
202The xattr table contains extended attributes for each inode. The xattrs 212The xattr table contains extended attributes for each inode. The xattrs
@@ -209,7 +219,7 @@ or if it is stored out of line (in which case the value field stores a
209reference to where the actual value is stored). This allows large values 219reference to where the actual value is stored). This allows large values
210to be stored out of line improving scanning and lookup performance and it 220to be stored out of line improving scanning and lookup performance and it
211also allows values to be de-duplicated, the value being stored once, and 221also allows values to be de-duplicated, the value being stored once, and
212all other occurences holding an out of line reference to that value. 222all other occurrences holding an out of line reference to that value.
213 223
214The xattr lists are packed into compressed 8K metadata blocks. 224The xattr lists are packed into compressed 8K metadata blocks.
215To reduce overhead in inodes, rather than storing the on-disk 225To reduce overhead in inodes, rather than storing the on-disk
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt
index 5d1335faec2d..597f728e7b4e 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt
@@ -39,10 +39,12 @@ userspace. Top-level directories in sysfs represent the common
39ancestors of object hierarchies; i.e. the subsystems the objects 39ancestors of object hierarchies; i.e. the subsystems the objects
40belong to. 40belong to.
41 41
42Sysfs internally stores the kobject that owns the directory in the 42Sysfs internally stores a pointer to the kobject that implements a
43->d_fsdata pointer of the directory's dentry. This allows sysfs to do 43directory in the sysfs_dirent object associated with the directory. In
44reference counting directly on the kobject when the file is opened and 44the past this kobject pointer has been used by sysfs to do reference
45closed. 45counting directly on the kobject whenever the file is opened or closed.
46With the current sysfs implementation the kobject reference count is
47only modified directly by the function sysfs_schedule_callback().
46 48
47 49
48Attributes 50Attributes
@@ -60,7 +62,7 @@ values of the same type.
60 62
61Mixing types, expressing multiple lines of data, and doing fancy 63Mixing types, expressing multiple lines of data, and doing fancy
62formatting of data is heavily frowned upon. Doing these things may get 64formatting of data is heavily frowned upon. Doing these things may get
63you publically humiliated and your code rewritten without notice. 65you publicly humiliated and your code rewritten without notice.
64 66
65 67
66An attribute definition is simply: 68An attribute definition is simply:
@@ -208,9 +210,9 @@ Other notes:
208 is 4096. 210 is 4096.
209 211
210- show() methods should return the number of bytes printed into the 212- show() methods should return the number of bytes printed into the
211 buffer. This is the return value of snprintf(). 213 buffer. This is the return value of scnprintf().
212 214
213- show() should always use snprintf(). 215- show() should always use scnprintf().
214 216
215- store() should return the number of bytes used from the buffer. If the 217- store() should return the number of bytes used from the buffer. If the
216 entire buffer has been used, just return the count argument. 218 entire buffer has been used, just return the count argument.
@@ -229,7 +231,7 @@ A very simple (and naive) implementation of a device attribute is:
229static ssize_t show_name(struct device *dev, struct device_attribute *attr, 231static ssize_t show_name(struct device *dev, struct device_attribute *attr,
230 char *buf) 232 char *buf)
231{ 233{
232 return snprintf(buf, PAGE_SIZE, "%s\n", dev->name); 234 return scnprintf(buf, PAGE_SIZE, "%s\n", dev->name);
233} 235}
234 236
235static ssize_t store_name(struct device *dev, struct device_attribute *attr, 237static ssize_t store_name(struct device *dev, struct device_attribute *attr,
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs.txt
index 12fedb7834c6..d7b13b01e980 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs.txt
@@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ Mount options
82bulk_read read more in one go to take advantage of flash 82bulk_read read more in one go to take advantage of flash
83 media that read faster sequentially 83 media that read faster sequentially
84no_bulk_read (*) do not bulk-read 84no_bulk_read (*) do not bulk-read
85no_chk_data_crc skip checking of CRCs on data nodes in order to 85no_chk_data_crc (*) skip checking of CRCs on data nodes in order to
86 improve read performance. Use this option only 86 improve read performance. Use this option only
87 if the flash media is highly reliable. The effect 87 if the flash media is highly reliable. The effect
88 of this option is that corruption of the contents 88 of this option is that corruption of the contents
89 of a file can go unnoticed. 89 of a file can go unnoticed.
90chk_data_crc (*) do not skip checking CRCs on data nodes 90chk_data_crc do not skip checking CRCs on data nodes
91compr=none override default compressor and set it to "none" 91compr=none override default compressor and set it to "none"
92compr=lzo override default compressor and set it to "lzo" 92compr=lzo override default compressor and set it to "lzo"
93compr=zlib override default compressor and set it to "zlib" 93compr=zlib override default compressor and set it to "zlib"
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt
index 94cf97b901d7..21a7dc467bba 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt
@@ -95,10 +95,11 @@ functions:
95 extern int unregister_filesystem(struct file_system_type *); 95 extern int unregister_filesystem(struct file_system_type *);
96 96
97The passed struct file_system_type describes your filesystem. When a 97The passed struct file_system_type describes your filesystem. When a
98request is made to mount a device onto a directory in your filespace, 98request is made to mount a filesystem onto a directory in your namespace,
99the VFS will call the appropriate get_sb() method for the specific 99the VFS will call the appropriate mount() method for the specific
100filesystem. The dentry for the mount point will then be updated to 100filesystem. New vfsmount referring to the tree returned by ->mount()
101point to the root inode for the new filesystem. 101will be attached to the mountpoint, so that when pathname resolution
102reaches the mountpoint it will jump into the root of that vfsmount.
102 103
103You can see all filesystems that are registered to the kernel in the 104You can see all filesystems that are registered to the kernel in the
104file /proc/filesystems. 105file /proc/filesystems.
@@ -107,14 +108,14 @@ file /proc/filesystems.
107struct file_system_type 108struct file_system_type
108----------------------- 109-----------------------
109 110
110This describes the filesystem. As of kernel 2.6.22, the following 111This describes the filesystem. As of kernel 2.6.39, the following
111members are defined: 112members are defined:
112 113
113struct file_system_type { 114struct file_system_type {
114 const char *name; 115 const char *name;
115 int fs_flags; 116 int fs_flags;
116 int (*get_sb) (struct file_system_type *, int, 117 struct dentry (*mount) (struct file_system_type *, int,
117 const char *, void *, struct vfsmount *); 118 const char *, void *);
118 void (*kill_sb) (struct super_block *); 119 void (*kill_sb) (struct super_block *);
119 struct module *owner; 120 struct module *owner;
120 struct file_system_type * next; 121 struct file_system_type * next;
@@ -128,11 +129,11 @@ struct file_system_type {
128 129
129 fs_flags: various flags (i.e. FS_REQUIRES_DEV, FS_NO_DCACHE, etc.) 130 fs_flags: various flags (i.e. FS_REQUIRES_DEV, FS_NO_DCACHE, etc.)
130 131
131 get_sb: the method to call when a new instance of this 132 mount: the method to call when a new instance of this
132 filesystem should be mounted 133 filesystem should be mounted
133 134
134 kill_sb: the method to call when an instance of this filesystem 135 kill_sb: the method to call when an instance of this filesystem
135 should be unmounted 136 should be shut down
136 137
137 owner: for internal VFS use: you should initialize this to THIS_MODULE in 138 owner: for internal VFS use: you should initialize this to THIS_MODULE in
138 most cases. 139 most cases.
@@ -141,7 +142,7 @@ struct file_system_type {
141 142
142 s_lock_key, s_umount_key: lockdep-specific 143 s_lock_key, s_umount_key: lockdep-specific
143 144
144The get_sb() method has the following arguments: 145The mount() method has the following arguments:
145 146
146 struct file_system_type *fs_type: describes the filesystem, partly initialized 147 struct file_system_type *fs_type: describes the filesystem, partly initialized
147 by the specific filesystem code 148 by the specific filesystem code
@@ -153,32 +154,39 @@ The get_sb() method has the following arguments:
153 void *data: arbitrary mount options, usually comes as an ASCII 154 void *data: arbitrary mount options, usually comes as an ASCII
154 string (see "Mount Options" section) 155 string (see "Mount Options" section)
155 156
156 struct vfsmount *mnt: a vfs-internal representation of a mount point 157The mount() method must return the root dentry of the tree requested by
158caller. An active reference to its superblock must be grabbed and the
159superblock must be locked. On failure it should return ERR_PTR(error).
157 160
158The get_sb() method must determine if the block device specified 161The arguments match those of mount(2) and their interpretation
159in the dev_name and fs_type contains a filesystem of the type the method 162depends on filesystem type. E.g. for block filesystems, dev_name is
160supports. If it succeeds in opening the named block device, it initializes a 163interpreted as block device name, that device is opened and if it
161struct super_block descriptor for the filesystem contained by the block device. 164contains a suitable filesystem image the method creates and initializes
162On failure it returns an error. 165struct super_block accordingly, returning its root dentry to caller.
166
167->mount() may choose to return a subtree of existing filesystem - it
168doesn't have to create a new one. The main result from the caller's
169point of view is a reference to dentry at the root of (sub)tree to
170be attached; creation of new superblock is a common side effect.
163 171
164The most interesting member of the superblock structure that the 172The most interesting member of the superblock structure that the
165get_sb() method fills in is the "s_op" field. This is a pointer to 173mount() method fills in is the "s_op" field. This is a pointer to
166a "struct super_operations" which describes the next level of the 174a "struct super_operations" which describes the next level of the
167filesystem implementation. 175filesystem implementation.
168 176
169Usually, a filesystem uses one of the generic get_sb() implementations 177Usually, a filesystem uses one of the generic mount() implementations
170and provides a fill_super() method instead. The generic methods are: 178and provides a fill_super() callback instead. The generic variants are:
171 179
172 get_sb_bdev: mount a filesystem residing on a block device 180 mount_bdev: mount a filesystem residing on a block device
173 181
174 get_sb_nodev: mount a filesystem that is not backed by a device 182 mount_nodev: mount a filesystem that is not backed by a device
175 183
176 get_sb_single: mount a filesystem which shares the instance between 184 mount_single: mount a filesystem which shares the instance between
177 all mounts 185 all mounts
178 186
179A fill_super() method implementation has the following arguments: 187A fill_super() callback implementation has the following arguments:
180 188
181 struct super_block *sb: the superblock structure. The method fill_super() 189 struct super_block *sb: the superblock structure. The callback
182 must initialize this properly. 190 must initialize this properly.
183 191
184 void *data: arbitrary mount options, usually comes as an ASCII 192 void *data: arbitrary mount options, usually comes as an ASCII
@@ -246,7 +254,7 @@ or bottom half).
246 should be synchronous or not, not all filesystems check this flag. 254 should be synchronous or not, not all filesystems check this flag.
247 255
248 drop_inode: called when the last access to the inode is dropped, 256 drop_inode: called when the last access to the inode is dropped,
249 with the inode_lock spinlock held. 257 with the inode->i_lock spinlock held.
250 258
251 This method should be either NULL (normal UNIX filesystem 259 This method should be either NULL (normal UNIX filesystem
252 semantics) or "generic_delete_inode" (for filesystems that do not 260 semantics) or "generic_delete_inode" (for filesystems that do not
@@ -865,7 +873,7 @@ struct dentry_operations {
865 void (*d_iput)(struct dentry *, struct inode *); 873 void (*d_iput)(struct dentry *, struct inode *);
866 char *(*d_dname)(struct dentry *, char *, int); 874 char *(*d_dname)(struct dentry *, char *, int);
867 struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *); 875 struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *);
868 int (*d_manage)(struct dentry *, bool, bool); 876 int (*d_manage)(struct dentry *, bool);
869}; 877};
870 878
871 d_revalidate: called when the VFS needs to revalidate a dentry. This 879 d_revalidate: called when the VFS needs to revalidate a dentry. This
@@ -961,10 +969,6 @@ struct dentry_operations {
961 mounted on it and not to check the automount flag. Any other error 969 mounted on it and not to check the automount flag. Any other error
962 code will abort pathwalk completely. 970 code will abort pathwalk completely.
963 971
964 If the 'mounting_here' parameter is true, then namespace_sem is being
965 held by the caller and the function should not initiate any mounts or
966 unmounts that it will then wait for.
967
968 If the 'rcu_walk' parameter is true, then the caller is doing a 972 If the 'rcu_walk' parameter is true, then the caller is doing a
969 pathwalk in RCU-walk mode. Sleeping is not permitted in this mode, 973 pathwalk in RCU-walk mode. Sleeping is not permitted in this mode,
970 and the caller can be asked to leave it and call again by returing 974 and the caller can be asked to leave it and call again by returing
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs-delayed-logging-design.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs-delayed-logging-design.txt
index 7445bf335dae..2ce36439c09f 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs-delayed-logging-design.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs-delayed-logging-design.txt
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ the aggregation of all the previous changes currently held only in the log.
42This relogging technique also allows objects to be moved forward in the log so 42This relogging technique also allows objects to be moved forward in the log so
43that an object being relogged does not prevent the tail of the log from ever 43that an object being relogged does not prevent the tail of the log from ever
44moving forward. This can be seen in the table above by the changing 44moving forward. This can be seen in the table above by the changing
45(increasing) LSN of each subsquent transaction - the LSN is effectively a 45(increasing) LSN of each subsequent transaction - the LSN is effectively a
46direct encoding of the location in the log of the transaction. 46direct encoding of the location in the log of the transaction.
47 47
48This relogging is also used to implement long-running, multiple-commit 48This relogging is also used to implement long-running, multiple-commit
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ the same time another transaction modifies the item and inserts the log item
338into the new CIL, then checkpoint transaction commit code cannot use log items 338into the new CIL, then checkpoint transaction commit code cannot use log items
339to store the list of log vectors that need to be written into the transaction. 339to store the list of log vectors that need to be written into the transaction.
340Hence log vectors need to be able to be chained together to allow them to be 340Hence log vectors need to be able to be chained together to allow them to be
341detatched from the log items. That is, when the CIL is flushed the memory 341detached from the log items. That is, when the CIL is flushed the memory
342buffer and log vector attached to each log item needs to be attached to the 342buffer and log vector attached to each log item needs to be attached to the
343checkpoint context so that the log item can be released. In diagrammatic form, 343checkpoint context so that the log item can be released. In diagrammatic form,
344the CIL would look like this before the flush: 344the CIL would look like this before the flush:
@@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ only becomes unpinned when all the transactions complete and there are no
577pending transactions. Thus the pinning and unpinning of a log item is symmetric 577pending transactions. Thus the pinning and unpinning of a log item is symmetric
578as there is a 1:1 relationship with transaction commit and log item completion. 578as there is a 1:1 relationship with transaction commit and log item completion.
579 579
580For delayed logging, however, we have an assymetric transaction commit to 580For delayed logging, however, we have an asymmetric transaction commit to
581completion relationship. Every time an object is relogged in the CIL it goes 581completion relationship. Every time an object is relogged in the CIL it goes
582through the commit process without a corresponding completion being registered. 582through the commit process without a corresponding completion being registered.
583That is, we now have a many-to-one relationship between transaction commit and 583That is, we now have a many-to-one relationship between transaction commit and
@@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ With delayed logging, there are new steps inserted into the life cycle:
780From this, it can be seen that the only life cycle differences between the two 780From this, it can be seen that the only life cycle differences between the two
781logging methods are in the middle of the life cycle - they still have the same 781logging methods are in the middle of the life cycle - they still have the same
782beginning and end and execution constraints. The only differences are in the 782beginning and end and execution constraints. The only differences are in the
783commiting of the log items to the log itself and the completion processing. 783committing of the log items to the log itself and the completion processing.
784Hence delayed logging should not introduce any constraints on log item 784Hence delayed logging should not introduce any constraints on log item
785behaviour, allocation or freeing that don't already exist. 785behaviour, allocation or freeing that don't already exist.
786 786
@@ -791,10 +791,3 @@ mount option. Fundamentally, there is no reason why the log manager would not
791be able to swap methods automatically and transparently depending on load 791be able to swap methods automatically and transparently depending on load
792characteristics, but this should not be necessary if delayed logging works as 792characteristics, but this should not be necessary if delayed logging works as
793designed. 793designed.
794
795Roadmap:
796
7972.6.39 Switch default mount option to use delayed logging
798 => should be roughly 12 months after initial merge
799 => enough time to shake out remaining problems before next round of
800 enterprise distro kernel rebases
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru b/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru
index 5eb3b9d5f0d5..915f32063a26 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ motherboards (most modern Abit motherboards).
78 78
79The first and second revision of the uGuru chip in reality is a Winbond 79The first and second revision of the uGuru chip in reality is a Winbond
80W83L950D in disguise (despite Abit claiming it is "a new microprocessor 80W83L950D in disguise (despite Abit claiming it is "a new microprocessor
81designed by the ABIT Engineers"). Unfortunatly this doesn't help since the 81designed by the ABIT Engineers"). Unfortunately this doesn't help since the
82W83L950D is a generic microcontroller with a custom Abit application running 82W83L950D is a generic microcontroller with a custom Abit application running
83on it. 83on it.
84 84
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru-datasheet b/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru-datasheet
index d9251efdcec7..8d2be8a0b1e3 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru-datasheet
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru-datasheet
@@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ First of all, what I know about uGuru is no fact based on any help, hints or
5datasheet from Abit. The data I have got on uGuru have I assembled through 5datasheet from Abit. The data I have got on uGuru have I assembled through
6my weak knowledge in "backwards engineering". 6my weak knowledge in "backwards engineering".
7And just for the record, you may have noticed uGuru isn't a chip developed by 7And just for the record, you may have noticed uGuru isn't a chip developed by
8Abit, as they claim it to be. It's realy just an microprocessor (uC) created by 8Abit, as they claim it to be. It's really just an microprocessor (uC) created by
9Winbond (W83L950D). And no, reading the manual for this specific uC or 9Winbond (W83L950D). And no, reading the manual for this specific uC or
10mailing Windbond for help won't give any usefull data about uGuru, as it is 10mailing Windbond for help won't give any useful data about uGuru, as it is
11the program inside the uC that is responding to calls. 11the program inside the uC that is responding to calls.
12 12
13Olle Sandberg <ollebull@gmail.com>, 2005-05-25 13Olle Sandberg <ollebull@gmail.com>, 2005-05-25
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ later on attached again data-port will hold 0x08, more about this later.
41 41
42After wider testing of the Linux kernel driver some variants of the uGuru have 42After wider testing of the Linux kernel driver some variants of the uGuru have
43turned up which will hold 0x00 instead of 0xAC at the CMD port, thus we also 43turned up which will hold 0x00 instead of 0xAC at the CMD port, thus we also
44have to test CMD for two different values. On these uGuru's DATA will initally 44have to test CMD for two different values. On these uGuru's DATA will initially
45hold 0x09 and will only hold 0x08 after reading CMD first, so CMD must be read 45hold 0x09 and will only hold 0x08 after reading CMD first, so CMD must be read
46first! 46first!
47 47
@@ -308,5 +308,5 @@ the voltage / clock programming out, I tried reading and only reading banks
308resulted in a _permanent_ reprogramming of the voltages, luckily I had the 308resulted in a _permanent_ reprogramming of the voltages, luckily I had the
309sensors part configured so that it would shutdown my system on any out of spec 309sensors part configured so that it would shutdown my system on any out of spec
310voltages which proprably safed my computer (after a reboot I managed to 310voltages which proprably safed my computer (after a reboot I managed to
311immediatly enter the bios and reload the defaults). This probably means that 311immediately enter the bios and reload the defaults). This probably means that
312the read/write cycle for the non sensor part is different from the sensor part. 312the read/write cycle for the non sensor part is different from the sensor part.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru3 b/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru3
index fa598aac22fa..a6ccfe4bb6aa 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru3
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru3
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ This driver supports the hardware monitoring features of the third revision of
47the Abit uGuru chip, found on recent Abit uGuru featuring motherboards. 47the Abit uGuru chip, found on recent Abit uGuru featuring motherboards.
48 48
49The 3rd revision of the uGuru chip in reality is a Winbond W83L951G. 49The 3rd revision of the uGuru chip in reality is a Winbond W83L951G.
50Unfortunatly this doesn't help since the W83L951G is a generic microcontroller 50Unfortunately this doesn't help since the W83L951G is a generic microcontroller
51with a custom Abit application running on it. 51with a custom Abit application running on it.
52 52
53Despite Abit not releasing any information regarding the uGuru revision 3, 53Despite Abit not releasing any information regarding the uGuru revision 3,
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ads1015 b/Documentation/hwmon/ads1015
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f6fe9c203733
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ads1015
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
1Kernel driver ads1015
2=====================
3
4Supported chips:
5 * Texas Instruments ADS1015
6 Prefix: 'ads1015'
7 Datasheet: Publicly available at the Texas Instruments website :
8 http://focus.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/ads1015.pdf
9
10Authors:
11 Dirk Eibach, Guntermann & Drunck GmbH <eibach@gdsys.de>
12
13Description
14-----------
15
16This driver implements support for the Texas Instruments ADS1015.
17
18This device is a 12-bit A-D converter with 4 inputs.
19
20The inputs can be used single ended or in certain differential combinations.
21
22The inputs can be made available by 8 sysfs input files in0_input - in7_input:
23in0: Voltage over AIN0 and AIN1.
24in1: Voltage over AIN0 and AIN3.
25in2: Voltage over AIN1 and AIN3.
26in3: Voltage over AIN2 and AIN3.
27in4: Voltage over AIN0 and GND.
28in5: Voltage over AIN1 and GND.
29in6: Voltage over AIN2 and GND.
30in7: Voltage over AIN3 and GND.
31
32Which inputs are available can be configured using platform data or devicetree.
33
34By default all inputs are exported.
35
36Platform Data
37-------------
38
39In linux/i2c/ads1015.h platform data is defined, channel_data contains
40configuration data for the used input combinations:
41- pga is the programmable gain amplifier (values are full scale)
42 0: +/- 6.144 V
43 1: +/- 4.096 V
44 2: +/- 2.048 V
45 3: +/- 1.024 V
46 4: +/- 0.512 V
47 5: +/- 0.256 V
48- data_rate in samples per second
49 0: 128
50 1: 250
51 2: 490
52 3: 920
53 4: 1600
54 5: 2400
55 6: 3300
56
57Example:
58struct ads1015_platform_data data = {
59 .channel_data = {
60 [2] = { .enabled = true, .pga = 1, .data_rate = 0 },
61 [4] = { .enabled = true, .pga = 4, .data_rate = 5 },
62 }
63};
64
65In this case only in2_input (FS +/- 4.096 V, 128 SPS) and in4_input
66(FS +/- 0.512 V, 2400 SPS) would be created.
67
68Devicetree
69----------
70
71Configuration is also possible via devicetree:
72Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ads1015.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/f71882fg b/Documentation/hwmon/f71882fg
index a7952c2bd959..df02245d1419 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/f71882fg
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/f71882fg
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ Kernel driver f71882fg
2====================== 2======================
3 3
4Supported chips: 4Supported chips:
5 * Fintek F71808E
6 Prefix: 'f71808e'
7 Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
8 Datasheet: Not public
5 * Fintek F71858FG 9 * Fintek F71858FG
6 Prefix: 'f71858fg' 10 Prefix: 'f71858fg'
7 Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space 11 Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
@@ -10,6 +14,10 @@ Supported chips:
10 Prefix: 'f71862fg' 14 Prefix: 'f71862fg'
11 Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space 15 Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
12 Datasheet: Available from the Fintek website 16 Datasheet: Available from the Fintek website
17 * Fintek F71869F and F71869E
18 Prefix: 'f71869'
19 Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
20 Datasheet: Available from the Fintek website
13 * Fintek F71882FG and F71883FG 21 * Fintek F71882FG and F71883FG
14 Prefix: 'f71882fg' 22 Prefix: 'f71882fg'
15 Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space 23 Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
@@ -17,11 +25,30 @@ Supported chips:
17 * Fintek F71889FG 25 * Fintek F71889FG
18 Prefix: 'f71889fg' 26 Prefix: 'f71889fg'
19 Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space 27 Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
28 Datasheet: Available from the Fintek website
29 * Fintek F71889ED
30 Prefix: 'f71889ed'
31 Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
32 Datasheet: Should become available on the Fintek website soon
33 * Fintek F71889A
34 Prefix: 'f71889a'
35 Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
20 Datasheet: Should become available on the Fintek website soon 36 Datasheet: Should become available on the Fintek website soon
21 * Fintek F8000 37 * Fintek F8000
22 Prefix: 'f8000' 38 Prefix: 'f8000'
23 Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space 39 Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
24 Datasheet: Not public 40 Datasheet: Not public
41 * Fintek F81801U
42 Prefix: 'f71889fg'
43 Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
44 Datasheet: Not public
45 Note: This is the 64-pin variant of the F71889FG, they have the
46 same device ID and are fully compatible as far as hardware
47 monitoring is concerned.
48 * Fintek F81865F
49 Prefix: 'f81865f'
50 Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
51 Datasheet: Available from the Fintek website
25 52
26Author: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> 53Author: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
27 54
@@ -29,9 +56,9 @@ Author: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
29Description 56Description
30----------- 57-----------
31 58
32Fintek F718xxFG/F8000 Super I/O chips include complete hardware monitoring 59Fintek F718xx/F8000 Super I/O chips include complete hardware monitoring
33capabilities. They can monitor up to 9 voltages (3 for the F8000), 4 fans and 60capabilities. They can monitor up to 9 voltages, 4 fans and 3 temperature
343 temperature sensors. 61sensors.
35 62
36These chips also have fan controlling features, using either DC or PWM, in 63These chips also have fan controlling features, using either DC or PWM, in
37three different modes (one manual, two automatic). 64three different modes (one manual, two automatic).
@@ -99,5 +126,5 @@ Writing an unsupported mode will result in an invalid parameter error.
99 The fan speed is regulated to keep the temp the fan is mapped to between 126 The fan speed is regulated to keep the temp the fan is mapped to between
100 temp#_auto_point2_temp and temp#_auto_point3_temp. 127 temp#_auto_point2_temp and temp#_auto_point3_temp.
101 128
102Both of the automatic modes require that pwm1 corresponds to fan1, pwm2 to 129All of the automatic modes require that pwm1 corresponds to fan1, pwm2 to
103fan2 and pwm3 to fan3. 130fan2 and pwm3 to fan3.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/jc42 b/Documentation/hwmon/jc42
index 0e76ef12e4c6..a22ecf48f255 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/jc42
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/jc42
@@ -51,7 +51,8 @@ Supported chips:
51 * JEDEC JC 42.4 compliant temperature sensor chips 51 * JEDEC JC 42.4 compliant temperature sensor chips
52 Prefix: 'jc42' 52 Prefix: 'jc42'
53 Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f 53 Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f
54 Datasheet: - 54 Datasheet:
55 http://www.jedec.org/sites/default/files/docs/4_01_04R19.pdf
55 56
56Author: 57Author:
57 Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com> 58 Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com>
@@ -60,7 +61,11 @@ Author:
60Description 61Description
61----------- 62-----------
62 63
63This driver implements support for JEDEC JC 42.4 compliant temperature sensors. 64This driver implements support for JEDEC JC 42.4 compliant temperature sensors,
65which are used on many DDR3 memory modules for mobile devices and servers. Some
66systems use the sensor to prevent memory overheating by automatically throttling
67the memory controller.
68
64The driver auto-detects the chips listed above, but can be manually instantiated 69The driver auto-detects the chips listed above, but can be manually instantiated
65to support other JC 42.4 compliant chips. 70to support other JC 42.4 compliant chips.
66 71
@@ -81,15 +86,19 @@ limits. The chip supports only a single register to configure the hysteresis,
81which applies to all limits. This register can be written by writing into 86which applies to all limits. This register can be written by writing into
82temp1_crit_hyst. Other hysteresis attributes are read-only. 87temp1_crit_hyst. Other hysteresis attributes are read-only.
83 88
89If the BIOS has configured the sensor for automatic temperature management, it
90is likely that it has locked the registers, i.e., that the temperature limits
91cannot be changed.
92
84Sysfs entries 93Sysfs entries
85------------- 94-------------
86 95
87temp1_input Temperature (RO) 96temp1_input Temperature (RO)
88temp1_min Minimum temperature (RW) 97temp1_min Minimum temperature (RO or RW)
89temp1_max Maximum temperature (RW) 98temp1_max Maximum temperature (RO or RW)
90temp1_crit Critical high temperature (RW) 99temp1_crit Critical high temperature (RO or RW)
91 100
92temp1_crit_hyst Critical hysteresis temperature (RW) 101temp1_crit_hyst Critical hysteresis temperature (RO or RW)
93temp1_max_hyst Maximum hysteresis temperature (RO) 102temp1_max_hyst Maximum hysteresis temperature (RO)
94 103
95temp1_min_alarm Temperature low alarm 104temp1_min_alarm Temperature low alarm
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/k10temp b/Documentation/hwmon/k10temp
index 6526eee525a6..d2b56a4fd1f5 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/k10temp
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/k10temp
@@ -9,6 +9,8 @@ Supported chips:
9 Socket S1G3: Athlon II, Sempron, Turion II 9 Socket S1G3: Athlon II, Sempron, Turion II
10* AMD Family 11h processors: 10* AMD Family 11h processors:
11 Socket S1G2: Athlon (X2), Sempron (X2), Turion X2 (Ultra) 11 Socket S1G2: Athlon (X2), Sempron (X2), Turion X2 (Ultra)
12* AMD Family 12h processors: "Llano"
13* AMD Family 14h processors: "Brazos" (C/E/G-Series)
12 14
13 Prefix: 'k10temp' 15 Prefix: 'k10temp'
14 Addresses scanned: PCI space 16 Addresses scanned: PCI space
@@ -17,10 +19,14 @@ Supported chips:
17 http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/31116.pdf 19 http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/31116.pdf
18 BIOS and Kernel Developer's Guide (BKDG) for AMD Family 11h Processors: 20 BIOS and Kernel Developer's Guide (BKDG) for AMD Family 11h Processors:
19 http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/41256.pdf 21 http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/41256.pdf
22 BIOS and Kernel Developer's Guide (BKDG) for AMD Family 14h Models 00h-0Fh Processors:
23 http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/43170.pdf
20 Revision Guide for AMD Family 10h Processors: 24 Revision Guide for AMD Family 10h Processors:
21 http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/41322.pdf 25 http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/41322.pdf
22 Revision Guide for AMD Family 11h Processors: 26 Revision Guide for AMD Family 11h Processors:
23 http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/41788.pdf 27 http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/41788.pdf
28 Revision Guide for AMD Family 14h Models 00h-0Fh Processors:
29 http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/47534.pdf
24 AMD Family 11h Processor Power and Thermal Data Sheet for Notebooks: 30 AMD Family 11h Processor Power and Thermal Data Sheet for Notebooks:
25 http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/43373.pdf 31 http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/43373.pdf
26 AMD Family 10h Server and Workstation Processor Power and Thermal Data Sheet: 32 AMD Family 10h Server and Workstation Processor Power and Thermal Data Sheet:
@@ -34,7 +40,7 @@ Description
34----------- 40-----------
35 41
36This driver permits reading of the internal temperature sensor of AMD 42This driver permits reading of the internal temperature sensor of AMD
37Family 10h and 11h processors. 43Family 10h/11h/12h/14h processors.
38 44
39All these processors have a sensor, but on those for Socket F or AM2+, 45All these processors have a sensor, but on those for Socket F or AM2+,
40the sensor may return inconsistent values (erratum 319). The driver 46the sensor may return inconsistent values (erratum 319). The driver
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lineage-pem b/Documentation/hwmon/lineage-pem
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2ba5ed126858
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lineage-pem
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
1Kernel driver lineage-pem
2=========================
3
4Supported devices:
5 * Lineage Compact Power Line Power Entry Modules
6 Prefix: 'lineage-pem'
7 Addresses scanned: -
8 Documentation:
9 http://www.lineagepower.com/oem/pdf/CPLI2C.pdf
10
11Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com>
12
13
14Description
15-----------
16
17This driver supports various Lineage Compact Power Line DC/DC and AC/DC
18converters such as CP1800, CP2000AC, CP2000DC, CP2100DC, and others.
19
20Lineage CPL power entry modules are nominally PMBus compliant. However, most
21standard PMBus commands are not supported. Specifically, all hardware monitoring
22and status reporting commands are non-standard. For this reason, a standard
23PMBus driver can not be used.
24
25
26Usage Notes
27-----------
28
29This driver does not probe for Lineage CPL devices, since there is no register
30which can be safely used to identify the chip. You will have to instantiate
31the devices explicitly.
32
33Example: the following will load the driver for a Lineage PEM at address 0x40
34on I2C bus #1:
35$ modprobe lineage-pem
36$ echo lineage-pem 0x40 > /sys/bus/i2c/devices/i2c-1/new_device
37
38All Lineage CPL power entry modules have a built-in I2C bus master selector
39(PCA9541). To ensure device access, this driver should only be used as client
40driver to the pca9541 I2C master selector driver.
41
42
43Sysfs entries
44-------------
45
46All Lineage CPL devices report output voltage and device temperature as well as
47alarms for output voltage, temperature, input voltage, input current, input power,
48and fan status.
49
50Input voltage, input current, input power, and fan speed measurement is only
51supported on newer devices. The driver detects if those attributes are supported,
52and only creates respective sysfs entries if they are.
53
54in1_input Output voltage (mV)
55in1_min_alarm Output undervoltage alarm
56in1_max_alarm Output overvoltage alarm
57in1_crit Output voltage critical alarm
58
59in2_input Input voltage (mV, optional)
60in2_alarm Input voltage alarm
61
62curr1_input Input current (mA, optional)
63curr1_alarm Input overcurrent alarm
64
65power1_input Input power (uW, optional)
66power1_alarm Input power alarm
67
68fan1_input Fan 1 speed (rpm, optional)
69fan2_input Fan 2 speed (rpm, optional)
70fan3_input Fan 3 speed (rpm, optional)
71
72temp1_input
73temp1_max
74temp1_crit
75temp1_alarm
76temp1_crit_alarm
77temp1_fault
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm75 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm75
index 8e6356fe05d7..a1790401fdde 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm75
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm75
@@ -7,6 +7,11 @@ Supported chips:
7 Addresses scanned: I2C 0x48 - 0x4f 7 Addresses scanned: I2C 0x48 - 0x4f
8 Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website 8 Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website
9 http://www.national.com/ 9 http://www.national.com/
10 * National Semiconductor LM75A
11 Prefix: 'lm75a'
12 Addresses scanned: I2C 0x48 - 0x4f
13 Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website
14 http://www.national.com/
10 * Dallas Semiconductor DS75 15 * Dallas Semiconductor DS75
11 Prefix: 'lm75' 16 Prefix: 'lm75'
12 Addresses scanned: I2C 0x48 - 0x4f 17 Addresses scanned: I2C 0x48 - 0x4f
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm85 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm85
index 239258a63c81..7c49feaa79d2 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm85
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm85
@@ -26,6 +26,14 @@ Supported chips:
26 Prefix: 'emc6d102' 26 Prefix: 'emc6d102'
27 Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e 27 Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e
28 Datasheet: http://www.smsc.com/main/catalog/emc6d102.html 28 Datasheet: http://www.smsc.com/main/catalog/emc6d102.html
29 * SMSC EMC6D103
30 Prefix: 'emc6d103'
31 Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e
32 Datasheet: http://www.smsc.com/main/catalog/emc6d103.html
33 * SMSC EMC6D103S
34 Prefix: 'emc6d103s'
35 Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e
36 Datasheet: http://www.smsc.com/main/catalog/emc6d103s.html
29 37
30Authors: 38Authors:
31 Philip Pokorny <ppokorny@penguincomputing.com>, 39 Philip Pokorny <ppokorny@penguincomputing.com>,
@@ -122,9 +130,11 @@ to be register compatible. The EMC6D100 offers all the features of the
122EMC6D101 plus additional voltage monitoring and system control features. 130EMC6D101 plus additional voltage monitoring and system control features.
123Unfortunately it is not possible to distinguish between the package 131Unfortunately it is not possible to distinguish between the package
124versions on register level so these additional voltage inputs may read 132versions on register level so these additional voltage inputs may read
125zero. The EMC6D102 features addtional ADC bits thus extending precision 133zero. EMC6D102 and EMC6D103 feature additional ADC bits thus extending precision
126of voltage and temperature channels. 134of voltage and temperature channels.
127 135
136SMSC EMC6D103S is similar to EMC6D103, but does not support pwm#_auto_pwm_minctl
137and temp#_auto_temp_off.
128 138
129Hardware Configurations 139Hardware Configurations
130----------------------- 140-----------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ltc4151 b/Documentation/hwmon/ltc4151
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..43c667e6677a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ltc4151
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
1Kernel driver ltc4151
2=====================
3
4Supported chips:
5 * Linear Technology LTC4151
6 Prefix: 'ltc4151'
7 Addresses scanned: -
8 Datasheet:
9 http://www.linear.com/docs/Datasheet/4151fc.pdf
10
11Author: Per Dalen <per.dalen@appeartv.com>
12
13
14Description
15-----------
16
17The LTC4151 is a High Voltage I2C Current and Voltage Monitor.
18
19
20Usage Notes
21-----------
22
23This driver does not probe for LTC4151 devices, since there is no register
24which can be safely used to identify the chip. You will have to instantiate
25the devices explicitly.
26
27Example: the following will load the driver for an LTC4151 at address 0x6f
28on I2C bus #0:
29# modprobe ltc4151
30# echo ltc4151 0x6f > /sys/bus/i2c/devices/i2c-0/new_device
31
32
33Sysfs entries
34-------------
35
36Voltage readings provided by this driver are reported as obtained from the ADIN
37and VIN registers.
38
39Current reading provided by this driver is reported as obtained from the Current
40Sense register. The reported value assumes that a 1 mOhm sense resistor is
41installed.
42
43in1_input VDIN voltage (mV)
44
45in2_input ADIN voltage (mV)
46
47curr1_input SENSE current (mA)
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max6639 b/Documentation/hwmon/max6639
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..dc49f8be7167
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max6639
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
1Kernel driver max6639
2=====================
3
4Supported chips:
5 * Maxim MAX6639
6 Prefix: 'max6639'
7 Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2e, 0x2f
8 Datasheet: http://pdfserv.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX6639.pdf
9
10Authors:
11 He Changqing <hechangqing@semptian.com>
12 Roland Stigge <stigge@antcom.de>
13
14Description
15-----------
16
17This driver implements support for the Maxim MAX6639. This chip is a 2-channel
18temperature monitor with dual PWM fan speed controller. It can monitor its own
19temperature and one external diode-connected transistor or two external
20diode-connected transistors.
21
22The following device attributes are implemented via sysfs:
23
24Attribute R/W Contents
25----------------------------------------------------------------------------
26temp1_input R Temperature channel 1 input (0..150 C)
27temp2_input R Temperature channel 2 input (0..150 C)
28temp1_fault R Temperature channel 1 diode fault
29temp2_fault R Temperature channel 2 diode fault
30temp1_max RW Set THERM temperature for input 1
31 (in C, see datasheet)
32temp2_max RW Set THERM temperature for input 2
33temp1_crit RW Set ALERT temperature for input 1
34temp2_crit RW Set ALERT temperature for input 2
35temp1_emergency RW Set OT temperature for input 1
36 (in C, see datasheet)
37temp2_emergency RW Set OT temperature for input 2
38pwm1 RW Fan 1 target duty cycle (0..255)
39pwm2 RW Fan 2 target duty cycle (0..255)
40fan1_input R TACH1 fan tachometer input (in RPM)
41fan2_input R TACH2 fan tachometer input (in RPM)
42fan1_fault R Fan 1 fault
43fan2_fault R Fan 2 fault
44temp1_max_alarm R Alarm on THERM temperature on channel 1
45temp2_max_alarm R Alarm on THERM temperature on channel 2
46temp1_crit_alarm R Alarm on ALERT temperature on channel 1
47temp2_crit_alarm R Alarm on ALERT temperature on channel 2
48temp1_emergency_alarm R Alarm on OT temperature on channel 1
49temp2_emergency_alarm R Alarm on OT temperature on channel 2
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus b/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..dc4933e96344
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
1Kernel driver pmbus
2====================
3
4Supported chips:
5 * Ericsson BMR45X series
6 DC/DC Converter
7 Prefixes: 'bmr450', 'bmr451', 'bmr453', 'bmr454'
8 Addresses scanned: -
9 Datasheet:
10 http://archive.ericsson.net/service/internet/picov/get?DocNo=28701-EN/LZT146395
11 * Linear Technology LTC2978
12 Octal PMBus Power Supply Monitor and Controller
13 Prefix: 'ltc2978'
14 Addresses scanned: -
15 Datasheet: http://cds.linear.com/docs/Datasheet/2978fa.pdf
16 * Maxim MAX16064
17 Quad Power-Supply Controller
18 Prefix: 'max16064'
19 Addresses scanned: -
20 Datasheet: http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX16064.pdf
21 * Maxim MAX34440
22 PMBus 6-Channel Power-Supply Manager
23 Prefixes: 'max34440'
24 Addresses scanned: -
25 Datasheet: http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX34440.pdf
26 * Maxim MAX34441
27 PMBus 5-Channel Power-Supply Manager and Intelligent Fan Controller
28 Prefixes: 'max34441'
29 Addresses scanned: -
30 Datasheet: http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX34441.pdf
31 * Maxim MAX8688
32 Digital Power-Supply Controller/Monitor
33 Prefix: 'max8688'
34 Addresses scanned: -
35 Datasheet: http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX8688.pdf
36 * Generic PMBus devices
37 Prefix: 'pmbus'
38 Addresses scanned: -
39 Datasheet: n.a.
40
41Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com>
42
43
44Description
45-----------
46
47This driver supports hardware montoring for various PMBus compliant devices.
48It supports voltage, current, power, and temperature sensors as supported
49by the device.
50
51Each monitored channel has its own high and low limits, plus a critical
52limit.
53
54Fan support will be added in a later version of this driver.
55
56
57Usage Notes
58-----------
59
60This driver does not probe for PMBus devices, since there is no register
61which can be safely used to identify the chip (The MFG_ID register is not
62supported by all chips), and since there is no well defined address range for
63PMBus devices. You will have to instantiate the devices explicitly.
64
65Example: the following will load the driver for an LTC2978 at address 0x60
66on I2C bus #1:
67$ modprobe pmbus
68$ echo ltc2978 0x60 > /sys/bus/i2c/devices/i2c-1/new_device
69
70
71Platform data support
72---------------------
73
74Support for additional PMBus chips can be added by defining chip parameters in
75a new chip specific driver file. For example, (untested) code to add support for
76Emerson DS1200 power modules might look as follows.
77
78static struct pmbus_driver_info ds1200_info = {
79 .pages = 1,
80 /* Note: All other sensors are in linear mode */
81 .direct[PSC_VOLTAGE_OUT] = true,
82 .direct[PSC_TEMPERATURE] = true,
83 .direct[PSC_CURRENT_OUT] = true,
84 .m[PSC_VOLTAGE_IN] = 1,
85 .b[PSC_VOLTAGE_IN] = 0,
86 .R[PSC_VOLTAGE_IN] = 3,
87 .m[PSC_VOLTAGE_OUT] = 1,
88 .b[PSC_VOLTAGE_OUT] = 0,
89 .R[PSC_VOLTAGE_OUT] = 3,
90 .m[PSC_TEMPERATURE] = 1,
91 .b[PSC_TEMPERATURE] = 0,
92 .R[PSC_TEMPERATURE] = 3,
93 .func[0] = PMBUS_HAVE_VIN | PMBUS_HAVE_IIN | PMBUS_HAVE_STATUS_INPUT
94 | PMBUS_HAVE_VOUT | PMBUS_HAVE_STATUS_VOUT
95 | PMBUS_HAVE_IOUT | PMBUS_HAVE_STATUS_IOUT
96 | PMBUS_HAVE_PIN | PMBUS_HAVE_POUT
97 | PMBUS_HAVE_TEMP | PMBUS_HAVE_STATUS_TEMP
98 | PMBUS_HAVE_FAN12 | PMBUS_HAVE_STATUS_FAN12,
99};
100
101static int ds1200_probe(struct i2c_client *client,
102 const struct i2c_device_id *id)
103{
104 return pmbus_do_probe(client, id, &ds1200_info);
105}
106
107static int ds1200_remove(struct i2c_client *client)
108{
109 return pmbus_do_remove(client);
110}
111
112static const struct i2c_device_id ds1200_id[] = {
113 {"ds1200", 0},
114 {}
115};
116
117MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(i2c, ds1200_id);
118
119/* This is the driver that will be inserted */
120static struct i2c_driver ds1200_driver = {
121 .driver = {
122 .name = "ds1200",
123 },
124 .probe = ds1200_probe,
125 .remove = ds1200_remove,
126 .id_table = ds1200_id,
127};
128
129static int __init ds1200_init(void)
130{
131 return i2c_add_driver(&ds1200_driver);
132}
133
134static void __exit ds1200_exit(void)
135{
136 i2c_del_driver(&ds1200_driver);
137}
138
139
140Sysfs entries
141-------------
142
143When probing the chip, the driver identifies which PMBus registers are
144supported, and determines available sensors from this information.
145Attribute files only exist if respective sensors are suported by the chip.
146Labels are provided to inform the user about the sensor associated with
147a given sysfs entry.
148
149The following attributes are supported. Limits are read-write; all other
150attributes are read-only.
151
152inX_input Measured voltage. From READ_VIN or READ_VOUT register.
153inX_min Minimum Voltage.
154 From VIN_UV_WARN_LIMIT or VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register.
155inX_max Maximum voltage.
156 From VIN_OV_WARN_LIMIT or VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT register.
157inX_lcrit Critical minimum Voltage.
158 From VIN_UV_FAULT_LIMIT or VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register.
159inX_crit Critical maximum voltage.
160 From VIN_OV_FAULT_LIMIT or VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT register.
161inX_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_WARNING status.
162inX_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_WARNING status.
163inX_lcrit_alarm Voltage critical low alarm.
164 From VOLTAGE_UV_FAULT status.
165inX_crit_alarm Voltage critical high alarm.
166 From VOLTAGE_OV_FAULT status.
167inX_label "vin", "vcap", or "voutY"
168
169currX_input Measured current. From READ_IIN or READ_IOUT register.
170currX_max Maximum current.
171 From IIN_OC_WARN_LIMIT or IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT register.
172currX_lcrit Critical minimum output current.
173 From IOUT_UC_FAULT_LIMIT register.
174currX_crit Critical maximum current.
175 From IIN_OC_FAULT_LIMIT or IOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT register.
176currX_alarm Current high alarm.
177 From IIN_OC_WARNING or IOUT_OC_WARNING status.
178currX_lcrit_alarm Output current critical low alarm.
179 From IOUT_UC_FAULT status.
180currX_crit_alarm Current critical high alarm.
181 From IIN_OC_FAULT or IOUT_OC_FAULT status.
182currX_label "iin" or "vinY"
183
184powerX_input Measured power. From READ_PIN or READ_POUT register.
185powerX_cap Output power cap. From POUT_MAX register.
186powerX_max Power limit. From PIN_OP_WARN_LIMIT or
187 POUT_OP_WARN_LIMIT register.
188powerX_crit Critical output power limit.
189 From POUT_OP_FAULT_LIMIT register.
190powerX_alarm Power high alarm.
191 From PIN_OP_WARNING or POUT_OP_WARNING status.
192powerX_crit_alarm Output power critical high alarm.
193 From POUT_OP_FAULT status.
194powerX_label "pin" or "poutY"
195
196tempX_input Measured tempererature.
197 From READ_TEMPERATURE_X register.
198tempX_min Mimimum tempererature. From UT_WARN_LIMIT register.
199tempX_max Maximum tempererature. From OT_WARN_LIMIT register.
200tempX_lcrit Critical low tempererature.
201 From UT_FAULT_LIMIT register.
202tempX_crit Critical high tempererature.
203 From OT_FAULT_LIMIT register.
204tempX_min_alarm Chip temperature low alarm. Set by comparing
205 READ_TEMPERATURE_X with UT_WARN_LIMIT if
206 TEMP_UT_WARNING status is set.
207tempX_max_alarm Chip temperature high alarm. Set by comparing
208 READ_TEMPERATURE_X with OT_WARN_LIMIT if
209 TEMP_OT_WARNING status is set.
210tempX_lcrit_alarm Chip temperature critical low alarm. Set by comparing
211 READ_TEMPERATURE_X with UT_FAULT_LIMIT if
212 TEMP_UT_FAULT status is set.
213tempX_crit_alarm Chip temperature critical high alarm. Set by comparing
214 READ_TEMPERATURE_X with OT_FAULT_LIMIT if
215 TEMP_OT_FAULT status is set.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/sch5627 b/Documentation/hwmon/sch5627
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..446a054e4912
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/sch5627
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
1Kernel driver sch5627
2=====================
3
4Supported chips:
5 * SMSC SCH5627
6 Prefix: 'sch5627'
7 Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
8 Datasheet: Application Note available upon request
9
10Author: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
11
12
13Description
14-----------
15
16SMSC SCH5627 Super I/O chips include complete hardware monitoring
17capabilities. They can monitor up to 5 voltages, 4 fans and 8 temperatures.
18
19The hardware monitoring part of the SMSC SCH5627 is accessed by talking
20through an embedded microcontroller. An application note describing the
21protocol for communicating with the microcontroller is available upon
22request. Please mail me if you want a copy.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface b/Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface
index c6559f153589..8f63c244f1aa 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface
@@ -187,6 +187,17 @@ fan[1-*]_div Fan divisor.
187 Note that this is actually an internal clock divisor, which 187 Note that this is actually an internal clock divisor, which
188 affects the measurable speed range, not the read value. 188 affects the measurable speed range, not the read value.
189 189
190fan[1-*]_pulses Number of tachometer pulses per fan revolution.
191 Integer value, typically between 1 and 4.
192 RW
193 This value is a characteristic of the fan connected to the
194 device's input, so it has to be set in accordance with the fan
195 model.
196 Should only be created if the chip has a register to configure
197 the number of pulses. In the absence of such a register (and
198 thus attribute) the value assumed by all devices is 2 pulses
199 per fan revolution.
200
190fan[1-*]_target 201fan[1-*]_target
191 Desired fan speed 202 Desired fan speed
192 Unit: revolution/min (RPM) 203 Unit: revolution/min (RPM)
@@ -568,7 +579,7 @@ channel should not be trusted.
568fan[1-*]_fault 579fan[1-*]_fault
569temp[1-*]_fault 580temp[1-*]_fault
570 Input fault condition 581 Input fault condition
571 0: no fault occured 582 0: no fault occurred
572 1: fault condition 583 1: fault condition
573 RO 584 RO
574 585
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/twl4030-madc-hwmon b/Documentation/hwmon/twl4030-madc-hwmon
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ef7984317cec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/twl4030-madc-hwmon
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
1Kernel driver twl4030-madc
2=========================
3
4Supported chips:
5 * Texas Instruments TWL4030
6 Prefix: 'twl4030-madc'
7
8
9Authors:
10 J Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
11
12Description
13-----------
14
15The Texas Instruments TWL4030 is a Power Management and Audio Circuit. Among
16other things it contains a 10-bit A/D converter MADC. The converter has 16
17channels which can be used in different modes.
18
19
20See this table for the meaning of the different channels
21
22Channel Signal
23------------------------------------------
240 Battery type(BTYPE)
251 BCI: Battery temperature (BTEMP)
262 GP analog input
273 GP analog input
284 GP analog input
295 GP analog input
306 GP analog input
317 GP analog input
328 BCI: VBUS voltage(VBUS)
339 Backup Battery voltage (VBKP)
3410 BCI: Battery charger current (ICHG)
3511 BCI: Battery charger voltage (VCHG)
3612 BCI: Main battery voltage (VBAT)
3713 Reserved
3814 Reserved
3915 VRUSB Supply/Speaker left/Speaker right polarization level
40
41
42The Sysfs nodes will represent the voltage in the units of mV,
43the temperature channel shows the converted temperature in
44degree celcius. The Battery charging current channel represents
45battery charging current in mA.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/w83627ehf b/Documentation/hwmon/w83627ehf
index 13d556112fc0..76ffef94ed75 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/w83627ehf
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/w83627ehf
@@ -5,13 +5,11 @@ Supported chips:
5 * Winbond W83627EHF/EHG (ISA access ONLY) 5 * Winbond W83627EHF/EHG (ISA access ONLY)
6 Prefix: 'w83627ehf' 6 Prefix: 'w83627ehf'
7 Addresses scanned: ISA address retrieved from Super I/O registers 7 Addresses scanned: ISA address retrieved from Super I/O registers
8 Datasheet: 8 Datasheet: not available
9 http://www.nuvoton.com.tw/NR/rdonlyres/A6A258F0-F0C9-4F97-81C0-C4D29E7E943E/0/W83627EHF.pdf
10 * Winbond W83627DHG 9 * Winbond W83627DHG
11 Prefix: 'w83627dhg' 10 Prefix: 'w83627dhg'
12 Addresses scanned: ISA address retrieved from Super I/O registers 11 Addresses scanned: ISA address retrieved from Super I/O registers
13 Datasheet: 12 Datasheet: not available
14 http://www.nuvoton.com.tw/NR/rdonlyres/7885623D-A487-4CF9-A47F-30C5F73D6FE6/0/W83627DHG.pdf
15 * Winbond W83627DHG-P 13 * Winbond W83627DHG-P
16 Prefix: 'w83627dhg' 14 Prefix: 'w83627dhg'
17 Addresses scanned: ISA address retrieved from Super I/O registers 15 Addresses scanned: ISA address retrieved from Super I/O registers
@@ -24,6 +22,14 @@ Supported chips:
24 Prefix: 'w83667hg' 22 Prefix: 'w83667hg'
25 Addresses scanned: ISA address retrieved from Super I/O registers 23 Addresses scanned: ISA address retrieved from Super I/O registers
26 Datasheet: Available from Nuvoton upon request 24 Datasheet: Available from Nuvoton upon request
25 * Nuvoton NCT6775F/W83667HG-I
26 Prefix: 'nct6775'
27 Addresses scanned: ISA address retrieved from Super I/O registers
28 Datasheet: Available from Nuvoton upon request
29 * Nuvoton NCT6776F
30 Prefix: 'nct6776'
31 Addresses scanned: ISA address retrieved from Super I/O registers
32 Datasheet: Available from Nuvoton upon request
27 33
28Authors: 34Authors:
29 Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> 35 Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
@@ -36,19 +42,28 @@ Description
36----------- 42-----------
37 43
38This driver implements support for the Winbond W83627EHF, W83627EHG, 44This driver implements support for the Winbond W83627EHF, W83627EHG,
39W83627DHG, W83627DHG-P, W83667HG and W83667HG-B super I/O chips. 45W83627DHG, W83627DHG-P, W83667HG, W83667HG-B, W83667HG-I (NCT6775F),
40We will refer to them collectively as Winbond chips. 46and NCT6776F super I/O chips. We will refer to them collectively as
41 47Winbond chips.
42The chips implement three temperature sensors, five fan rotation 48
43speed sensors, ten analog voltage sensors (only nine for the 627DHG), one 49The chips implement three temperature sensors (up to four for 667HG-B, and nine
44VID (6 pins for the 627EHF/EHG, 8 pins for the 627DHG and 667HG), alarms 50for NCT6775F and NCT6776F), five fan rotation speed sensors, ten analog voltage
45with beep warnings (control unimplemented), and some automatic fan 51sensors (only nine for the 627DHG), one VID (6 pins for the 627EHF/EHG, 8 pins
46regulation strategies (plus manual fan control mode). 52for the 627DHG and 667HG), alarms with beep warnings (control unimplemented),
53and some automatic fan regulation strategies (plus manual fan control mode).
54
55The temperature sensor sources on W82677HG-B, NCT6775F, and NCT6776F are
56configurable. temp4 and higher attributes are only reported if its temperature
57source differs from the temperature sources of the already reported temperature
58sensors. The configured source for each of the temperature sensors is provided
59in tempX_label.
47 60
48Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius and measurement resolution is 1 61Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius and measurement resolution is 1
49degC for temp1 and 0.5 degC for temp2 and temp3. An alarm is triggered when 62degC for temp1 and and 0.5 degC for temp2 and temp3. For temp4 and higher,
50the temperature gets higher than high limit; it stays on until the temperature 63resolution is 1 degC for W83667HG-B and 0.0 degC for NCT6775F and NCT6776F.
51falls below the hysteresis value. 64An alarm is triggered when the temperature gets higher than high limit;
65it stays on until the temperature falls below the hysteresis value.
66Alarms are only supported for temp1, temp2, and temp3.
52 67
53Fan rotation speeds are reported in RPM (rotations per minute). An alarm is 68Fan rotation speeds are reported in RPM (rotations per minute). An alarm is
54triggered if the rotation speed has dropped below a programmable limit. Fan 69triggered if the rotation speed has dropped below a programmable limit. Fan
@@ -80,7 +95,8 @@ prog -> pwm4 (not on 667HG and 667HG-B; the programmable setting is not
80 95
81name - this is a standard hwmon device entry. For the W83627EHF and W83627EHG, 96name - this is a standard hwmon device entry. For the W83627EHF and W83627EHG,
82 it is set to "w83627ehf", for the W83627DHG it is set to "w83627dhg", 97 it is set to "w83627ehf", for the W83627DHG it is set to "w83627dhg",
83 and for the W83667HG it is set to "w83667hg". 98 for the W83667HG and W83667HG-B it is set to "w83667hg", for NCT6775F it
99 is set to "nct6775", and for NCT6776F it is set to "nct6776".
84 100
85pwm[1-4] - this file stores PWM duty cycle or DC value (fan speed) in range: 101pwm[1-4] - this file stores PWM duty cycle or DC value (fan speed) in range:
86 0 (stop) to 255 (full) 102 0 (stop) to 255 (full)
@@ -90,6 +106,18 @@ pwm[1-4]_enable - this file controls mode of fan/temperature control:
90 * 2 "Thermal Cruise" mode 106 * 2 "Thermal Cruise" mode
91 * 3 "Fan Speed Cruise" mode 107 * 3 "Fan Speed Cruise" mode
92 * 4 "Smart Fan III" mode 108 * 4 "Smart Fan III" mode
109 * 5 "Smart Fan IV" mode
110
111 SmartFan III mode is not supported on NCT6776F.
112
113 SmartFan IV mode is configurable only if it was configured at system
114 startup, and is only supported for W83677HG-B, NCT6775F, and NCT6776F.
115 SmartFan IV operational parameters can not be configured at this time,
116 and the various pwm attributes are not used in SmartFan IV mode.
117 The attributes can be written to, which is useful if you plan to
118 configure the system for a different pwm mode. However, the information
119 returned when reading pwm attributes is unrelated to SmartFan IV
120 operation.
93 121
94pwm[1-4]_mode - controls if output is PWM or DC level 122pwm[1-4]_mode - controls if output is PWM or DC level
95 * 0 DC output (0 - 12v) 123 * 0 DC output (0 - 12v)
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/w83781d b/Documentation/hwmon/w83781d
index ecbc1e4574b4..129b0a3b555b 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/w83781d
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/w83781d
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ found out the following values do work as a form of coarse pwm:
403 403
4040x80 - seems to turn fans off after some time(1-2 minutes)... might be 4040x80 - seems to turn fans off after some time(1-2 minutes)... might be
405some form of auto-fan-control based on temp? hmm (Qfan? this mobo is an 405some form of auto-fan-control based on temp? hmm (Qfan? this mobo is an
406old ASUS, it isn't marketed as Qfan. Maybe some beta pre-attemp at Qfan 406old ASUS, it isn't marketed as Qfan. Maybe some beta pre-attempt at Qfan
407that was dropped at the BIOS) 407that was dropped at the BIOS)
4080x81 - off 4080x81 - off
4090x82 - slightly "on-ner" than off, but my fans do not get to move. I can 4090x82 - slightly "on-ner" than off, but my fans do not get to move. I can
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/w83791d b/Documentation/hwmon/w83791d
index 5663e491655c..90387c3540f7 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/w83791d
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/w83791d
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ The sysfs interface to the beep bitmask has migrated from the original legacy
93method of a single sysfs beep_mask file to a newer method using multiple 93method of a single sysfs beep_mask file to a newer method using multiple
94*_beep files as described in .../Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface. 94*_beep files as described in .../Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface.
95 95
96A similar change has occured for the bitmap corresponding to the alarms. The 96A similar change has occurred for the bitmap corresponding to the alarms. The
97original legacy method used a single sysfs alarms file containing a bitmap 97original legacy method used a single sysfs alarms file containing a bitmap
98of triggered alarms. The newer method uses multiple sysfs *_alarm files 98of triggered alarms. The newer method uses multiple sysfs *_alarm files
99(again following the pattern described in sysfs-interface). 99(again following the pattern described in sysfs-interface).
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/w83795 b/Documentation/hwmon/w83795
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9f160371f463
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/w83795
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
1Kernel driver w83795
2====================
3
4Supported chips:
5 * Winbond/Nuvoton W83795G
6 Prefix: 'w83795g'
7 Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c - 0x2f
8 Datasheet: Available for download on nuvoton.com
9 * Winbond/Nuvoton W83795ADG
10 Prefix: 'w83795adg'
11 Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c - 0x2f
12 Datasheet: Available for download on nuvoton.com
13
14Authors:
15 Wei Song (Nuvoton)
16 Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
17
18
19Pin mapping
20-----------
21
22Here is a summary of the pin mapping for the W83795G and W83795ADG.
23This can be useful to convert data provided by board manufacturers
24into working libsensors configuration statements.
25
26 W83795G |
27 Pin | Name | Register | Sysfs attribute
28------------------------------------------------------------------
29 13 | VSEN1 (VCORE1) | 10h | in0
30 14 | VSEN2 (VCORE2) | 11h | in1
31 15 | VSEN3 (VCORE3) | 12h | in2
32 16 | VSEN4 | 13h | in3
33 17 | VSEN5 | 14h | in4
34 18 | VSEN6 | 15h | in5
35 19 | VSEN7 | 16h | in6
36 20 | VSEN8 | 17h | in7
37 21 | VSEN9 | 18h | in8
38 22 | VSEN10 | 19h | in9
39 23 | VSEN11 | 1Ah | in10
40 28 | VTT | 1Bh | in11
41 24 | 3VDD | 1Ch | in12
42 25 | 3VSB | 1Dh | in13
43 26 | VBAT | 1Eh | in14
44 3 | VSEN12/TR5 | 1Fh | in15/temp5
45 4 | VSEN13/TR5 | 20h | in16/temp6
46 5/ 6 | VDSEN14/TR1/TD1 | 21h | in17/temp1
47 7/ 8 | VDSEN15/TR2/TD2 | 22h | in18/temp2
48 9/ 10 | VDSEN16/TR3/TD3 | 23h | in19/temp3
49 11/ 12 | VDSEN17/TR4/TD4 | 24h | in20/temp4
50 40 | FANIN1 | 2Eh | fan1
51 42 | FANIN2 | 2Fh | fan2
52 44 | FANIN3 | 30h | fan3
53 46 | FANIN4 | 31h | fan4
54 48 | FANIN5 | 32h | fan5
55 50 | FANIN6 | 33h | fan6
56 52 | FANIN7 | 34h | fan7
57 54 | FANIN8 | 35h | fan8
58 57 | FANIN9 | 36h | fan9
59 58 | FANIN10 | 37h | fan10
60 59 | FANIN11 | 38h | fan11
61 60 | FANIN12 | 39h | fan12
62 31 | FANIN13 | 3Ah | fan13
63 35 | FANIN14 | 3Bh | fan14
64 41 | FANCTL1 | 10h (bank 2) | pwm1
65 43 | FANCTL2 | 11h (bank 2) | pwm2
66 45 | FANCTL3 | 12h (bank 2) | pwm3
67 47 | FANCTL4 | 13h (bank 2) | pwm4
68 49 | FANCTL5 | 14h (bank 2) | pwm5
69 51 | FANCTL6 | 15h (bank 2) | pwm6
70 53 | FANCTL7 | 16h (bank 2) | pwm7
71 55 | FANCTL8 | 17h (bank 2) | pwm8
72 29/ 30 | PECI/TSI (DTS1) | 26h | temp7
73 29/ 30 | PECI/TSI (DTS2) | 27h | temp8
74 29/ 30 | PECI/TSI (DTS3) | 28h | temp9
75 29/ 30 | PECI/TSI (DTS4) | 29h | temp10
76 29/ 30 | PECI/TSI (DTS5) | 2Ah | temp11
77 29/ 30 | PECI/TSI (DTS6) | 2Bh | temp12
78 29/ 30 | PECI/TSI (DTS7) | 2Ch | temp13
79 29/ 30 | PECI/TSI (DTS8) | 2Dh | temp14
80 27 | CASEOPEN# | 46h | intrusion0
81
82 W83795ADG |
83 Pin | Name | Register | Sysfs attribute
84------------------------------------------------------------------
85 10 | VSEN1 (VCORE1) | 10h | in0
86 11 | VSEN2 (VCORE2) | 11h | in1
87 12 | VSEN3 (VCORE3) | 12h | in2
88 13 | VSEN4 | 13h | in3
89 14 | VSEN5 | 14h | in4
90 15 | VSEN6 | 15h | in5
91 16 | VSEN7 | 16h | in6
92 17 | VSEN8 | 17h | in7
93 22 | VTT | 1Bh | in11
94 18 | 3VDD | 1Ch | in12
95 19 | 3VSB | 1Dh | in13
96 20 | VBAT | 1Eh | in14
97 48 | VSEN12/TR5 | 1Fh | in15/temp5
98 1 | VSEN13/TR5 | 20h | in16/temp6
99 2/ 3 | VDSEN14/TR1/TD1 | 21h | in17/temp1
100 4/ 5 | VDSEN15/TR2/TD2 | 22h | in18/temp2
101 6/ 7 | VDSEN16/TR3/TD3 | 23h | in19/temp3
102 8/ 9 | VDSEN17/TR4/TD4 | 24h | in20/temp4
103 32 | FANIN1 | 2Eh | fan1
104 34 | FANIN2 | 2Fh | fan2
105 36 | FANIN3 | 30h | fan3
106 37 | FANIN4 | 31h | fan4
107 38 | FANIN5 | 32h | fan5
108 39 | FANIN6 | 33h | fan6
109 40 | FANIN7 | 34h | fan7
110 41 | FANIN8 | 35h | fan8
111 43 | FANIN9 | 36h | fan9
112 44 | FANIN10 | 37h | fan10
113 45 | FANIN11 | 38h | fan11
114 46 | FANIN12 | 39h | fan12
115 24 | FANIN13 | 3Ah | fan13
116 28 | FANIN14 | 3Bh | fan14
117 33 | FANCTL1 | 10h (bank 2) | pwm1
118 35 | FANCTL2 | 11h (bank 2) | pwm2
119 23 | PECI (DTS1) | 26h | temp7
120 23 | PECI (DTS2) | 27h | temp8
121 23 | PECI (DTS3) | 28h | temp9
122 23 | PECI (DTS4) | 29h | temp10
123 23 | PECI (DTS5) | 2Ah | temp11
124 23 | PECI (DTS6) | 2Bh | temp12
125 23 | PECI (DTS7) | 2Ch | temp13
126 23 | PECI (DTS8) | 2Dh | temp14
127 21 | CASEOPEN# | 46h | intrusion0
diff --git a/Documentation/hwspinlock.txt b/Documentation/hwspinlock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7dcd1a4e726c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwspinlock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
1Hardware Spinlock Framework
2
31. Introduction
4
5Hardware spinlock modules provide hardware assistance for synchronization
6and mutual exclusion between heterogeneous processors and those not operating
7under a single, shared operating system.
8
9For example, OMAP4 has dual Cortex-A9, dual Cortex-M3 and a C64x+ DSP,
10each of which is running a different Operating System (the master, A9,
11is usually running Linux and the slave processors, the M3 and the DSP,
12are running some flavor of RTOS).
13
14A generic hwspinlock framework allows platform-independent drivers to use
15the hwspinlock device in order to access data structures that are shared
16between remote processors, that otherwise have no alternative mechanism
17to accomplish synchronization and mutual exclusion operations.
18
19This is necessary, for example, for Inter-processor communications:
20on OMAP4, cpu-intensive multimedia tasks are offloaded by the host to the
21remote M3 and/or C64x+ slave processors (by an IPC subsystem called Syslink).
22
23To achieve fast message-based communications, a minimal kernel support
24is needed to deliver messages arriving from a remote processor to the
25appropriate user process.
26
27This communication is based on simple data structures that is shared between
28the remote processors, and access to it is synchronized using the hwspinlock
29module (remote processor directly places new messages in this shared data
30structure).
31
32A common hwspinlock interface makes it possible to have generic, platform-
33independent, drivers.
34
352. User API
36
37 struct hwspinlock *hwspin_lock_request(void);
38 - dynamically assign an hwspinlock and return its address, or NULL
39 in case an unused hwspinlock isn't available. Users of this
40 API will usually want to communicate the lock's id to the remote core
41 before it can be used to achieve synchronization.
42 Can be called from an atomic context (this function will not sleep) but
43 not from within interrupt context.
44
45 struct hwspinlock *hwspin_lock_request_specific(unsigned int id);
46 - assign a specific hwspinlock id and return its address, or NULL
47 if that hwspinlock is already in use. Usually board code will
48 be calling this function in order to reserve specific hwspinlock
49 ids for predefined purposes.
50 Can be called from an atomic context (this function will not sleep) but
51 not from within interrupt context.
52
53 int hwspin_lock_free(struct hwspinlock *hwlock);
54 - free a previously-assigned hwspinlock; returns 0 on success, or an
55 appropriate error code on failure (e.g. -EINVAL if the hwspinlock
56 is already free).
57 Can be called from an atomic context (this function will not sleep) but
58 not from within interrupt context.
59
60 int hwspin_lock_timeout(struct hwspinlock *hwlock, unsigned int timeout);
61 - lock a previously-assigned hwspinlock with a timeout limit (specified in
62 msecs). If the hwspinlock is already taken, the function will busy loop
63 waiting for it to be released, but give up when the timeout elapses.
64 Upon a successful return from this function, preemption is disabled so
65 the caller must not sleep, and is advised to release the hwspinlock as
66 soon as possible, in order to minimize remote cores polling on the
67 hardware interconnect.
68 Returns 0 when successful and an appropriate error code otherwise (most
69 notably -ETIMEDOUT if the hwspinlock is still busy after timeout msecs).
70 The function will never sleep.
71
72 int hwspin_lock_timeout_irq(struct hwspinlock *hwlock, unsigned int timeout);
73 - lock a previously-assigned hwspinlock with a timeout limit (specified in
74 msecs). If the hwspinlock is already taken, the function will busy loop
75 waiting for it to be released, but give up when the timeout elapses.
76 Upon a successful return from this function, preemption and the local
77 interrupts are disabled, so the caller must not sleep, and is advised to
78 release the hwspinlock as soon as possible.
79 Returns 0 when successful and an appropriate error code otherwise (most
80 notably -ETIMEDOUT if the hwspinlock is still busy after timeout msecs).
81 The function will never sleep.
82
83 int hwspin_lock_timeout_irqsave(struct hwspinlock *hwlock, unsigned int to,
84 unsigned long *flags);
85 - lock a previously-assigned hwspinlock with a timeout limit (specified in
86 msecs). If the hwspinlock is already taken, the function will busy loop
87 waiting for it to be released, but give up when the timeout elapses.
88 Upon a successful return from this function, preemption is disabled,
89 local interrupts are disabled and their previous state is saved at the
90 given flags placeholder. The caller must not sleep, and is advised to
91 release the hwspinlock as soon as possible.
92 Returns 0 when successful and an appropriate error code otherwise (most
93 notably -ETIMEDOUT if the hwspinlock is still busy after timeout msecs).
94 The function will never sleep.
95
96 int hwspin_trylock(struct hwspinlock *hwlock);
97 - attempt to lock a previously-assigned hwspinlock, but immediately fail if
98 it is already taken.
99 Upon a successful return from this function, preemption is disabled so
100 caller must not sleep, and is advised to release the hwspinlock as soon as
101 possible, in order to minimize remote cores polling on the hardware
102 interconnect.
103 Returns 0 on success and an appropriate error code otherwise (most
104 notably -EBUSY if the hwspinlock was already taken).
105 The function will never sleep.
106
107 int hwspin_trylock_irq(struct hwspinlock *hwlock);
108 - attempt to lock a previously-assigned hwspinlock, but immediately fail if
109 it is already taken.
110 Upon a successful return from this function, preemption and the local
111 interrupts are disabled so caller must not sleep, and is advised to
112 release the hwspinlock as soon as possible.
113 Returns 0 on success and an appropriate error code otherwise (most
114 notably -EBUSY if the hwspinlock was already taken).
115 The function will never sleep.
116
117 int hwspin_trylock_irqsave(struct hwspinlock *hwlock, unsigned long *flags);
118 - attempt to lock a previously-assigned hwspinlock, but immediately fail if
119 it is already taken.
120 Upon a successful return from this function, preemption is disabled,
121 the local interrupts are disabled and their previous state is saved
122 at the given flags placeholder. The caller must not sleep, and is advised
123 to release the hwspinlock as soon as possible.
124 Returns 0 on success and an appropriate error code otherwise (most
125 notably -EBUSY if the hwspinlock was already taken).
126 The function will never sleep.
127
128 void hwspin_unlock(struct hwspinlock *hwlock);
129 - unlock a previously-locked hwspinlock. Always succeed, and can be called
130 from any context (the function never sleeps). Note: code should _never_
131 unlock an hwspinlock which is already unlocked (there is no protection
132 against this).
133
134 void hwspin_unlock_irq(struct hwspinlock *hwlock);
135 - unlock a previously-locked hwspinlock and enable local interrupts.
136 The caller should _never_ unlock an hwspinlock which is already unlocked.
137 Doing so is considered a bug (there is no protection against this).
138 Upon a successful return from this function, preemption and local
139 interrupts are enabled. This function will never sleep.
140
141 void
142 hwspin_unlock_irqrestore(struct hwspinlock *hwlock, unsigned long *flags);
143 - unlock a previously-locked hwspinlock.
144 The caller should _never_ unlock an hwspinlock which is already unlocked.
145 Doing so is considered a bug (there is no protection against this).
146 Upon a successful return from this function, preemption is reenabled,
147 and the state of the local interrupts is restored to the state saved at
148 the given flags. This function will never sleep.
149
150 int hwspin_lock_get_id(struct hwspinlock *hwlock);
151 - retrieve id number of a given hwspinlock. This is needed when an
152 hwspinlock is dynamically assigned: before it can be used to achieve
153 mutual exclusion with a remote cpu, the id number should be communicated
154 to the remote task with which we want to synchronize.
155 Returns the hwspinlock id number, or -EINVAL if hwlock is null.
156
1573. Typical usage
158
159#include <linux/hwspinlock.h>
160#include <linux/err.h>
161
162int hwspinlock_example1(void)
163{
164 struct hwspinlock *hwlock;
165 int ret;
166
167 /* dynamically assign a hwspinlock */
168 hwlock = hwspin_lock_request();
169 if (!hwlock)
170 ...
171
172 id = hwspin_lock_get_id(hwlock);
173 /* probably need to communicate id to a remote processor now */
174
175 /* take the lock, spin for 1 sec if it's already taken */
176 ret = hwspin_lock_timeout(hwlock, 1000);
177 if (ret)
178 ...
179
180 /*
181 * we took the lock, do our thing now, but do NOT sleep
182 */
183
184 /* release the lock */
185 hwspin_unlock(hwlock);
186
187 /* free the lock */
188 ret = hwspin_lock_free(hwlock);
189 if (ret)
190 ...
191
192 return ret;
193}
194
195int hwspinlock_example2(void)
196{
197 struct hwspinlock *hwlock;
198 int ret;
199
200 /*
201 * assign a specific hwspinlock id - this should be called early
202 * by board init code.
203 */
204 hwlock = hwspin_lock_request_specific(PREDEFINED_LOCK_ID);
205 if (!hwlock)
206 ...
207
208 /* try to take it, but don't spin on it */
209 ret = hwspin_trylock(hwlock);
210 if (!ret) {
211 pr_info("lock is already taken\n");
212 return -EBUSY;
213 }
214
215 /*
216 * we took the lock, do our thing now, but do NOT sleep
217 */
218
219 /* release the lock */
220 hwspin_unlock(hwlock);
221
222 /* free the lock */
223 ret = hwspin_lock_free(hwlock);
224 if (ret)
225 ...
226
227 return ret;
228}
229
230
2314. API for implementors
232
233 int hwspin_lock_register(struct hwspinlock *hwlock);
234 - to be called from the underlying platform-specific implementation, in
235 order to register a new hwspinlock instance. Can be called from an atomic
236 context (this function will not sleep) but not from within interrupt
237 context. Returns 0 on success, or appropriate error code on failure.
238
239 struct hwspinlock *hwspin_lock_unregister(unsigned int id);
240 - to be called from the underlying vendor-specific implementation, in order
241 to unregister an existing (and unused) hwspinlock instance.
242 Can be called from an atomic context (will not sleep) but not from
243 within interrupt context.
244 Returns the address of hwspinlock on success, or NULL on error (e.g.
245 if the hwspinlock is sill in use).
246
2475. struct hwspinlock
248
249This struct represents an hwspinlock instance. It is registered by the
250underlying hwspinlock implementation using the hwspin_lock_register() API.
251
252/**
253 * struct hwspinlock - vendor-specific hwspinlock implementation
254 *
255 * @dev: underlying device, will be used with runtime PM api
256 * @ops: vendor-specific hwspinlock handlers
257 * @id: a global, unique, system-wide, index of the lock.
258 * @lock: initialized and used by hwspinlock core
259 * @owner: underlying implementation module, used to maintain module ref count
260 */
261struct hwspinlock {
262 struct device *dev;
263 const struct hwspinlock_ops *ops;
264 int id;
265 spinlock_t lock;
266 struct module *owner;
267};
268
269The underlying implementation is responsible to assign the dev, ops, id and
270owner members. The lock member, OTOH, is initialized and used by the hwspinlock
271core.
272
2736. Implementation callbacks
274
275There are three possible callbacks defined in 'struct hwspinlock_ops':
276
277struct hwspinlock_ops {
278 int (*trylock)(struct hwspinlock *lock);
279 void (*unlock)(struct hwspinlock *lock);
280 void (*relax)(struct hwspinlock *lock);
281};
282
283The first two callbacks are mandatory:
284
285The ->trylock() callback should make a single attempt to take the lock, and
286return 0 on failure and 1 on success. This callback may _not_ sleep.
287
288The ->unlock() callback releases the lock. It always succeed, and it, too,
289may _not_ sleep.
290
291The ->relax() callback is optional. It is called by hwspinlock core while
292spinning on a lock, and can be used by the underlying implementation to force
293a delay between two successive invocations of ->trylock(). It may _not_ sleep.
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-diolan-u2c b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-diolan-u2c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..30fe4bb9a069
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-diolan-u2c
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
1Kernel driver i2c-diolan-u2c
2
3Supported adapters:
4 * Diolan U2C-12 I2C-USB adapter
5 Documentation:
6 http://www.diolan.com/i2c/u2c12.html
7
8Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com>
9
10Description
11-----------
12
13This is the driver for the Diolan U2C-12 USB-I2C adapter.
14
15The Diolan U2C-12 I2C-USB Adapter provides a low cost solution to connect
16a computer to I2C slave devices using a USB interface. It also supports
17connectivity to SPI devices.
18
19This driver only supports the I2C interface of U2C-12. The driver does not use
20interrupts.
21
22
23Module parameters
24-----------------
25
26* frequency: I2C bus frequency
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801 b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801
index 93fe76e56522..6df69765ccb7 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801
@@ -16,8 +16,9 @@ Supported adapters:
16 * Intel EP80579 (Tolapai) 16 * Intel EP80579 (Tolapai)
17 * Intel 82801JI (ICH10) 17 * Intel 82801JI (ICH10)
18 * Intel 5/3400 Series (PCH) 18 * Intel 5/3400 Series (PCH)
19 * Intel Cougar Point (PCH) 19 * Intel 6 Series (PCH)
20 * Intel Patsburg (PCH) 20 * Intel Patsburg (PCH)
21 * Intel DH89xxCC (PCH)
21 Datasheets: Publicly available at the Intel website 22 Datasheets: Publicly available at the Intel website
22 23
23On Intel Patsburg and later chipsets, both the normal host SMBus controller 24On Intel Patsburg and later chipsets, both the normal host SMBus controller
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-parport-light b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-parport-light
index bdc9cbb2e0f2..c22ee063e1e5 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-parport-light
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-parport-light
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Author: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
4 4
5This driver is a light version of i2c-parport. It doesn't depend 5This driver is a light version of i2c-parport. It doesn't depend
6on the parport driver, and uses direct I/O access instead. This might be 6on the parport driver, and uses direct I/O access instead. This might be
7prefered on embedded systems where wasting memory for the clean but heavy 7preferred on embedded systems where wasting memory for the clean but heavy
8parport handling is not an option. The drawback is a reduced portability 8parport handling is not an option. The drawback is a reduced portability
9and the impossibility to daisy-chain other parallel port devices. 9and the impossibility to daisy-chain other parallel port devices.
10 10
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis96x b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis96x
index 70e6a0cc1e15..0b979f3252a4 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis96x
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis96x
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ or perhaps this...
35 35
36(kernel versions later than 2.4.18 may fill in the "Unknown"s) 36(kernel versions later than 2.4.18 may fill in the "Unknown"s)
37 37
38If you cant see it please look on quirk_sis_96x_smbus 38If you can't see it please look on quirk_sis_96x_smbus
39(drivers/pci/quirks.c) (also if southbridge detection fails) 39(drivers/pci/quirks.c) (also if southbridge detection fails)
40 40
41I suspect that this driver could be made to work for the following SiS 41I suspect that this driver could be made to work for the following SiS
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-taos-evm b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-taos-evm
index 9146e33be6dd..63f62bcbf592 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-taos-evm
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-taos-evm
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Currently supported devices are:
13 13
14* TAOS TSL2550 EVM 14* TAOS TSL2550 EVM
15 15
16For addtional information on TAOS products, please see 16For additional information on TAOS products, please see
17 http://www.taosinc.com/ 17 http://www.taosinc.com/
18 18
19 19
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices b/Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices
index 87da405a8597..9edb75d8c9b9 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ static int __devinit usb_hcd_pnx4008_probe(struct platform_device *pdev)
100 (...) 100 (...)
101 i2c_adap = i2c_get_adapter(2); 101 i2c_adap = i2c_get_adapter(2);
102 memset(&i2c_info, 0, sizeof(struct i2c_board_info)); 102 memset(&i2c_info, 0, sizeof(struct i2c_board_info));
103 strlcpy(i2c_info.name, "isp1301_pnx", I2C_NAME_SIZE); 103 strlcpy(i2c_info.type, "isp1301_pnx", I2C_NAME_SIZE);
104 isp1301_i2c_client = i2c_new_probed_device(i2c_adap, &i2c_info, 104 isp1301_i2c_client = i2c_new_probed_device(i2c_adap, &i2c_info,
105 normal_i2c, NULL); 105 normal_i2c, NULL);
106 i2c_put_adapter(i2c_adap); 106 i2c_put_adapter(i2c_adap);
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/upgrading-clients b/Documentation/i2c/upgrading-clients
index 9a45f9bb6a25..d6991625c407 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/upgrading-clients
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/upgrading-clients
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ static int example_attach(struct i2c_adapter *adap, int addr, int kind)
61 return 0; 61 return 0;
62} 62}
63 63
64static int __devexit example_detach(struct i2c_client *client) 64static int example_detach(struct i2c_client *client)
65{ 65{
66 struct example_state *state = i2c_get_clientdata(client); 66 struct example_state *state = i2c_get_clientdata(client);
67 67
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ static struct i2c_driver example_driver = {
81 .name = "example", 81 .name = "example",
82 }, 82 },
83 .attach_adapter = example_attach_adapter, 83 .attach_adapter = example_attach_adapter,
84 .detach_client = __devexit_p(example_detach), 84 .detach_client = example_detach,
85 .suspend = example_suspend, 85 .suspend = example_suspend,
86 .resume = example_resume, 86 .resume = example_resume,
87}; 87};
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Updating the client
93The new style binding model will check against a list of supported 93The new style binding model will check against a list of supported
94devices and their associated address supplied by the code registering 94devices and their associated address supplied by the code registering
95the busses. This means that the driver .attach_adapter and 95the busses. This means that the driver .attach_adapter and
96.detach_adapter methods can be removed, along with the addr_data, 96.detach_client methods can be removed, along with the addr_data,
97as follows: 97as follows:
98 98
99- static struct i2c_driver example_driver; 99- static struct i2c_driver example_driver;
@@ -110,14 +110,14 @@ as follows:
110 110
111 static struct i2c_driver example_driver = { 111 static struct i2c_driver example_driver = {
112- .attach_adapter = example_attach_adapter, 112- .attach_adapter = example_attach_adapter,
113- .detach_client = __devexit_p(example_detach), 113- .detach_client = example_detach,
114 } 114 }
115 115
116Add the probe and remove methods to the i2c_driver, as so: 116Add the probe and remove methods to the i2c_driver, as so:
117 117
118 static struct i2c_driver example_driver = { 118 static struct i2c_driver example_driver = {
119+ .probe = example_probe, 119+ .probe = example_probe,
120+ .remove = __devexit_p(example_remove), 120+ .remove = example_remove,
121 } 121 }
122 122
123Change the example_attach method to accept the new parameters 123Change the example_attach method to accept the new parameters
@@ -199,8 +199,8 @@ to delete the i2c_detach_client call. It is possible that you
199can also remove the ret variable as it is not not needed for 199can also remove the ret variable as it is not not needed for
200any of the core functions. 200any of the core functions.
201 201
202- static int __devexit example_detach(struct i2c_client *client) 202- static int example_detach(struct i2c_client *client)
203+ static int __devexit example_remove(struct i2c_client *client) 203+ static int example_remove(struct i2c_client *client)
204{ 204{
205 struct example_state *state = i2c_get_clientdata(client); 205 struct example_state *state = i2c_get_clientdata(client);
206 206
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ static int example_probe(struct i2c_client *client,
253 return 0; 253 return 0;
254} 254}
255 255
256static int __devexit example_remove(struct i2c_client *client) 256static int example_remove(struct i2c_client *client)
257{ 257{
258 struct example_state *state = i2c_get_clientdata(client); 258 struct example_state *state = i2c_get_clientdata(client);
259 259
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ static struct i2c_driver example_driver = {
275 }, 275 },
276 .id_table = example_idtable, 276 .id_table = example_idtable,
277 .probe = example_probe, 277 .probe = example_probe,
278 .remove = __devexit_p(example_remove), 278 .remove = example_remove,
279 .suspend = example_suspend, 279 .suspend = example_suspend,
280 .resume = example_resume, 280 .resume = example_resume,
281}; 281};
diff --git a/Documentation/i2o/README b/Documentation/i2o/README
index 0ebf58c73f54..ee91e2626ff0 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2o/README
+++ b/Documentation/i2o/README
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Symbios Logic (Now LSI)
53BoxHill Corporation 53BoxHill Corporation
54 Loan of initial FibreChannel disk array used for development work. 54 Loan of initial FibreChannel disk array used for development work.
55 55
56European Comission 56European Commission
57 Funding the work done by the University of Helsinki 57 Funding the work done by the University of Helsinki
58 58
59SysKonnect 59SysKonnect
diff --git a/Documentation/ia64/aliasing-test.c b/Documentation/ia64/aliasing-test.c
index 3dfb76ca6931..5caa2af33207 100644
--- a/Documentation/ia64/aliasing-test.c
+++ b/Documentation/ia64/aliasing-test.c
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ static int scan_rom(char *path, char *file)
177 177
178 /* 178 /*
179 * It's OK if the ROM is unreadable. Maybe there 179 * It's OK if the ROM is unreadable. Maybe there
180 * is no ROM, or some other error ocurred. The 180 * is no ROM, or some other error occurred. The
181 * important thing is that no MCA happened. 181 * important thing is that no MCA happened.
182 */ 182 */
183 if (rc > 0) 183 if (rc > 0)
diff --git a/Documentation/input/elantech.txt b/Documentation/input/elantech.txt
index 56941ae1f5db..db798af5ef98 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/elantech.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/elantech.txt
@@ -34,7 +34,8 @@ Contents
34Currently the Linux Elantech touchpad driver is aware of two different 34Currently the Linux Elantech touchpad driver is aware of two different
35hardware versions unimaginatively called version 1 and version 2. Version 1 35hardware versions unimaginatively called version 1 and version 2. Version 1
36is found in "older" laptops and uses 4 bytes per packet. Version 2 seems to 36is found in "older" laptops and uses 4 bytes per packet. Version 2 seems to
37be introduced with the EeePC and uses 6 bytes per packet. 37be introduced with the EeePC and uses 6 bytes per packet, and provides
38additional features such as position of two fingers, and width of the touch.
38 39
39The driver tries to support both hardware versions and should be compatible 40The driver tries to support both hardware versions and should be compatible
40with the Xorg Synaptics touchpad driver and its graphical configuration 41with the Xorg Synaptics touchpad driver and its graphical configuration
@@ -94,18 +95,44 @@ Currently the Linux Elantech touchpad driver provides two extra knobs under
94 can check these bits and reject any packet that appears corrupted. Using 95 can check these bits and reject any packet that appears corrupted. Using
95 this knob you can bypass that check. 96 this knob you can bypass that check.
96 97
97 It is not known yet whether hardware version 2 provides the same parity 98 Hardware version 2 does not provide the same parity bits. Only some basic
98 bits. Hence checking is disabled by default. Currently even turning it on 99 data consistency checking can be done. For now checking is disabled by
99 will do nothing. 100 default. Currently even turning it on will do nothing.
100
101 101
102///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 102/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
103 103
1043. Differentiating hardware versions
105 =================================
106
107To detect the hardware version, read the version number as param[0].param[1].param[2]
108
109 4 bytes version: (after the arrow is the name given in the Dell-provided driver)
110 02.00.22 => EF013
111 02.06.00 => EF019
112In the wild, there appear to be more versions, such as 00.01.64, 01.00.21,
11302.00.00, 02.00.04, 02.00.06.
114
115 6 bytes:
116 02.00.30 => EF113
117 02.08.00 => EF023
118 02.08.XX => EF123
119 02.0B.00 => EF215
120 04.01.XX => Scroll_EF051
121 04.02.XX => EF051
122In the wild, there appear to be more versions, such as 04.03.01, 04.04.11. There
123appears to be almost no difference, except for EF113, which does not report
124pressure/width and has different data consistency checks.
125
126Probably all the versions with param[0] <= 01 can be considered as
1274 bytes/firmware 1. The versions < 02.08.00, with the exception of 02.00.30, as
1284 bytes/firmware 2. Everything >= 02.08.00 can be considered as 6 bytes.
129
130/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
104 131
1053. Hardware version 1 1324. Hardware version 1
106 ================== 133 ==================
107 134
1083.1 Registers 1354.1 Registers
109 ~~~~~~~~~ 136 ~~~~~~~~~
110 137
111By echoing a hexadecimal value to a register it contents can be altered. 138By echoing a hexadecimal value to a register it contents can be altered.
@@ -168,7 +195,7 @@ For example:
168 smart edge activation area width? 195 smart edge activation area width?
169 196
170 197
1713.2 Native relative mode 4 byte packet format 1984.2 Native relative mode 4 byte packet format
172 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 199 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
173 200
174byte 0: 201byte 0:
@@ -226,9 +253,13 @@ byte 3:
226 positive = down 253 positive = down
227 254
228 255
2293.3 Native absolute mode 4 byte packet format 2564.3 Native absolute mode 4 byte packet format
230 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 257 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
231 258
259EF013 and EF019 have a special behaviour (due to a bug in the firmware?), and
260when 1 finger is touching, the first 2 position reports must be discarded.
261This counting is reset whenever a different number of fingers is reported.
262
232byte 0: 263byte 0:
233 firmware version 1.x: 264 firmware version 1.x:
234 265
@@ -279,11 +310,11 @@ byte 3:
279///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 310/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
280 311
281 312
2824. Hardware version 2 3135. Hardware version 2
283 ================== 314 ==================
284 315
285 316
2864.1 Registers 3175.1 Registers
287 ~~~~~~~~~ 318 ~~~~~~~~~
288 319
289By echoing a hexadecimal value to a register it contents can be altered. 320By echoing a hexadecimal value to a register it contents can be altered.
@@ -316,16 +347,41 @@ For example:
316 0x7f = never i.e. tap again to release) 347 0x7f = never i.e. tap again to release)
317 348
318 349
3194.2 Native absolute mode 6 byte packet format 3505.2 Native absolute mode 6 byte packet format
320 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 351 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
321 3525.2.1 Parity checking and packet re-synchronization
3224.2.1 One finger touch 353There is no parity checking, however some consistency checks can be performed.
354
355For instance for EF113:
356 SA1= packet[0];
357 A1 = packet[1];
358 B1 = packet[2];
359 SB1= packet[3];
360 C1 = packet[4];
361 D1 = packet[5];
362 if( (((SA1 & 0x3C) != 0x3C) && ((SA1 & 0xC0) != 0x80)) || // check Byte 1
363 (((SA1 & 0x0C) != 0x0C) && ((SA1 & 0xC0) == 0x80)) || // check Byte 1 (one finger pressed)
364 (((SA1 & 0xC0) != 0x80) && (( A1 & 0xF0) != 0x00)) || // check Byte 2
365 (((SB1 & 0x3E) != 0x38) && ((SA1 & 0xC0) != 0x80)) || // check Byte 4
366 (((SB1 & 0x0E) != 0x08) && ((SA1 & 0xC0) == 0x80)) || // check Byte 4 (one finger pressed)
367 (((SA1 & 0xC0) != 0x80) && (( C1 & 0xF0) != 0x00)) ) // check Byte 5
368 // error detected
369
370For all the other ones, there are just a few constant bits:
371 if( ((packet[0] & 0x0C) != 0x04) ||
372 ((packet[3] & 0x0f) != 0x02) )
373 // error detected
374
375
376In case an error is detected, all the packets are shifted by one (and packet[0] is discarded).
377
3785.2.1 One/Three finger touch
323 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 379 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
324 380
325byte 0: 381byte 0:
326 382
327 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 383 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
328 n1 n0 . . . . R L 384 n1 n0 w3 w2 . . R L
329 385
330 L, R = 1 when Left, Right mouse button pressed 386 L, R = 1 when Left, Right mouse button pressed
331 n1..n0 = numbers of fingers on touchpad 387 n1..n0 = numbers of fingers on touchpad
@@ -333,24 +389,40 @@ byte 0:
333byte 1: 389byte 1:
334 390
335 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 391 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
336 . . . . . x10 x9 x8 392 p7 p6 p5 p4 . x10 x9 x8
337 393
338byte 2: 394byte 2:
339 395
340 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 396 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
341 x7 x6 x5 x4 x4 x2 x1 x0 397 x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0
342 398
343 x10..x0 = absolute x value (horizontal) 399 x10..x0 = absolute x value (horizontal)
344 400
345byte 3: 401byte 3:
346 402
347 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 403 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
348 . . . . . . . . 404 n4 vf w1 w0 . . . b2
405
406 n4 = set if more than 3 fingers (only in 3 fingers mode)
407 vf = a kind of flag ? (only on EF123, 0 when finger is over one
408 of the buttons, 1 otherwise)
409 w3..w0 = width of the finger touch (not EF113)
410 b2 (on EF113 only, 0 otherwise), b2.R.L indicates one button pressed:
411 0 = none
412 1 = Left
413 2 = Right
414 3 = Middle (Left and Right)
415 4 = Forward
416 5 = Back
417 6 = Another one
418 7 = Another one
349 419
350byte 4: 420byte 4:
351 421
352 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 422 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
353 . . . . . . y9 y8 423 p3 p1 p2 p0 . . y9 y8
424
425 p7..p0 = pressure (not EF113)
354 426
355byte 5: 427byte 5:
356 428
@@ -363,6 +435,11 @@ byte 5:
3634.2.2 Two finger touch 4354.2.2 Two finger touch
364 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 436 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
365 437
438Note that the two pairs of coordinates are not exactly the coordinates of the
439two fingers, but only the pair of the lower-left and upper-right coordinates.
440So the actual fingers might be situated on the other diagonal of the square
441defined by these two points.
442
366byte 0: 443byte 0:
367 444
368 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 445 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
@@ -376,14 +453,14 @@ byte 1:
376 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 453 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
377 ax7 ax6 ax5 ax4 ax3 ax2 ax1 ax0 454 ax7 ax6 ax5 ax4 ax3 ax2 ax1 ax0
378 455
379 ax8..ax0 = first finger absolute x value 456 ax8..ax0 = lower-left finger absolute x value
380 457
381byte 2: 458byte 2:
382 459
383 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 460 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
384 ay7 ay6 ay5 ay4 ay3 ay2 ay1 ay0 461 ay7 ay6 ay5 ay4 ay3 ay2 ay1 ay0
385 462
386 ay8..ay0 = first finger absolute y value 463 ay8..ay0 = lower-left finger absolute y value
387 464
388byte 3: 465byte 3:
389 466
@@ -395,11 +472,11 @@ byte 4:
395 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 472 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
396 bx7 bx6 bx5 bx4 bx3 bx2 bx1 bx0 473 bx7 bx6 bx5 bx4 bx3 bx2 bx1 bx0
397 474
398 bx8..bx0 = second finger absolute x value 475 bx8..bx0 = upper-right finger absolute x value
399 476
400byte 5: 477byte 5:
401 478
402 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 479 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
403 by7 by8 by5 by4 by3 by2 by1 by0 480 by7 by8 by5 by4 by3 by2 by1 by0
404 481
405 by8..by0 = second finger absolute y value 482 by8..by0 = upper-right finger absolute y value
diff --git a/Documentation/input/joystick-parport.txt b/Documentation/input/joystick-parport.txt
index 1c856f32ff2c..56870c70a796 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/joystick-parport.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/joystick-parport.txt
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ if you want to use gamecon.c.
272 272
273 Also, the connection is a bit more complex. You'll need a bunch of diodes, 273 Also, the connection is a bit more complex. You'll need a bunch of diodes,
274and one pullup resistor. First, you connect the Directions and the button 274and one pullup resistor. First, you connect the Directions and the button
275the same as for db9, however with the diodes inbetween. 275the same as for db9, however with the diodes between.
276 276
277 Diodes 277 Diodes
278(pin 2) -----|<|----> Up 278(pin 2) -----|<|----> Up
diff --git a/Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.txt b/Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.txt
index 8b4129de1d2d..92e68bce13a4 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,9 @@ peripherals with two wires. The outputs are phase-shifted by 90 degrees
9and by triggering on falling and rising edges, the turn direction can 9and by triggering on falling and rising edges, the turn direction can
10be determined. 10be determined.
11 11
12Some encoders have both outputs low in stable states, whereas others also have
13a stable state with both outputs high (half-period mode).
14
12The phase diagram of these two outputs look like this: 15The phase diagram of these two outputs look like this:
13 16
14 _____ _____ _____ 17 _____ _____ _____
@@ -26,6 +29,8 @@ The phase diagram of these two outputs look like this:
26 |<-------->| 29 |<-------->|
27 one step 30 one step
28 31
32 |<-->|
33 one step (half-period mode)
29 34
30For more information, please see 35For more information, please see
31 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rotary_encoder 36 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rotary_encoder
@@ -34,6 +39,13 @@ For more information, please see
341. Events / state machine 391. Events / state machine
35------------------------- 40-------------------------
36 41
42In half-period mode, state a) and c) above are used to determine the
43rotational direction based on the last stable state. Events are reported in
44states b) and d) given that the new stable state is different from the last
45(i.e. the rotation was not reversed half-way).
46
47Otherwise, the following apply:
48
37a) Rising edge on channel A, channel B in low state 49a) Rising edge on channel A, channel B in low state
38 This state is used to recognize a clockwise turn 50 This state is used to recognize a clockwise turn
39 51
@@ -46,7 +58,7 @@ c) Falling edge on channel A, channel B in high state
46 58
47d) Falling edge on channel B, channel A in low state 59d) Falling edge on channel B, channel A in low state
48 Parking position. If the encoder enters this state, a full transition 60 Parking position. If the encoder enters this state, a full transition
49 should have happend, unless it flipped back on half the way. The 61 should have happened, unless it flipped back on half the way. The
50 'armed' state tells us about that. 62 'armed' state tells us about that.
51 63
522. Platform requirements 642. Platform requirements
@@ -96,6 +108,7 @@ static struct rotary_encoder_platform_data my_rotary_encoder_info = {
96 .gpio_b = GPIO_ROTARY_B, 108 .gpio_b = GPIO_ROTARY_B,
97 .inverted_a = 0, 109 .inverted_a = 0,
98 .inverted_b = 0, 110 .inverted_b = 0,
111 .half_period = false,
99}; 112};
100 113
101static struct platform_device rotary_encoder_device = { 114static struct platform_device rotary_encoder_device = {
diff --git a/Documentation/input/walkera0701.txt b/Documentation/input/walkera0701.txt
index 8f4289efc5c4..561385d38482 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/walkera0701.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/walkera0701.txt
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ pulse length:
77 77
7824 bin+oct values + 1 bin value = 24*4+1 bits = 97 bits 7824 bin+oct values + 1 bin value = 24*4+1 bits = 97 bits
79 79
80(Warning, pulses on ACK ar inverted by transistor, irq is rised up on sync 80(Warning, pulses on ACK are inverted by transistor, irq is raised up on sync
81to bin change or octal value to bin change). 81to bin change or octal value to bin change).
82 82
83Binary data representations: 83Binary data representations:
diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
index ac293e955308..a0a5d82b6b0b 100644
--- a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
+++ b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
@@ -133,6 +133,7 @@ Code Seq#(hex) Include File Comments
133'H' C0-DF net/bluetooth/hidp/hidp.h conflict! 133'H' C0-DF net/bluetooth/hidp/hidp.h conflict!
134'H' C0-DF net/bluetooth/cmtp/cmtp.h conflict! 134'H' C0-DF net/bluetooth/cmtp/cmtp.h conflict!
135'H' C0-DF net/bluetooth/bnep/bnep.h conflict! 135'H' C0-DF net/bluetooth/bnep/bnep.h conflict!
136'H' F1 linux/hid-roccat.h <mailto:erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
136'I' all linux/isdn.h conflict! 137'I' all linux/isdn.h conflict!
137'I' 00-0F drivers/isdn/divert/isdn_divert.h conflict! 138'I' 00-0F drivers/isdn/divert/isdn_divert.h conflict!
138'I' 40-4F linux/mISDNif.h conflict! 139'I' 40-4F linux/mISDNif.h conflict!
@@ -272,6 +273,7 @@ Code Seq#(hex) Include File Comments
272'z' 40-7F CAN bus card conflict! 273'z' 40-7F CAN bus card conflict!
273 <mailto:oe@port.de> 274 <mailto:oe@port.de>
274'z' 10-4F drivers/s390/crypto/zcrypt_api.h conflict! 275'z' 10-4F drivers/s390/crypto/zcrypt_api.h conflict!
276'|' 00-7F linux/media.h
2750x80 00-1F linux/fb.h 2770x80 00-1F linux/fb.h
2760x89 00-06 arch/x86/include/asm/sockios.h 2780x89 00-06 arch/x86/include/asm/sockios.h
2770x89 0B-DF linux/sockios.h 2790x89 0B-DF linux/sockios.h
diff --git a/Documentation/iostats.txt b/Documentation/iostats.txt
index f6dece5b7014..c76c21d87e85 100644
--- a/Documentation/iostats.txt
+++ b/Documentation/iostats.txt
@@ -1,8 +1,6 @@
1I/O statistics fields 1I/O statistics fields
2--------------- 2---------------
3 3
4Last modified Sep 30, 2003
5
6Since 2.4.20 (and some versions before, with patches), and 2.5.45, 4Since 2.4.20 (and some versions before, with patches), and 2.5.45,
7more extensive disk statistics have been introduced to help measure disk 5more extensive disk statistics have been introduced to help measure disk
8activity. Tools such as sar and iostat typically interpret these and do 6activity. Tools such as sar and iostat typically interpret these and do
@@ -46,11 +44,12 @@ the above example, the first field of statistics would be 446216.
46By contrast, in 2.6 if you look at /sys/block/hda/stat, you'll 44By contrast, in 2.6 if you look at /sys/block/hda/stat, you'll
47find just the eleven fields, beginning with 446216. If you look at 45find just the eleven fields, beginning with 446216. If you look at
48/proc/diskstats, the eleven fields will be preceded by the major and 46/proc/diskstats, the eleven fields will be preceded by the major and
49minor device numbers, and device name. Each of these formats provide 47minor device numbers, and device name. Each of these formats provides
50eleven fields of statistics, each meaning exactly the same things. 48eleven fields of statistics, each meaning exactly the same things.
51All fields except field 9 are cumulative since boot. Field 9 should 49All fields except field 9 are cumulative since boot. Field 9 should
52go to zero as I/Os complete; all others only increase. Yes, these are 50go to zero as I/Os complete; all others only increase (unless they
5332 bit unsigned numbers, and on a very busy or long-lived system they 51overflow and wrap). Yes, these are (32-bit or 64-bit) unsigned long
52(native word size) numbers, and on a very busy or long-lived system they
54may wrap. Applications should be prepared to deal with that; unless 53may wrap. Applications should be prepared to deal with that; unless
55your observations are measured in large numbers of minutes or hours, 54your observations are measured in large numbers of minutes or hours,
56they should not wrap twice before you notice them. 55they should not wrap twice before you notice them.
@@ -96,11 +95,11 @@ introduced when changes collide, so (for instance) adding up all the
96read I/Os issued per partition should equal those made to the disks ... 95read I/Os issued per partition should equal those made to the disks ...
97but due to the lack of locking it may only be very close. 96but due to the lack of locking it may only be very close.
98 97
99In 2.6, there are counters for each cpu, which made the lack of locking 98In 2.6, there are counters for each CPU, which make the lack of locking
100almost a non-issue. When the statistics are read, the per-cpu counters 99almost a non-issue. When the statistics are read, the per-CPU counters
101are summed (possibly overflowing the unsigned 32-bit variable they are 100are summed (possibly overflowing the unsigned long variable they are
102summed to) and the result given to the user. There is no convenient 101summed to) and the result given to the user. There is no convenient
103user interface for accessing the per-cpu counters themselves. 102user interface for accessing the per-CPU counters themselves.
104 103
105Disks vs Partitions 104Disks vs Partitions
106------------------- 105-------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/irqflags-tracing.txt b/Documentation/irqflags-tracing.txt
index 6a444877ee0b..67aa71e73035 100644
--- a/Documentation/irqflags-tracing.txt
+++ b/Documentation/irqflags-tracing.txt
@@ -53,5 +53,5 @@ implementation in an architecture: lockdep will detect that and will
53turn itself off. I.e. the lock validator will still be reliable. There 53turn itself off. I.e. the lock validator will still be reliable. There
54should be no crashes due to irq-tracing bugs. (except if the assembly 54should be no crashes due to irq-tracing bugs. (except if the assembly
55changes break other code by modifying conditions or registers that 55changes break other code by modifying conditions or registers that
56shouldnt be) 56shouldn't be)
57 57
diff --git a/Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.CAPI b/Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.CAPI
index 309eb5ed942b..1688b5a1fd77 100644
--- a/Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.CAPI
+++ b/Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.CAPI
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ Functions capi_cmsg2message() and capi_message2cmsg() are provided to convert
240messages between their transport encoding described in the CAPI 2.0 standard 240messages between their transport encoding described in the CAPI 2.0 standard
241and their _cmsg structure representation. Note that capi_cmsg2message() does 241and their _cmsg structure representation. Note that capi_cmsg2message() does
242not know or check the size of its destination buffer. The caller must make 242not know or check the size of its destination buffer. The caller must make
243sure it is big enough to accomodate the resulting CAPI message. 243sure it is big enough to accommodate the resulting CAPI message.
244 244
245 245
2465. Lower Layer Interface Functions 2465. Lower Layer Interface Functions
diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt
index 4a990317b84a..7c2a89ba674c 100644
--- a/Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt
@@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ Additional options to the assembler (for built-in and modules).
26 26
27AFLAGS_MODULE 27AFLAGS_MODULE
28-------------------------------------------------- 28--------------------------------------------------
29Addtional module specific options to use for $(AS). 29Additional module specific options to use for $(AS).
30 30
31AFLAGS_KERNEL 31AFLAGS_KERNEL
32-------------------------------------------------- 32--------------------------------------------------
33Addtional options for $(AS) when used for assembler 33Additional options for $(AS) when used for assembler
34code for code that is compiled as built-in. 34code for code that is compiled as built-in.
35 35
36KCFLAGS 36KCFLAGS
@@ -39,12 +39,12 @@ Additional options to the C compiler (for built-in and modules).
39 39
40CFLAGS_KERNEL 40CFLAGS_KERNEL
41-------------------------------------------------- 41--------------------------------------------------
42Addtional options for $(CC) when used to compile 42Additional options for $(CC) when used to compile
43code that is compiled as built-in. 43code that is compiled as built-in.
44 44
45CFLAGS_MODULE 45CFLAGS_MODULE
46-------------------------------------------------- 46--------------------------------------------------
47Addtional module specific options to use for $(CC). 47Additional module specific options to use for $(CC).
48 48
49LDFLAGS_MODULE 49LDFLAGS_MODULE
50-------------------------------------------------- 50--------------------------------------------------
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ INSTALL_MOD_STRIP
146INSTALL_MOD_STRIP, if defined, will cause modules to be 146INSTALL_MOD_STRIP, if defined, will cause modules to be
147stripped after they are installed. If INSTALL_MOD_STRIP is '1', then 147stripped after they are installed. If INSTALL_MOD_STRIP is '1', then
148the default option --strip-debug will be used. Otherwise, 148the default option --strip-debug will be used. Otherwise,
149INSTALL_MOD_STRIP will used as the options to the strip command. 149INSTALL_MOD_STRIP value will be used as the options to the strip command.
150 150
151INSTALL_FW_PATH 151INSTALL_FW_PATH
152-------------------------------------------------- 152--------------------------------------------------
@@ -196,3 +196,8 @@ to be included in the databases, separated by blank space. E.g.:
196To get all available archs you can also specify all. E.g.: 196To get all available archs you can also specify all. E.g.:
197 197
198 $ make ALLSOURCE_ARCHS=all tags 198 $ make ALLSOURCE_ARCHS=all tags
199
200KBUILD_ENABLE_EXTRA_GCC_CHECKS
201--------------------------------------------------
202If enabled over the make command line with "W=1", it turns on additional
203gcc -W... options for more extensive build-time checking.
diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt
index 86e3cd0d26a0..5d145bb443c0 100644
--- a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt
@@ -1325,7 +1325,8 @@ The top Makefile exports the following variables:
1325 If this variable is specified, will cause modules to be stripped 1325 If this variable is specified, will cause modules to be stripped
1326 after they are installed. If INSTALL_MOD_STRIP is '1', then the 1326 after they are installed. If INSTALL_MOD_STRIP is '1', then the
1327 default option --strip-debug will be used. Otherwise, 1327 default option --strip-debug will be used. Otherwise,
1328 INSTALL_MOD_STRIP will used as the option(s) to the strip command. 1328 INSTALL_MOD_STRIP value will be used as the option(s) to the strip
1329 command.
1329 1330
1330 1331
1331=== 9 Makefile language 1332=== 9 Makefile language
diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
index 89835a4766a6..cc85a9278190 100644
--- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
@@ -144,6 +144,11 @@ a fixed number of characters. This limit depends on the architecture
144and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file 144and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
145./include/asm/setup.h as COMMAND_LINE_SIZE. 145./include/asm/setup.h as COMMAND_LINE_SIZE.
146 146
147Finally, the [KMG] suffix is commonly described after a number of kernel
148parameter values. These 'K', 'M', and 'G' letters represent the _binary_
149multipliers 'Kilo', 'Mega', and 'Giga', equalling 2^10, 2^20, and 2^30
150bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
151
147 152
148 acpi= [HW,ACPI,X86] 153 acpi= [HW,ACPI,X86]
149 Advanced Configuration and Power Interface 154 Advanced Configuration and Power Interface
@@ -545,16 +550,20 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
545 Format: 550 Format:
546 <first_slot>,<last_slot>,<port>,<enum_bit>[,<debug>] 551 <first_slot>,<last_slot>,<port>,<enum_bit>[,<debug>]
547 552
548 crashkernel=nn[KMG]@ss[KMG] 553 crashkernel=size[KMG][@offset[KMG]]
549 [KNL] Reserve a chunk of physical memory to 554 [KNL] Using kexec, Linux can switch to a 'crash kernel'
550 hold a kernel to switch to with kexec on panic. 555 upon panic. This parameter reserves the physical
556 memory region [offset, offset + size] for that kernel
557 image. If '@offset' is omitted, then a suitable offset
558 is selected automatically. Check
559 Documentation/kdump/kdump.txt for further details.
551 560
552 crashkernel=range1:size1[,range2:size2,...][@offset] 561 crashkernel=range1:size1[,range2:size2,...][@offset]
553 [KNL] Same as above, but depends on the memory 562 [KNL] Same as above, but depends on the memory
554 in the running system. The syntax of range is 563 in the running system. The syntax of range is
555 start-[end] where start and end are both 564 start-[end] where start and end are both
556 a memory unit (amount[KMG]). See also 565 a memory unit (amount[KMG]). See also
557 Documentation/kdump/kdump.txt for a example. 566 Documentation/kdump/kdump.txt for an example.
558 567
559 cs89x0_dma= [HW,NET] 568 cs89x0_dma= [HW,NET]
560 Format: <dma> 569 Format: <dma>
@@ -617,6 +626,10 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
617 disable= [IPV6] 626 disable= [IPV6]
618 See Documentation/networking/ipv6.txt. 627 See Documentation/networking/ipv6.txt.
619 628
629 disable_ddw [PPC/PSERIES]
630 Disable Dynamic DMA Window support. Use this if
631 to workaround buggy firmware.
632
620 disable_ipv6= [IPV6] 633 disable_ipv6= [IPV6]
621 See Documentation/networking/ipv6.txt. 634 See Documentation/networking/ipv6.txt.
622 635
@@ -686,7 +699,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
686 ekgdboc= [X86,KGDB] Allow early kernel console debugging 699 ekgdboc= [X86,KGDB] Allow early kernel console debugging
687 ekgdboc=kbd 700 ekgdboc=kbd
688 701
689 This is desgined to be used in conjunction with 702 This is designed to be used in conjunction with
690 the boot argument: earlyprintk=vga 703 the boot argument: earlyprintk=vga
691 704
692 edd= [EDD] 705 edd= [EDD]
@@ -859,6 +872,12 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
859 If specified, z/VM IUCV HVC accepts connections 872 If specified, z/VM IUCV HVC accepts connections
860 from listed z/VM user IDs only. 873 from listed z/VM user IDs only.
861 874
875 keep_bootcon [KNL]
876 Do not unregister boot console at start. This is only
877 useful for debugging when something happens in the window
878 between unregistering the boot console and initializing
879 the real console.
880
862 i2c_bus= [HW] Override the default board specific I2C bus speed 881 i2c_bus= [HW] Override the default board specific I2C bus speed
863 or register an additional I2C bus that is not 882 or register an additional I2C bus that is not
864 registered from board initialization code. 883 registered from board initialization code.
@@ -1262,10 +1281,9 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
1262 6 (KERN_INFO) informational 1281 6 (KERN_INFO) informational
1263 7 (KERN_DEBUG) debug-level messages 1282 7 (KERN_DEBUG) debug-level messages
1264 1283
1265 log_buf_len=n Sets the size of the printk ring buffer, in bytes. 1284 log_buf_len=n[KMG] Sets the size of the printk ring buffer,
1266 Format: { n | nk | nM } 1285 in bytes. n must be a power of two. The default
1267 n must be a power of two. The default size 1286 size is set in the kernel config file.
1268 is set in the kernel config file.
1269 1287
1270 logo.nologo [FB] Disables display of the built-in Linux logo. 1288 logo.nologo [FB] Disables display of the built-in Linux logo.
1271 This may be used to provide more screen space for 1289 This may be used to provide more screen space for
@@ -1572,16 +1590,25 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
1572 of returning the full 64-bit number. 1590 of returning the full 64-bit number.
1573 The default is to return 64-bit inode numbers. 1591 The default is to return 64-bit inode numbers.
1574 1592
1593 nfs.nfs4_disable_idmapping=
1594 [NFSv4] When set, this option disables the NFSv4
1595 idmapper on the client, but only if the mount
1596 is using the 'sec=sys' security flavour. This may
1597 make migration from legacy NFSv2/v3 systems easier
1598 provided that the server has the appropriate support.
1599 The default is to always enable NFSv4 idmapping.
1600
1575 nmi_debug= [KNL,AVR32,SH] Specify one or more actions to take 1601 nmi_debug= [KNL,AVR32,SH] Specify one or more actions to take
1576 when a NMI is triggered. 1602 when a NMI is triggered.
1577 Format: [state][,regs][,debounce][,die] 1603 Format: [state][,regs][,debounce][,die]
1578 1604
1579 nmi_watchdog= [KNL,BUGS=X86] Debugging features for SMP kernels 1605 nmi_watchdog= [KNL,BUGS=X86] Debugging features for SMP kernels
1580 Format: [panic,][num] 1606 Format: [panic,][nopanic,][num]
1581 Valid num: 0 1607 Valid num: 0
1582 0 - turn nmi_watchdog off 1608 0 - turn nmi_watchdog off
1583 When panic is specified, panic when an NMI watchdog 1609 When panic is specified, panic when an NMI watchdog
1584 timeout occurs. 1610 timeout occurs (or 'nopanic' to override the opposite
1611 default).
1585 This is useful when you use a panic=... timeout and 1612 This is useful when you use a panic=... timeout and
1586 need the box quickly up again. 1613 need the box quickly up again.
1587 1614
@@ -1805,10 +1832,17 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
1805 perfmon on Intel CPUs instead of the 1832 perfmon on Intel CPUs instead of the
1806 CPU specific event set. 1833 CPU specific event set.
1807 1834
1835 oops=panic Always panic on oopses. Default is to just kill the
1836 process, but there is a small probability of
1837 deadlocking the machine.
1838 This will also cause panics on machine check exceptions.
1839 Useful together with panic=30 to trigger a reboot.
1840
1808 OSS [HW,OSS] 1841 OSS [HW,OSS]
1809 See Documentation/sound/oss/oss-parameters.txt 1842 See Documentation/sound/oss/oss-parameters.txt
1810 1843
1811 panic= [KNL] Kernel behaviour on panic 1844 panic= [KNL] Kernel behaviour on panic: delay <timeout>
1845 seconds before rebooting
1812 Format: <timeout> 1846 Format: <timeout>
1813 1847
1814 parkbd.port= [HW] Parallel port number the keyboard adapter is 1848 parkbd.port= [HW] Parallel port number the keyboard adapter is
@@ -2311,6 +2345,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
2311 2345
2312 softlockup_panic= 2346 softlockup_panic=
2313 [KNL] Should the soft-lockup detector generate panics. 2347 [KNL] Should the soft-lockup detector generate panics.
2348 Format: <integer>
2314 2349
2315 sonypi.*= [HW] Sony Programmable I/O Control Device driver 2350 sonypi.*= [HW] Sony Programmable I/O Control Device driver
2316 See Documentation/sonypi.txt 2351 See Documentation/sonypi.txt
@@ -2436,11 +2471,15 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
2436 <deci-seconds>: poll all this frequency 2471 <deci-seconds>: poll all this frequency
2437 0: no polling (default) 2472 0: no polling (default)
2438 2473
2474 threadirqs [KNL]
2475 Force threading of all interrupt handlers except those
2476 marked explicitely IRQF_NO_THREAD.
2477
2439 topology= [S390] 2478 topology= [S390]
2440 Format: {off | on} 2479 Format: {off | on}
2441 Specify if the kernel should make use of the cpu 2480 Specify if the kernel should make use of the cpu
2442 topology informations if the hardware supports these. 2481 topology information if the hardware supports this.
2443 The scheduler will make use of these informations and 2482 The scheduler will make use of this information and
2444 e.g. base its process migration decisions on it. 2483 e.g. base its process migration decisions on it.
2445 Default is on. 2484 Default is on.
2446 2485
@@ -2493,8 +2532,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
2493 reported either. 2532 reported either.
2494 2533
2495 unknown_nmi_panic 2534 unknown_nmi_panic
2496 [X86] 2535 [X86] Cause panic on unknown NMI.
2497 Set unknown_nmi_panic=1 early on boot.
2498 2536
2499 usbcore.autosuspend= 2537 usbcore.autosuspend=
2500 [USB] The autosuspend time delay (in seconds) used 2538 [USB] The autosuspend time delay (in seconds) used
diff --git a/Documentation/keys-request-key.txt b/Documentation/keys-request-key.txt
index 09b55e461740..69686ad12c66 100644
--- a/Documentation/keys-request-key.txt
+++ b/Documentation/keys-request-key.txt
@@ -127,14 +127,15 @@ This is because process A's keyrings can't simply be attached to
127of them, and (b) it requires the same UID/GID/Groups all the way through. 127of them, and (b) it requires the same UID/GID/Groups all the way through.
128 128
129 129
130====================== 130====================================
131NEGATIVE INSTANTIATION 131NEGATIVE INSTANTIATION AND REJECTION
132====================== 132====================================
133 133
134Rather than instantiating a key, it is possible for the possessor of an 134Rather than instantiating a key, it is possible for the possessor of an
135authorisation key to negatively instantiate a key that's under construction. 135authorisation key to negatively instantiate a key that's under construction.
136This is a short duration placeholder that causes any attempt at re-requesting 136This is a short duration placeholder that causes any attempt at re-requesting
137the key whilst it exists to fail with error ENOKEY. 137the key whilst it exists to fail with error ENOKEY if negated or the specified
138error if rejected.
138 139
139This is provided to prevent excessive repeated spawning of /sbin/request-key 140This is provided to prevent excessive repeated spawning of /sbin/request-key
140processes for a key that will never be obtainable. 141processes for a key that will never be obtainable.
diff --git a/Documentation/keys.txt b/Documentation/keys.txt
index e4dbbdb1bd96..6523a9e6f293 100644
--- a/Documentation/keys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/keys.txt
@@ -637,6 +637,9 @@ The keyctl syscall functions are:
637 long keyctl(KEYCTL_INSTANTIATE, key_serial_t key, 637 long keyctl(KEYCTL_INSTANTIATE, key_serial_t key,
638 const void *payload, size_t plen, 638 const void *payload, size_t plen,
639 key_serial_t keyring); 639 key_serial_t keyring);
640 long keyctl(KEYCTL_INSTANTIATE_IOV, key_serial_t key,
641 const struct iovec *payload_iov, unsigned ioc,
642 key_serial_t keyring);
640 643
641 If the kernel calls back to userspace to complete the instantiation of a 644 If the kernel calls back to userspace to complete the instantiation of a
642 key, userspace should use this call to supply data for the key before the 645 key, userspace should use this call to supply data for the key before the
@@ -652,11 +655,16 @@ The keyctl syscall functions are:
652 655
653 The payload and plen arguments describe the payload data as for add_key(). 656 The payload and plen arguments describe the payload data as for add_key().
654 657
658 The payload_iov and ioc arguments describe the payload data in an iovec
659 array instead of a single buffer.
660
655 661
656 (*) Negatively instantiate a partially constructed key. 662 (*) Negatively instantiate a partially constructed key.
657 663
658 long keyctl(KEYCTL_NEGATE, key_serial_t key, 664 long keyctl(KEYCTL_NEGATE, key_serial_t key,
659 unsigned timeout, key_serial_t keyring); 665 unsigned timeout, key_serial_t keyring);
666 long keyctl(KEYCTL_REJECT, key_serial_t key,
667 unsigned timeout, unsigned error, key_serial_t keyring);
660 668
661 If the kernel calls back to userspace to complete the instantiation of a 669 If the kernel calls back to userspace to complete the instantiation of a
662 key, userspace should use this call mark the key as negative before the 670 key, userspace should use this call mark the key as negative before the
@@ -669,6 +677,10 @@ The keyctl syscall functions are:
669 that keyring, however all the constraints applying in KEYCTL_LINK apply in 677 that keyring, however all the constraints applying in KEYCTL_LINK apply in
670 this case too. 678 this case too.
671 679
680 If the key is rejected, future searches for it will return the specified
681 error code until the rejected key expires. Negating the key is the same
682 as rejecting the key with ENOKEY as the error code.
683
672 684
673 (*) Set the default request-key destination keyring. 685 (*) Set the default request-key destination keyring.
674 686
@@ -1062,6 +1074,13 @@ The structure has a number of fields, some of which are mandatory:
1062 viable. 1074 viable.
1063 1075
1064 1076
1077 (*) int (*vet_description)(const char *description);
1078
1079 This optional method is called to vet a key description. If the key type
1080 doesn't approve of the key description, it may return an error, otherwise
1081 it should return 0.
1082
1083
1065 (*) int (*instantiate)(struct key *key, const void *data, size_t datalen); 1084 (*) int (*instantiate)(struct key *key, const void *data, size_t datalen);
1066 1085
1067 This method is called to attach a payload to a key during construction. 1086 This method is called to attach a payload to a key during construction.
@@ -1231,10 +1250,11 @@ hand the request off to (perhaps a path held in placed in another key by, for
1231example, the KDE desktop manager). 1250example, the KDE desktop manager).
1232 1251
1233The program (or whatever it calls) should finish construction of the key by 1252The program (or whatever it calls) should finish construction of the key by
1234calling KEYCTL_INSTANTIATE, which also permits it to cache the key in one of 1253calling KEYCTL_INSTANTIATE or KEYCTL_INSTANTIATE_IOV, which also permits it to
1235the keyrings (probably the session ring) before returning. Alternatively, the 1254cache the key in one of the keyrings (probably the session ring) before
1236key can be marked as negative with KEYCTL_NEGATE; this also permits the key to 1255returning. Alternatively, the key can be marked as negative with KEYCTL_NEGATE
1237be cached in one of the keyrings. 1256or KEYCTL_REJECT; this also permits the key to be cached in one of the
1257keyrings.
1238 1258
1239If it returns with the key remaining in the unconstructed state, the key will 1259If it returns with the key remaining in the unconstructed state, the key will
1240be marked as being negative, it will be added to the session keyring, and an 1260be marked as being negative, it will be added to the session keyring, and an
diff --git a/Documentation/kmemleak.txt b/Documentation/kmemleak.txt
index 34f6638aa5ac..090e6ee04536 100644
--- a/Documentation/kmemleak.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kmemleak.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ with the difference that the orphan objects are not freed but only
11reported via /sys/kernel/debug/kmemleak. A similar method is used by the 11reported via /sys/kernel/debug/kmemleak. A similar method is used by the
12Valgrind tool (memcheck --leak-check) to detect the memory leaks in 12Valgrind tool (memcheck --leak-check) to detect the memory leaks in
13user-space applications. 13user-space applications.
14Kmemleak is supported on x86, arm, powerpc, sparc, sh, microblaze and tile.
14 15
15Usage 16Usage
16----- 17-----
@@ -178,5 +179,4 @@ block doesn't need to be freed (some cases in the init_call functions),
178the pointer is calculated by other methods than the usual container_of 179the pointer is calculated by other methods than the usual container_of
179macro or the pointer is stored in a location not scanned by kmemleak. 180macro or the pointer is stored in a location not scanned by kmemleak.
180 181
181Page allocations and ioremap are not tracked. Only the ARM and x86 182Page allocations and ioremap are not tracked.
182architectures are currently supported.
diff --git a/Documentation/kref.txt b/Documentation/kref.txt
index ae203f91ee9b..48ba715d5a63 100644
--- a/Documentation/kref.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kref.txt
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ static struct my_data *get_entry()
156 struct my_data *entry = NULL; 156 struct my_data *entry = NULL;
157 mutex_lock(&mutex); 157 mutex_lock(&mutex);
158 if (!list_empty(&q)) { 158 if (!list_empty(&q)) {
159 entry = container_of(q.next, struct my_q_entry, link); 159 entry = container_of(q.next, struct my_data, link);
160 kref_get(&entry->refcount); 160 kref_get(&entry->refcount);
161 } 161 }
162 mutex_unlock(&mutex); 162 mutex_unlock(&mutex);
diff --git a/Documentation/kvm/api.txt b/Documentation/kvm/api.txt
index ad85797c1cf0..9bef4e4cec50 100644
--- a/Documentation/kvm/api.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kvm/api.txt
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
166 166
167This ioctl is obsolete and has been removed. 167This ioctl is obsolete and has been removed.
168 168
1694.6 KVM_CREATE_VCPU 1694.7 KVM_CREATE_VCPU
170 170
171Capability: basic 171Capability: basic
172Architectures: all 172Architectures: all
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Returns: vcpu fd on success, -1 on error
177This API adds a vcpu to a virtual machine. The vcpu id is a small integer 177This API adds a vcpu to a virtual machine. The vcpu id is a small integer
178in the range [0, max_vcpus). 178in the range [0, max_vcpus).
179 179
1804.7 KVM_GET_DIRTY_LOG (vm ioctl) 1804.8 KVM_GET_DIRTY_LOG (vm ioctl)
181 181
182Capability: basic 182Capability: basic
183Architectures: x86 183Architectures: x86
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ since the last call to this ioctl. Bit 0 is the first page in the
200memory slot. Ensure the entire structure is cleared to avoid padding 200memory slot. Ensure the entire structure is cleared to avoid padding
201issues. 201issues.
202 202
2034.8 KVM_SET_MEMORY_ALIAS 2034.9 KVM_SET_MEMORY_ALIAS
204 204
205Capability: basic 205Capability: basic
206Architectures: x86 206Architectures: x86
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ Returns: 0 (success), -1 (error)
210 210
211This ioctl is obsolete and has been removed. 211This ioctl is obsolete and has been removed.
212 212
2134.9 KVM_RUN 2134.10 KVM_RUN
214 214
215Capability: basic 215Capability: basic
216Architectures: all 216Architectures: all
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ obtained by mmap()ing the vcpu fd at offset 0, with the size given by
226KVM_GET_VCPU_MMAP_SIZE. The parameter block is formatted as a 'struct 226KVM_GET_VCPU_MMAP_SIZE. The parameter block is formatted as a 'struct
227kvm_run' (see below). 227kvm_run' (see below).
228 228
2294.10 KVM_GET_REGS 2294.11 KVM_GET_REGS
230 230
231Capability: basic 231Capability: basic
232Architectures: all 232Architectures: all
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ struct kvm_regs {
246 __u64 rip, rflags; 246 __u64 rip, rflags;
247}; 247};
248 248
2494.11 KVM_SET_REGS 2494.12 KVM_SET_REGS
250 250
251Capability: basic 251Capability: basic
252Architectures: all 252Architectures: all
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ Writes the general purpose registers into the vcpu.
258 258
259See KVM_GET_REGS for the data structure. 259See KVM_GET_REGS for the data structure.
260 260
2614.12 KVM_GET_SREGS 2614.13 KVM_GET_SREGS
262 262
263Capability: basic 263Capability: basic
264Architectures: x86 264Architectures: x86
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ interrupt_bitmap is a bitmap of pending external interrupts. At most
283one bit may be set. This interrupt has been acknowledged by the APIC 283one bit may be set. This interrupt has been acknowledged by the APIC
284but not yet injected into the cpu core. 284but not yet injected into the cpu core.
285 285
2864.13 KVM_SET_SREGS 2864.14 KVM_SET_SREGS
287 287
288Capability: basic 288Capability: basic
289Architectures: x86 289Architectures: x86
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
294Writes special registers into the vcpu. See KVM_GET_SREGS for the 294Writes special registers into the vcpu. See KVM_GET_SREGS for the
295data structures. 295data structures.
296 296
2974.14 KVM_TRANSLATE 2974.15 KVM_TRANSLATE
298 298
299Capability: basic 299Capability: basic
300Architectures: x86 300Architectures: x86
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ struct kvm_translation {
317 __u8 pad[5]; 317 __u8 pad[5];
318}; 318};
319 319
3204.15 KVM_INTERRUPT 3204.16 KVM_INTERRUPT
321 321
322Capability: basic 322Capability: basic
323Architectures: x86, ppc 323Architectures: x86, ppc
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ c) KVM_INTERRUPT_SET_LEVEL
365Note that any value for 'irq' other than the ones stated above is invalid 365Note that any value for 'irq' other than the ones stated above is invalid
366and incurs unexpected behavior. 366and incurs unexpected behavior.
367 367
3684.16 KVM_DEBUG_GUEST 3684.17 KVM_DEBUG_GUEST
369 369
370Capability: basic 370Capability: basic
371Architectures: none 371Architectures: none
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ Returns: -1 on error
375 375
376Support for this has been removed. Use KVM_SET_GUEST_DEBUG instead. 376Support for this has been removed. Use KVM_SET_GUEST_DEBUG instead.
377 377
3784.17 KVM_GET_MSRS 3784.18 KVM_GET_MSRS
379 379
380Capability: basic 380Capability: basic
381Architectures: x86 381Architectures: x86
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ Application code should set the 'nmsrs' member (which indicates the
403size of the entries array) and the 'index' member of each array entry. 403size of the entries array) and the 'index' member of each array entry.
404kvm will fill in the 'data' member. 404kvm will fill in the 'data' member.
405 405
4064.18 KVM_SET_MSRS 4064.19 KVM_SET_MSRS
407 407
408Capability: basic 408Capability: basic
409Architectures: x86 409Architectures: x86
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ Application code should set the 'nmsrs' member (which indicates the
418size of the entries array), and the 'index' and 'data' members of each 418size of the entries array), and the 'index' and 'data' members of each
419array entry. 419array entry.
420 420
4214.19 KVM_SET_CPUID 4214.20 KVM_SET_CPUID
422 422
423Capability: basic 423Capability: basic
424Architectures: x86 424Architectures: x86
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ struct kvm_cpuid {
446 struct kvm_cpuid_entry entries[0]; 446 struct kvm_cpuid_entry entries[0];
447}; 447};
448 448
4494.20 KVM_SET_SIGNAL_MASK 4494.21 KVM_SET_SIGNAL_MASK
450 450
451Capability: basic 451Capability: basic
452Architectures: x86 452Architectures: x86
@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ struct kvm_signal_mask {
468 __u8 sigset[0]; 468 __u8 sigset[0];
469}; 469};
470 470
4714.21 KVM_GET_FPU 4714.22 KVM_GET_FPU
472 472
473Capability: basic 473Capability: basic
474Architectures: x86 474Architectures: x86
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ struct kvm_fpu {
493 __u32 pad2; 493 __u32 pad2;
494}; 494};
495 495
4964.22 KVM_SET_FPU 4964.23 KVM_SET_FPU
497 497
498Capability: basic 498Capability: basic
499Architectures: x86 499Architectures: x86
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ struct kvm_fpu {
518 __u32 pad2; 518 __u32 pad2;
519}; 519};
520 520
5214.23 KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP 5214.24 KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP
522 522
523Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP 523Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP
524Architectures: x86, ia64 524Architectures: x86, ia64
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ ioapic, a virtual PIC (two PICs, nested), and sets up future vcpus to have a
531local APIC. IRQ routing for GSIs 0-15 is set to both PIC and IOAPIC; GSI 16-23 531local APIC. IRQ routing for GSIs 0-15 is set to both PIC and IOAPIC; GSI 16-23
532only go to the IOAPIC. On ia64, a IOSAPIC is created. 532only go to the IOAPIC. On ia64, a IOSAPIC is created.
533 533
5344.24 KVM_IRQ_LINE 5344.25 KVM_IRQ_LINE
535 535
536Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP 536Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP
537Architectures: x86, ia64 537Architectures: x86, ia64
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ struct kvm_irq_level {
552 __u32 level; /* 0 or 1 */ 552 __u32 level; /* 0 or 1 */
553}; 553};
554 554
5554.25 KVM_GET_IRQCHIP 5554.26 KVM_GET_IRQCHIP
556 556
557Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP 557Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP
558Architectures: x86, ia64 558Architectures: x86, ia64
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ struct kvm_irqchip {
573 } chip; 573 } chip;
574}; 574};
575 575
5764.26 KVM_SET_IRQCHIP 5764.27 KVM_SET_IRQCHIP
577 577
578Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP 578Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP
579Architectures: x86, ia64 579Architectures: x86, ia64
@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ struct kvm_irqchip {
594 } chip; 594 } chip;
595}; 595};
596 596
5974.27 KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG 5974.28 KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG
598 598
599Capability: KVM_CAP_XEN_HVM 599Capability: KVM_CAP_XEN_HVM
600Architectures: x86 600Architectures: x86
@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ struct kvm_xen_hvm_config {
618 __u8 pad2[30]; 618 __u8 pad2[30];
619}; 619};
620 620
6214.27 KVM_GET_CLOCK 6214.29 KVM_GET_CLOCK
622 622
623Capability: KVM_CAP_ADJUST_CLOCK 623Capability: KVM_CAP_ADJUST_CLOCK
624Architectures: x86 624Architectures: x86
@@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ struct kvm_clock_data {
636 __u32 pad[9]; 636 __u32 pad[9];
637}; 637};
638 638
6394.28 KVM_SET_CLOCK 6394.30 KVM_SET_CLOCK
640 640
641Capability: KVM_CAP_ADJUST_CLOCK 641Capability: KVM_CAP_ADJUST_CLOCK
642Architectures: x86 642Architectures: x86
@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ struct kvm_clock_data {
654 __u32 pad[9]; 654 __u32 pad[9];
655}; 655};
656 656
6574.29 KVM_GET_VCPU_EVENTS 6574.31 KVM_GET_VCPU_EVENTS
658 658
659Capability: KVM_CAP_VCPU_EVENTS 659Capability: KVM_CAP_VCPU_EVENTS
660Extended by: KVM_CAP_INTR_SHADOW 660Extended by: KVM_CAP_INTR_SHADOW
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ struct kvm_vcpu_events {
693KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SHADOW may be set in the flags field to signal that 693KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SHADOW may be set in the flags field to signal that
694interrupt.shadow contains a valid state. Otherwise, this field is undefined. 694interrupt.shadow contains a valid state. Otherwise, this field is undefined.
695 695
6964.30 KVM_SET_VCPU_EVENTS 6964.32 KVM_SET_VCPU_EVENTS
697 697
698Capability: KVM_CAP_VCPU_EVENTS 698Capability: KVM_CAP_VCPU_EVENTS
699Extended by: KVM_CAP_INTR_SHADOW 699Extended by: KVM_CAP_INTR_SHADOW
@@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ If KVM_CAP_INTR_SHADOW is available, KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SHADOW can be set in
719the flags field to signal that interrupt.shadow contains a valid state and 719the flags field to signal that interrupt.shadow contains a valid state and
720shall be written into the VCPU. 720shall be written into the VCPU.
721 721
7224.32 KVM_GET_DEBUGREGS 7224.33 KVM_GET_DEBUGREGS
723 723
724Capability: KVM_CAP_DEBUGREGS 724Capability: KVM_CAP_DEBUGREGS
725Architectures: x86 725Architectures: x86
@@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ struct kvm_debugregs {
737 __u64 reserved[9]; 737 __u64 reserved[9];
738}; 738};
739 739
7404.33 KVM_SET_DEBUGREGS 7404.34 KVM_SET_DEBUGREGS
741 741
742Capability: KVM_CAP_DEBUGREGS 742Capability: KVM_CAP_DEBUGREGS
743Architectures: x86 743Architectures: x86
@@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ Writes debug registers into the vcpu.
750See KVM_GET_DEBUGREGS for the data structure. The flags field is unused 750See KVM_GET_DEBUGREGS for the data structure. The flags field is unused
751yet and must be cleared on entry. 751yet and must be cleared on entry.
752 752
7534.34 KVM_SET_USER_MEMORY_REGION 7534.35 KVM_SET_USER_MEMORY_REGION
754 754
755Capability: KVM_CAP_USER_MEM 755Capability: KVM_CAP_USER_MEM
756Architectures: all 756Architectures: all
@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ It is recommended to use this API instead of the KVM_SET_MEMORY_REGION ioctl.
796The KVM_SET_MEMORY_REGION does not allow fine grained control over memory 796The KVM_SET_MEMORY_REGION does not allow fine grained control over memory
797allocation and is deprecated. 797allocation and is deprecated.
798 798
7994.35 KVM_SET_TSS_ADDR 7994.36 KVM_SET_TSS_ADDR
800 800
801Capability: KVM_CAP_SET_TSS_ADDR 801Capability: KVM_CAP_SET_TSS_ADDR
802Architectures: x86 802Architectures: x86
@@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ This ioctl is required on Intel-based hosts. This is needed on Intel hardware
814because of a quirk in the virtualization implementation (see the internals 814because of a quirk in the virtualization implementation (see the internals
815documentation when it pops into existence). 815documentation when it pops into existence).
816 816
8174.36 KVM_ENABLE_CAP 8174.37 KVM_ENABLE_CAP
818 818
819Capability: KVM_CAP_ENABLE_CAP 819Capability: KVM_CAP_ENABLE_CAP
820Architectures: ppc 820Architectures: ppc
@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ function properly, this is the place to put them.
849 __u8 pad[64]; 849 __u8 pad[64];
850}; 850};
851 851
8524.37 KVM_GET_MP_STATE 8524.38 KVM_GET_MP_STATE
853 853
854Capability: KVM_CAP_MP_STATE 854Capability: KVM_CAP_MP_STATE
855Architectures: x86, ia64 855Architectures: x86, ia64
@@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ Possible values are:
879This ioctl is only useful after KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. Without an in-kernel 879This ioctl is only useful after KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. Without an in-kernel
880irqchip, the multiprocessing state must be maintained by userspace. 880irqchip, the multiprocessing state must be maintained by userspace.
881 881
8824.38 KVM_SET_MP_STATE 8824.39 KVM_SET_MP_STATE
883 883
884Capability: KVM_CAP_MP_STATE 884Capability: KVM_CAP_MP_STATE
885Architectures: x86, ia64 885Architectures: x86, ia64
@@ -893,7 +893,7 @@ arguments.
893This ioctl is only useful after KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. Without an in-kernel 893This ioctl is only useful after KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. Without an in-kernel
894irqchip, the multiprocessing state must be maintained by userspace. 894irqchip, the multiprocessing state must be maintained by userspace.
895 895
8964.39 KVM_SET_IDENTITY_MAP_ADDR 8964.40 KVM_SET_IDENTITY_MAP_ADDR
897 897
898Capability: KVM_CAP_SET_IDENTITY_MAP_ADDR 898Capability: KVM_CAP_SET_IDENTITY_MAP_ADDR
899Architectures: x86 899Architectures: x86
@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ This ioctl is required on Intel-based hosts. This is needed on Intel hardware
911because of a quirk in the virtualization implementation (see the internals 911because of a quirk in the virtualization implementation (see the internals
912documentation when it pops into existence). 912documentation when it pops into existence).
913 913
9144.40 KVM_SET_BOOT_CPU_ID 9144.41 KVM_SET_BOOT_CPU_ID
915 915
916Capability: KVM_CAP_SET_BOOT_CPU_ID 916Capability: KVM_CAP_SET_BOOT_CPU_ID
917Architectures: x86, ia64 917Architectures: x86, ia64
@@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ Define which vcpu is the Bootstrap Processor (BSP). Values are the same
923as the vcpu id in KVM_CREATE_VCPU. If this ioctl is not called, the default 923as the vcpu id in KVM_CREATE_VCPU. If this ioctl is not called, the default
924is vcpu 0. 924is vcpu 0.
925 925
9264.41 KVM_GET_XSAVE 9264.42 KVM_GET_XSAVE
927 927
928Capability: KVM_CAP_XSAVE 928Capability: KVM_CAP_XSAVE
929Architectures: x86 929Architectures: x86
@@ -937,7 +937,7 @@ struct kvm_xsave {
937 937
938This ioctl would copy current vcpu's xsave struct to the userspace. 938This ioctl would copy current vcpu's xsave struct to the userspace.
939 939
9404.42 KVM_SET_XSAVE 9404.43 KVM_SET_XSAVE
941 941
942Capability: KVM_CAP_XSAVE 942Capability: KVM_CAP_XSAVE
943Architectures: x86 943Architectures: x86
@@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ struct kvm_xsave {
951 951
952This ioctl would copy userspace's xsave struct to the kernel. 952This ioctl would copy userspace's xsave struct to the kernel.
953 953
9544.43 KVM_GET_XCRS 9544.44 KVM_GET_XCRS
955 955
956Capability: KVM_CAP_XCRS 956Capability: KVM_CAP_XCRS
957Architectures: x86 957Architectures: x86
@@ -974,7 +974,7 @@ struct kvm_xcrs {
974 974
975This ioctl would copy current vcpu's xcrs to the userspace. 975This ioctl would copy current vcpu's xcrs to the userspace.
976 976
9774.44 KVM_SET_XCRS 9774.45 KVM_SET_XCRS
978 978
979Capability: KVM_CAP_XCRS 979Capability: KVM_CAP_XCRS
980Architectures: x86 980Architectures: x86
@@ -997,7 +997,7 @@ struct kvm_xcrs {
997 997
998This ioctl would set vcpu's xcr to the value userspace specified. 998This ioctl would set vcpu's xcr to the value userspace specified.
999 999
10004.45 KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_CPUID 10004.46 KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_CPUID
1001 1001
1002Capability: KVM_CAP_EXT_CPUID 1002Capability: KVM_CAP_EXT_CPUID
1003Architectures: x86 1003Architectures: x86
@@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ emulate them efficiently. The fields in each entry are defined as follows:
1062 eax, ebx, ecx, edx: the values returned by the cpuid instruction for 1062 eax, ebx, ecx, edx: the values returned by the cpuid instruction for
1063 this function/index combination 1063 this function/index combination
1064 1064
10654.46 KVM_PPC_GET_PVINFO 10654.47 KVM_PPC_GET_PVINFO
1066 1066
1067Capability: KVM_CAP_PPC_GET_PVINFO 1067Capability: KVM_CAP_PPC_GET_PVINFO
1068Architectures: ppc 1068Architectures: ppc
@@ -1085,7 +1085,7 @@ of 4 instructions that make up a hypercall.
1085If any additional field gets added to this structure later on, a bit for that 1085If any additional field gets added to this structure later on, a bit for that
1086additional piece of information will be set in the flags bitmap. 1086additional piece of information will be set in the flags bitmap.
1087 1087
10884.47 KVM_ASSIGN_PCI_DEVICE 10884.48 KVM_ASSIGN_PCI_DEVICE
1089 1089
1090Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_ASSIGNMENT 1090Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_ASSIGNMENT
1091Architectures: x86 ia64 1091Architectures: x86 ia64
@@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ following flags are specified:
1113/* Depends on KVM_CAP_IOMMU */ 1113/* Depends on KVM_CAP_IOMMU */
1114#define KVM_DEV_ASSIGN_ENABLE_IOMMU (1 << 0) 1114#define KVM_DEV_ASSIGN_ENABLE_IOMMU (1 << 0)
1115 1115
11164.48 KVM_DEASSIGN_PCI_DEVICE 11164.49 KVM_DEASSIGN_PCI_DEVICE
1117 1117
1118Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_DEASSIGNMENT 1118Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_DEASSIGNMENT
1119Architectures: x86 ia64 1119Architectures: x86 ia64
@@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@ Ends PCI device assignment, releasing all associated resources.
1126See KVM_CAP_DEVICE_ASSIGNMENT for the data structure. Only assigned_dev_id is 1126See KVM_CAP_DEVICE_ASSIGNMENT for the data structure. Only assigned_dev_id is
1127used in kvm_assigned_pci_dev to identify the device. 1127used in kvm_assigned_pci_dev to identify the device.
1128 1128
11294.49 KVM_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ 11294.50 KVM_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ
1130 1130
1131Capability: KVM_CAP_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ 1131Capability: KVM_CAP_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ
1132Architectures: x86 ia64 1132Architectures: x86 ia64
@@ -1164,7 +1164,7 @@ The following flags are defined:
1164It is not valid to specify multiple types per host or guest IRQ. However, the 1164It is not valid to specify multiple types per host or guest IRQ. However, the
1165IRQ type of host and guest can differ or can even be null. 1165IRQ type of host and guest can differ or can even be null.
1166 1166
11674.50 KVM_DEASSIGN_DEV_IRQ 11674.51 KVM_DEASSIGN_DEV_IRQ
1168 1168
1169Capability: KVM_CAP_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ 1169Capability: KVM_CAP_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ
1170Architectures: x86 ia64 1170Architectures: x86 ia64
@@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@ See KVM_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ for the data structure. The target device is specified
1178by assigned_dev_id, flags must correspond to the IRQ type specified on 1178by assigned_dev_id, flags must correspond to the IRQ type specified on
1179KVM_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ. Partial deassignment of host or guest IRQ is allowed. 1179KVM_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ. Partial deassignment of host or guest IRQ is allowed.
1180 1180
11814.51 KVM_SET_GSI_ROUTING 11814.52 KVM_SET_GSI_ROUTING
1182 1182
1183Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQ_ROUTING 1183Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQ_ROUTING
1184Architectures: x86 ia64 1184Architectures: x86 ia64
@@ -1226,7 +1226,7 @@ struct kvm_irq_routing_msi {
1226 __u32 pad; 1226 __u32 pad;
1227}; 1227};
1228 1228
12294.52 KVM_ASSIGN_SET_MSIX_NR 12294.53 KVM_ASSIGN_SET_MSIX_NR
1230 1230
1231Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_MSIX 1231Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_MSIX
1232Architectures: x86 ia64 1232Architectures: x86 ia64
@@ -1245,7 +1245,7 @@ struct kvm_assigned_msix_nr {
1245 1245
1246#define KVM_MAX_MSIX_PER_DEV 256 1246#define KVM_MAX_MSIX_PER_DEV 256
1247 1247
12484.53 KVM_ASSIGN_SET_MSIX_ENTRY 12484.54 KVM_ASSIGN_SET_MSIX_ENTRY
1249 1249
1250Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_MSIX 1250Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_MSIX
1251Architectures: x86 ia64 1251Architectures: x86 ia64
diff --git a/Documentation/kvm/locking.txt b/Documentation/kvm/locking.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3b4cd3bf5631
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/kvm/locking.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
1KVM Lock Overview
2=================
3
41. Acquisition Orders
5---------------------
6
7(to be written)
8
92. Reference
10------------
11
12Name: kvm_lock
13Type: raw_spinlock
14Arch: any
15Protects: - vm_list
16 - hardware virtualization enable/disable
17Comment: 'raw' because hardware enabling/disabling must be atomic /wrt
18 migration.
19
20Name: kvm_arch::tsc_write_lock
21Type: raw_spinlock
22Arch: x86
23Protects: - kvm_arch::{last_tsc_write,last_tsc_nsec,last_tsc_offset}
24 - tsc offset in vmcb
25Comment: 'raw' because updating the tsc offsets must not be preempted.
diff --git a/Documentation/kvm/mmu.txt b/Documentation/kvm/mmu.txt
index 142cc5136650..f46aa58389ca 100644
--- a/Documentation/kvm/mmu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kvm/mmu.txt
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ The mmu code attempts to satisfy the following requirements:
23 and framebuffer-based displays 23 and framebuffer-based displays
24- footprint: keep the amount of pinned kernel memory low (most memory 24- footprint: keep the amount of pinned kernel memory low (most memory
25 should be shrinkable) 25 should be shrinkable)
26- reliablity: avoid multipage or GFP_ATOMIC allocations 26- reliability: avoid multipage or GFP_ATOMIC allocations
27 27
28Acronyms 28Acronyms
29======== 29========
diff --git a/Documentation/kvm/ppc-pv.txt b/Documentation/kvm/ppc-pv.txt
index a7f2244b3be9..3ab969c59046 100644
--- a/Documentation/kvm/ppc-pv.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kvm/ppc-pv.txt
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Patched instructions
136==================== 136====================
137 137
138The "ld" and "std" instructions are transormed to "lwz" and "stw" instructions 138The "ld" and "std" instructions are transormed to "lwz" and "stw" instructions
139respectively on 32 bit systems with an added offset of 4 to accomodate for big 139respectively on 32 bit systems with an added offset of 4 to accommodate for big
140endianness. 140endianness.
141 141
142The following is a list of mapping the Linux kernel performs when running as 142The following is a list of mapping the Linux kernel performs when running as
diff --git a/Documentation/kvm/timekeeping.txt b/Documentation/kvm/timekeeping.txt
index 0c5033a58c9e..df8946377cb6 100644
--- a/Documentation/kvm/timekeeping.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kvm/timekeeping.txt
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Mode 0: Single Timeout. This is a one-shot software timeout that counts down
81 when the gate is high (always true for timers 0 and 1). When the count 81 when the gate is high (always true for timers 0 and 1). When the count
82 reaches zero, the output goes high. 82 reaches zero, the output goes high.
83 83
84Mode 1: Triggered One-shot. The output is intially set high. When the gate 84Mode 1: Triggered One-shot. The output is initially set high. When the gate
85 line is set high, a countdown is initiated (which does not stop if the gate is 85 line is set high, a countdown is initiated (which does not stop if the gate is
86 lowered), during which the output is set low. When the count reaches zero, 86 lowered), during which the output is set low. When the count reaches zero,
87 the output goes high. 87 the output goes high.
diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/asus-laptop.txt b/Documentation/laptops/asus-laptop.txt
index c1c5be84e4b1..803e51f6768b 100644
--- a/Documentation/laptops/asus-laptop.txt
+++ b/Documentation/laptops/asus-laptop.txt
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Usage
61 Hotkeys are also reported as input keys (like keyboards) you can check 61 Hotkeys are also reported as input keys (like keyboards) you can check
62 which key are supported using "xev" under X11. 62 which key are supported using "xev" under X11.
63 63
64 You can get informations on the version of your DSDT table by reading the 64 You can get information on the version of your DSDT table by reading the
65 /sys/devices/platform/asus-laptop/infos entry. If you have a question or a 65 /sys/devices/platform/asus-laptop/infos entry. If you have a question or a
66 bug report to do, please include the output of this entry. 66 bug report to do, please include the output of this entry.
67 67
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ LED display
178----------- 178-----------
179 179
180 Some models like the W1N have a LED display that can be used to display 180 Some models like the W1N have a LED display that can be used to display
181 several informations. 181 several items of information.
182 182
183 LED display works for the following models: 183 LED display works for the following models:
184 W1000N 184 W1000N
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/hpfall.c b/Documentation/laptops/hpfall.c
index a4a8fc5d05d4..a4a8fc5d05d4 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/hpfall.c
+++ b/Documentation/laptops/hpfall.c
diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/sony-laptop.txt b/Documentation/laptops/sony-laptop.txt
index 23ce7d350d1a..2bd4e82e5d9f 100644
--- a/Documentation/laptops/sony-laptop.txt
+++ b/Documentation/laptops/sony-laptop.txt
@@ -14,7 +14,8 @@ Some models report hotkeys through the SNC or SPIC devices, such events are
14reported both through the ACPI subsystem as acpi events and through the INPUT 14reported both through the ACPI subsystem as acpi events and through the INPUT
15subsystem. See the logs of acpid or /proc/acpi/event and 15subsystem. See the logs of acpid or /proc/acpi/event and
16/proc/bus/input/devices to find out what those events are and which input 16/proc/bus/input/devices to find out what those events are and which input
17devices are created by the driver. 17devices are created by the driver. Additionally, loading the driver with the
18debug option will report all events in the kernel log.
18 19
19Backlight control: 20Backlight control:
20------------------ 21------------------
@@ -64,6 +65,16 @@ powers off the sound card,
64 # echo "1" > /sys/devices/platform/sony-laptop/audiopower 65 # echo "1" > /sys/devices/platform/sony-laptop/audiopower
65powers on the sound card. 66powers on the sound card.
66 67
68
69RFkill control:
70---------------
71More recent Vaio models expose a consistent set of ACPI methods to
72control radio frequency emitting devices. If you are a lucky owner of
73such a laptop you will find the necessary rfkill devices under
74/sys/class/rfkill. Check those starting with sony-* in
75 # grep . /sys/class/rfkill/*/{state,name}
76
77
67Development: 78Development:
68------------ 79------------
69 80
@@ -75,8 +86,21 @@ pass the option 'debug=1'.
75REPEAT: DON'T DO THIS IF YOU DON'T LIKE RISKY BUSINESS. 86REPEAT: DON'T DO THIS IF YOU DON'T LIKE RISKY BUSINESS.
76 87
77In your kernel logs you will find the list of all ACPI methods 88In your kernel logs you will find the list of all ACPI methods
78the SNC device has on your laptop. You can see the GCDP/GCDP methods 89the SNC device has on your laptop.
79used to pwer on/off the CD drive, but there are others. 90
91* For new models you will see a long list of meaningless method names,
92reading the DSDT table source should reveal that:
93(1) the SNC device uses an internal capability lookup table
94(2) SN00 is used to find values in the lookup table
95(3) SN06 and SN07 are used to call into the real methods based on
96 offsets you can obtain iterating the table using SN00
97(4) SN02 used to enable events.
98Some values in the capability lookup table are more or less known, see
99the code for all sony_call_snc_handle calls, others are more obscure.
100
101* For old models you can see the GCDP/GCDP methods used to pwer on/off
102the CD drive, but there are others and they are usually different from
103model to model.
80 104
81I HAVE NO IDEA WHAT THOSE METHODS DO. 105I HAVE NO IDEA WHAT THOSE METHODS DO.
82 106
@@ -108,9 +132,8 @@ Bugs/Limitations:
108 laptop, including permanent damage. 132 laptop, including permanent damage.
109 133
110* The sony-laptop and sonypi drivers do not interact at all. In the 134* The sony-laptop and sonypi drivers do not interact at all. In the
111 future, sonypi could use sony-laptop to do (part of) its business. 135 future, sonypi will be removed and replaced by sony-laptop.
112 136
113* spicctrl, which is the userspace tool used to communicate with the 137* spicctrl, which is the userspace tool used to communicate with the
114 sonypi driver (through /dev/sonypi) does not try to use the 138 sonypi driver (through /dev/sonypi) is deprecated as well since all
115 sony-laptop driver. In the future, spicctrl could try sonypi first, 139 its features are now available under the sysfs tree via sony-laptop.
116 and if it isn't present, try sony-laptop instead.
diff --git a/Documentation/leds/00-INDEX b/Documentation/leds/00-INDEX
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..29f481df32c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/leds/00-INDEX
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
1leds-class.txt
2 - documents LED handling under Linux.
3leds-lp3944.txt
4 - notes on how to use the leds-lp3944 driver.
5leds-lp5521.txt
6 - notes on how to use the leds-lp5521 driver.
7leds-lp5523.txt
8 - notes on how to use the leds-lp5523 driver.
diff --git a/Documentation/leds-class.txt b/Documentation/leds/leds-class.txt
index 58b266bd1846..4996586e27e8 100644
--- a/Documentation/leds-class.txt
+++ b/Documentation/leds/leds-class.txt
@@ -95,4 +95,3 @@ There are a number of cases where a trigger might only be mappable to a
95particular LED (ACPI?). The addition of triggers provided by the LED driver 95particular LED (ACPI?). The addition of triggers provided by the LED driver
96should cover this option and be possible to add without breaking the 96should cover this option and be possible to add without breaking the
97current interface. 97current interface.
98
diff --git a/Documentation/leds-lp3944.txt b/Documentation/leds/leds-lp3944.txt
index c6eda18b15ef..c6eda18b15ef 100644
--- a/Documentation/leds-lp3944.txt
+++ b/Documentation/leds/leds-lp3944.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/media-framework.txt b/Documentation/media-framework.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..76a2087db205
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/media-framework.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
1Linux kernel media framework
2============================
3
4This document describes the Linux kernel media framework, its data structures,
5functions and their usage.
6
7
8Introduction
9------------
10
11The media controller API is documented in DocBook format in
12Documentation/DocBook/v4l/media-controller.xml. This document will focus on
13the kernel-side implementation of the media framework.
14
15
16Abstract media device model
17---------------------------
18
19Discovering a device internal topology, and configuring it at runtime, is one
20of the goals of the media framework. To achieve this, hardware devices are
21modeled as an oriented graph of building blocks called entities connected
22through pads.
23
24An entity is a basic media hardware building block. It can correspond to
25a large variety of logical blocks such as physical hardware devices
26(CMOS sensor for instance), logical hardware devices (a building block
27in a System-on-Chip image processing pipeline), DMA channels or physical
28connectors.
29
30A pad is a connection endpoint through which an entity can interact with
31other entities. Data (not restricted to video) produced by an entity
32flows from the entity's output to one or more entity inputs. Pads should
33not be confused with physical pins at chip boundaries.
34
35A link is a point-to-point oriented connection between two pads, either
36on the same entity or on different entities. Data flows from a source
37pad to a sink pad.
38
39
40Media device
41------------
42
43A media device is represented by a struct media_device instance, defined in
44include/media/media-device.h. Allocation of the structure is handled by the
45media device driver, usually by embedding the media_device instance in a
46larger driver-specific structure.
47
48Drivers register media device instances by calling
49
50 media_device_register(struct media_device *mdev);
51
52The caller is responsible for initializing the media_device structure before
53registration. The following fields must be set:
54
55 - dev must point to the parent device (usually a pci_dev, usb_interface or
56 platform_device instance).
57
58 - model must be filled with the device model name as a NUL-terminated UTF-8
59 string. The device/model revision must not be stored in this field.
60
61The following fields are optional:
62
63 - serial is a unique serial number stored as a NUL-terminated ASCII string.
64 The field is big enough to store a GUID in text form. If the hardware
65 doesn't provide a unique serial number this field must be left empty.
66
67 - bus_info represents the location of the device in the system as a
68 NUL-terminated ASCII string. For PCI/PCIe devices bus_info must be set to
69 "PCI:" (or "PCIe:") followed by the value of pci_name(). For USB devices,
70 the usb_make_path() function must be used. This field is used by
71 applications to distinguish between otherwise identical devices that don't
72 provide a serial number.
73
74 - hw_revision is the hardware device revision in a driver-specific format.
75 When possible the revision should be formatted with the KERNEL_VERSION
76 macro.
77
78 - driver_version is formatted with the KERNEL_VERSION macro. The version
79 minor must be incremented when new features are added to the userspace API
80 without breaking binary compatibility. The version major must be
81 incremented when binary compatibility is broken.
82
83Upon successful registration a character device named media[0-9]+ is created.
84The device major and minor numbers are dynamic. The model name is exported as
85a sysfs attribute.
86
87Drivers unregister media device instances by calling
88
89 media_device_unregister(struct media_device *mdev);
90
91Unregistering a media device that hasn't been registered is *NOT* safe.
92
93
94Entities, pads and links
95------------------------
96
97- Entities
98
99Entities are represented by a struct media_entity instance, defined in
100include/media/media-entity.h. The structure is usually embedded into a
101higher-level structure, such as a v4l2_subdev or video_device instance,
102although drivers can allocate entities directly.
103
104Drivers initialize entities by calling
105
106 media_entity_init(struct media_entity *entity, u16 num_pads,
107 struct media_pad *pads, u16 extra_links);
108
109The media_entity name, type, flags, revision and group_id fields can be
110initialized before or after calling media_entity_init. Entities embedded in
111higher-level standard structures can have some of those fields set by the
112higher-level framework.
113
114As the number of pads is known in advance, the pads array is not allocated
115dynamically but is managed by the entity driver. Most drivers will embed the
116pads array in a driver-specific structure, avoiding dynamic allocation.
117
118Drivers must set the direction of every pad in the pads array before calling
119media_entity_init. The function will initialize the other pads fields.
120
121Unlike the number of pads, the total number of links isn't always known in
122advance by the entity driver. As an initial estimate, media_entity_init
123pre-allocates a number of links equal to the number of pads plus an optional
124number of extra links. The links array will be reallocated if it grows beyond
125the initial estimate.
126
127Drivers register entities with a media device by calling
128
129 media_device_register_entity(struct media_device *mdev,
130 struct media_entity *entity);
131
132Entities are identified by a unique positive integer ID. Drivers can provide an
133ID by filling the media_entity id field prior to registration, or request the
134media controller framework to assign an ID automatically. Drivers that provide
135IDs manually must ensure that all IDs are unique. IDs are not guaranteed to be
136contiguous even when they are all assigned automatically by the framework.
137
138Drivers unregister entities by calling
139
140 media_device_unregister_entity(struct media_entity *entity);
141
142Unregistering an entity will not change the IDs of the other entities, and the
143ID will never be reused for a newly registered entity.
144
145When a media device is unregistered, all its entities are unregistered
146automatically. No manual entities unregistration is then required.
147
148Drivers free resources associated with an entity by calling
149
150 media_entity_cleanup(struct media_entity *entity);
151
152This function must be called during the cleanup phase after unregistering the
153entity. Note that the media_entity instance itself must be freed explicitly by
154the driver if required.
155
156Entities have flags that describe the entity capabilities and state.
157
158 MEDIA_ENT_FL_DEFAULT indicates the default entity for a given type.
159 This can be used to report the default audio and video devices or the
160 default camera sensor.
161
162Logical entity groups can be defined by setting the group ID of all member
163entities to the same non-zero value. An entity group serves no purpose in the
164kernel, but is reported to userspace during entities enumeration. The group_id
165field belongs to the media device driver and must not by touched by entity
166drivers.
167
168Media device drivers should define groups if several entities are logically
169bound together. Example usages include reporting
170
171 - ALSA, VBI and video nodes that carry the same media stream
172 - lens and flash controllers associated with a sensor
173
174- Pads
175
176Pads are represented by a struct media_pad instance, defined in
177include/media/media-entity.h. Each entity stores its pads in a pads array
178managed by the entity driver. Drivers usually embed the array in a
179driver-specific structure.
180
181Pads are identified by their entity and their 0-based index in the pads array.
182Both information are stored in the media_pad structure, making the media_pad
183pointer the canonical way to store and pass link references.
184
185Pads have flags that describe the pad capabilities and state.
186
187 MEDIA_PAD_FL_SINK indicates that the pad supports sinking data.
188 MEDIA_PAD_FL_SOURCE indicates that the pad supports sourcing data.
189
190One and only one of MEDIA_PAD_FL_SINK and MEDIA_PAD_FL_SOURCE must be set for
191each pad.
192
193- Links
194
195Links are represented by a struct media_link instance, defined in
196include/media/media-entity.h. Each entity stores all links originating at or
197targeting any of its pads in a links array. A given link is thus stored
198twice, once in the source entity and once in the target entity. The array is
199pre-allocated and grows dynamically as needed.
200
201Drivers create links by calling
202
203 media_entity_create_link(struct media_entity *source, u16 source_pad,
204 struct media_entity *sink, u16 sink_pad,
205 u32 flags);
206
207An entry in the link array of each entity is allocated and stores pointers
208to source and sink pads.
209
210Links have flags that describe the link capabilities and state.
211
212 MEDIA_LNK_FL_ENABLED indicates that the link is enabled and can be used
213 to transfer media data. When two or more links target a sink pad, only
214 one of them can be enabled at a time.
215 MEDIA_LNK_FL_IMMUTABLE indicates that the link enabled state can't be
216 modified at runtime. If MEDIA_LNK_FL_IMMUTABLE is set, then
217 MEDIA_LNK_FL_ENABLED must also be set since an immutable link is always
218 enabled.
219
220
221Graph traversal
222---------------
223
224The media framework provides APIs to iterate over entities in a graph.
225
226To iterate over all entities belonging to a media device, drivers can use the
227media_device_for_each_entity macro, defined in include/media/media-device.h.
228
229 struct media_entity *entity;
230
231 media_device_for_each_entity(entity, mdev) {
232 /* entity will point to each entity in turn */
233 ...
234 }
235
236Drivers might also need to iterate over all entities in a graph that can be
237reached only through enabled links starting at a given entity. The media
238framework provides a depth-first graph traversal API for that purpose.
239
240Note that graphs with cycles (whether directed or undirected) are *NOT*
241supported by the graph traversal API. To prevent infinite loops, the graph
242traversal code limits the maximum depth to MEDIA_ENTITY_ENUM_MAX_DEPTH,
243currently defined as 16.
244
245Drivers initiate a graph traversal by calling
246
247 media_entity_graph_walk_start(struct media_entity_graph *graph,
248 struct media_entity *entity);
249
250The graph structure, provided by the caller, is initialized to start graph
251traversal at the given entity.
252
253Drivers can then retrieve the next entity by calling
254
255 media_entity_graph_walk_next(struct media_entity_graph *graph);
256
257When the graph traversal is complete the function will return NULL.
258
259Graph traversal can be interrupted at any moment. No cleanup function call is
260required and the graph structure can be freed normally.
261
262Helper functions can be used to find a link between two given pads, or a pad
263connected to another pad through an enabled link
264
265 media_entity_find_link(struct media_pad *source,
266 struct media_pad *sink);
267
268 media_entity_remote_source(struct media_pad *pad);
269
270Refer to the kerneldoc documentation for more information.
271
272
273Use count and power handling
274----------------------------
275
276Due to the wide differences between drivers regarding power management needs,
277the media controller does not implement power management. However, the
278media_entity structure includes a use_count field that media drivers can use to
279track the number of users of every entity for power management needs.
280
281The use_count field is owned by media drivers and must not be touched by entity
282drivers. Access to the field must be protected by the media device graph_mutex
283lock.
284
285
286Links setup
287-----------
288
289Link properties can be modified at runtime by calling
290
291 media_entity_setup_link(struct media_link *link, u32 flags);
292
293The flags argument contains the requested new link flags.
294
295The only configurable property is the ENABLED link flag to enable/disable a
296link. Links marked with the IMMUTABLE link flag can not be enabled or disabled.
297
298When a link is enabled or disabled, the media framework calls the
299link_setup operation for the two entities at the source and sink of the link,
300in that order. If the second link_setup call fails, another link_setup call is
301made on the first entity to restore the original link flags.
302
303Media device drivers can be notified of link setup operations by setting the
304media_device::link_notify pointer to a callback function. If provided, the
305notification callback will be called before enabling and after disabling
306links.
307
308Entity drivers must implement the link_setup operation if any of their links
309is non-immutable. The operation must either configure the hardware or store
310the configuration information to be applied later.
311
312Link configuration must not have any side effect on other links. If an enabled
313link at a sink pad prevents another link at the same pad from being disabled,
314the link_setup operation must return -EBUSY and can't implicitly disable the
315first enabled link.
316
317
318Pipelines and media streams
319---------------------------
320
321When starting streaming, drivers must notify all entities in the pipeline to
322prevent link states from being modified during streaming by calling
323
324 media_entity_pipeline_start(struct media_entity *entity,
325 struct media_pipeline *pipe);
326
327The function will mark all entities connected to the given entity through
328enabled links, either directly or indirectly, as streaming.
329
330The media_pipeline instance pointed to by the pipe argument will be stored in
331every entity in the pipeline. Drivers should embed the media_pipeline structure
332in higher-level pipeline structures and can then access the pipeline through
333the media_entity pipe field.
334
335Calls to media_entity_pipeline_start() can be nested. The pipeline pointer must
336be identical for all nested calls to the function.
337
338When stopping the stream, drivers must notify the entities with
339
340 media_entity_pipeline_stop(struct media_entity *entity);
341
342If multiple calls to media_entity_pipeline_start() have been made the same
343number of media_entity_pipeline_stop() calls are required to stop streaming. The
344media_entity pipe field is reset to NULL on the last nested stop call.
345
346Link configuration will fail with -EBUSY by default if either end of the link is
347a streaming entity. Links that can be modified while streaming must be marked
348with the MEDIA_LNK_FL_DYNAMIC flag.
349
350If other operations need to be disallowed on streaming entities (such as
351changing entities configuration parameters) drivers can explicitly check the
352media_entity stream_count field to find out if an entity is streaming. This
353operation must be done with the media_device graph_mutex held.
diff --git a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt
index 631ad2f1b229..f0d3a8026a56 100644
--- a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt
+++ b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt
@@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ Contents:
21 - SMP barrier pairing. 21 - SMP barrier pairing.
22 - Examples of memory barrier sequences. 22 - Examples of memory barrier sequences.
23 - Read memory barriers vs load speculation. 23 - Read memory barriers vs load speculation.
24 - Transitivity
24 25
25 (*) Explicit kernel barriers. 26 (*) Explicit kernel barriers.
26 27
@@ -959,6 +960,63 @@ the speculation will be cancelled and the value reloaded:
959 retrieved : : +-------+ 960 retrieved : : +-------+
960 961
961 962
963TRANSITIVITY
964------------
965
966Transitivity is a deeply intuitive notion about ordering that is not
967always provided by real computer systems. The following example
968demonstrates transitivity (also called "cumulativity"):
969
970 CPU 1 CPU 2 CPU 3
971 ======================= ======================= =======================
972 { X = 0, Y = 0 }
973 STORE X=1 LOAD X STORE Y=1
974 <general barrier> <general barrier>
975 LOAD Y LOAD X
976
977Suppose that CPU 2's load from X returns 1 and its load from Y returns 0.
978This indicates that CPU 2's load from X in some sense follows CPU 1's
979store to X and that CPU 2's load from Y in some sense preceded CPU 3's
980store to Y. The question is then "Can CPU 3's load from X return 0?"
981
982Because CPU 2's load from X in some sense came after CPU 1's store, it
983is natural to expect that CPU 3's load from X must therefore return 1.
984This expectation is an example of transitivity: if a load executing on
985CPU A follows a load from the same variable executing on CPU B, then
986CPU A's load must either return the same value that CPU B's load did,
987or must return some later value.
988
989In the Linux kernel, use of general memory barriers guarantees
990transitivity. Therefore, in the above example, if CPU 2's load from X
991returns 1 and its load from Y returns 0, then CPU 3's load from X must
992also return 1.
993
994However, transitivity is -not- guaranteed for read or write barriers.
995For example, suppose that CPU 2's general barrier in the above example
996is changed to a read barrier as shown below:
997
998 CPU 1 CPU 2 CPU 3
999 ======================= ======================= =======================
1000 { X = 0, Y = 0 }
1001 STORE X=1 LOAD X STORE Y=1
1002 <read barrier> <general barrier>
1003 LOAD Y LOAD X
1004
1005This substitution destroys transitivity: in this example, it is perfectly
1006legal for CPU 2's load from X to return 1, its load from Y to return 0,
1007and CPU 3's load from X to return 0.
1008
1009The key point is that although CPU 2's read barrier orders its pair
1010of loads, it does not guarantee to order CPU 1's store. Therefore, if
1011this example runs on a system where CPUs 1 and 2 share a store buffer
1012or a level of cache, CPU 2 might have early access to CPU 1's writes.
1013General barriers are therefore required to ensure that all CPUs agree
1014on the combined order of CPU 1's and CPU 2's accesses.
1015
1016To reiterate, if your code requires transitivity, use general barriers
1017throughout.
1018
1019
962======================== 1020========================
963EXPLICIT KERNEL BARRIERS 1021EXPLICIT KERNEL BARRIERS
964======================== 1022========================
diff --git a/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt b/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt
index 57e7e9cc1870..8f485d72cf25 100644
--- a/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt
+++ b/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt
@@ -126,36 +126,51 @@ config options.
126-------------------------------- 126--------------------------------
1274 sysfs files for memory hotplug 1274 sysfs files for memory hotplug
128-------------------------------- 128--------------------------------
129All sections have their device information under /sys/devices/system/memory as 129All sections have their device information in sysfs. Each section is part of
130a memory block under /sys/devices/system/memory as
130 131
131/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX 132/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX
132(XXX is section id.) 133(XXX is the section id.)
133 134
134Now, XXX is defined as start_address_of_section / section_size. 135Now, XXX is defined as (start_address_of_section / section_size) of the first
136section contained in the memory block. The files 'phys_index' and
137'end_phys_index' under each directory report the beginning and end section id's
138for the memory block covered by the sysfs directory. It is expected that all
139memory sections in this range are present and no memory holes exist in the
140range. Currently there is no way to determine if there is a memory hole, but
141the existence of one should not affect the hotplug capabilities of the memory
142block.
135 143
136For example, assume 1GiB section size. A device for a memory starting at 144For example, assume 1GiB section size. A device for a memory starting at
1370x100000000 is /sys/device/system/memory/memory4 1450x100000000 is /sys/device/system/memory/memory4
138(0x100000000 / 1Gib = 4) 146(0x100000000 / 1Gib = 4)
139This device covers address range [0x100000000 ... 0x140000000) 147This device covers address range [0x100000000 ... 0x140000000)
140 148
141Under each section, you can see 4 files. 149Under each section, you can see 4 or 5 files, the end_phys_index file being
150a recent addition and not present on older kernels.
142 151
143/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/phys_index 152/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/start_phys_index
153/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/end_phys_index
144/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/phys_device 154/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/phys_device
145/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/state 155/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/state
146/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/removable 156/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/removable
147 157
148'phys_index' : read-only and contains section id, same as XXX. 158'phys_index' : read-only and contains section id of the first section
149'state' : read-write 159 in the memory block, same as XXX.
150 at read: contains online/offline state of memory. 160'end_phys_index' : read-only and contains section id of the last section
151 at write: user can specify "online", "offline" command 161 in the memory block.
152'phys_device': read-only: designed to show the name of physical memory device. 162'state' : read-write
153 This is not well implemented now. 163 at read: contains online/offline state of memory.
154'removable' : read-only: contains an integer value indicating 164 at write: user can specify "online", "offline" command
155 whether the memory section is removable or not 165 which will be performed on al sections in the block.
156 removable. A value of 1 indicates that the memory 166'phys_device' : read-only: designed to show the name of physical memory
157 section is removable and a value of 0 indicates that 167 device. This is not well implemented now.
158 it is not removable. 168'removable' : read-only: contains an integer value indicating
169 whether the memory block is removable or not
170 removable. A value of 1 indicates that the memory
171 block is removable and a value of 0 indicates that
172 it is not removable. A memory block is removable only if
173 every section in the block is removable.
159 174
160NOTE: 175NOTE:
161 These directories/files appear after physical memory hotplug phase. 176 These directories/files appear after physical memory hotplug phase.
diff --git a/Documentation/mips/AU1xxx_IDE.README b/Documentation/mips/AU1xxx_IDE.README
index 8ace35ebdcd5..cc887ecfd6eb 100644
--- a/Documentation/mips/AU1xxx_IDE.README
+++ b/Documentation/mips/AU1xxx_IDE.README
@@ -39,13 +39,13 @@ Note: for more information, please refer "AMD Alchemy Au1200/Au1550 IDE
39 Interface and Linux Device Driver" Application Note. 39 Interface and Linux Device Driver" Application Note.
40 40
41 41
42FILES, CONFIGS AND COMPATABILITY 42FILES, CONFIGS AND COMPATIBILITY
43-------------------------------- 43--------------------------------
44 44
45Two files are introduced: 45Two files are introduced:
46 46
47 a) 'arch/mips/include/asm/mach-au1x00/au1xxx_ide.h' 47 a) 'arch/mips/include/asm/mach-au1x00/au1xxx_ide.h'
48 containes : struct _auide_hwif 48 contains : struct _auide_hwif
49 timing parameters for PIO mode 0/1/2/3/4 49 timing parameters for PIO mode 0/1/2/3/4
50 timing parameters for MWDMA 0/1/2 50 timing parameters for MWDMA 0/1/2
51 51
diff --git a/Documentation/misc-devices/ics932s401 b/Documentation/misc-devices/ics932s401
index 07a739f406d8..bdac67ff6e3f 100644
--- a/Documentation/misc-devices/ics932s401
+++ b/Documentation/misc-devices/ics932s401
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Supported chips:
5 * IDT ICS932S401 5 * IDT ICS932S401
6 Prefix: 'ics932s401' 6 Prefix: 'ics932s401'
7 Addresses scanned: I2C 0x69 7 Addresses scanned: I2C 0x69
8 Datasheet: Publically available at the IDT website 8 Datasheet: Publicly available at the IDT website
9 9
10Author: Darrick J. Wong 10Author: Darrick J. Wong
11 11
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lis3lv02d b/Documentation/misc-devices/lis3lv02d
index 06534f25e643..f1a4ec840f86 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/lis3lv02d
+++ b/Documentation/misc-devices/lis3lv02d
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@ Description
17This driver provides support for the accelerometer found in various HP laptops 17This driver provides support for the accelerometer found in various HP laptops
18sporting the feature officially called "HP Mobile Data Protection System 3D" or 18sporting the feature officially called "HP Mobile Data Protection System 3D" or
19"HP 3D DriveGuard". It detects automatically laptops with this sensor. Known 19"HP 3D DriveGuard". It detects automatically laptops with this sensor. Known
20models (full list can be found in drivers/hwmon/hp_accel.c) will have their 20models (full list can be found in drivers/platform/x86/hp_accel.c) will have
21axis automatically oriented on standard way (eg: you can directly play 21their axis automatically oriented on standard way (eg: you can directly play
22neverball). The accelerometer data is readable via 22neverball). The accelerometer data is readable via
23/sys/devices/platform/lis3lv02d. Reported values are scaled 23/sys/devices/platform/lis3lv02d. Reported values are scaled
24to mg values (1/1000th of earth gravity). 24to mg values (1/1000th of earth gravity).
diff --git a/Documentation/misc-devices/spear-pcie-gadget.txt b/Documentation/misc-devices/spear-pcie-gadget.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..02c13ef5e908
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/misc-devices/spear-pcie-gadget.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
1Spear PCIe Gadget Driver:
2
3Author
4=============
5Pratyush Anand (pratyush.anand@st.com)
6
7Location
8============
9driver/misc/spear13xx_pcie_gadget.c
10
11Supported Chip:
12===================
13SPEAr1300
14SPEAr1310
15
16Menuconfig option:
17==========================
18Device Drivers
19 Misc devices
20 PCIe gadget support for SPEAr13XX platform
21purpose
22===========
23This driver has several nodes which can be read/written by configfs interface.
24Its main purpose is to configure selected dual mode PCIe controller as device
25and then program its various registers to configure it as a particular device
26type. This driver can be used to show spear's PCIe device capability.
27
28Description of different nodes:
29=================================
30
31read behavior of nodes:
32------------------------------
33link :gives ltssm status.
34int_type :type of supported interrupt
35no_of_msi :zero if MSI is not enabled by host. A positive value is the
36 number of MSI vector granted.
37vendor_id :returns programmed vendor id (hex)
38device_id :returns programmed device id(hex)
39bar0_size: :returns size of bar0 in hex.
40bar0_address :returns address of bar0 mapped area in hex.
41bar0_rw_offset :returns offset of bar0 for which bar0_data will return value.
42bar0_data :returns data at bar0_rw_offset.
43
44write behavior of nodes:
45------------------------------
46link :write UP to enable ltsmm DOWN to disable
47int_type :write interrupt type to be configured and (int_type could be
48 INTA, MSI or NO_INT). Select MSI only when you have programmed
49 no_of_msi node.
50no_of_msi :number of MSI vector needed.
51inta :write 1 to assert INTA and 0 to de-assert.
52send_msi :write MSI vector to be sent.
53vendor_id :write vendor id(hex) to be programmed.
54device_id :write device id(hex) to be programmed.
55bar0_size :write size of bar0 in hex. default bar0 size is 1000 (hex)
56 bytes.
57bar0_address :write address of bar0 mapped area in hex. (default mapping of
58 bar0 is SYSRAM1(E0800000). Always program bar size before bar
59 address. Kernel might modify bar size and address for alignment, so
60 read back bar size and address after writing to cross check.
61bar0_rw_offset :write offset of bar0 for which bar0_data will write value.
62bar0_data :write data to be written at bar0_rw_offset.
63
64Node programming example
65===========================
66Program all PCIe registers in such a way that when this device is connected
67to the PCIe host, then host sees this device as 1MB RAM.
68#mount -t configfs none /Config
69For nth PCIe Device Controller
70# cd /config/pcie_gadget.n/
71Now you have all the nodes in this directory.
72program vendor id as 0x104a
73# echo 104A >> vendor_id
74
75program device id as 0xCD80
76# echo CD80 >> device_id
77
78program BAR0 size as 1MB
79# echo 100000 >> bar0_size
80
81check for programmed bar0 size
82# cat bar0_size
83
84Program BAR0 Address as DDR (0x2100000). This is the physical address of
85memory, which is to be made visible to PCIe host. Similarly any other peripheral
86can also be made visible to PCIe host. E.g., if you program base address of UART
87as BAR0 address then when this device will be connected to a host, it will be
88visible as UART.
89# echo 2100000 >> bar0_address
90
91program interrupt type : INTA
92# echo INTA >> int_type
93
94go for link up now.
95# echo UP >> link
96
97It will have to be insured that, once link up is done on gadget, then only host
98is initialized and start to search PCIe devices on its port.
99
100/*wait till link is up*/
101# cat link
102wait till it returns UP.
103
104To assert INTA
105# echo 1 >> inta
106
107To de-assert INTA
108# echo 0 >> inta
109
110if MSI is to be used as interrupt, program no of msi vector needed (say4)
111# echo 4 >> no_of_msi
112
113select MSI as interrupt type
114# echo MSI >> int_type
115
116go for link up now
117# echo UP >> link
118
119wait till link is up
120# cat link
121An application can repetitively read this node till link is found UP. It can
122sleep between two read.
123
124wait till msi is enabled
125# cat no_of_msi
126Should return 4 (number of requested MSI vector)
127
128to send msi vector 2
129# echo 2 >> send_msi
130#cd -
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX b/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX
index fe5c099b8fc8..4edd78dfb362 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX
@@ -40,8 +40,6 @@ decnet.txt
40 - info on using the DECnet networking layer in Linux. 40 - info on using the DECnet networking layer in Linux.
41depca.txt 41depca.txt
42 - the Digital DEPCA/EtherWORKS DE1?? and DE2?? LANCE Ethernet driver 42 - the Digital DEPCA/EtherWORKS DE1?? and DE2?? LANCE Ethernet driver
43dgrs.txt
44 - the Digi International RightSwitch SE-X Ethernet driver
45dmfe.txt 43dmfe.txt
46 - info on the Davicom DM9102(A)/DM9132/DM9801 fast ethernet driver. 44 - info on the Davicom DM9102(A)/DM9132/DM9801 fast ethernet driver.
47e100.txt 45e100.txt
@@ -50,8 +48,6 @@ e1000.txt
50 - info on Intel's E1000 line of gigabit ethernet boards 48 - info on Intel's E1000 line of gigabit ethernet boards
51eql.txt 49eql.txt
52 - serial IP load balancing 50 - serial IP load balancing
53ethertap.txt
54 - the Ethertap user space packet reception and transmission driver
55ewrk3.txt 51ewrk3.txt
56 - the Digital EtherWORKS 3 DE203/4/5 Ethernet driver 52 - the Digital EtherWORKS 3 DE203/4/5 Ethernet driver
57filter.txt 53filter.txt
@@ -104,8 +100,6 @@ tuntap.txt
104 - TUN/TAP device driver, allowing user space Rx/Tx of packets. 100 - TUN/TAP device driver, allowing user space Rx/Tx of packets.
105vortex.txt 101vortex.txt
106 - info on using 3Com Vortex (3c590, 3c592, 3c595, 3c597) Ethernet cards. 102 - info on using 3Com Vortex (3c590, 3c592, 3c595, 3c597) Ethernet cards.
107wavelan.txt
108 - AT&T GIS (nee NCR) WaveLAN card: An Ethernet-like radio transceiver
109x25.txt 103x25.txt
110 - general info on X.25 development. 104 - general info on X.25 development.
111x25-iface.txt 105x25-iface.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/3c359.txt b/Documentation/networking/3c359.txt
index 4af8071a6d18..dadfe8147ab8 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/3c359.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/3c359.txt
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ debugging messages on, that must be done by modified the source code.
45 45
46Variable MTU size: 46Variable MTU size:
47 47
48The driver can handle a MTU size upto either 4500 or 18000 depending upon 48The driver can handle a MTU size up to either 4500 or 18000 depending upon
49ring speed. The driver also changes the size of the receive buffers as part 49ring speed. The driver also changes the size of the receive buffers as part
50of the mtu re-sizing, so if you set mtu = 18000, you will need to be able 50of the mtu re-sizing, so if you set mtu = 18000, you will need to be able
51to allocate 16 * (sk_buff with 18000 buffer size) call it 18500 bytes per ring 51to allocate 16 * (sk_buff with 18000 buffer size) call it 18500 bytes per ring
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/Makefile b/Documentation/networking/Makefile
index 5aba7a33aeeb..24c308dd3fd1 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/Makefile
+++ b/Documentation/networking/Makefile
@@ -4,6 +4,8 @@ obj- := dummy.o
4# List of programs to build 4# List of programs to build
5hostprogs-y := ifenslave 5hostprogs-y := ifenslave
6 6
7HOSTCFLAGS_ifenslave.o += -I$(objtree)/usr/include
8
7# Tell kbuild to always build the programs 9# Tell kbuild to always build the programs
8always := $(hostprogs-y) 10always := $(hostprogs-y)
9 11
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/README.ipw2200 b/Documentation/networking/README.ipw2200
index 616a8e540b0b..b7658bed4906 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/README.ipw2200
+++ b/Documentation/networking/README.ipw2200
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ You can set the debug level via:
256 256
257Where $VALUE would be a number in the case of this sysfs entry. The 257Where $VALUE would be a number in the case of this sysfs entry. The
258input to sysfs files does not have to be a number. For example, the 258input to sysfs files does not have to be a number. For example, the
259firmware loader used by hotplug utilizes sysfs entries for transfering 259firmware loader used by hotplug utilizes sysfs entries for transferring
260the firmware image from user space into the driver. 260the firmware image from user space into the driver.
261 261
262The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Driver for Linux exposes sysfs entries 262The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Driver for Linux exposes sysfs entries
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/batman-adv.txt b/Documentation/networking/batman-adv.txt
index 77f0cdd5b0dd..ee496eb2f4a6 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/batman-adv.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/batman-adv.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
1[state: 21-11-2010] 1[state: 27-01-2011]
2 2
3BATMAN-ADV 3BATMAN-ADV
4---------- 4----------
@@ -67,15 +67,16 @@ All mesh wide settings can be found in batman's own interface
67folder: 67folder:
68 68
69# ls /sys/class/net/bat0/mesh/ 69# ls /sys/class/net/bat0/mesh/
70# aggregated_ogms bonding fragmentation orig_interval 70# aggregated_ogms gw_bandwidth hop_penalty
71# vis_mode 71# bonding gw_mode orig_interval
72# fragmentation gw_sel_class vis_mode
72 73
73 74
74There is a special folder for debugging informations: 75There is a special folder for debugging information:
75 76
76# ls /sys/kernel/debug/batman_adv/bat0/ 77# ls /sys/kernel/debug/batman_adv/bat0/
77# originators socket transtable_global transtable_local 78# gateways socket transtable_global vis_data
78# vis_data 79# originators softif_neigh transtable_local
79 80
80 81
81Some of the files contain all sort of status information regard- 82Some of the files contain all sort of status information regard-
@@ -230,9 +231,8 @@ CONTACT
230Please send us comments, experiences, questions, anything :) 231Please send us comments, experiences, questions, anything :)
231 232
232IRC: #batman on irc.freenode.org 233IRC: #batman on irc.freenode.org
233Mailing-list: b.a.t.m.a.n@b.a.t.m.a.n@lists.open-mesh.org 234Mailing-list: b.a.t.m.a.n@open-mesh.org (optional subscription
234 (optional subscription at 235 at https://lists.open-mesh.org/mm/listinfo/b.a.t.m.a.n)
235 https://lists.open-mesh.org/mm/listinfo/b.a.t.m.a.n)
236 236
237You can also contact the Authors: 237You can also contact the Authors:
238 238
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt b/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt
index 25d2f4141d27..e27202bb8d75 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ fail_over_mac
368 gratuitous ARP is lost, communication may be 368 gratuitous ARP is lost, communication may be
369 disrupted. 369 disrupted.
370 370
371 When this policy is used in conjuction with the mii 371 When this policy is used in conjunction with the mii
372 monitor, devices which assert link up prior to being 372 monitor, devices which assert link up prior to being
373 able to actually transmit and receive are particularly 373 able to actually transmit and receive are particularly
374 susceptible to loss of the gratuitous ARP, and an 374 susceptible to loss of the gratuitous ARP, and an
@@ -2558,18 +2558,15 @@ enslaved.
255816. Resources and Links 255816. Resources and Links
2559======================= 2559=======================
2560 2560
2561The latest version of the bonding driver can be found in the latest 2561 The latest version of the bonding driver can be found in the latest
2562version of the linux kernel, found on http://kernel.org 2562version of the linux kernel, found on http://kernel.org
2563 2563
2564The latest version of this document can be found in either the latest 2564 The latest version of this document can be found in the latest kernel
2565kernel source (named Documentation/networking/bonding.txt), or on the 2565source (named Documentation/networking/bonding.txt).
2566bonding sourceforge site:
2567 2566
2568http://www.sourceforge.net/projects/bonding 2567 Discussions regarding the usage of the bonding driver take place on the
2569 2568bonding-devel mailing list, hosted at sourceforge.net. If you have questions or
2570Discussions regarding the bonding driver take place primarily on the 2569problems, post them to the list. The list address is:
2571bonding-devel mailing list, hosted at sourceforge.net. If you have
2572questions or problems, post them to the list. The list address is:
2573 2570
2574bonding-devel@lists.sourceforge.net 2571bonding-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
2575 2572
@@ -2578,6 +2575,17 @@ be found at:
2578 2575
2579https://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/bonding-devel 2576https://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/bonding-devel
2580 2577
2578 Discussions regarding the developpement of the bonding driver take place
2579on the main Linux network mailing list, hosted at vger.kernel.org. The list
2580address is:
2581
2582netdev@vger.kernel.org
2583
2584 The administrative interface (to subscribe or unsubscribe) can
2585be found at:
2586
2587http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html#netdev
2588
2581Donald Becker's Ethernet Drivers and diag programs may be found at : 2589Donald Becker's Ethernet Drivers and diag programs may be found at :
2582 - http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.scyld.com/network/ 2590 - http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.scyld.com/network/
2583 2591
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/caif/Linux-CAIF.txt b/Documentation/networking/caif/Linux-CAIF.txt
index 7fe7a9a33a4f..e52fd62bef3a 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/caif/Linux-CAIF.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/caif/Linux-CAIF.txt
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ The CAIF Protocol implementation contains:
136 - CFMUX CAIF Mux layer. Handles multiplexing between multiple 136 - CFMUX CAIF Mux layer. Handles multiplexing between multiple
137 physical bearers and multiple channels such as VEI, Datagram, etc. 137 physical bearers and multiple channels such as VEI, Datagram, etc.
138 The MUX keeps track of the existing CAIF Channels and 138 The MUX keeps track of the existing CAIF Channels and
139 Physical Instances and selects the apropriate instance based 139 Physical Instances and selects the appropriate instance based
140 on Channel-Id and Physical-ID. 140 on Channel-Id and Physical-ID.
141 141
142 - CFFRML CAIF Framing layer. Handles Framing i.e. Frame length 142 - CFFRML CAIF Framing layer. Handles Framing i.e. Frame length
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/caif/spi_porting.txt b/Documentation/networking/caif/spi_porting.txt
index 0cb8cb9098f4..9efd0687dc4c 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/caif/spi_porting.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/caif/spi_porting.txt
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ static int sspi_init_xfer(struct cfspi_xfer *xfer, struct cfspi_dev *dev)
150void sspi_sig_xfer(bool xfer, struct cfspi_dev *dev) 150void sspi_sig_xfer(bool xfer, struct cfspi_dev *dev)
151{ 151{
152 /* If xfer is true then you should assert the SPI_INT to indicate to 152 /* If xfer is true then you should assert the SPI_INT to indicate to
153 * the master that you are ready to recieve the data from the master 153 * the master that you are ready to receive the data from the master
154 * SPI. If xfer is false then you should de-assert SPI_INT to indicate 154 * SPI. If xfer is false then you should de-assert SPI_INT to indicate
155 * that the transfer is done. 155 * that the transfer is done.
156 */ 156 */
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/can.txt b/Documentation/networking/can.txt
index 5b04b67ddca2..56ca3b75376e 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/can.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/can.txt
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ solution for a couple of reasons:
240 the user application using the common CAN filter mechanisms. Inside 240 the user application using the common CAN filter mechanisms. Inside
241 this filter definition the (interested) type of errors may be 241 this filter definition the (interested) type of errors may be
242 selected. The reception of error frames is disabled by default. 242 selected. The reception of error frames is disabled by default.
243 The format of the CAN error frame is briefly decribed in the Linux 243 The format of the CAN error frame is briefly described in the Linux
244 header file "include/linux/can/error.h". 244 header file "include/linux/can/error.h".
245 245
2464. How to use Socket CAN 2464. How to use Socket CAN
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/dns_resolver.txt b/Documentation/networking/dns_resolver.txt
index aefd1e681804..04ca06325b08 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/dns_resolver.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/dns_resolver.txt
@@ -61,7 +61,6 @@ before the more general line given above as the first match is the one taken.
61 create dns_resolver foo:* * /usr/sbin/dns.foo %k 61 create dns_resolver foo:* * /usr/sbin/dns.foo %k
62 62
63 63
64
65===== 64=====
66USAGE 65USAGE
67===== 66=====
@@ -104,6 +103,14 @@ implemented in the module can be called after doing:
104 returned also. 103 returned also.
105 104
106 105
106===============================
107READING DNS KEYS FROM USERSPACE
108===============================
109
110Keys of dns_resolver type can be read from userspace using keyctl_read() or
111"keyctl read/print/pipe".
112
113
107========= 114=========
108MECHANISM 115MECHANISM
109========= 116=========
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ieee802154.txt b/Documentation/networking/ieee802154.txt
index 23c995e64032..f41ea2405220 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/ieee802154.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/ieee802154.txt
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ The Linux-ZigBee project goal is to provide complete implementation
9of IEEE 802.15.4 / ZigBee / 6LoWPAN protocols. IEEE 802.15.4 is a stack 9of IEEE 802.15.4 / ZigBee / 6LoWPAN protocols. IEEE 802.15.4 is a stack
10of protocols for organizing Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks. 10of protocols for organizing Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks.
11 11
12Currently only IEEE 802.15.4 layer is implemented. We have choosen 12Currently only IEEE 802.15.4 layer is implemented. We have chosen
13to use plain Berkeley socket API, the generic Linux networking stack 13to use plain Berkeley socket API, the generic Linux networking stack
14to transfer IEEE 802.15.4 messages and a special protocol over genetlink 14to transfer IEEE 802.15.4 messages and a special protocol over genetlink
15for configuration/management 15for configuration/management
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
index d99940dcfc44..d3d653a5f9b9 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ tcp_cookie_size - INTEGER
187tcp_dsack - BOOLEAN 187tcp_dsack - BOOLEAN
188 Allows TCP to send "duplicate" SACKs. 188 Allows TCP to send "duplicate" SACKs.
189 189
190tcp_ecn - BOOLEAN 190tcp_ecn - INTEGER
191 Enable Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN) in TCP. ECN is only 191 Enable Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN) in TCP. ECN is only
192 used when both ends of the TCP flow support it. It is useful to 192 used when both ends of the TCP flow support it. It is useful to
193 avoid losses due to congestion (when the bottleneck router supports 193 avoid losses due to congestion (when the bottleneck router supports
@@ -280,6 +280,17 @@ tcp_max_orphans - INTEGER
280 more aggressively. Let me to remind again: each orphan eats 280 more aggressively. Let me to remind again: each orphan eats
281 up to ~64K of unswappable memory. 281 up to ~64K of unswappable memory.
282 282
283tcp_max_ssthresh - INTEGER
284 Limited Slow-Start for TCP with large congestion windows (cwnd) defined in
285 RFC3742. Limited slow-start is a mechanism to limit growth of the cwnd
286 on the region where cwnd is larger than tcp_max_ssthresh. TCP increases cwnd
287 by at most tcp_max_ssthresh segments, and by at least tcp_max_ssthresh/2
288 segments per RTT when the cwnd is above tcp_max_ssthresh.
289 If TCP connection increased cwnd to thousands (or tens of thousands) segments,
290 and thousands of packets were being dropped during slow-start, you can set
291 tcp_max_ssthresh to improve performance for new TCP connection.
292 Default: 0 (off)
293
283tcp_max_syn_backlog - INTEGER 294tcp_max_syn_backlog - INTEGER
284 Maximal number of remembered connection requests, which are 295 Maximal number of remembered connection requests, which are
285 still did not receive an acknowledgment from connecting client. 296 still did not receive an acknowledgment from connecting client.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/olympic.txt b/Documentation/networking/olympic.txt
index c65a94010ea8..b95b5bf96751 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/olympic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/olympic.txt
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ together.
65 65
66Variable MTU size: 66Variable MTU size:
67 67
68The driver can handle a MTU size upto either 4500 or 18000 depending upon 68The driver can handle a MTU size up to either 4500 or 18000 depending upon
69ring speed. The driver also changes the size of the receive buffers as part 69ring speed. The driver also changes the size of the receive buffers as part
70of the mtu re-sizing, so if you set mtu = 18000, you will need to be able 70of the mtu re-sizing, so if you set mtu = 18000, you will need to be able
71to allocate 16 * (sk_buff with 18000 buffer size) call it 18500 bytes per ring 71to allocate 16 * (sk_buff with 18000 buffer size) call it 18500 bytes per ring
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt b/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt
index 073894d1c093..4acea6603720 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ we will get the following buffer structure:
223 223
224A frame can be of any size with the only condition it can fit in a block. A block 224A frame can be of any size with the only condition it can fit in a block. A block
225can only hold an integer number of frames, or in other words, a frame cannot 225can only hold an integer number of frames, or in other words, a frame cannot
226be spawned accross two blocks, so there are some details you have to take into 226be spawned across two blocks, so there are some details you have to take into
227account when choosing the frame_size. See "Mapping and use of the circular 227account when choosing the frame_size. See "Mapping and use of the circular
228buffer (ring)". 228buffer (ring)".
229 229
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/phonet.txt b/Documentation/networking/phonet.txt
index 24ad2adba6e5..81003581f47a 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/phonet.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/phonet.txt
@@ -154,9 +154,28 @@ connections, one per accept()'d socket.
154 write(cfd, msg, msglen); 154 write(cfd, msg, msglen);
155 } 155 }
156 156
157Connections are established between two endpoints by a "third party" 157Connections are traditionally established between two endpoints by a
158application. This means that both endpoints are passive; so connect() 158"third party" application. This means that both endpoints are passive.
159is not possible. 159
160
161As of Linux kernel version 2.6.39, it is also possible to connect
162two endpoints directly, using connect() on the active side. This is
163intended to support the newer Nokia Wireless Modem API, as found in
164e.g. the Nokia Slim Modem in the ST-Ericsson U8500 platform:
165
166 struct sockaddr_spn spn;
167 int fd;
168
169 fd = socket(PF_PHONET, SOCK_SEQPACKET, PN_PROTO_PIPE);
170 memset(&spn, 0, sizeof(spn));
171 spn.spn_family = AF_PHONET;
172 spn.spn_obj = ...;
173 spn.spn_dev = ...;
174 spn.spn_resource = 0xD9;
175 connect(fd, (struct sockaddr *)&spn, sizeof(spn));
176 /* normal I/O here ... */
177 close(fd);
178
160 179
161WARNING: 180WARNING:
162When polling a connected pipe socket for writability, there is an 181When polling a connected pipe socket for writability, there is an
@@ -181,45 +200,9 @@ The pipe protocol provides two socket options at the SOL_PNPIPE level:
181 interface index of the network interface created by PNPIPE_ENCAP, 200 interface index of the network interface created by PNPIPE_ENCAP,
182 or zero if encapsulation is off. 201 or zero if encapsulation is off.
183 202
184 203 PNPIPE_HANDLE is a read-only integer value. It contains the underlying
185Phonet Pipe-controller Implementation 204 identifier ("pipe handle") of the pipe. This is only defined for
186------------------------------------- 205 socket descriptors that are already connected or being connected.
187
188Phonet Pipe-controller is enabled by selecting the CONFIG_PHONET_PIPECTRLR Kconfig
189option. It is useful when communicating with those Nokia Modems which do not
190implement Pipe controller in them e.g. Nokia Slim Modem used in ST-Ericsson
191U8500 platform.
192
193The implementation is based on the Data Connection Establishment Sequence
194depicted in 'Nokia Wireless Modem API - Wireless_modem_user_guide.pdf'
195document.
196
197It allows a phonet sequenced socket (host-pep) to initiate a Pipe connection
198between itself and a remote pipe-end point (e.g. modem).
199
200The implementation adds socket options at SOL_PNPIPE level:
201
202 PNPIPE_PIPE_HANDLE
203 It accepts an integer argument for setting value of pipe handle.
204
205 PNPIPE_ENABLE accepts one integer value (int). If set to zero, the pipe
206 is disabled. If the value is non-zero, the pipe is enabled. If the pipe
207 is not (yet) connected, ENOTCONN is error is returned.
208
209The implementation also adds socket 'connect'. On calling the 'connect', pipe
210will be created between the source socket and the destination, and the pipe
211state will be set to PIPE_DISABLED.
212
213After a pipe has been created and enabled successfully, the Pipe data can be
214exchanged between the host-pep and remote-pep (modem).
215
216User-space would typically follow below sequence with Pipe controller:-
217-socket
218-bind
219-setsockopt for PNPIPE_PIPE_HANDLE
220-connect
221-setsockopt for PNPIPE_ENCAP_IP
222-setsockopt for PNPIPE_ENABLE
223 206
224 207
225Authors 208Authors
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/s2io.txt b/Documentation/networking/s2io.txt
index 9d4e0f4df5a8..4be0c039edbc 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/s2io.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/s2io.txt
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ To associate an interface with a physical adapter use "ethtool -p <ethX>".
37The corresponding adapter's LED will blink multiple times. 37The corresponding adapter's LED will blink multiple times.
38 38
393. Features supported: 393. Features supported:
40a. Jumbo frames. Xframe I/II supports MTU upto 9600 bytes, 40a. Jumbo frames. Xframe I/II supports MTU up to 9600 bytes,
41modifiable using ifconfig command. 41modifiable using ifconfig command.
42 42
43b. Offloads. Supports checksum offload(TCP/UDP/IP) on transmit 43b. Offloads. Supports checksum offload(TCP/UDP/IP) on transmit
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ significant performance improvement on certain platforms(SGI Altix,
49IBM xSeries). 49IBM xSeries).
50 50
51d. MSI/MSI-X. Can be enabled on platforms which support this feature 51d. MSI/MSI-X. Can be enabled on platforms which support this feature
52(IA64, Xeon) resulting in noticeable performance improvement(upto 7% 52(IA64, Xeon) resulting in noticeable performance improvement(up to 7%
53on certain platforms). 53on certain platforms).
54 54
55e. Statistics. Comprehensive MAC-level and software statistics displayed 55e. Statistics. Comprehensive MAC-level and software statistics displayed
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/tc-actions-env-rules.txt b/Documentation/networking/tc-actions-env-rules.txt
index dcadf6f88e34..70d6cf608251 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/tc-actions-env-rules.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/tc-actions-env-rules.txt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
1 1
2The "enviromental" rules for authors of any new tc actions are: 2The "environmental" rules for authors of any new tc actions are:
3 3
41) If you stealeth or borroweth any packet thou shalt be branching 41) If you stealeth or borroweth any packet thou shalt be branching
5from the righteous path and thou shalt cloneth. 5from the righteous path and thou shalt cloneth.
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ this way any action downstream can stomp on the packet.
203) Dropping packets you don't own is a no-no. You simply return 203) Dropping packets you don't own is a no-no. You simply return
21TC_ACT_SHOT to the caller and they will drop it. 21TC_ACT_SHOT to the caller and they will drop it.
22 22
23The "enviromental" rules for callers of actions (qdiscs etc) are: 23The "environmental" rules for callers of actions (qdiscs etc) are:
24 24
25*) Thou art responsible for freeing anything returned as being 25*) Thou art responsible for freeing anything returned as being
26TC_ACT_SHOT/STOLEN/QUEUED. If none of TC_ACT_SHOT/STOLEN/QUEUED is 26TC_ACT_SHOT/STOLEN/QUEUED. If none of TC_ACT_SHOT/STOLEN/QUEUED is
diff --git a/Documentation/power/devices.txt b/Documentation/power/devices.txt
index 57080cd74575..1971bcf48a60 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/devices.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/devices.txt
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
1Device Power Management 1Device Power Management
2 2
3Copyright (c) 2010 Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>, Novell Inc. 3Copyright (c) 2010-2011 Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>, Novell Inc.
4Copyright (c) 2010 Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu> 4Copyright (c) 2010 Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
5 5
6 6
@@ -159,18 +159,18 @@ matter, and the kernel is responsible for keeping track of it. By contrast,
159whether or not a wakeup-capable device should issue wakeup events is a policy 159whether or not a wakeup-capable device should issue wakeup events is a policy
160decision, and it is managed by user space through a sysfs attribute: the 160decision, and it is managed by user space through a sysfs attribute: the
161power/wakeup file. User space can write the strings "enabled" or "disabled" to 161power/wakeup file. User space can write the strings "enabled" or "disabled" to
162set or clear the should_wakeup flag, respectively. Reads from the file will 162set or clear the "should_wakeup" flag, respectively. This file is only present
163return the corresponding string if can_wakeup is true, but if can_wakeup is 163for wakeup-capable devices (i.e. devices whose "can_wakeup" flags are set)
164false then reads will return an empty string, to indicate that the device 164and is created (or removed) by device_set_wakeup_capable(). Reads from the
165doesn't support wakeup events. (But even though the file appears empty, writes 165file will return the corresponding string.
166will still affect the should_wakeup flag.)
167 166
168The device_may_wakeup() routine returns true only if both flags are set. 167The device_may_wakeup() routine returns true only if both flags are set.
169Drivers should check this routine when putting devices in a low-power state 168This information is used by subsystems, like the PCI bus type code, to see
170during a system sleep transition, to see whether or not to enable the devices' 169whether or not to enable the devices' wakeup mechanisms. If device wakeup
171wakeup mechanisms. However for runtime power management, wakeup events should 170mechanisms are enabled or disabled directly by drivers, they also should use
172be enabled whenever the device and driver both support them, regardless of the 171device_may_wakeup() to decide what to do during a system sleep transition.
173should_wakeup flag. 172However for runtime power management, wakeup events should be enabled whenever
173the device and driver both support them, regardless of the should_wakeup flag.
174 174
175 175
176/sys/devices/.../power/control files 176/sys/devices/.../power/control files
@@ -249,23 +249,18 @@ various phases always run after tasks have been frozen and before they are
249unfrozen. Furthermore, the *_noirq phases run at a time when IRQ handlers have 249unfrozen. Furthermore, the *_noirq phases run at a time when IRQ handlers have
250been disabled (except for those marked with the IRQ_WAKEUP flag). 250been disabled (except for those marked with the IRQ_WAKEUP flag).
251 251
252Most phases use bus, type, and class callbacks (that is, methods defined in 252All phases use bus, type, or class callbacks (that is, methods defined in
253dev->bus->pm, dev->type->pm, and dev->class->pm). The prepare and complete 253dev->bus->pm, dev->type->pm, or dev->class->pm). These callbacks are mutually
254phases are exceptions; they use only bus callbacks. When multiple callbacks 254exclusive, so if the device type provides a struct dev_pm_ops object pointed to
255are used in a phase, they are invoked in the order: <class, type, bus> during 255by its pm field (i.e. both dev->type and dev->type->pm are defined), the
256power-down transitions and in the opposite order during power-up transitions. 256callbacks included in that object (i.e. dev->type->pm) will be used. Otherwise,
257For example, during the suspend phase the PM core invokes 257if the class provides a struct dev_pm_ops object pointed to by its pm field
258 258(i.e. both dev->class and dev->class->pm are defined), the PM core will use the
259 dev->class->pm.suspend(dev); 259callbacks from that object (i.e. dev->class->pm). Finally, if the pm fields of
260 dev->type->pm.suspend(dev); 260both the device type and class objects are NULL (or those objects do not exist),
261 dev->bus->pm.suspend(dev); 261the callbacks provided by the bus (that is, the callbacks from dev->bus->pm)
262 262will be used (this allows device types to override callbacks provided by bus
263before moving on to the next device, whereas during the resume phase the core 263types or classes if necessary).
264invokes
265
266 dev->bus->pm.resume(dev);
267 dev->type->pm.resume(dev);
268 dev->class->pm.resume(dev);
269 264
270These callbacks may in turn invoke device- or driver-specific methods stored in 265These callbacks may in turn invoke device- or driver-specific methods stored in
271dev->driver->pm, but they don't have to. 266dev->driver->pm, but they don't have to.
@@ -372,7 +367,7 @@ Drivers need to be able to handle hardware which has been reset since the
372suspend methods were called, for example by complete reinitialization. 367suspend methods were called, for example by complete reinitialization.
373This may be the hardest part, and the one most protected by NDA'd documents 368This may be the hardest part, and the one most protected by NDA'd documents
374and chip errata. It's simplest if the hardware state hasn't changed since 369and chip errata. It's simplest if the hardware state hasn't changed since
375the suspend was carried out, but that can't be guaranteed (in fact, it ususally 370the suspend was carried out, but that can't be guaranteed (in fact, it usually
376is not the case). 371is not the case).
377 372
378Drivers must also be prepared to notice that the device has been removed 373Drivers must also be prepared to notice that the device has been removed
@@ -507,6 +502,49 @@ routines. Nevertheless, different callback pointers are used in case there is a
507situation where it actually matters. 502situation where it actually matters.
508 503
509 504
505Device Power Domains
506--------------------
507Sometimes devices share reference clocks or other power resources. In those
508cases it generally is not possible to put devices into low-power states
509individually. Instead, a set of devices sharing a power resource can be put
510into a low-power state together at the same time by turning off the shared
511power resource. Of course, they also need to be put into the full-power state
512together, by turning the shared power resource on. A set of devices with this
513property is often referred to as a power domain.
514
515Support for power domains is provided through the pwr_domain field of struct
516device. This field is a pointer to an object of type struct dev_power_domain,
517defined in include/linux/pm.h, providing a set of power management callbacks
518analogous to the subsystem-level and device driver callbacks that are executed
519for the given device during all power transitions, in addition to the respective
520subsystem-level callbacks. Specifically, the power domain "suspend" callbacks
521(i.e. ->runtime_suspend(), ->suspend(), ->freeze(), ->poweroff(), etc.) are
522executed after the analogous subsystem-level callbacks, while the power domain
523"resume" callbacks (i.e. ->runtime_resume(), ->resume(), ->thaw(), ->restore,
524etc.) are executed before the analogous subsystem-level callbacks. Error codes
525returned by the "suspend" and "resume" power domain callbacks are ignored.
526
527Power domain ->runtime_idle() callback is executed before the subsystem-level
528->runtime_idle() callback and the result returned by it is not ignored. Namely,
529if it returns error code, the subsystem-level ->runtime_idle() callback will not
530be called and the helper function rpm_idle() executing it will return error
531code. This mechanism is intended to help platforms where saving device state
532is a time consuming operation and should only be carried out if all devices
533in the power domain are idle, before turning off the shared power resource(s).
534Namely, the power domain ->runtime_idle() callback may return error code until
535the pm_runtime_idle() helper (or its asychronous version) has been called for
536all devices in the power domain (it is recommended that the returned error code
537be -EBUSY in those cases), preventing the subsystem-level ->runtime_idle()
538callback from being run prematurely.
539
540The support for device power domains is only relevant to platforms needing to
541use the same subsystem-level (e.g. platform bus type) and device driver power
542management callbacks in many different power domain configurations and wanting
543to avoid incorporating the support for power domains into the subsystem-level
544callbacks. The other platforms need not implement it or take it into account
545in any way.
546
547
510System Devices 548System Devices
511-------------- 549--------------
512System devices (sysdevs) follow a slightly different API, which can be found in 550System devices (sysdevs) follow a slightly different API, which can be found in
diff --git a/Documentation/power/notifiers.txt b/Documentation/power/notifiers.txt
index ae1b7ec07684..cf980709122a 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/notifiers.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/notifiers.txt
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ PM_HIBERNATION_PREPARE The system is going to hibernate or suspend, tasks will
24 be frozen immediately. 24 be frozen immediately.
25 25
26PM_POST_HIBERNATION The system memory state has been restored from a 26PM_POST_HIBERNATION The system memory state has been restored from a
27 hibernation image or an error occured during the 27 hibernation image or an error occurred during the
28 hibernation. Device drivers' .resume() callbacks have 28 hibernation. Device drivers' .resume() callbacks have
29 been executed and tasks have been thawed. 29 been executed and tasks have been thawed.
30 30
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ PM_POST_RESTORE An error occurred during the hibernation restore.
38 38
39PM_SUSPEND_PREPARE The system is preparing for a suspend. 39PM_SUSPEND_PREPARE The system is preparing for a suspend.
40 40
41PM_POST_SUSPEND The system has just resumed or an error occured during 41PM_POST_SUSPEND The system has just resumed or an error occurred during
42 the suspend. Device drivers' .resume() callbacks have 42 the suspend. Device drivers' .resume() callbacks have
43 been executed and tasks have been thawed. 43 been executed and tasks have been thawed.
44 44
diff --git a/Documentation/power/opp.txt b/Documentation/power/opp.txt
index cd445582d1f8..5ae70a12c1e2 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/opp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/opp.txt
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ opp_find_freq_ceil - Search for an available OPP which is *at least* the
178 if (!IS_ERR(opp)) 178 if (!IS_ERR(opp))
179 soc_switch_to_freq_voltage(freq); 179 soc_switch_to_freq_voltage(freq);
180 else 180 else
181 /* do something when we cant satisfy the req */ 181 /* do something when we can't satisfy the req */
182 /* do other stuff */ 182 /* do other stuff */
183 } 183 }
184 184
diff --git a/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt b/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt
index ffe55ffa540a..654097b130b4 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
1Run-time Power Management Framework for I/O Devices 1Run-time Power Management Framework for I/O Devices
2 2
3(C) 2009 Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>, Novell Inc. 3(C) 2009-2011 Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>, Novell Inc.
4(C) 2010 Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu> 4(C) 2010 Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
5 5
61. Introduction 61. Introduction
@@ -44,11 +44,12 @@ struct dev_pm_ops {
44}; 44};
45 45
46The ->runtime_suspend(), ->runtime_resume() and ->runtime_idle() callbacks are 46The ->runtime_suspend(), ->runtime_resume() and ->runtime_idle() callbacks are
47executed by the PM core for either the bus type, or device type (if the bus 47executed by the PM core for either the device type, or the class (if the device
48type's callback is not defined), or device class (if the bus type's and device 48type's struct dev_pm_ops object does not exist), or the bus type (if the
49type's callbacks are not defined) of given device. The bus type, device type 49device type's and class' struct dev_pm_ops objects do not exist) of the given
50and device class callbacks are referred to as subsystem-level callbacks in what 50device (this allows device types to override callbacks provided by bus types or
51follows. 51classes if necessary). The bus type, device type and class callbacks are
52referred to as subsystem-level callbacks in what follows.
52 53
53By default, the callbacks are always invoked in process context with interrupts 54By default, the callbacks are always invoked in process context with interrupts
54enabled. However, subsystems can use the pm_runtime_irq_safe() helper function 55enabled. However, subsystems can use the pm_runtime_irq_safe() helper function
diff --git a/Documentation/power/states.txt b/Documentation/power/states.txt
index 34800cc521bf..4416b28630df 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/states.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/states.txt
@@ -62,12 +62,12 @@ setup via another operating system for it to use. Despite the
62inconvenience, this method requires minimal work by the kernel, since 62inconvenience, this method requires minimal work by the kernel, since
63the firmware will also handle restoring memory contents on resume. 63the firmware will also handle restoring memory contents on resume.
64 64
65For suspend-to-disk, a mechanism called swsusp called 'swsusp' (Swap 65For suspend-to-disk, a mechanism called 'swsusp' (Swap Suspend) is used
66Suspend) is used to write memory contents to free swap space. 66to write memory contents to free swap space. swsusp has some restrictive
67swsusp has some restrictive requirements, but should work in most 67requirements, but should work in most cases. Some, albeit outdated,
68cases. Some, albeit outdated, documentation can be found in 68documentation can be found in Documentation/power/swsusp.txt.
69Documentation/power/swsusp.txt. Alternatively, userspace can do most 69Alternatively, userspace can do most of the actual suspend to disk work,
70of the actual suspend to disk work, see userland-swsusp.txt. 70see userland-swsusp.txt.
71 71
72Once memory state is written to disk, the system may either enter a 72Once memory state is written to disk, the system may either enter a
73low-power state (like ACPI S4), or it may simply power down. Powering 73low-power state (like ACPI S4), or it may simply power down. Powering
diff --git a/Documentation/power/swsusp.txt b/Documentation/power/swsusp.txt
index ea718891a665..ac190cf1963e 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/swsusp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/swsusp.txt
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ Q: There don't seem to be any generally useful behavioral
192distinctions between SUSPEND and FREEZE. 192distinctions between SUSPEND and FREEZE.
193 193
194A: Doing SUSPEND when you are asked to do FREEZE is always correct, 194A: Doing SUSPEND when you are asked to do FREEZE is always correct,
195but it may be unneccessarily slow. If you want your driver to stay simple, 195but it may be unnecessarily slow. If you want your driver to stay simple,
196slowness may not matter to you. It can always be fixed later. 196slowness may not matter to you. It can always be fixed later.
197 197
198For devices like disk it does matter, you do not want to spindown for 198For devices like disk it does matter, you do not want to spindown for
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ disk. Whole sequence goes like
237 237
238 running system, user asks for suspend-to-disk 238 running system, user asks for suspend-to-disk
239 239
240 user processes are stopped (in common case there are none, but with resume-from-initrd, noone knows) 240 user processes are stopped (in common case there are none, but with resume-from-initrd, no one knows)
241 241
242 read image from disk 242 read image from disk
243 243
diff --git a/Documentation/power/userland-swsusp.txt b/Documentation/power/userland-swsusp.txt
index 81680f9f5909..1101bee4e822 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/userland-swsusp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/userland-swsusp.txt
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ SNAPSHOT_S2RAM - suspend to RAM; using this call causes the kernel to
98The device's read() operation can be used to transfer the snapshot image from 98The device's read() operation can be used to transfer the snapshot image from
99the kernel. It has the following limitations: 99the kernel. It has the following limitations:
100- you cannot read() more than one virtual memory page at a time 100- you cannot read() more than one virtual memory page at a time
101- read()s accross page boundaries are impossible (ie. if ypu read() 1/2 of 101- read()s across page boundaries are impossible (ie. if ypu read() 1/2 of
102 a page in the previous call, you will only be able to read() 102 a page in the previous call, you will only be able to read()
103 _at_ _most_ 1/2 of the page in the next call) 103 _at_ _most_ 1/2 of the page in the next call)
104 104
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ mechanism and the userland utilities using the interface SHOULD use additional
137means, such as checksums, to ensure the integrity of the snapshot image. 137means, such as checksums, to ensure the integrity of the snapshot image.
138 138
139The suspending and resuming utilities MUST lock themselves in memory, 139The suspending and resuming utilities MUST lock themselves in memory,
140preferrably using mlockall(), before calling SNAPSHOT_FREEZE. 140preferably using mlockall(), before calling SNAPSHOT_FREEZE.
141 141
142The suspending utility MUST check the value stored by SNAPSHOT_CREATE_IMAGE 142The suspending utility MUST check the value stored by SNAPSHOT_CREATE_IMAGE
143in the memory location pointed to by the last argument of ioctl() and proceed 143in the memory location pointed to by the last argument of ioctl() and proceed
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ in accordance with it:
147 (a) The suspending utility MUST NOT close the snapshot device 147 (a) The suspending utility MUST NOT close the snapshot device
148 _unless_ the whole suspend procedure is to be cancelled, in 148 _unless_ the whole suspend procedure is to be cancelled, in
149 which case, if the snapshot image has already been saved, the 149 which case, if the snapshot image has already been saved, the
150 suspending utility SHOULD destroy it, preferrably by zapping 150 suspending utility SHOULD destroy it, preferably by zapping
151 its header. If the suspend is not to be cancelled, the 151 its header. If the suspend is not to be cancelled, the
152 system MUST be powered off or rebooted after the snapshot 152 system MUST be powered off or rebooted after the snapshot
153 image has been saved. 153 image has been saved.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/00-INDEX b/Documentation/powerpc/00-INDEX
index e3960b8c8689..5620fb5ac425 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/00-INDEX
@@ -5,8 +5,6 @@ please mail me.
5 5
600-INDEX 600-INDEX
7 - this file 7 - this file
8booting-without-of.txt
9 - Booting the Linux/ppc kernel without Open Firmware
10cpu_features.txt 8cpu_features.txt
11 - info on how we support a variety of CPUs with minimal compile-time 9 - info on how we support a variety of CPUs with minimal compile-time
12 options. 10 options.
@@ -16,8 +14,6 @@ hvcs.txt
16 - IBM "Hypervisor Virtual Console Server" Installation Guide 14 - IBM "Hypervisor Virtual Console Server" Installation Guide
17mpc52xx.txt 15mpc52xx.txt
18 - Linux 2.6.x on MPC52xx family 16 - Linux 2.6.x on MPC52xx family
19mpc52xx-device-tree-bindings.txt
20 - MPC5200 Device Tree Bindings
21sound.txt 17sound.txt
22 - info on sound support under Linux/PPC 18 - info on sound support under Linux/PPC
23zImage_layout.txt 19zImage_layout.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/mpic.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/mpic.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 71e39cf3215b..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/fsl/mpic.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
1* OpenPIC and its interrupt numbers on Freescale's e500/e600 cores
2
3The OpenPIC specification does not specify which interrupt source has to
4become which interrupt number. This is up to the software implementation
5of the interrupt controller. The only requirement is that every
6interrupt source has to have an unique interrupt number / vector number.
7To accomplish this the current implementation assigns the number zero to
8the first source, the number one to the second source and so on until
9all interrupt sources have their unique number.
10Usually the assigned vector number equals the interrupt number mentioned
11in the documentation for a given core / CPU. This is however not true
12for the e500 cores (MPC85XX CPUs) where the documentation distinguishes
13between internal and external interrupt sources and starts counting at
14zero for both of them.
15
16So what to write for external interrupt source X or internal interrupt
17source Y into the device tree? Here is an example:
18
19The memory map for the interrupt controller in the MPC8544[0] shows,
20that the first interrupt source starts at 0x5_0000 (PIC Register Address
21Map-Interrupt Source Configuration Registers). This source becomes the
22number zero therefore:
23 External interrupt 0 = interrupt number 0
24 External interrupt 1 = interrupt number 1
25 External interrupt 2 = interrupt number 2
26 ...
27Every interrupt number allocates 0x20 bytes register space. So to get
28its number it is sufficient to shift the lower 16bits to right by five.
29So for the external interrupt 10 we have:
30 0x0140 >> 5 = 10
31
32After the external sources, the internal sources follow. The in core I2C
33controller on the MPC8544 for instance has the internal source number
3427. Oo obtain its interrupt number we take the lower 16bits of its memory
35address (0x5_0560) and shift it right:
36 0x0560 >> 5 = 43
37
38Therefore the I2C device node for the MPC8544 CPU has to have the
39interrupt number 43 specified in the device tree.
40
41[0] MPC8544E PowerQUICCTM III, Integrated Host Processor Family Reference Manual
42 MPC8544ERM Rev. 1 10/2007
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.txt
index 6d8be3468d7d..a730ca5a07f8 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.txt
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ this driver assignment of hotplug added vty-servers may be in a different
528order than how they would be exposed on module load. Rebooting or 528order than how they would be exposed on module load. Rebooting or
529reloading the module after dynamic addition may result in the /dev/hvcs* 529reloading the module after dynamic addition may result in the /dev/hvcs*
530and vty-server coupling changing if a vty-server adapter was added in a 530and vty-server coupling changing if a vty-server adapter was added in a
531slot inbetween two other vty-server adapters. Refer to the section above 531slot between two other vty-server adapters. Refer to the section above
532on how to determine which vty-server goes with which /dev/hvcs* node. 532on how to determine which vty-server goes with which /dev/hvcs* node.
533Hint; look at the sysfs "index" attribute for the vty-server. 533Hint; look at the sysfs "index" attribute for the vty-server.
534 534
diff --git a/Documentation/rapidio/rapidio.txt b/Documentation/rapidio/rapidio.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..be70ee15f8ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/rapidio/rapidio.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
1 The Linux RapidIO Subsystem
2
3~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
4
5The RapidIO standard is a packet-based fabric interconnect standard designed for
6use in embedded systems. Development of the RapidIO standard is directed by the
7RapidIO Trade Association (RTA). The current version of the RapidIO specification
8is publicly available for download from the RTA web-site [1].
9
10This document describes the basics of the Linux RapidIO subsystem and provides
11information on its major components.
12
131 Overview
14----------
15
16Because the RapidIO subsystem follows the Linux device model it is integrated
17into the kernel similarly to other buses by defining RapidIO-specific device and
18bus types and registering them within the device model.
19
20The Linux RapidIO subsystem is architecture independent and therefore defines
21architecture-specific interfaces that provide support for common RapidIO
22subsystem operations.
23
242. Core Components
25------------------
26
27A typical RapidIO network is a combination of endpoints and switches.
28Each of these components is represented in the subsystem by an associated data
29structure. The core logical components of the RapidIO subsystem are defined
30in include/linux/rio.h file.
31
322.1 Master Port
33
34A master port (or mport) is a RapidIO interface controller that is local to the
35processor executing the Linux code. A master port generates and receives RapidIO
36packets (transactions). In the RapidIO subsystem each master port is represented
37by a rio_mport data structure. This structure contains master port specific
38resources such as mailboxes and doorbells. The rio_mport also includes a unique
39host device ID that is valid when a master port is configured as an enumerating
40host.
41
42RapidIO master ports are serviced by subsystem specific mport device drivers
43that provide functionality defined for this subsystem. To provide a hardware
44independent interface for RapidIO subsystem operations, rio_mport structure
45includes rio_ops data structure which contains pointers to hardware specific
46implementations of RapidIO functions.
47
482.2 Device
49
50A RapidIO device is any endpoint (other than mport) or switch in the network.
51All devices are presented in the RapidIO subsystem by corresponding rio_dev data
52structure. Devices form one global device list and per-network device lists
53(depending on number of available mports and networks).
54
552.3 Switch
56
57A RapidIO switch is a special class of device that routes packets between its
58ports towards their final destination. The packet destination port within a
59switch is defined by an internal routing table. A switch is presented in the
60RapidIO subsystem by rio_dev data structure expanded by additional rio_switch
61data structure, which contains switch specific information such as copy of the
62routing table and pointers to switch specific functions.
63
64The RapidIO subsystem defines the format and initialization method for subsystem
65specific switch drivers that are designed to provide hardware-specific
66implementation of common switch management routines.
67
682.4 Network
69
70A RapidIO network is a combination of interconnected endpoint and switch devices.
71Each RapidIO network known to the system is represented by corresponding rio_net
72data structure. This structure includes lists of all devices and local master
73ports that form the same network. It also contains a pointer to the default
74master port that is used to communicate with devices within the network.
75
763. Subsystem Initialization
77---------------------------
78
79In order to initialize the RapidIO subsystem, a platform must initialize and
80register at least one master port within the RapidIO network. To register mport
81within the subsystem controller driver initialization code calls function
82rio_register_mport() for each available master port. After all active master
83ports are registered with a RapidIO subsystem, the rio_init_mports() routine
84is called to perform enumeration and discovery.
85
86In the current PowerPC-based implementation a subsys_initcall() is specified to
87perform controller initialization and mport registration. At the end it directly
88calls rio_init_mports() to execute RapidIO enumeration and discovery.
89
904. Enumeration and Discovery
91----------------------------
92
93When rio_init_mports() is called it scans a list of registered master ports and
94calls an enumeration or discovery routine depending on the configured role of a
95master port: host or agent.
96
97Enumeration is performed by a master port if it is configured as a host port by
98assigning a host device ID greater than or equal to zero. A host device ID is
99assigned to a master port through the kernel command line parameter "riohdid=",
100or can be configured in a platform-specific manner. If the host device ID for
101a specific master port is set to -1, the discovery process will be performed
102for it.
103
104The enumeration and discovery routines use RapidIO maintenance transactions
105to access the configuration space of devices.
106
107The enumeration process is implemented according to the enumeration algorithm
108outlined in the RapidIO Interconnect Specification: Annex I [1].
109
110The enumeration process traverses the network using a recursive depth-first
111algorithm. When a new device is found, the enumerator takes ownership of that
112device by writing into the Host Device ID Lock CSR. It does this to ensure that
113the enumerator has exclusive right to enumerate the device. If device ownership
114is successfully acquired, the enumerator allocates a new rio_dev structure and
115initializes it according to device capabilities.
116
117If the device is an endpoint, a unique device ID is assigned to it and its value
118is written into the device's Base Device ID CSR.
119
120If the device is a switch, the enumerator allocates an additional rio_switch
121structure to store switch specific information. Then the switch's vendor ID and
122device ID are queried against a table of known RapidIO switches. Each switch
123table entry contains a pointer to a switch-specific initialization routine that
124initializes pointers to the rest of switch specific operations, and performs
125hardware initialization if necessary. A RapidIO switch does not have a unique
126device ID; it relies on hopcount and routing for device ID of an attached
127endpoint if access to its configuration registers is required. If a switch (or
128chain of switches) does not have any endpoint (except enumerator) attached to
129it, a fake device ID will be assigned to configure a route to that switch.
130In the case of a chain of switches without endpoint, one fake device ID is used
131to configure a route through the entire chain and switches are differentiated by
132their hopcount value.
133
134For both endpoints and switches the enumerator writes a unique component tag
135into device's Component Tag CSR. That unique value is used by the error
136management notification mechanism to identify a device that is reporting an
137error management event.
138
139Enumeration beyond a switch is completed by iterating over each active egress
140port of that switch. For each active link, a route to a default device ID
141(0xFF for 8-bit systems and 0xFFFF for 16-bit systems) is temporarily written
142into the routing table. The algorithm recurs by calling itself with hopcount + 1
143and the default device ID in order to access the device on the active port.
144
145After the host has completed enumeration of the entire network it releases
146devices by clearing device ID locks (calls rio_clear_locks()). For each endpoint
147in the system, it sets the Master Enable bit in the Port General Control CSR
148to indicate that enumeration is completed and agents are allowed to execute
149passive discovery of the network.
150
151The discovery process is performed by agents and is similar to the enumeration
152process that is described above. However, the discovery process is performed
153without changes to the existing routing because agents only gather information
154about RapidIO network structure and are building an internal map of discovered
155devices. This way each Linux-based component of the RapidIO subsystem has
156a complete view of the network. The discovery process can be performed
157simultaneously by several agents. After initializing its RapidIO master port
158each agent waits for enumeration completion by the host for the configured wait
159time period. If this wait time period expires before enumeration is completed,
160an agent skips RapidIO discovery and continues with remaining kernel
161initialization.
162
1635. References
164-------------
165
166[1] RapidIO Trade Association. RapidIO Interconnect Specifications.
167 http://www.rapidio.org.
168[2] Rapidio TA. Technology Comparisons.
169 http://www.rapidio.org/education/technology_comparisons/
170[3] RapidIO support for Linux.
171 http://lwn.net/Articles/139118/
172[4] Matt Porter. RapidIO for Linux. Ottawa Linux Symposium, 2005
173 http://www.kernel.org/doc/ols/2005/ols2005v2-pages-43-56.pdf
diff --git a/Documentation/rapidio/sysfs.txt b/Documentation/rapidio/sysfs.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..97f71ce575d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/rapidio/sysfs.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
1 RapidIO sysfs Files
2
3~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
4
51. Device Subdirectories
6------------------------
7
8For each RapidIO device, the RapidIO subsystem creates files in an individual
9subdirectory with the following name, /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<device_name>.
10
11The format of device_name is "nn:d:iiii", where:
12
13nn - two-digit hexadecimal ID of RapidIO network where the device resides
14d - device typr: 'e' - for endpoint or 's' - for switch
15iiii - four-digit device destID for endpoints, or switchID for switches
16
17For example, below is a list of device directories that represents a typical
18RapidIO network with one switch, one host, and two agent endpoints, as it is
19seen by the enumerating host (destID = 1):
20
21/sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:e:0000
22/sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:e:0002
23/sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:s:0001
24
25NOTE: An enumerating or discovering endpoint does not create a sysfs entry for
26itself, this is why an endpoint with destID=1 is not shown in the list.
27
282. Attributes Common for All Devices
29------------------------------------
30
31Each device subdirectory contains the following informational read-only files:
32
33 did - returns the device identifier
34 vid - returns the device vendor identifier
35device_rev - returns the device revision level
36 asm_did - returns identifier for the assembly containing the device
37 asm_rev - returns revision level of the assembly containing the device
38 asm_vid - returns vendor identifier of the assembly containing the device
39 destid - returns device destination ID assigned by the enumeration routine
40 (see 4.1 for switch specific details)
41 lprev - returns name of previous device (switch) on the path to the device
42 that that owns this attribute
43
44In addition to the files listed above, each device has a binary attribute file
45that allows read/write access to the device configuration registers using
46the RapidIO maintenance transactions:
47
48 config - reads from and writes to the device configuration registers.
49
50This attribute is similar in behavior to the "config" attribute of PCI devices
51and provides an access to the RapidIO device registers using standard file read
52and write operations.
53
543. Endpoint Device Attributes
55-----------------------------
56
57Currently Linux RapidIO subsystem does not create any endpoint specific sysfs
58attributes. It is possible that RapidIO master port drivers and endpoint device
59drivers will add their device-specific sysfs attributes but such attributes are
60outside the scope of this document.
61
624. Switch Device Attributes
63---------------------------
64
65RapidIO switches have additional attributes in sysfs. RapidIO subsystem supports
66common and device-specific sysfs attributes for switches. Because switches are
67integrated into the RapidIO subsystem, it offers a method to create
68device-specific sysfs attributes by specifying a callback function that may be
69set by the switch initialization routine during enumeration or discovery process.
70
714.1 Common Switch Attributes
72
73 routes - reports switch routing information in "destID port" format. This
74 attribute reports only valid routing table entries, one line for
75 each entry.
76 destid - device destination ID that defines a route to the switch
77 hopcount - number of hops on the path to the switch
78 lnext - returns names of devices linked to the switch except one of a device
79 linked to the ingress port (reported as "lprev"). This is an array
80 names with number of lines equal to number of ports in switch. If
81 a switch port has no attached device, returns "null" instead of
82 a device name.
83
844.2 Device-specific Switch Attributes
85
86Device-specific switch attributes are listed for each RapidIO switch driver
87that exports additional attributes.
88
89IDT_GEN2:
90 errlog - reads contents of device error log until it is empty.
diff --git a/Documentation/rtc.txt b/Documentation/rtc.txt
index 9104c1062084..250160469d83 100644
--- a/Documentation/rtc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/rtc.txt
@@ -178,38 +178,29 @@ RTC class framework, but can't be supported by the older driver.
178 setting the longer alarm time and enabling its IRQ using a single 178 setting the longer alarm time and enabling its IRQ using a single
179 request (using the same model as EFI firmware). 179 request (using the same model as EFI firmware).
180 180
181 * RTC_UIE_ON, RTC_UIE_OFF ... if the RTC offers IRQs, it probably 181 * RTC_UIE_ON, RTC_UIE_OFF ... if the RTC offers IRQs, the RTC framework
182 also offers update IRQs whenever the "seconds" counter changes. 182 will emulate this mechanism.
183 If needed, the RTC framework can emulate this mechanism.
184 183
185 * RTC_PIE_ON, RTC_PIE_OFF, RTC_IRQP_SET, RTC_IRQP_READ ... another 184 * RTC_PIE_ON, RTC_PIE_OFF, RTC_IRQP_SET, RTC_IRQP_READ ... these icotls
186 feature often accessible with an IRQ line is a periodic IRQ, issued 185 are emulated via a kernel hrtimer.
187 at settable frequencies (usually 2^N Hz).
188 186
189In many cases, the RTC alarm can be a system wake event, used to force 187In many cases, the RTC alarm can be a system wake event, used to force
190Linux out of a low power sleep state (or hibernation) back to a fully 188Linux out of a low power sleep state (or hibernation) back to a fully
191operational state. For example, a system could enter a deep power saving 189operational state. For example, a system could enter a deep power saving
192state until it's time to execute some scheduled tasks. 190state until it's time to execute some scheduled tasks.
193 191
194Note that many of these ioctls need not actually be implemented by your 192Note that many of these ioctls are handled by the common rtc-dev interface.
195driver. The common rtc-dev interface handles many of these nicely if your 193Some common examples:
196driver returns ENOIOCTLCMD. Some common examples:
197 194
198 * RTC_RD_TIME, RTC_SET_TIME: the read_time/set_time functions will be 195 * RTC_RD_TIME, RTC_SET_TIME: the read_time/set_time functions will be
199 called with appropriate values. 196 called with appropriate values.
200 197
201 * RTC_ALM_SET, RTC_ALM_READ, RTC_WKALM_SET, RTC_WKALM_RD: the 198 * RTC_ALM_SET, RTC_ALM_READ, RTC_WKALM_SET, RTC_WKALM_RD: gets or sets
202 set_alarm/read_alarm functions will be called. 199 the alarm rtc_timer. May call the set_alarm driver function.
203 200
204 * RTC_IRQP_SET, RTC_IRQP_READ: the irq_set_freq function will be called 201 * RTC_IRQP_SET, RTC_IRQP_READ: These are emulated by the generic code.
205 to set the frequency while the framework will handle the read for you
206 since the frequency is stored in the irq_freq member of the rtc_device
207 structure. Your driver needs to initialize the irq_freq member during
208 init. Make sure you check the requested frequency is in range of your
209 hardware in the irq_set_freq function. If it isn't, return -EINVAL. If
210 you cannot actually change the frequency, do not define irq_set_freq.
211 202
212 * RTC_PIE_ON, RTC_PIE_OFF: the irq_set_state function will be called. 203 * RTC_PIE_ON, RTC_PIE_OFF: These are also emulated by the generic code.
213 204
214If all else fails, check out the rtc-test.c driver! 205If all else fails, check out the rtc-test.c driver!
215 206
diff --git a/Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt b/Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt
index 86f9f74b2b34..efe998becc5b 100644
--- a/Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt
+++ b/Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt
@@ -2273,7 +2273,7 @@ IP forwarding is on.
2273There is a lot of useful info in here best found by going in & having a look around, 2273There is a lot of useful info in here best found by going in & having a look around,
2274so I'll take you through some entries I consider important. 2274so I'll take you through some entries I consider important.
2275 2275
2276All the processes running on the machine have there own entry defined by 2276All the processes running on the machine have their own entry defined by
2277/proc/<pid> 2277/proc/<pid>
2278So lets have a look at the init process 2278So lets have a look at the init process
2279cd /proc/1 2279cd /proc/1
diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.txt b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.txt
index 8239ebbcddce..99961993257a 100644
--- a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.txt
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ This is the (partial) list of the hooks:
164 It puts the scheduling entity (task) into the red-black tree and 164 It puts the scheduling entity (task) into the red-black tree and
165 increments the nr_running variable. 165 increments the nr_running variable.
166 166
167 - dequeue_tree(...) 167 - dequeue_task(...)
168 168
169 When a task is no longer runnable, this function is called to keep the 169 When a task is no longer runnable, this function is called to keep the
170 corresponding scheduling entity out of the red-black tree. It decrements 170 corresponding scheduling entity out of the red-black tree. It decrements
@@ -195,11 +195,6 @@ This is the (partial) list of the hooks:
195 This function is mostly called from time tick functions; it might lead to 195 This function is mostly called from time tick functions; it might lead to
196 process switch. This drives the running preemption. 196 process switch. This drives the running preemption.
197 197
198 - task_new(...)
199
200 The core scheduler gives the scheduling module an opportunity to manage new
201 task startup. The CFS scheduling module uses it for group scheduling, while
202 the scheduling module for a real-time task does not use it.
203 198
204 199
205 200
diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-domains.txt b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-domains.txt
index 373ceacc367e..b7ee379b651b 100644
--- a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-domains.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-domains.txt
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
1Each CPU has a "base" scheduling domain (struct sched_domain). These are 1Each CPU has a "base" scheduling domain (struct sched_domain). The domain
2accessed via cpu_sched_domain(i) and this_sched_domain() macros. The domain
3hierarchy is built from these base domains via the ->parent pointer. ->parent 2hierarchy is built from these base domains via the ->parent pointer. ->parent
4MUST be NULL terminated, and domain structures should be per-CPU as they 3MUST be NULL terminated, and domain structures should be per-CPU as they are
5are locklessly updated. 4locklessly updated.
6 5
7Each scheduling domain spans a number of CPUs (stored in the ->span field). 6Each scheduling domain spans a number of CPUs (stored in the ->span field).
8A domain's span MUST be a superset of it child's span (this restriction could 7A domain's span MUST be a superset of it child's span (this restriction could
@@ -26,11 +25,26 @@ is treated as one entity. The load of a group is defined as the sum of the
26load of each of its member CPUs, and only when the load of a group becomes 25load of each of its member CPUs, and only when the load of a group becomes
27out of balance are tasks moved between groups. 26out of balance are tasks moved between groups.
28 27
29In kernel/sched.c, rebalance_tick is run periodically on each CPU. This 28In kernel/sched.c, trigger_load_balance() is run periodically on each CPU
30function takes its CPU's base sched domain and checks to see if has reached 29through scheduler_tick(). It raises a softirq after the next regularly scheduled
31its rebalance interval. If so, then it will run load_balance on that domain. 30rebalancing event for the current runqueue has arrived. The actual load
32rebalance_tick then checks the parent sched_domain (if it exists), and the 31balancing workhorse, run_rebalance_domains()->rebalance_domains(), is then run
33parent of the parent and so forth. 32in softirq context (SCHED_SOFTIRQ).
33
34The latter function takes two arguments: the current CPU and whether it was idle
35at the time the scheduler_tick() happened and iterates over all sched domains
36our CPU is on, starting from its base domain and going up the ->parent chain.
37While doing that, it checks to see if the current domain has exhausted its
38rebalance interval. If so, it runs load_balance() on that domain. It then checks
39the parent sched_domain (if it exists), and the parent of the parent and so
40forth.
41
42Initially, load_balance() finds the busiest group in the current sched domain.
43If it succeeds, it looks for the busiest runqueue of all the CPUs' runqueues in
44that group. If it manages to find such a runqueue, it locks both our initial
45CPU's runqueue and the newly found busiest one and starts moving tasks from it
46to our runqueue. The exact number of tasks amounts to an imbalance previously
47computed while iterating over this sched domain's groups.
34 48
35*** Implementing sched domains *** 49*** Implementing sched domains ***
36The "base" domain will "span" the first level of the hierarchy. In the case 50The "base" domain will "span" the first level of the hierarchy. In the case
diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-stats.txt b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-stats.txt
index 01e69404ee5e..1cd5d51bc761 100644
--- a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-stats.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-stats.txt
@@ -1,3 +1,7 @@
1Version 15 of schedstats dropped counters for some sched_yield:
2yld_exp_empty, yld_act_empty and yld_both_empty. Otherwise, it is
3identical to version 14.
4
1Version 14 of schedstats includes support for sched_domains, which hit the 5Version 14 of schedstats includes support for sched_domains, which hit the
2mainline kernel in 2.6.20 although it is identical to the stats from version 6mainline kernel in 2.6.20 although it is identical to the stats from version
312 which was in the kernel from 2.6.13-2.6.19 (version 13 never saw a kernel 712 which was in the kernel from 2.6.13-2.6.19 (version 13 never saw a kernel
@@ -28,32 +32,25 @@ to write their own scripts, the fields are described here.
28 32
29CPU statistics 33CPU statistics
30-------------- 34--------------
31cpu<N> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 35cpu<N> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
32
33NOTE: In the sched_yield() statistics, the active queue is considered empty
34 if it has only one process in it, since obviously the process calling
35 sched_yield() is that process.
36 36
37First four fields are sched_yield() statistics: 37First field is a sched_yield() statistic:
38 1) # of times both the active and the expired queue were empty 38 1) # of times sched_yield() was called
39 2) # of times just the active queue was empty
40 3) # of times just the expired queue was empty
41 4) # of times sched_yield() was called
42 39
43Next three are schedule() statistics: 40Next three are schedule() statistics:
44 5) # of times we switched to the expired queue and reused it 41 2) # of times we switched to the expired queue and reused it
45 6) # of times schedule() was called 42 3) # of times schedule() was called
46 7) # of times schedule() left the processor idle 43 4) # of times schedule() left the processor idle
47 44
48Next two are try_to_wake_up() statistics: 45Next two are try_to_wake_up() statistics:
49 8) # of times try_to_wake_up() was called 46 5) # of times try_to_wake_up() was called
50 9) # of times try_to_wake_up() was called to wake up the local cpu 47 6) # of times try_to_wake_up() was called to wake up the local cpu
51 48
52Next three are statistics describing scheduling latency: 49Next three are statistics describing scheduling latency:
53 10) sum of all time spent running by tasks on this processor (in jiffies) 50 7) sum of all time spent running by tasks on this processor (in jiffies)
54 11) sum of all time spent waiting to run by tasks on this processor (in 51 8) sum of all time spent waiting to run by tasks on this processor (in
55 jiffies) 52 jiffies)
56 12) # of timeslices run on this cpu 53 9) # of timeslices run on this cpu
57 54
58 55
59Domain statistics 56Domain statistics
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc
index 5e83769c6aa9..c56ec99d7b2f 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ Changes from 20041229 to 20050110
352 lpfc_scsiport.c 352 lpfc_scsiport.c
353 * In remote port changes: no longer nulling target->pnode when 353 * In remote port changes: no longer nulling target->pnode when
354 removing from mapped list. Pnode get nulled when the node is 354 removing from mapped list. Pnode get nulled when the node is
355 freed (after nodev tmo). This bug was causing i/o recieved in 355 freed (after nodev tmo). This bug was causing i/o received in
356 the small window while the device was blocked to be errored w/ 356 the small window while the device was blocked to be errored w/
357 did_no_connect. With the fix, it returns host_busy 357 did_no_connect. With the fix, it returns host_busy
358 (per the pre-remote port changes). 358 (per the pre-remote port changes).
@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ Changes from 20041018 to 20041123
530 coherent mappings. Note: There are more consistent mappings 530 coherent mappings. Note: There are more consistent mappings
531 that are using pci_dma_sync calls. Probably these should be 531 that are using pci_dma_sync calls. Probably these should be
532 removed as well. 532 removed as well.
533 * Modified lpfc_free_scsi_buf to accomodate all three scsi_buf 533 * Modified lpfc_free_scsi_buf to accommodate all three scsi_buf
534 free types to alleviate miscellaneous panics with cable pull 534 free types to alleviate miscellaneous panics with cable pull
535 testing. 535 testing.
536 * Set hotplug to default 0 and lpfc_target_remove to not remove 536 * Set hotplug to default 0 and lpfc_target_remove to not remove
@@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ Changes from 20041018 to 20041123
583 included more than once. 583 included more than once.
584 * Replaced "set_current_state(TASK_UNINTERRUPTIBLE); 584 * Replaced "set_current_state(TASK_UNINTERRUPTIBLE);
585 schedule_timeout(timeout)" with "msleep(timeout)". 585 schedule_timeout(timeout)" with "msleep(timeout)".
586 * Fixnode was loosing starget when rediscovered. We saw messages 586 * Fixnode was losing starget when rediscovered. We saw messages
587 like: lpfc 0000:04:02.0: 0:0263 Cannot block scsi target as a 587 like: lpfc 0000:04:02.0: 0:0263 Cannot block scsi target as a
588 result. Moved starget field into struct lpfc_target which is 588 result. Moved starget field into struct lpfc_target which is
589 referenced from the node. 589 referenced from the node.
@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ Changes from 20041018 to 20041123
604 * Make 3 functions static: lpfc_get_hba_sym_node_name, 604 * Make 3 functions static: lpfc_get_hba_sym_node_name,
605 lpfc_intr_prep and lpfc_setup_slim_access. Move lpfc_intr_prep 605 lpfc_intr_prep and lpfc_setup_slim_access. Move lpfc_intr_prep
606 and lpfc_setup_slim_access so they're defined before being used. 606 and lpfc_setup_slim_access so they're defined before being used.
607 * Remove an unecessary list_del() in lpfc_hbadisc.c. 607 * Remove an unnecessary list_del() in lpfc_hbadisc.c.
608 * Set nlp_state before calling lpfc_nlp_list() since this will 608 * Set nlp_state before calling lpfc_nlp_list() since this will
609 potentially call fc_target_unblock which may cause a race in 609 potentially call fc_target_unblock which may cause a race in
610 queuecommand by releasing host_lock. 610 queuecommand by releasing host_lock.
@@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ Changes from 20040908 to 20040920
753 * Changed version number to 8.0.12 753 * Changed version number to 8.0.12
754 * Removed used #defines: DEFAULT_PCI_LATENCY_CLOCKS and 754 * Removed used #defines: DEFAULT_PCI_LATENCY_CLOCKS and
755 PCI_LATENCY_VALUE from lpfc_hw.h. 755 PCI_LATENCY_VALUE from lpfc_hw.h.
756 * Changes to accomodate rnid. 756 * Changes to accommodate rnid.
757 * Fix RSCN handling so RSCN NS queries only effect NPorts found in 757 * Fix RSCN handling so RSCN NS queries only effect NPorts found in
758 RSCN data. 758 RSCN data.
759 * If we rcv a plogi on a NPort queued up for discovery, clear the 759 * If we rcv a plogi on a NPort queued up for discovery, clear the
@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ Changes from 20040908 to 20040920
813 counter instead, brd_no isn't reused anymore. Also some tiny 813 counter instead, brd_no isn't reused anymore. Also some tiny
814 whitespace cleanups in surrounding code. 814 whitespace cleanups in surrounding code.
815 * Reorder functions in lpfc_els.c to remove need for prototypes. 815 * Reorder functions in lpfc_els.c to remove need for prototypes.
816 * Removed unsed prototypes from lpfc_crtn.h - 816 * Removed unused prototypes from lpfc_crtn.h -
817 lpfc_ip_timeout_handler, lpfc_read_pci and lpfc_revoke. 817 lpfc_ip_timeout_handler, lpfc_read_pci and lpfc_revoke.
818 * Removed some unused prototypes from lpfc_crtn.h - 818 * Removed some unused prototypes from lpfc_crtn.h -
819 lpfc_scsi_hba_reset, lpfc_scsi_issue_inqsn, 819 lpfc_scsi_hba_reset, lpfc_scsi_issue_inqsn,
@@ -863,7 +863,7 @@ Changes from 20040823 to 20040908
863 * Minimal support for SCSI flat space addressing/volume set 863 * Minimal support for SCSI flat space addressing/volume set
864 addressing. Use 16 bits of LUN address so that flat 864 addressing. Use 16 bits of LUN address so that flat
865 addressing/VSA will work. 865 addressing/VSA will work.
866 * Changed 2 occurences of if( 1 != f(x)) to if(f(x) != 1) 866 * Changed 2 occurrences of if( 1 != f(x)) to if(f(x) != 1)
867 * Drop include of lpfc_cfgparm.h. 867 * Drop include of lpfc_cfgparm.h.
868 * Reduce stack usage of lpfc_fdmi_cmd in lpfc_ct.c. 868 * Reduce stack usage of lpfc_fdmi_cmd in lpfc_ct.c.
869 * Add minimum range checking property to /sys write/store 869 * Add minimum range checking property to /sys write/store
@@ -1449,7 +1449,7 @@ Changes from 20040402 to 20040409
1449 * Removed lpfc_els_chk_latt from the lpfc_config_post function. 1449 * Removed lpfc_els_chk_latt from the lpfc_config_post function.
1450 lpfc_els_chk_latt will enable the link event interrupts when 1450 lpfc_els_chk_latt will enable the link event interrupts when
1451 flogi is pending which causes two discovery state machines 1451 flogi is pending which causes two discovery state machines
1452 running parallely. 1452 running parallelly.
1453 * Add pci_disable_device to unload path. 1453 * Add pci_disable_device to unload path.
1454 * Move lpfc_sleep_event from lpfc_fcp.c to lpfc_util_ioctl.c 1454 * Move lpfc_sleep_event from lpfc_fcp.c to lpfc_util_ioctl.c
1455 * Call dma_map_single() & pci_map_single() directly instead of via 1455 * Call dma_map_single() & pci_map_single() directly instead of via
@@ -1590,7 +1590,7 @@ Changes from 20040326 to 20040402
1590 ELX_WRITE_HS ELX_WRITE_HA ELX_WRITE_CA ELX_READ_HC 1590 ELX_WRITE_HS ELX_WRITE_HA ELX_WRITE_CA ELX_READ_HC
1591 ELX_READ_HS ELX_READ_HA ELX_READ_CA ELX_READ_MB ELX_RESET 1591 ELX_READ_HS ELX_READ_HA ELX_READ_CA ELX_READ_MB ELX_RESET
1592 ELX_READ_HBA ELX_INSTANCE ELX_LIP. Also introduced 1592 ELX_READ_HBA ELX_INSTANCE ELX_LIP. Also introduced
1593 attribute "set" to be used in conjuction with the above 1593 attribute "set" to be used in conjunction with the above
1594 attributes. 1594 attributes.
1595 * Removed DLINK, enque and deque declarations now that clock 1595 * Removed DLINK, enque and deque declarations now that clock
1596 doesn't use them anymore 1596 doesn't use them anymore
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid
index 5e07d320817d..d2052fdbedd2 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ Older Version : 2.20.4.6 (scsi module), 2.20.2.6 (cmm module)
168 168
1691. Sorted out PCI IDs to remove megaraid support overlaps. 1691. Sorted out PCI IDs to remove megaraid support overlaps.
170 Based on the patch from Daniel, sorted out PCI IDs along with 170 Based on the patch from Daniel, sorted out PCI IDs along with
171 charactor node name change from 'megadev' to 'megadev_legacy' to avoid 171 character node name change from 'megadev' to 'megadev_legacy' to avoid
172 conflict. 172 conflict.
173 --- 173 ---
174 Hopefully we'll be getting the build restriction zapped much sooner, 174 Hopefully we'll be getting the build restriction zapped much sooner,
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas
index b64d10d221ec..4d9ce73ff730 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas
@@ -1,3 +1,26 @@
1Release Date : Thu. Feb 24, 2011 17:00:00 PST 2010 -
2 (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com)
3 Adam Radford
4Current Version : 00.00.05.34-rc1
5Old Version : 00.00.05.29-rc1
6 1. Fix some failure gotos from megasas_probe_one(), etc.
7 2. Add missing check_and_restore_queue_depth() call in
8 complete_cmd_fusion().
9 3. Enable MSI-X before calling megasas_init_fw().
10 4. Call tasklet_schedule() even if outbound_intr_status == 0 for MFI based
11 boards in MSI-X mode.
12 5. Fix megasas_probe_one() to clear PCI_MSIX_FLAGS_ENABLE in msi control
13 register in kdump kernel.
14 6. Fix megasas_get_cmd() to only print "Command pool empty" if
15 megasas_dbg_lvl is set.
16 7. Fix megasas_build_dcdb_fusion() to not filter by TYPE_DISK.
17 8. Fix megasas_build_dcdb_fusion() to use io_request->LUN[1] field.
18 9. Add MR_EVT_CFG_CLEARED to megasas_aen_polling().
19 10. Fix tasklet_init() in megasas_init_fw() to use instancet->tasklet.
20 11. Fix fault state handling in megasas_transition_to_ready().
21 12. Fix max_sectors setting for IEEE SGL's.
22 13. Fix iMR OCR support to work correctly.
23-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1Release Date : Tues. Dec 14, 2010 17:00:00 PST 2010 - 24Release Date : Tues. Dec 14, 2010 17:00:00 PST 2010 -
2 (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) 25 (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com)
3 Adam Radford 26 Adam Radford
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.ncr53c8xx b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.ncr53c8xx
index 8b278c10edfd..9288e3d8974a 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.ncr53c8xx
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.ncr53c8xx
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ Sun Feb 14:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr)
200 By default the driver uses both IRQF_SHARED and IRQF_DISABLED. 200 By default the driver uses both IRQF_SHARED and IRQF_DISABLED.
201 Option 'ncr53c8xx=irqm:0x20' may be used when an IRQ is shared by 201 Option 'ncr53c8xx=irqm:0x20' may be used when an IRQ is shared by
202 a 53C8XX adapter and a network board. 202 a 53C8XX adapter and a network board.
203 - Tiny mispelling fixed (ABORT instead of ABRT). Was fortunately 203 - Tiny misspelling fixed (ABORT instead of ABRT). Was fortunately
204 harmless. 204 harmless.
205 - Negotiate SYNC data transfers with CCS devices. 205 - Negotiate SYNC data transfers with CCS devices.
206 206
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.sym53c8xx b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.sym53c8xx
index 02ffbc1e8a84..c1933707d0bc 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.sym53c8xx
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.sym53c8xx
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ Fri Jan 1 20:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr)
457Sat Dec 19 21:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) 457Sat Dec 19 21:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr)
458 * version sym53c8xx-1.0 458 * version sym53c8xx-1.0
459 - Define some new IO registers for the 896 (istat1, mbox0, mbox1) 459 - Define some new IO registers for the 896 (istat1, mbox0, mbox1)
460 - Revamp slighly the Symbios NVRAM lay-out based on the excerpt of 460 - Revamp slightly the Symbios NVRAM lay-out based on the excerpt of
461 the header file I received from Symbios. 461 the header file I received from Symbios.
462 - Check the PCI bus number for the boot order (Using a fast 462 - Check the PCI bus number for the boot order (Using a fast
463 PCI controller behing a PCI-PCI bridge seems sub-optimal). 463 PCI controller behing a PCI-PCI bridge seems sub-optimal).
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/aha152x.txt b/Documentation/scsi/aha152x.txt
index 29ce6d87e451..94848734ac66 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/aha152x.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/aha152x.txt
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ in the partition table and therefore every operating system has to know
124the right geometry to be able to interpret it. 124the right geometry to be able to interpret it.
125 125
126Moreover there are certain limitations to the C/H/S addressing scheme, 126Moreover there are certain limitations to the C/H/S addressing scheme,
127namely the address space is limited to upto 255 heads, upto 63 sectors 127namely the address space is limited to up to 255 heads, up to 63 sectors
128and a maximum of 1023 cylinders. 128and a maximum of 1023 cylinders.
129 129
130The AHA-1522 BIOS calculates the geometry by fixing the number of heads 130The AHA-1522 BIOS calculates the geometry by fixing the number of heads
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt b/Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt
index 16e054c9c70b..64ac7093c872 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ The following information is available in this file:
267 Option: tag_info:{{value[,value...]}[,{value[,value...]}...]} 267 Option: tag_info:{{value[,value...]}[,{value[,value...]}...]}
268 Definition: Set the per-target tagged queue depth on a 268 Definition: Set the per-target tagged queue depth on a
269 per controller basis. Both controllers and targets 269 per controller basis. Both controllers and targets
270 may be ommitted indicating that they should retain 270 may be omitted indicating that they should retain
271 the default tag depth. 271 the default tag depth.
272 Examples: tag_info:{{16,32,32,64,8,8,,32,32,32,32,32,32,32,32,32} 272 Examples: tag_info:{{16,32,32,64,8,8,,32,32,32,32,32,32,32,32,32}
273 On Controller 0 273 On Controller 0
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ The following information is available in this file:
291 The rd_strm_bitmask is a 16 bit hex value in which 291 The rd_strm_bitmask is a 16 bit hex value in which
292 each bit represents a target. Setting the target's 292 each bit represents a target. Setting the target's
293 bit to '1' enables read streaming for that 293 bit to '1' enables read streaming for that
294 target. Controllers may be ommitted indicating that 294 target. Controllers may be omitted indicating that
295 they should retain the default read streaming setting. 295 they should retain the default read streaming setting.
296 Example: rd_strm:{0x0041} 296 Example: rd_strm:{0x0041}
297 On Controller 0 297 On Controller 0
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ The following information is available in this file:
313 ----------------------------------------------------------------- 313 -----------------------------------------------------------------
314 Option: dv: {value[,value...]} 314 Option: dv: {value[,value...]}
315 Definition: Set Domain Validation Policy on a per-controller basis. 315 Definition: Set Domain Validation Policy on a per-controller basis.
316 Controllers may be ommitted indicating that 316 Controllers may be omitted indicating that
317 they should retain the default read streaming setting. 317 they should retain the default read streaming setting.
318 Example: dv:{-1,0,,1,1,0} 318 Example: dv:{-1,0,,1,1,0}
319 On Controller 0 leave DV at its default setting. 319 On Controller 0 leave DV at its default setting.
@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ The following information is available in this file:
340 Option: precomp: {value[,value...]} 340 Option: precomp: {value[,value...]}
341 Definition: Set IO Cell precompensation value on a per-controller 341 Definition: Set IO Cell precompensation value on a per-controller
342 basis. 342 basis.
343 Controllers may be ommitted indicating that 343 Controllers may be omitted indicating that
344 they should retain the default precompensation setting. 344 they should retain the default precompensation setting.
345 Example: precomp:{0x1} 345 Example: precomp:{0x1}
346 On Controller 0 set precompensation to 1. 346 On Controller 0 set precompensation to 1.
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ The following information is available in this file:
353 ----------------------------------------------------------------- 353 -----------------------------------------------------------------
354 Option: slewrate: {value[,value...]} 354 Option: slewrate: {value[,value...]}
355 Definition: Set IO Cell slew rate on a per-controller basis. 355 Definition: Set IO Cell slew rate on a per-controller basis.
356 Controllers may be ommitted indicating that 356 Controllers may be omitted indicating that
357 they should retain the default slew rate setting. 357 they should retain the default slew rate setting.
358 Example: slewrate:{0x1} 358 Example: slewrate:{0x1}
359 On Controller 0 set slew rate to 1. 359 On Controller 0 set slew rate to 1.
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ The following information is available in this file:
366 ----------------------------------------------------------------- 366 -----------------------------------------------------------------
367 Option: amplitude: {value[,value...]} 367 Option: amplitude: {value[,value...]}
368 Definition: Set IO Cell signal amplitude on a per-controller basis. 368 Definition: Set IO Cell signal amplitude on a per-controller basis.
369 Controllers may be ommitted indicating that 369 Controllers may be omitted indicating that
370 they should retain the default read streaming setting. 370 they should retain the default read streaming setting.
371 Example: amplitude:{0x1} 371 Example: amplitude:{0x1}
372 On Controller 0 set amplitude to 1. 372 On Controller 0 set amplitude to 1.
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/hpsa.txt b/Documentation/scsi/hpsa.txt
index dca658362cbf..891435a72fce 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/hpsa.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/hpsa.txt
@@ -28,6 +28,12 @@ boot parameter "hpsa_allow_any=1" is specified, however these are not tested
28nor supported by HP with this driver. For older Smart Arrays, the cciss 28nor supported by HP with this driver. For older Smart Arrays, the cciss
29driver should still be used. 29driver should still be used.
30 30
31The "hpsa_simple_mode=1" boot parameter may be used to prevent the driver from
32putting the controller into "performant" mode. The difference is that with simple
33mode, each command completion requires an interrupt, while with "performant mode"
34(the default, and ordinarily better performing) it is possible to have multiple
35command completions indicated by a single interrupt.
36
31HPSA specific entries in /sys 37HPSA specific entries in /sys
32----------------------------- 38-----------------------------
33 39
@@ -39,6 +45,8 @@ HPSA specific entries in /sys
39 45
40 /sys/class/scsi_host/host*/rescan 46 /sys/class/scsi_host/host*/rescan
41 /sys/class/scsi_host/host*/firmware_revision 47 /sys/class/scsi_host/host*/firmware_revision
48 /sys/class/scsi_host/host*/resettable
49 /sys/class/scsi_host/host*/transport_mode
42 50
43 the host "rescan" attribute is a write only attribute. Writing to this 51 the host "rescan" attribute is a write only attribute. Writing to this
44 attribute will cause the driver to scan for new, changed, or removed devices 52 attribute will cause the driver to scan for new, changed, or removed devices
@@ -55,6 +63,21 @@ HPSA specific entries in /sys
55 root@host:/sys/class/scsi_host/host4# cat firmware_revision 63 root@host:/sys/class/scsi_host/host4# cat firmware_revision
56 7.14 64 7.14
57 65
66 The transport_mode indicates whether the controller is in "performant"
67 or "simple" mode. This is controlled by the "hpsa_simple_mode" module
68 parameter.
69
70 The "resettable" read-only attribute indicates whether a particular
71 controller is able to honor the "reset_devices" kernel parameter. If the
72 device is resettable, this file will contain a "1", otherwise, a "0". This
73 parameter is used by kdump, for example, to reset the controller at driver
74 load time to eliminate any outstanding commands on the controller and get the
75 controller into a known state so that the kdump initiated i/o will work right
76 and not be disrupted in any way by stale commands or other stale state
77 remaining on the controller from the previous kernel. This attribute enables
78 kexec tools to warn the user if they attempt to designate a device which is
79 unable to honor the reset_devices kernel parameter as a dump device.
80
58 HPSA specific disk attributes: 81 HPSA specific disk attributes:
59 ------------------------------ 82 ------------------------------
60 83
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ibmmca.txt b/Documentation/scsi/ibmmca.txt
index 45d61ad8c6f7..ac41a9fcac77 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/ibmmca.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/ibmmca.txt
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@
303 (scb) and calls a local function issue_cmd(), which writes a scb 303 (scb) and calls a local function issue_cmd(), which writes a scb
304 command into subsystem I/O ports. Once the scb command is carried out, 304 command into subsystem I/O ports. Once the scb command is carried out,
305 the interrupt_handler() is invoked. If a device is determined to be 305 the interrupt_handler() is invoked. If a device is determined to be
306 existant and it has not assigned any ldn, it gets one dynamically. 306 existent and it has not assigned any ldn, it gets one dynamically.
307 For this, the whole stuff is done in ibmmca_queuecommand(). 307 For this, the whole stuff is done in ibmmca_queuecommand().
308 308
309 2.6 Abort & Reset Commands 309 2.6 Abort & Reset Commands
@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@
741 some error appeared, else it is undefined. Now, this is fixed. Before 741 some error appeared, else it is undefined. Now, this is fixed. Before
742 any SCB command gets queued, the tsb.dev_status is set to 0, so the 742 any SCB command gets queued, the tsb.dev_status is set to 0, so the
743 cmd->result won't screw up Linux higher level drivers. 743 cmd->result won't screw up Linux higher level drivers.
744 2) The reset-function has slightly improved. This is still planed for 744 2) The reset-function has slightly improved. This is still planned for
745 abort. During the abort and the reset function, no interrupts are 745 abort. During the abort and the reset function, no interrupts are
746 allowed. This is however quite hard to cope with, so the INT-status 746 allowed. This is however quite hard to cope with, so the INT-status
747 register is read. When the interrupt gets queued, one can find its 747 register is read. When the interrupt gets queued, one can find its
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi-changer.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-changer.txt
index 032399b16a53..ade046ea7c17 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/scsi-changer.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-changer.txt
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Trouble?
102 102
103If you insmod the driver with "insmod debug=1", it will be verbose and 103If you insmod the driver with "insmod debug=1", it will be verbose and
104prints a lot of stuff to the syslog. Compiling the kernel with 104prints a lot of stuff to the syslog. Compiling the kernel with
105CONFIG_SCSI_CONSTANTS=y improves the quality of the error messages alot 105CONFIG_SCSI_CONSTANTS=y improves the quality of the error messages a lot
106because the kernel will translate the error codes into human-readable 106because the kernel will translate the error codes into human-readable
107strings then. 107strings then.
108 108
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_eh.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_eh.txt
index 7acbebb17fa6..6ff16b620d84 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_eh.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_eh.txt
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ scmd->allowed.
290 SCSI transports/LLDDs automatically acquire sense data on 290 SCSI transports/LLDDs automatically acquire sense data on
291 command failures (autosense). Autosense is recommended for 291 command failures (autosense). Autosense is recommended for
292 performance reasons and as sense information could get out of 292 performance reasons and as sense information could get out of
293 sync inbetween occurrence of CHECK CONDITION and this action. 293 sync between occurrence of CHECK CONDITION and this action.
294 294
295 Note that if autosense is not supported, scmd->sense_buffer 295 Note that if autosense is not supported, scmd->sense_buffer
296 contains invalid sense data when error-completing the scmd 296 contains invalid sense data when error-completing the scmd
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_fc_transport.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_fc_transport.txt
index e00192de4d1c..f79282fc48d7 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_fc_transport.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_fc_transport.txt
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ Transport <-> LLDD Interfaces :
291Vport support by LLDD: 291Vport support by LLDD:
292 292
293 The LLDD indicates support for vports by supplying a vport_create() 293 The LLDD indicates support for vports by supplying a vport_create()
294 function in the transport template. The presense of this function will 294 function in the transport template. The presence of this function will
295 cause the creation of the new attributes on the fc_host. As part of 295 cause the creation of the new attributes on the fc_host. As part of
296 the physical port completing its initialization relative to the 296 the physical port completing its initialization relative to the
297 transport, it should set the max_npiv_vports attribute to indicate the 297 transport, it should set the max_npiv_vports attribute to indicate the
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt
index df322c103466..5f17d29c59b5 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt
@@ -1343,7 +1343,7 @@ Members of interest:
1343 underruns (overruns should be rare). If possible an LLD 1343 underruns (overruns should be rare). If possible an LLD
1344 should set 'resid' prior to invoking 'done'. The most 1344 should set 'resid' prior to invoking 'done'. The most
1345 interesting case is data transfers from a SCSI target 1345 interesting case is data transfers from a SCSI target
1346 device device (i.e. READs) that underrun. 1346 device (e.g. READs) that underrun.
1347 underflow - LLD should place (DID_ERROR << 16) in 'result' if 1347 underflow - LLD should place (DID_ERROR << 16) in 'result' if
1348 actual number of bytes transferred is less than this 1348 actual number of bytes transferred is less than this
1349 figure. Not many LLDs implement this check and some that 1349 figure. Not many LLDs implement this check and some that
@@ -1351,6 +1351,18 @@ Members of interest:
1351 report a DID_ERROR. Better for an LLD to implement 1351 report a DID_ERROR. Better for an LLD to implement
1352 'resid'. 1352 'resid'.
1353 1353
1354It is recommended that a LLD set 'resid' on data transfers from a SCSI
1355target device (e.g. READs). It is especially important that 'resid' is set
1356when such data transfers have sense keys of MEDIUM ERROR and HARDWARE ERROR
1357(and possibly RECOVERED ERROR). In these cases if a LLD is in doubt how much
1358data has been received then the safest approach is to indicate no bytes have
1359been received. For example: to indicate that no valid data has been received
1360a LLD might use these helpers:
1361 scsi_set_resid(SCpnt, scsi_bufflen(SCpnt));
1362where 'SCpnt' is a pointer to a scsi_cmnd object. To indicate only three 512
1363bytes blocks has been received 'resid' could be set like this:
1364 scsi_set_resid(SCpnt, scsi_bufflen(SCpnt) - (3 * 512));
1365
1354The scsi_cmnd structure is defined in include/scsi/scsi_cmnd.h 1366The scsi_cmnd structure is defined in include/scsi/scsi_cmnd.h
1355 1367
1356 1368
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/sym53c8xx_2.txt b/Documentation/scsi/sym53c8xx_2.txt
index 6f63b7989679..6af8f7a7770f 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/sym53c8xx_2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/sym53c8xx_2.txt
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ from the driver.
285 285
2867. Profiling information 2867. Profiling information
287 287
288This driver does not provide profiling informations as did its predecessors. 288This driver does not provide profiling information as did its predecessors.
289This feature was not this useful and added complexity to the code. 289This feature was not this useful and added complexity to the code.
290As the driver code got more complex, I have decided to remove everything 290As the driver code got more complex, I have decided to remove everything
291that didn't seem actually useful. 291that didn't seem actually useful.
diff --git a/Documentation/serial/moxa-smartio b/Documentation/serial/moxa-smartio
index d10443918684..5d2a33be0bd8 100644
--- a/Documentation/serial/moxa-smartio
+++ b/Documentation/serial/moxa-smartio
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ Content
473 spd_normal Use 38.4kb when the application requests 38.4kb. 473 spd_normal Use 38.4kb when the application requests 38.4kb.
474 spd_cust Use the custom divisor to set the speed when the 474 spd_cust Use the custom divisor to set the speed when the
475 application requests 38.4kb. 475 application requests 38.4kb.
476 divisor This option set the custom divison. 476 divisor This option set the custom division.
477 baud_base This option set the base baud rate. 477 baud_base This option set the base baud rate.
478 478
479----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 479-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/serial/n_gsm.txt b/Documentation/serial/n_gsm.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a5d91126a8f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/serial/n_gsm.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
1n_gsm.c GSM 0710 tty multiplexor HOWTO
2===================================================
3
4This line discipline implements the GSM 07.10 multiplexing protocol
5detailed in the following 3GPP document :
6http://www.3gpp.org/ftp/Specs/archive/07_series/07.10/0710-720.zip
7
8This document give some hints on how to use this driver with GPRS and 3G
9modems connected to a physical serial port.
10
11How to use it
12-------------
131- initialize the modem in 0710 mux mode (usually AT+CMUX= command) through
14its serial port. Depending on the modem used, you can pass more or less
15parameters to this command,
162- switch the serial line to using the n_gsm line discipline by using
17TIOCSETD ioctl,
183- configure the mux using GSMIOC_GETCONF / GSMIOC_SETCONF ioctl,
19
20Major parts of the initialization program :
21(a good starting point is util-linux-ng/sys-utils/ldattach.c)
22#include <linux/gsmmux.h>
23#define N_GSM0710 21 /* GSM 0710 Mux */
24#define DEFAULT_SPEED B115200
25#define SERIAL_PORT /dev/ttyS0
26
27 int ldisc = N_GSM0710;
28 struct gsm_config c;
29 struct termios configuration;
30
31 /* open the serial port connected to the modem */
32 fd = open(SERIAL_PORT, O_RDWR | O_NOCTTY | O_NDELAY);
33
34 /* configure the serial port : speed, flow control ... */
35
36 /* send the AT commands to switch the modem to CMUX mode
37 and check that it's successful (should return OK) */
38 write(fd, "AT+CMUX=0\r", 10);
39
40 /* experience showed that some modems need some time before
41 being able to answer to the first MUX packet so a delay
42 may be needed here in some case */
43 sleep(3);
44
45 /* use n_gsm line discipline */
46 ioctl(fd, TIOCSETD, &ldisc);
47
48 /* get n_gsm configuration */
49 ioctl(fd, GSMIOC_GETCONF, &c);
50 /* we are initiator and need encoding 0 (basic) */
51 c.initiator = 1;
52 c.encapsulation = 0;
53 /* our modem defaults to a maximum size of 127 bytes */
54 c.mru = 127;
55 c.mtu = 127;
56 /* set the new configuration */
57 ioctl(fd, GSMIOC_SETCONF, &c);
58
59 /* and wait for ever to keep the line discipline enabled */
60 daemon(0,0);
61 pause();
62
634- create the devices corresponding to the "virtual" serial ports (take care,
64each modem has its configuration and some DLC have dedicated functions,
65for example GPS), starting with minor 1 (DLC0 is reserved for the management
66of the mux)
67
68MAJOR=`cat /proc/devices |grep gsmtty | awk '{print $1}`
69for i in `seq 1 4`; do
70 mknod /dev/ttygsm$i c $MAJOR $i
71done
72
735- use these devices as plain serial ports.
74for example, it's possible :
75- and to use gnokii to send / receive SMS on ttygsm1
76- to use ppp to establish a datalink on ttygsm2
77
786- first close all virtual ports before closing the physical port.
79
80Additional Documentation
81------------------------
82More practical details on the protocol and how it's supported by industrial
83modems can be found in the following documents :
84http://www.telit.com/module/infopool/download.php?id=616
85http://www.u-blox.com/images/downloads/Product_Docs/LEON-G100-G200-MuxImplementation_ApplicationNote_%28GSM%20G1-CS-10002%29.pdf
86http://www.sierrawireless.com/Support/Downloads/AirPrime/WMP_Series/~/media/Support_Downloads/AirPrime/Application_notes/CMUX_Feature_Application_Note-Rev004.ashx
87http://wm.sim.com/sim/News/photo/2010721161442.pdf
88
8911-03-08 - Eric B茅nard - <eric@eukrea.com>
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
index 3c1eddd9fcc7..9822afb6313c 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
322 "port" needs to match the BASE ADDRESS jumper on the card (0x220 or 0x240) 322 "port" needs to match the BASE ADDRESS jumper on the card (0x220 or 0x240)
323 or the value stored in the card's EEPROM for cards that have an EEPROM and 323 or the value stored in the card's EEPROM for cards that have an EEPROM and
324 their "CONFIG MODE" jumper set to "EEPROM SETTING". The other values can 324 their "CONFIG MODE" jumper set to "EEPROM SETTING". The other values can
325 be choosen freely from the options enumerated above. 325 be chosen freely from the options enumerated above.
326 326
327 If dma2 is specified and different from dma1, the card will operate in 327 If dma2 is specified and different from dma1, the card will operate in
328 full-duplex mode. When dma1=3, only dma2=0 is valid and the only way to 328 full-duplex mode. When dma1=3, only dma2=0 is valid and the only way to
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
356 "port" needs to match the BASE ADDRESS jumper on the card (0x220 or 0x240) 356 "port" needs to match the BASE ADDRESS jumper on the card (0x220 or 0x240)
357 or the value stored in the card's EEPROM for cards that have an EEPROM and 357 or the value stored in the card's EEPROM for cards that have an EEPROM and
358 their "CONFIG MODE" jumper set to "EEPROM SETTING". The other values can 358 their "CONFIG MODE" jumper set to "EEPROM SETTING". The other values can
359 be choosen freely from the options enumerated above. 359 be chosen freely from the options enumerated above.
360 360
361 If dma2 is specified and different from dma1, the card will operate in 361 If dma2 is specified and different from dma1, the card will operate in
362 full-duplex mode. When dma1=3, only dma2=0 is valid and the only way to 362 full-duplex mode. When dma1=3, only dma2=0 is valid and the only way to
@@ -2229,7 +2229,7 @@ Proc interfaces (/proc/asound)
2229 2229
2230/proc/asound/card#/pcm#[cp]/oss 2230/proc/asound/card#/pcm#[cp]/oss
2231------------------------------- 2231-------------------------------
2232 String "erase" - erase all additional informations about OSS applications 2232 String "erase" - erase all additional information about OSS applications
2233 String "<app_name> <fragments> <fragment_size> [<options>]" 2233 String "<app_name> <fragments> <fragment_size> [<options>]"
2234 2234
2235 <app_name> - name of application with (higher priority) or without path 2235 <app_name> - name of application with (higher priority) or without path
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt
index 16ae4300c747..0caf77e59be4 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt
@@ -296,6 +296,7 @@ Conexant 5066
296============= 296=============
297 laptop Basic Laptop config (default) 297 laptop Basic Laptop config (default)
298 hp-laptop HP laptops, e g G60 298 hp-laptop HP laptops, e g G60
299 asus Asus K52JU, Lenovo G560
299 dell-laptop Dell laptops 300 dell-laptop Dell laptops
300 dell-vostro Dell Vostro 301 dell-vostro Dell Vostro
301 olpc-xo-1_5 OLPC XO 1.5 302 olpc-xo-1_5 OLPC XO 1.5
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/oss/AudioExcelDSP16 b/Documentation/sound/oss/AudioExcelDSP16
index c0f08922993b..e0dc0641b480 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/oss/AudioExcelDSP16
+++ b/Documentation/sound/oss/AudioExcelDSP16
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
1Driver 1Driver
2------ 2------
3 3
4Informations about Audio Excel DSP 16 driver can be found in the source 4Information about Audio Excel DSP 16 driver can be found in the source
5file aedsp16.c 5file aedsp16.c
6Please, read the head of the source before using it. It contain useful 6Please, read the head of the source before using it. It contain useful
7informations. 7information.
8 8
9Configuration 9Configuration
10------------- 10-------------
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Sound cards supported
68This driver supports the SC-6000 and SC-6600 based Gallant's sound card. 68This driver supports the SC-6000 and SC-6600 based Gallant's sound card.
69It don't support the Audio Excel DSP 16 III (try the SC-6600 code). 69It don't support the Audio Excel DSP 16 III (try the SC-6600 code).
70I'm working on the III version of the card: if someone have useful 70I'm working on the III version of the card: if someone have useful
71informations about it, please let me know. 71information about it, please let me know.
72For all the non-supported audio cards, you have to boot MS-DOS (or WIN95) 72For all the non-supported audio cards, you have to boot MS-DOS (or WIN95)
73activating the audio card with the MS-DOS device driver, then you have to 73activating the audio card with the MS-DOS device driver, then you have to
74<ctrl>-<alt>-<del> and boot Linux. 74<ctrl>-<alt>-<del> and boot Linux.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/oss/README.OSS b/Documentation/sound/oss/README.OSS
index c615debbf08d..4be259428a1c 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/oss/README.OSS
+++ b/Documentation/sound/oss/README.OSS
@@ -1352,7 +1352,7 @@ OSS-mixer.
1352The PCM20 contains a radio tuner, which is also controlled by 1352The PCM20 contains a radio tuner, which is also controlled by
1353ACI. This radio tuner is supported by the ACI driver together with the 1353ACI. This radio tuner is supported by the ACI driver together with the
1354miropcm20.o module. Also the 7-band equalizer is integrated 1354miropcm20.o module. Also the 7-band equalizer is integrated
1355(limited by the OSS-design). Developement has started and maybe 1355(limited by the OSS-design). Development has started and maybe
1356finished for the RDS decoder on this card, too. You will be able to 1356finished for the RDS decoder on this card, too. You will be able to
1357read RadioText, the Programme Service name, Programme TYpe and 1357read RadioText, the Programme Service name, Programme TYpe and
1358others. Even the v4l radio module benefits from it with a refined 1358others. Even the v4l radio module benefits from it with a refined
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/oss/README.ymfsb b/Documentation/sound/oss/README.ymfsb
index af8a7d3a4e8e..b6b77906b58d 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/oss/README.ymfsb
+++ b/Documentation/sound/oss/README.ymfsb
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ FIRST OF ALL
5============ 5============
6 6
7 This code references YAMAHA's sample codes and data sheets. 7 This code references YAMAHA's sample codes and data sheets.
8 I respect and thank for all people they made open the informations 8 I respect and thank for all people they made open the information
9 about YMF7xx cards. 9 about YMF7xx cards.
10 10
11 And this codes heavily based on Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>'s 11 And this codes heavily based on Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>'s
diff --git a/Documentation/spi/pxa2xx b/Documentation/spi/pxa2xx
index 68a4fe3818a1..493dada57372 100644
--- a/Documentation/spi/pxa2xx
+++ b/Documentation/spi/pxa2xx
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ configured to use SSPFRM instead.
143NOTE: the SPI driver cannot control the chip select if SSPFRM is used, so the 143NOTE: the SPI driver cannot control the chip select if SSPFRM is used, so the
144chipselect is dropped after each spi_transfer. Most devices need chip select 144chipselect is dropped after each spi_transfer. Most devices need chip select
145asserted around the complete message. Use SSPFRM as a GPIO (through cs_control) 145asserted around the complete message. Use SSPFRM as a GPIO (through cs_control)
146to accomodate these chips. 146to accommodate these chips.
147 147
148 148
149NSSP SLAVE SAMPLE 149NSSP SLAVE SAMPLE
diff --git a/Documentation/spi/spi-lm70llp b/Documentation/spi/spi-lm70llp
index 34a9cfd746bd..463f6d01fa15 100644
--- a/Documentation/spi/spi-lm70llp
+++ b/Documentation/spi/spi-lm70llp
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ The hardware interfacing on the LM70 LLP eval board is as follows:
46 46
47Note that since the LM70 uses a "3-wire" variant of SPI, the SI/SO pin 47Note that since the LM70 uses a "3-wire" variant of SPI, the SI/SO pin
48is connected to both pin D7 (as Master Out) and Select (as Master In) 48is connected to both pin D7 (as Master Out) and Select (as Master In)
49using an arrangment that lets either the parport or the LM70 pull the 49using an arrangement that lets either the parport or the LM70 pull the
50pin low. This can't be shared with true SPI devices, but other 3-wire 50pin low. This can't be shared with true SPI devices, but other 3-wire
51devices might share the same SI/SO pin. 51devices might share the same SI/SO pin.
52 52
diff --git a/Documentation/spinlocks.txt b/Documentation/spinlocks.txt
index 178c831b907d..2e3c64b1a6a5 100644
--- a/Documentation/spinlocks.txt
+++ b/Documentation/spinlocks.txt
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ to change the variables it has to get an exclusive write lock.
86 86
87The routines look the same as above: 87The routines look the same as above:
88 88
89 rwlock_t xxx_lock = RW_LOCK_UNLOCKED; 89 rwlock_t xxx_lock = __RW_LOCK_UNLOCKED(xxx_lock);
90 90
91 unsigned long flags; 91 unsigned long flags;
92 92
@@ -196,25 +196,3 @@ appropriate:
196 196
197For static initialization, use DEFINE_SPINLOCK() / DEFINE_RWLOCK() or 197For static initialization, use DEFINE_SPINLOCK() / DEFINE_RWLOCK() or
198__SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED() / __RW_LOCK_UNLOCKED() as appropriate. 198__SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED() / __RW_LOCK_UNLOCKED() as appropriate.
199
200SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED and RW_LOCK_UNLOCKED are deprecated. These interfere
201with lockdep state tracking.
202
203Most of the time, you can simply turn:
204 static spinlock_t xxx_lock = SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED;
205into:
206 static DEFINE_SPINLOCK(xxx_lock);
207
208Static structure member variables go from:
209
210 struct foo bar {
211 .lock = SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED;
212 };
213
214to:
215
216 struct foo bar {
217 .lock = __SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED(bar.lock);
218 };
219
220Declaration of static rw_locks undergo a similar transformation.
diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/fs.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/fs.txt
index 62682500878a..4af0614147ef 100644
--- a/Documentation/sysctl/fs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sysctl/fs.txt
@@ -88,20 +88,19 @@ you might want to raise the limit.
88 88
89file-max & file-nr: 89file-max & file-nr:
90 90
91The kernel allocates file handles dynamically, but as yet it
92doesn't free them again.
93
94The value in file-max denotes the maximum number of file- 91The value in file-max denotes the maximum number of file-
95handles that the Linux kernel will allocate. When you get lots 92handles that the Linux kernel will allocate. When you get lots
96of error messages about running out of file handles, you might 93of error messages about running out of file handles, you might
97want to increase this limit. 94want to increase this limit.
98 95
99Historically, the three values in file-nr denoted the number of 96Historically,the kernel was able to allocate file handles
100allocated file handles, the number of allocated but unused file 97dynamically, but not to free them again. The three values in
101handles, and the maximum number of file handles. Linux 2.6 always 98file-nr denote the number of allocated file handles, the number
102reports 0 as the number of free file handles -- this is not an 99of allocated but unused file handles, and the maximum number of
103error, it just means that the number of allocated file handles 100file handles. Linux 2.6 always reports 0 as the number of free
104exactly matches the number of used file handles. 101file handles -- this is not an error, it just means that the
102number of allocated file handles exactly matches the number of
103used file handles.
105 104
106Attempts to allocate more file descriptors than file-max are 105Attempts to allocate more file descriptors than file-max are
107reported with printk, look for "VFS: file-max limit <number> 106reported with printk, look for "VFS: file-max limit <number>
diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt
index 11d5ceda5bb0..36f007514db3 100644
--- a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ the different loglevels.
367 367
368- console_loglevel: messages with a higher priority than 368- console_loglevel: messages with a higher priority than
369 this will be printed to the console 369 this will be printed to the console
370- default_message_level: messages without an explicit priority 370- default_message_loglevel: messages without an explicit priority
371 will be printed with this priority 371 will be printed with this priority
372- minimum_console_loglevel: minimum (highest) value to which 372- minimum_console_loglevel: minimum (highest) value to which
373 console_loglevel can be set 373 console_loglevel can be set
diff --git a/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py b/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py
index dbeb8a0d7175..7ef9b843d529 100755
--- a/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py
+++ b/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py
@@ -239,8 +239,8 @@ def tcm_mod_build_configfs(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name):
239 buf += "#include <target/target_core_configfs.h>\n" 239 buf += "#include <target/target_core_configfs.h>\n"
240 buf += "#include <target/target_core_base.h>\n" 240 buf += "#include <target/target_core_base.h>\n"
241 buf += "#include <target/configfs_macros.h>\n\n" 241 buf += "#include <target/configfs_macros.h>\n\n"
242 buf += "#include <" + fabric_mod_name + "_base.h>\n" 242 buf += "#include \"" + fabric_mod_name + "_base.h\"\n"
243 buf += "#include <" + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric.h>\n\n" 243 buf += "#include \"" + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric.h\"\n\n"
244 244
245 buf += "/* Local pointer to allocated TCM configfs fabric module */\n" 245 buf += "/* Local pointer to allocated TCM configfs fabric module */\n"
246 buf += "struct target_fabric_configfs *" + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric_configfs;\n\n" 246 buf += "struct target_fabric_configfs *" + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric_configfs;\n\n"
@@ -289,6 +289,7 @@ def tcm_mod_build_configfs(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name):
289 buf += "{\n" 289 buf += "{\n"
290 buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl *nacl = container_of(se_acl,\n" 290 buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl *nacl = container_of(se_acl,\n"
291 buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl, se_node_acl);\n" 291 buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl, se_node_acl);\n"
292 buf += " core_tpg_del_initiator_node_acl(se_acl->se_tpg, se_acl, 1);\n"
292 buf += " kfree(nacl);\n" 293 buf += " kfree(nacl);\n"
293 buf += "}\n\n" 294 buf += "}\n\n"
294 295
@@ -583,9 +584,9 @@ def tcm_mod_dump_fabric_ops(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name):
583 buf += "#include <target/target_core_fabric_lib.h>\n" 584 buf += "#include <target/target_core_fabric_lib.h>\n"
584 buf += "#include <target/target_core_device.h>\n" 585 buf += "#include <target/target_core_device.h>\n"
585 buf += "#include <target/target_core_tpg.h>\n" 586 buf += "#include <target/target_core_tpg.h>\n"
586 buf += "#include <target/target_core_configfs.h>\n" 587 buf += "#include <target/target_core_configfs.h>\n\n"
587 buf += "#include <" + fabric_mod_name + "_base.h>\n" 588 buf += "#include \"" + fabric_mod_name + "_base.h\"\n"
588 buf += "#include <" + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric.h>\n\n" 589 buf += "#include \"" + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric.h\"\n\n"
589 590
590 buf += "int " + fabric_mod_name + "_check_true(struct se_portal_group *se_tpg)\n" 591 buf += "int " + fabric_mod_name + "_check_true(struct se_portal_group *se_tpg)\n"
591 buf += "{\n" 592 buf += "{\n"
@@ -973,14 +974,13 @@ def tcm_mod_dump_fabric_ops(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name):
973def tcm_mod_build_kbuild(fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): 974def tcm_mod_build_kbuild(fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name):
974 975
975 buf = "" 976 buf = ""
976 f = fabric_mod_dir_var + "/Kbuild" 977 f = fabric_mod_dir_var + "/Makefile"
977 print "Writing file: " + f 978 print "Writing file: " + f
978 979
979 p = open(f, 'w') 980 p = open(f, 'w')
980 if not p: 981 if not p:
981 tcm_mod_err("Unable to open file: " + f) 982 tcm_mod_err("Unable to open file: " + f)
982 983
983 buf = "EXTRA_CFLAGS += -I$(srctree)/drivers/target/ -I$(srctree)/include/ -I$(srctree)/drivers/scsi/ -I$(srctree)/include/scsi/ -I$(srctree)/drivers/target/" + fabric_mod_name + "\n\n"
984 buf += fabric_mod_name + "-objs := " + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric.o \\\n" 984 buf += fabric_mod_name + "-objs := " + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric.o \\\n"
985 buf += " " + fabric_mod_name + "_configfs.o\n" 985 buf += " " + fabric_mod_name + "_configfs.o\n"
986 buf += "obj-$(CONFIG_" + fabric_mod_name.upper() + ") += " + fabric_mod_name + ".o\n" 986 buf += "obj-$(CONFIG_" + fabric_mod_name.upper() + ") += " + fabric_mod_name + ".o\n"
@@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@ def tcm_mod_build_kconfig(fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name):
1018 1018
1019def tcm_mod_add_kbuild(tcm_dir, fabric_mod_name): 1019def tcm_mod_add_kbuild(tcm_dir, fabric_mod_name):
1020 buf = "obj-$(CONFIG_" + fabric_mod_name.upper() + ") += " + fabric_mod_name.lower() + "/\n" 1020 buf = "obj-$(CONFIG_" + fabric_mod_name.upper() + ") += " + fabric_mod_name.lower() + "/\n"
1021 kbuild = tcm_dir + "/drivers/target/Kbuild" 1021 kbuild = tcm_dir + "/drivers/target/Makefile"
1022 1022
1023 f = open(kbuild, 'a') 1023 f = open(kbuild, 'a')
1024 f.write(buf) 1024 f.write(buf)
@@ -1064,7 +1064,7 @@ def main(modname, proto_ident):
1064 tcm_mod_build_kbuild(fabric_mod_dir, fabric_mod_name) 1064 tcm_mod_build_kbuild(fabric_mod_dir, fabric_mod_name)
1065 tcm_mod_build_kconfig(fabric_mod_dir, fabric_mod_name) 1065 tcm_mod_build_kconfig(fabric_mod_dir, fabric_mod_name)
1066 1066
1067 input = raw_input("Would you like to add " + fabric_mod_name + "to drivers/target/Kbuild..? [yes,no]: ") 1067 input = raw_input("Would you like to add " + fabric_mod_name + "to drivers/target/Makefile..? [yes,no]: ")
1068 if input == "yes" or input == "y": 1068 if input == "yes" or input == "y":
1069 tcm_mod_add_kbuild(tcm_dir, fabric_mod_name) 1069 tcm_mod_add_kbuild(tcm_dir, fabric_mod_name)
1070 1070
diff --git a/Documentation/telephony/ixj.txt b/Documentation/telephony/ixj.txt
index 4fb314d51702..db94fb6c5678 100644
--- a/Documentation/telephony/ixj.txt
+++ b/Documentation/telephony/ixj.txt
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ be removed to protect the rights of others.
51Specifically, very old Internet PhoneJACK cards have non-standard 51Specifically, very old Internet PhoneJACK cards have non-standard
52G.723.1 codecs (due to the early nature of the DSPs in those days). 52G.723.1 codecs (due to the early nature of the DSPs in those days).
53The auto-conversion code to bring those cards into compliance with 53The auto-conversion code to bring those cards into compliance with
54todays standards is available as a binary only module to those people 54today's standards is available as a binary only module to those people
55needing it. If you bought your card after 1997 or so, you are OK - 55needing it. If you bought your card after 1997 or so, you are OK -
56it's only the very old cards that are affected. 56it's only the very old cards that are affected.
57 57
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/ftrace-design.txt b/Documentation/trace/ftrace-design.txt
index dc52bd442c92..79fcafc7fd64 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/ftrace-design.txt
+++ b/Documentation/trace/ftrace-design.txt
@@ -247,6 +247,13 @@ You need very few things to get the syscalls tracing in an arch.
247- Support the TIF_SYSCALL_TRACEPOINT thread flags. 247- Support the TIF_SYSCALL_TRACEPOINT thread flags.
248- Put the trace_sys_enter() and trace_sys_exit() tracepoints calls from ptrace 248- Put the trace_sys_enter() and trace_sys_exit() tracepoints calls from ptrace
249 in the ptrace syscalls tracing path. 249 in the ptrace syscalls tracing path.
250- If the system call table on this arch is more complicated than a simple array
251 of addresses of the system calls, implement an arch_syscall_addr to return
252 the address of a given system call.
253- If the symbol names of the system calls do not match the function names on
254 this arch, define ARCH_HAS_SYSCALL_MATCH_SYM_NAME in asm/ftrace.h and
255 implement arch_syscall_match_sym_name with the appropriate logic to return
256 true if the function name corresponds with the symbol name.
250- Tag this arch as HAVE_SYSCALL_TRACEPOINTS. 257- Tag this arch as HAVE_SYSCALL_TRACEPOINTS.
251 258
252 259
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt b/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt
index 557c1edeccaf..1ebc24cf9a55 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt
+++ b/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt
@@ -80,11 +80,11 @@ of ftrace. Here is a list of some of the key files:
80 tracers listed here can be configured by 80 tracers listed here can be configured by
81 echoing their name into current_tracer. 81 echoing their name into current_tracer.
82 82
83 tracing_enabled: 83 tracing_on:
84 84
85 This sets or displays whether the current_tracer 85 This sets or displays whether writing to the trace
86 is activated and tracing or not. Echo 0 into this 86 ring buffer is enabled. Echo 0 into this file to disable
87 file to disable the tracer or 1 to enable it. 87 the tracer or 1 to enable it.
88 88
89 trace: 89 trace:
90 90
@@ -202,10 +202,6 @@ Here is the list of current tracers that may be configured.
202 to draw a graph of function calls similar to C code 202 to draw a graph of function calls similar to C code
203 source. 203 source.
204 204
205 "sched_switch"
206
207 Traces the context switches and wakeups between tasks.
208
209 "irqsoff" 205 "irqsoff"
210 206
211 Traces the areas that disable interrupts and saves 207 Traces the areas that disable interrupts and saves
@@ -273,39 +269,6 @@ format, the function name that was traced "path_put" and the
273parent function that called this function "path_walk". The 269parent function that called this function "path_walk". The
274timestamp is the time at which the function was entered. 270timestamp is the time at which the function was entered.
275 271
276The sched_switch tracer also includes tracing of task wakeups
277and context switches.
278
279 ksoftirqd/1-7 [01] 1453.070013: 7:115:R + 2916:115:S
280 ksoftirqd/1-7 [01] 1453.070013: 7:115:R + 10:115:S
281 ksoftirqd/1-7 [01] 1453.070013: 7:115:R ==> 10:115:R
282 events/1-10 [01] 1453.070013: 10:115:S ==> 2916:115:R
283 kondemand/1-2916 [01] 1453.070013: 2916:115:S ==> 7:115:R
284 ksoftirqd/1-7 [01] 1453.070013: 7:115:S ==> 0:140:R
285
286Wake ups are represented by a "+" and the context switches are
287shown as "==>". The format is:
288
289 Context switches:
290
291 Previous task Next Task
292
293 <pid>:<prio>:<state> ==> <pid>:<prio>:<state>
294
295 Wake ups:
296
297 Current task Task waking up
298
299 <pid>:<prio>:<state> + <pid>:<prio>:<state>
300
301The prio is the internal kernel priority, which is the inverse
302of the priority that is usually displayed by user-space tools.
303Zero represents the highest priority (99). Prio 100 starts the
304"nice" priorities with 100 being equal to nice -20 and 139 being
305nice 19. The prio "140" is reserved for the idle task which is
306the lowest priority thread (pid 0).
307
308
309Latency trace format 272Latency trace format
310-------------------- 273--------------------
311 274
@@ -491,78 +454,10 @@ x494] <- /root/a.out[+0x4a8] <- /lib/libc-2.7.so[+0x1e1a6]
491 latencies, as described in "Latency 454 latencies, as described in "Latency
492 trace format". 455 trace format".
493 456
494sched_switch 457 overwrite - This controls what happens when the trace buffer is
495------------ 458 full. If "1" (default), the oldest events are
496 459 discarded and overwritten. If "0", then the newest
497This tracer simply records schedule switches. Here is an example 460 events are discarded.
498of how to use it.
499
500 # echo sched_switch > current_tracer
501 # echo 1 > tracing_enabled
502 # sleep 1
503 # echo 0 > tracing_enabled
504 # cat trace
505
506# tracer: sched_switch
507#
508# TASK-PID CPU# TIMESTAMP FUNCTION
509# | | | | |
510 bash-3997 [01] 240.132281: 3997:120:R + 4055:120:R
511 bash-3997 [01] 240.132284: 3997:120:R ==> 4055:120:R
512 sleep-4055 [01] 240.132371: 4055:120:S ==> 3997:120:R
513 bash-3997 [01] 240.132454: 3997:120:R + 4055:120:S
514 bash-3997 [01] 240.132457: 3997:120:R ==> 4055:120:R
515 sleep-4055 [01] 240.132460: 4055:120:D ==> 3997:120:R
516 bash-3997 [01] 240.132463: 3997:120:R + 4055:120:D
517 bash-3997 [01] 240.132465: 3997:120:R ==> 4055:120:R
518 <idle>-0 [00] 240.132589: 0:140:R + 4:115:S
519 <idle>-0 [00] 240.132591: 0:140:R ==> 4:115:R
520 ksoftirqd/0-4 [00] 240.132595: 4:115:S ==> 0:140:R
521 <idle>-0 [00] 240.132598: 0:140:R + 4:115:S
522 <idle>-0 [00] 240.132599: 0:140:R ==> 4:115:R
523 ksoftirqd/0-4 [00] 240.132603: 4:115:S ==> 0:140:R
524 sleep-4055 [01] 240.133058: 4055:120:S ==> 3997:120:R
525 [...]
526
527
528As we have discussed previously about this format, the header
529shows the name of the trace and points to the options. The
530"FUNCTION" is a misnomer since here it represents the wake ups
531and context switches.
532
533The sched_switch file only lists the wake ups (represented with
534'+') and context switches ('==>') with the previous task or
535current task first followed by the next task or task waking up.
536The format for both of these is PID:KERNEL-PRIO:TASK-STATE.
537Remember that the KERNEL-PRIO is the inverse of the actual
538priority with zero (0) being the highest priority and the nice
539values starting at 100 (nice -20). Below is a quick chart to map
540the kernel priority to user land priorities.
541
542 Kernel Space User Space
543 ===============================================================
544 0(high) to 98(low) user RT priority 99(high) to 1(low)
545 with SCHED_RR or SCHED_FIFO
546 ---------------------------------------------------------------
547 99 sched_priority is not used in scheduling
548 decisions(it must be specified as 0)
549 ---------------------------------------------------------------
550 100(high) to 139(low) user nice -20(high) to 19(low)
551 ---------------------------------------------------------------
552 140 idle task priority
553 ---------------------------------------------------------------
554
555The task states are:
556
557 R - running : wants to run, may not actually be running
558 S - sleep : process is waiting to be woken up (handles signals)
559 D - disk sleep (uninterruptible sleep) : process must be woken up
560 (ignores signals)
561 T - stopped : process suspended
562 t - traced : process is being traced (with something like gdb)
563 Z - zombie : process waiting to be cleaned up
564 X - unknown
565
566 461
567ftrace_enabled 462ftrace_enabled
568-------------- 463--------------
@@ -607,10 +502,10 @@ an example:
607 # echo irqsoff > current_tracer 502 # echo irqsoff > current_tracer
608 # echo latency-format > trace_options 503 # echo latency-format > trace_options
609 # echo 0 > tracing_max_latency 504 # echo 0 > tracing_max_latency
610 # echo 1 > tracing_enabled 505 # echo 1 > tracing_on
611 # ls -ltr 506 # ls -ltr
612 [...] 507 [...]
613 # echo 0 > tracing_enabled 508 # echo 0 > tracing_on
614 # cat trace 509 # cat trace
615# tracer: irqsoff 510# tracer: irqsoff
616# 511#
@@ -715,10 +610,10 @@ is much like the irqsoff tracer.
715 # echo preemptoff > current_tracer 610 # echo preemptoff > current_tracer
716 # echo latency-format > trace_options 611 # echo latency-format > trace_options
717 # echo 0 > tracing_max_latency 612 # echo 0 > tracing_max_latency
718 # echo 1 > tracing_enabled 613 # echo 1 > tracing_on
719 # ls -ltr 614 # ls -ltr
720 [...] 615 [...]
721 # echo 0 > tracing_enabled 616 # echo 0 > tracing_on
722 # cat trace 617 # cat trace
723# tracer: preemptoff 618# tracer: preemptoff
724# 619#
@@ -863,10 +758,10 @@ tracers.
863 # echo preemptirqsoff > current_tracer 758 # echo preemptirqsoff > current_tracer
864 # echo latency-format > trace_options 759 # echo latency-format > trace_options
865 # echo 0 > tracing_max_latency 760 # echo 0 > tracing_max_latency
866 # echo 1 > tracing_enabled 761 # echo 1 > tracing_on
867 # ls -ltr 762 # ls -ltr
868 [...] 763 [...]
869 # echo 0 > tracing_enabled 764 # echo 0 > tracing_on
870 # cat trace 765 # cat trace
871# tracer: preemptirqsoff 766# tracer: preemptirqsoff
872# 767#
@@ -1026,9 +921,9 @@ Instead of performing an 'ls', we will run 'sleep 1' under
1026 # echo wakeup > current_tracer 921 # echo wakeup > current_tracer
1027 # echo latency-format > trace_options 922 # echo latency-format > trace_options
1028 # echo 0 > tracing_max_latency 923 # echo 0 > tracing_max_latency
1029 # echo 1 > tracing_enabled 924 # echo 1 > tracing_on
1030 # chrt -f 5 sleep 1 925 # chrt -f 5 sleep 1
1031 # echo 0 > tracing_enabled 926 # echo 0 > tracing_on
1032 # cat trace 927 # cat trace
1033# tracer: wakeup 928# tracer: wakeup
1034# 929#
@@ -1140,9 +1035,9 @@ ftrace_enabled is set; otherwise this tracer is a nop.
1140 1035
1141 # sysctl kernel.ftrace_enabled=1 1036 # sysctl kernel.ftrace_enabled=1
1142 # echo function > current_tracer 1037 # echo function > current_tracer
1143 # echo 1 > tracing_enabled 1038 # echo 1 > tracing_on
1144 # usleep 1 1039 # usleep 1
1145 # echo 0 > tracing_enabled 1040 # echo 0 > tracing_on
1146 # cat trace 1041 # cat trace
1147# tracer: function 1042# tracer: function
1148# 1043#
@@ -1180,7 +1075,7 @@ int trace_fd;
1180[...] 1075[...]
1181int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { 1076int main(int argc, char *argv[]) {
1182 [...] 1077 [...]
1183 trace_fd = open(tracing_file("tracing_enabled"), O_WRONLY); 1078 trace_fd = open(tracing_file("tracing_on"), O_WRONLY);
1184 [...] 1079 [...]
1185 if (condition_hit()) { 1080 if (condition_hit()) {
1186 write(trace_fd, "0", 1); 1081 write(trace_fd, "0", 1);
@@ -1631,9 +1526,9 @@ If I am only interested in sys_nanosleep and hrtimer_interrupt:
1631 # echo sys_nanosleep hrtimer_interrupt \ 1526 # echo sys_nanosleep hrtimer_interrupt \
1632 > set_ftrace_filter 1527 > set_ftrace_filter
1633 # echo function > current_tracer 1528 # echo function > current_tracer
1634 # echo 1 > tracing_enabled 1529 # echo 1 > tracing_on
1635 # usleep 1 1530 # usleep 1
1636 # echo 0 > tracing_enabled 1531 # echo 0 > tracing_on
1637 # cat trace 1532 # cat trace
1638# tracer: ftrace 1533# tracer: ftrace
1639# 1534#
@@ -1879,9 +1774,9 @@ different. The trace is live.
1879 # echo function > current_tracer 1774 # echo function > current_tracer
1880 # cat trace_pipe > /tmp/trace.out & 1775 # cat trace_pipe > /tmp/trace.out &
1881[1] 4153 1776[1] 4153
1882 # echo 1 > tracing_enabled 1777 # echo 1 > tracing_on
1883 # usleep 1 1778 # usleep 1
1884 # echo 0 > tracing_enabled 1779 # echo 0 > tracing_on
1885 # cat trace 1780 # cat trace
1886# tracer: function 1781# tracer: function
1887# 1782#
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.txt b/Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.txt
index 5f77d94598dd..6d27ab8d6e9f 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.txt
+++ b/Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.txt
@@ -42,11 +42,25 @@ Synopsis of kprobe_events
42 +|-offs(FETCHARG) : Fetch memory at FETCHARG +|- offs address.(**) 42 +|-offs(FETCHARG) : Fetch memory at FETCHARG +|- offs address.(**)
43 NAME=FETCHARG : Set NAME as the argument name of FETCHARG. 43 NAME=FETCHARG : Set NAME as the argument name of FETCHARG.
44 FETCHARG:TYPE : Set TYPE as the type of FETCHARG. Currently, basic types 44 FETCHARG:TYPE : Set TYPE as the type of FETCHARG. Currently, basic types
45 (u8/u16/u32/u64/s8/s16/s32/s64) and string are supported. 45 (u8/u16/u32/u64/s8/s16/s32/s64), "string" and bitfield
46 are supported.
46 47
47 (*) only for return probe. 48 (*) only for return probe.
48 (**) this is useful for fetching a field of data structures. 49 (**) this is useful for fetching a field of data structures.
49 50
51Types
52-----
53Several types are supported for fetch-args. Kprobe tracer will access memory
54by given type. Prefix 's' and 'u' means those types are signed and unsigned
55respectively. Traced arguments are shown in decimal (signed) or hex (unsigned).
56String type is a special type, which fetches a "null-terminated" string from
57kernel space. This means it will fail and store NULL if the string container
58has been paged out.
59Bitfield is another special type, which takes 3 parameters, bit-width, bit-
60offset, and container-size (usually 32). The syntax is;
61
62 b<bit-width>@<bit-offset>/<container-size>
63
50 64
51Per-Probe Event Filtering 65Per-Probe Event Filtering
52------------------------- 66-------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/ring-buffer-design.txt b/Documentation/trace/ring-buffer-design.txt
index d299ff31df57..7d350b496585 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/ring-buffer-design.txt
+++ b/Documentation/trace/ring-buffer-design.txt
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ with the previous write.
237 |written | 237 |written |
238 +---------+ 238 +---------+
239 |written | 239 |written |
240 +---------+ <--- next positon for write (current commit) 240 +---------+ <--- next position for write (current commit)
241 | empty | 241 | empty |
242 +---------+ 242 +---------+
243 243
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/usbmon.txt b/Documentation/usb/usbmon.txt
index 66f92d1194c1..a4efa0462f05 100644
--- a/Documentation/usb/usbmon.txt
+++ b/Documentation/usb/usbmon.txt
@@ -12,6 +12,10 @@ Controller Drivers (HCD). So, if HCD is buggy, the traces reported by
12usbmon may not correspond to bus transactions precisely. This is the same 12usbmon may not correspond to bus transactions precisely. This is the same
13situation as with tcpdump. 13situation as with tcpdump.
14 14
15Two APIs are currently implemented: "text" and "binary". The binary API
16is available through a character device in /dev namespace and is an ABI.
17The text API is deprecated since 2.6.35, but available for convenience.
18
15* How to use usbmon to collect raw text traces 19* How to use usbmon to collect raw text traces
16 20
17Unlike the packet socket, usbmon has an interface which provides traces 21Unlike the packet socket, usbmon has an interface which provides traces
@@ -162,39 +166,11 @@ Here is the list of words, from left to right:
162 not machine words, but really just a byte stream split into words to make 166 not machine words, but really just a byte stream split into words to make
163 it easier to read. Thus, the last word may contain from one to four bytes. 167 it easier to read. Thus, the last word may contain from one to four bytes.
164 The length of collected data is limited and can be less than the data length 168 The length of collected data is limited and can be less than the data length
165 report in Data Length word. 169 reported in the Data Length word. In the case of an Isochronous input (Zi)
166 170 completion where the received data is sparse in the buffer, the length of
167Here is an example of code to read the data stream in a well known programming 171 the collected data can be greater than the Data Length value (because Data
168language: 172 Length counts only the bytes that were received whereas the Data words
169 173 contain the entire transfer buffer).
170class ParsedLine {
171 int data_len; /* Available length of data */
172 byte data[];
173
174 void parseData(StringTokenizer st) {
175 int availwords = st.countTokens();
176 data = new byte[availwords * 4];
177 data_len = 0;
178 while (st.hasMoreTokens()) {
179 String data_str = st.nextToken();
180 int len = data_str.length() / 2;
181 int i;
182 int b; // byte is signed, apparently?! XXX
183 for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
184 // data[data_len] = Byte.parseByte(
185 // data_str.substring(i*2, i*2 + 2),
186 // 16);
187 b = Integer.parseInt(
188 data_str.substring(i*2, i*2 + 2),
189 16);
190 if (b >= 128)
191 b *= -1;
192 data[data_len] = (byte) b;
193 data_len++;
194 }
195 }
196 }
197}
198 174
199Examples: 175Examples:
200 176
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/README.ivtv b/Documentation/video4linux/README.ivtv
index 42b06686eb78..2579b5b709ed 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/README.ivtv
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/README.ivtv
@@ -36,8 +36,7 @@ Additional features for the PVR-350 (CX23415 based):
36 * Provides comprehensive OSD (On Screen Display: ie. graphics overlaying the 36 * Provides comprehensive OSD (On Screen Display: ie. graphics overlaying the
37 video signal) 37 video signal)
38 * Provides a framebuffer (allowing X applications to appear on the video 38 * Provides a framebuffer (allowing X applications to appear on the video
39 device) (this framebuffer is not yet part of the kernel. In the meantime it 39 device)
40 is available from www.ivtvdriver.org).
41 * Supports raw YUV output. 40 * Supports raw YUV output.
42 41
43IMPORTANT: In case of problems first read this page: 42IMPORTANT: In case of problems first read this page:
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/README.pvrusb2 b/Documentation/video4linux/README.pvrusb2
index a747200fe67c..2137b589276b 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/README.pvrusb2
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/README.pvrusb2
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Source file list / functional overview:
172 to provide a streaming API usable by a read() system call style of 172 to provide a streaming API usable by a read() system call style of
173 I/O. Right now this is the only layer on top of pvrusb2-io.[ch], 173 I/O. Right now this is the only layer on top of pvrusb2-io.[ch],
174 however the underlying architecture here was intended to allow for 174 however the underlying architecture here was intended to allow for
175 other styles of I/O to be implemented with additonal modules, like 175 other styles of I/O to be implemented with additional modules, like
176 mmap()'ed buffers or something even more exotic. 176 mmap()'ed buffers or something even more exotic.
177 177
178 pvrusb2-main.c - This is the top level of the driver. Module level 178 pvrusb2-main.c - This is the top level of the driver. Module level
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/Zoran b/Documentation/video4linux/Zoran
index 699b60e070d2..c40e3bab08fa 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/Zoran
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/Zoran
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ Card number: 4
130 130
131Note: No module for the mse3000 is available yet 131Note: No module for the mse3000 is available yet
132Note: No module for the vpx3224 is available yet 132Note: No module for the vpx3224 is available yet
133Note: use encoder=X or decoder=X for non-default i2c chips (see i2c-id.h) 133Note: use encoder=X or decoder=X for non-default i2c chips
134 134
135=========================== 135===========================
136 136
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Insmod-options b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Insmod-options
index bbe3ed667d91..14c065fa23ef 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Insmod-options
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Insmod-options
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
1 1
2Note: "modinfo <module>" prints various informations about a kernel 2Note: "modinfo <module>" prints various information about a kernel
3module, among them a complete and up-to-date list of insmod options. 3module, among them a complete and up-to-date list of insmod options.
4This list tends to be outdated because it is updated manually ... 4This list tends to be outdated because it is updated manually ...
5 5
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README
index 3a367cdb664e..7cbf4fb6cf31 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ If you have trouble with some specific TV card, try to ask there
70instead of mailing me directly. The chance that someone with the 70instead of mailing me directly. The chance that someone with the
71same card listens there is much higher... 71same card listens there is much higher...
72 72
73For problems with sound: There are alot of different systems used 73For problems with sound: There are a lot of different systems used
74for TV sound all over the world. And there are also different chips 74for TV sound all over the world. And there are also different chips
75which decode the audio signal. Reports about sound problems ("stereo 75which decode the audio signal. Reports about sound problems ("stereo
76does'nt work") are pretty useless unless you include some details 76does'nt work") are pretty useless unless you include some details
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README.freeze b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README.freeze
index 4259dccc8287..5eddfa076cfb 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README.freeze
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README.freeze
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ state is stuck.
33 33
34I've seen reports that bttv 0.7.x crashes whereas 0.8.x works rock solid 34I've seen reports that bttv 0.7.x crashes whereas 0.8.x works rock solid
35for some people. Thus probably a small buglet left somewhere in bttv 35for some people. Thus probably a small buglet left somewhere in bttv
360.7.x. I have no idea where exactly, it works stable for me and alot of 360.7.x. I have no idea where exactly, it works stable for me and a lot of
37other people. But in case you have problems with the 0.7.x versions you 37other people. But in case you have problems with the 0.7.x versions you
38can give 0.8.x a try ... 38can give 0.8.x a try ...
39 39
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Sound-FAQ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Sound-FAQ
index 1e6328f91083..395f6c6fdd98 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Sound-FAQ
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Sound-FAQ
@@ -2,13 +2,13 @@
2bttv and sound mini howto 2bttv and sound mini howto
3========================= 3=========================
4 4
5There are alot of different bt848/849/878/879 based boards available. 5There are a lot of different bt848/849/878/879 based boards available.
6Making video work often is not a big deal, because this is handled 6Making video work often is not a big deal, because this is handled
7completely by the bt8xx chip, which is common on all boards. But 7completely by the bt8xx chip, which is common on all boards. But
8sound is handled in slightly different ways on each board. 8sound is handled in slightly different ways on each board.
9 9
10To handle the grabber boards correctly, there is a array tvcards[] in 10To handle the grabber boards correctly, there is a array tvcards[] in
11bttv-cards.c, which holds the informations required for each board. 11bttv-cards.c, which holds the information required for each board.
12Sound will work only, if the correct entry is used (for video it often 12Sound will work only, if the correct entry is used (for video it often
13makes no difference). The bttv driver prints a line to the kernel 13makes no difference). The bttv driver prints a line to the kernel
14log, telling which card type is used. Like this one: 14log, telling which card type is used. Like this one:
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/et61x251.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/et61x251.txt
index 1247566c4de3..e0cdae491858 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/et61x251.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/et61x251.txt
@@ -191,10 +191,10 @@ Syntax: <n>
191Description: Debugging information level, from 0 to 3: 191Description: Debugging information level, from 0 to 3:
192 0 = none (use carefully) 192 0 = none (use carefully)
193 1 = critical errors 193 1 = critical errors
194 2 = significant informations 194 2 = significant information
195 3 = more verbose messages 195 3 = more verbose messages
196 Level 3 is useful for testing only, when only one device 196 Level 3 is useful for testing only, when only one device
197 is used at the same time. It also shows some more informations 197 is used at the same time. It also shows some more information
198 about the hardware being detected. This module parameter can be 198 about the hardware being detected. This module parameter can be
199 changed at runtime thanks to the /sys filesystem interface. 199 changed at runtime thanks to the /sys filesystem interface.
200Default: 2 200Default: 2
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt
index 261776e0c5e1..5c542e60f51d 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt
@@ -103,6 +103,7 @@ spca561 046d:092d Logitech QC Elch2
103spca561 046d:092e Logitech QC Elch2 103spca561 046d:092e Logitech QC Elch2
104spca561 046d:092f Logitech QuickCam Express Plus 104spca561 046d:092f Logitech QuickCam Express Plus
105sunplus 046d:0960 Logitech ClickSmart 420 105sunplus 046d:0960 Logitech ClickSmart 420
106nw80x 046d:d001 Logitech QuickCam Pro (dark focus ring)
106sunplus 0471:0322 Philips DMVC1300K 107sunplus 0471:0322 Philips DMVC1300K
107zc3xx 0471:0325 Philips SPC 200 NC 108zc3xx 0471:0325 Philips SPC 200 NC
108zc3xx 0471:0326 Philips SPC 300 NC 109zc3xx 0471:0326 Philips SPC 300 NC
@@ -150,10 +151,12 @@ sunplus 04fc:5330 Digitrex 2110
150sunplus 04fc:5360 Sunplus Generic 151sunplus 04fc:5360 Sunplus Generic
151spca500 04fc:7333 PalmPixDC85 152spca500 04fc:7333 PalmPixDC85
152sunplus 04fc:ffff Pure DigitalDakota 153sunplus 04fc:ffff Pure DigitalDakota
154nw80x 0502:d001 DVC V6
153spca501 0506:00df 3Com HomeConnect Lite 155spca501 0506:00df 3Com HomeConnect Lite
154sunplus 052b:1507 Megapixel 5 Pretec DC-1007 156sunplus 052b:1507 Megapixel 5 Pretec DC-1007
155sunplus 052b:1513 Megapix V4 157sunplus 052b:1513 Megapix V4
156sunplus 052b:1803 MegaImage VI 158sunplus 052b:1803 MegaImage VI
159nw80x 052b:d001 EZCam Pro p35u
157tv8532 0545:808b Veo Stingray 160tv8532 0545:808b Veo Stingray
158tv8532 0545:8333 Veo Stingray 161tv8532 0545:8333 Veo Stingray
159sunplus 0546:3155 Polaroid PDC3070 162sunplus 0546:3155 Polaroid PDC3070
@@ -177,6 +180,7 @@ sunplus 055f:c530 Mustek Gsmart LCD 3
177sunplus 055f:c540 Gsmart D30 180sunplus 055f:c540 Gsmart D30
178sunplus 055f:c630 Mustek MDC4000 181sunplus 055f:c630 Mustek MDC4000
179sunplus 055f:c650 Mustek MDC5500Z 182sunplus 055f:c650 Mustek MDC5500Z
183nw80x 055f:d001 Mustek Wcam 300 mini
180zc3xx 055f:d003 Mustek WCam300A 184zc3xx 055f:d003 Mustek WCam300A
181zc3xx 055f:d004 Mustek WCam300 AN 185zc3xx 055f:d004 Mustek WCam300 AN
182conex 0572:0041 Creative Notebook cx11646 186conex 0572:0041 Creative Notebook cx11646
@@ -195,14 +199,20 @@ gl860 05e3:0503 Genesys Logic PC Camera
195gl860 05e3:f191 Genesys Logic PC Camera 199gl860 05e3:f191 Genesys Logic PC Camera
196spca561 060b:a001 Maxell Compact Pc PM3 200spca561 060b:a001 Maxell Compact Pc PM3
197zc3xx 0698:2003 CTX M730V built in 201zc3xx 0698:2003 CTX M730V built in
202nw80x 06a5:0000 Typhoon Webcam 100 USB
203nw80x 06a5:d001 Divio based webcams
204nw80x 06a5:d800 Divio Chicony TwinkleCam, Trust SpaceCam
198spca500 06bd:0404 Agfa CL20 205spca500 06bd:0404 Agfa CL20
199spca500 06be:0800 Optimedia 206spca500 06be:0800 Optimedia
207nw80x 06be:d001 EZCam Pro p35u
200sunplus 06d6:0031 Trust 610 LCD PowerC@m Zoom 208sunplus 06d6:0031 Trust 610 LCD PowerC@m Zoom
201spca506 06e1:a190 ADS Instant VCD 209spca506 06e1:a190 ADS Instant VCD
210ov534 06f8:3002 Hercules Blog Webcam
202ov534_9 06f8:3003 Hercules Dualpix HD Weblog 211ov534_9 06f8:3003 Hercules Dualpix HD Weblog
203sonixj 06f8:3004 Hercules Classic Silver 212sonixj 06f8:3004 Hercules Classic Silver
204sonixj 06f8:3008 Hercules Deluxe Optical Glass 213sonixj 06f8:3008 Hercules Deluxe Optical Glass
205pac7302 06f8:3009 Hercules Classic Link 214pac7302 06f8:3009 Hercules Classic Link
215nw80x 0728:d001 AVerMedia Camguard
206spca508 0733:0110 ViewQuest VQ110 216spca508 0733:0110 ViewQuest VQ110
207spca501 0733:0401 Intel Create and Share 217spca501 0733:0401 Intel Create and Share
208spca501 0733:0402 ViewQuest M318B 218spca501 0733:0402 ViewQuest M318B
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/omap3isp.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/omap3isp.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..69be2c782b98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/omap3isp.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
1OMAP 3 Image Signal Processor (ISP) driver
2
3Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation
4Copyright (C) 2009 Texas Instruments, Inc.
5
6Contacts: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
7 Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
8 David Cohen <dacohen@gmail.com>
9
10
11Introduction
12============
13
14This file documents the Texas Instruments OMAP 3 Image Signal Processor (ISP)
15driver located under drivers/media/video/omap3isp. The original driver was
16written by Texas Instruments but since that it has been rewritten (twice) at
17Nokia.
18
19The driver has been successfully used on the following versions of OMAP 3:
20
21 3430
22 3530
23 3630
24
25The driver implements V4L2, Media controller and v4l2_subdev interfaces.
26Sensor, lens and flash drivers using the v4l2_subdev interface in the kernel
27are supported.
28
29
30Split to subdevs
31================
32
33The OMAP 3 ISP is split into V4L2 subdevs, each of the blocks inside the ISP
34having one subdev to represent it. Each of the subdevs provide a V4L2 subdev
35interface to userspace.
36
37 OMAP3 ISP CCP2
38 OMAP3 ISP CSI2a
39 OMAP3 ISP CCDC
40 OMAP3 ISP preview
41 OMAP3 ISP resizer
42 OMAP3 ISP AEWB
43 OMAP3 ISP AF
44 OMAP3 ISP histogram
45
46Each possible link in the ISP is modelled by a link in the Media controller
47interface. For an example program see [2].
48
49
50Controlling the OMAP 3 ISP
51==========================
52
53In general, the settings given to the OMAP 3 ISP take effect at the beginning
54of the following frame. This is done when the module becomes idle during the
55vertical blanking period on the sensor. In memory-to-memory operation the pipe
56is run one frame at a time. Applying the settings is done between the frames.
57
58All the blocks in the ISP, excluding the CSI-2 and possibly the CCP2 receiver,
59insist on receiving complete frames. Sensors must thus never send the ISP
60partial frames.
61
62Autoidle does have issues with some ISP blocks on the 3430, at least.
63Autoidle is only enabled on 3630 when the omap3isp module parameter autoidle
64is non-zero.
65
66
67Events
68======
69
70The OMAP 3 ISP driver does support the V4L2 event interface on CCDC and
71statistics (AEWB, AF and histogram) subdevs.
72
73The CCDC subdev produces V4L2_EVENT_OMAP3ISP_HS_VS type event on HS_VS
74interrupt which is used to signal frame start. The event is triggered exactly
75when the reception of the first line of the frame starts in the CCDC module.
76The event can be subscribed on the CCDC subdev.
77
78(When using parallel interface one must pay account to correct configuration
79of the VS signal polarity. This is automatically correct when using the serial
80receivers.)
81
82Each of the statistics subdevs is able to produce events. An event is
83generated whenever a statistics buffer can be dequeued by a user space
84application using the VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_STAT_REQ IOCTL. The events available
85are:
86
87 V4L2_EVENT_OMAP3ISP_AEWB
88 V4L2_EVENT_OMAP3ISP_AF
89 V4L2_EVENT_OMAP3ISP_HIST
90
91The type of the event data is struct omap3isp_stat_event_status for these
92ioctls. If there is an error calculating the statistics, there will be an
93event as usual, but no related statistics buffer. In this case
94omap3isp_stat_event_status.buf_err is set to non-zero.
95
96
97Private IOCTLs
98==============
99
100The OMAP 3 ISP driver supports standard V4L2 IOCTLs and controls where
101possible and practical. Much of the functions provided by the ISP, however,
102does not fall under the standard IOCTLs --- gamma tables and configuration of
103statistics collection are examples of such.
104
105In general, there is a private ioctl for configuring each of the blocks
106containing hardware-dependent functions.
107
108The following private IOCTLs are supported:
109
110 VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_CCDC_CFG
111 VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_PRV_CFG
112 VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_AEWB_CFG
113 VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_HIST_CFG
114 VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_AF_CFG
115 VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_STAT_REQ
116 VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_STAT_EN
117
118The parameter structures used by these ioctls are described in
119include/linux/omap3isp.h. The detailed functions of the ISP itself related to
120a given ISP block is described in the Technical Reference Manuals (TRMs) ---
121see the end of the document for those.
122
123While it is possible to use the ISP driver without any use of these private
124IOCTLs it is not possible to obtain optimal image quality this way. The AEWB,
125AF and histogram modules cannot be used without configuring them using the
126appropriate private IOCTLs.
127
128
129CCDC and preview block IOCTLs
130=============================
131
132The VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_CCDC_CFG and VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_PRV_CFG IOCTLs are used to
133configure, enable and disable functions in the CCDC and preview blocks,
134respectively. Both IOCTLs control several functions in the blocks they
135control. VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_CCDC_CFG IOCTL accepts a pointer to struct
136omap3isp_ccdc_update_config as its argument. Similarly VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_PRV_CFG
137accepts a pointer to struct omap3isp_prev_update_config. The definition of
138both structures is available in [1].
139
140The update field in the structures tells whether to update the configuration
141for the specific function and the flag tells whether to enable or disable the
142function.
143
144The update and flag bit masks accept the following values. Each separate
145functions in the CCDC and preview blocks is associated with a flag (either
146disable or enable; part of the flag field in the structure) and a pointer to
147configuration data for the function.
148
149Valid values for the update and flag fields are listed here for
150VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_CCDC_CFG. Values may be or'ed to configure more than one
151function in the same IOCTL call.
152
153 OMAP3ISP_CCDC_ALAW
154 OMAP3ISP_CCDC_LPF
155 OMAP3ISP_CCDC_BLCLAMP
156 OMAP3ISP_CCDC_BCOMP
157 OMAP3ISP_CCDC_FPC
158 OMAP3ISP_CCDC_CULL
159 OMAP3ISP_CCDC_CONFIG_LSC
160 OMAP3ISP_CCDC_TBL_LSC
161
162The corresponding values for the VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_PRV_CFG are here:
163
164 OMAP3ISP_PREV_LUMAENH
165 OMAP3ISP_PREV_INVALAW
166 OMAP3ISP_PREV_HRZ_MED
167 OMAP3ISP_PREV_CFA
168 OMAP3ISP_PREV_CHROMA_SUPP
169 OMAP3ISP_PREV_WB
170 OMAP3ISP_PREV_BLKADJ
171 OMAP3ISP_PREV_RGB2RGB
172 OMAP3ISP_PREV_COLOR_CONV
173 OMAP3ISP_PREV_YC_LIMIT
174 OMAP3ISP_PREV_DEFECT_COR
175 OMAP3ISP_PREV_GAMMABYPASS
176 OMAP3ISP_PREV_DRK_FRM_CAPTURE
177 OMAP3ISP_PREV_DRK_FRM_SUBTRACT
178 OMAP3ISP_PREV_LENS_SHADING
179 OMAP3ISP_PREV_NF
180 OMAP3ISP_PREV_GAMMA
181
182The associated configuration pointer for the function may not be NULL when
183enabling the function. When disabling a function the configuration pointer is
184ignored.
185
186
187Statistic blocks IOCTLs
188=======================
189
190The statistics subdevs do offer more dynamic configuration options than the
191other subdevs. They can be enabled, disable and reconfigured when the pipeline
192is in streaming state.
193
194The statistics blocks always get the input image data from the CCDC (as the
195histogram memory read isn't implemented). The statistics are dequeueable by
196the user from the statistics subdev nodes using private IOCTLs.
197
198The private IOCTLs offered by the AEWB, AF and histogram subdevs are heavily
199reflected by the register level interface offered by the ISP hardware. There
200are aspects that are purely related to the driver implementation and these are
201discussed next.
202
203VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_STAT_EN
204-----------------------
205
206This private IOCTL enables/disables a statistic module. If this request is
207done before streaming, it will take effect as soon as the pipeline starts to
208stream. If the pipeline is already streaming, it will take effect as soon as
209the CCDC becomes idle.
210
211VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_AEWB_CFG, VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_HIST_CFG and VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_AF_CFG
212-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
213
214Those IOCTLs are used to configure the modules. They require user applications
215to have an in-depth knowledge of the hardware. Most of the fields explanation
216can be found on OMAP's TRMs. The two following fields common to all the above
217configure private IOCTLs require explanation for better understanding as they
218are not part of the TRM.
219
220omap3isp_[h3a_af/h3a_aewb/hist]_config.buf_size:
221
222The modules handle their buffers internally. The necessary buffer size for the
223module's data output depends on the requested configuration. Although the
224driver supports reconfiguration while streaming, it does not support a
225reconfiguration which requires bigger buffer size than what is already
226internally allocated if the module is enabled. It will return -EBUSY on this
227case. In order to avoid such condition, either disable/reconfigure/enable the
228module or request the necessary buffer size during the first configuration
229while the module is disabled.
230
231The internal buffer size allocation considers the requested configuration's
232minimum buffer size and the value set on buf_size field. If buf_size field is
233out of [minimum, maximum] buffer size range, it's clamped to fit in there.
234The driver then selects the biggest value. The corrected buf_size value is
235written back to user application.
236
237omap3isp_[h3a_af/h3a_aewb/hist]_config.config_counter:
238
239As the configuration doesn't take effect synchronously to the request, the
240driver must provide a way to track this information to provide more accurate
241data. After a configuration is requested, the config_counter returned to user
242space application will be an unique value associated to that request. When
243user application receives an event for buffer availability or when a new
244buffer is requested, this config_counter is used to match a buffer data and a
245configuration.
246
247VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_STAT_REQ
248------------------------
249
250Send to user space the oldest data available in the internal buffer queue and
251discards such buffer afterwards. The field omap3isp_stat_data.frame_number
252matches with the video buffer's field_count.
253
254
255Technical reference manuals (TRMs) and other documentation
256==========================================================
257
258OMAP 3430 TRM:
259<URL:http://focus.ti.com/pdfs/wtbu/OMAP34xx_ES3.1.x_PUBLIC_TRM_vZM.zip>
260Referenced 2011-03-05.
261
262OMAP 35xx TRM:
263<URL:http://www.ti.com/litv/pdf/spruf98o> Referenced 2011-03-05.
264
265OMAP 3630 TRM:
266<URL:http://focus.ti.com/pdfs/wtbu/OMAP36xx_ES1.x_PUBLIC_TRM_vQ.zip>
267Referenced 2011-03-05.
268
269DM 3730 TRM:
270<URL:http://www.ti.com/litv/pdf/sprugn4h> Referenced 2011-03-06.
271
272
273References
274==========
275
276[1] include/linux/omap3isp.h
277
278[2] http://git.ideasonboard.org/?p=media-ctl.git;a=summary
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/pxa_camera.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/pxa_camera.txt
index 4f6d0ca01956..51ed1578b0e8 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/pxa_camera.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/pxa_camera.txt
@@ -84,12 +84,12 @@ DMA usage
84 transfer is not started. On "End Of Frame" interrupt, the irq handler 84 transfer is not started. On "End Of Frame" interrupt, the irq handler
85 starts the DMA chain. 85 starts the DMA chain.
86 - capture of one videobuffer 86 - capture of one videobuffer
87 The DMA chain starts transfering data into videobuffer RAM pages. 87 The DMA chain starts transferring data into videobuffer RAM pages.
88 When all pages are transfered, the DMA irq is raised on "ENDINTR" status 88 When all pages are transferred, the DMA irq is raised on "ENDINTR" status
89 - finishing one videobuffer 89 - finishing one videobuffer
90 The DMA irq handler marks the videobuffer as "done", and removes it from 90 The DMA irq handler marks the videobuffer as "done", and removes it from
91 the active running queue 91 the active running queue
92 Meanwhile, the next videobuffer (if there is one), is transfered by DMA 92 Meanwhile, the next videobuffer (if there is one), is transferred by DMA
93 - finishing the last videobuffer 93 - finishing the last videobuffer
94 On the DMA irq of the last videobuffer, the QCI is stopped. 94 On the DMA irq of the last videobuffer, the QCI is stopped.
95 95
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ DMA usage
101 101
102 This structure is pointed by dma->sg_cpu. 102 This structure is pointed by dma->sg_cpu.
103 The descriptors are used as follows : 103 The descriptors are used as follows :
104 - desc-sg[i]: i-th descriptor, transfering the i-th sg 104 - desc-sg[i]: i-th descriptor, transferring the i-th sg
105 element to the video buffer scatter gather 105 element to the video buffer scatter gather
106 - finisher: has ddadr=DADDR_STOP, dcmd=ENDIRQEN 106 - finisher: has ddadr=DADDR_STOP, dcmd=ENDIRQEN
107 - linker: has ddadr= desc-sg[0] of next video buffer, dcmd=0 107 - linker: has ddadr= desc-sg[0] of next video buffer, dcmd=0
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/sn9c102.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/sn9c102.txt
index 73de4050d637..b4f67040403a 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/sn9c102.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/sn9c102.txt
@@ -214,10 +214,10 @@ Syntax: <n>
214Description: Debugging information level, from 0 to 3: 214Description: Debugging information level, from 0 to 3:
215 0 = none (use carefully) 215 0 = none (use carefully)
216 1 = critical errors 216 1 = critical errors
217 2 = significant informations 217 2 = significant information
218 3 = more verbose messages 218 3 = more verbose messages
219 Level 3 is useful for testing only. It also shows some more 219 Level 3 is useful for testing only. It also shows some more
220 informations about the hardware being detected. 220 information about the hardware being detected.
221 This parameter can be changed at runtime thanks to the /sys 221 This parameter can be changed at runtime thanks to the /sys
222 filesystem interface. 222 filesystem interface.
223Default: 2 223Default: 2
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt
index f22f35c271f3..cf21f7aae976 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt
@@ -71,6 +71,10 @@ sub-device instances, the video_device struct stores V4L2 device node data
71and in the future a v4l2_fh struct will keep track of filehandle instances 71and in the future a v4l2_fh struct will keep track of filehandle instances
72(this is not yet implemented). 72(this is not yet implemented).
73 73
74The V4L2 framework also optionally integrates with the media framework. If a
75driver sets the struct v4l2_device mdev field, sub-devices and video nodes
76will automatically appear in the media framework as entities.
77
74 78
75struct v4l2_device 79struct v4l2_device
76------------------ 80------------------
@@ -83,11 +87,20 @@ You must register the device instance:
83 87
84 v4l2_device_register(struct device *dev, struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev); 88 v4l2_device_register(struct device *dev, struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev);
85 89
86Registration will initialize the v4l2_device struct and link dev->driver_data 90Registration will initialize the v4l2_device struct. If the dev->driver_data
87to v4l2_dev. If v4l2_dev->name is empty then it will be set to a value derived 91field is NULL, it will be linked to v4l2_dev.
88from dev (driver name followed by the bus_id, to be precise). If you set it 92
89up before calling v4l2_device_register then it will be untouched. If dev is 93Drivers that want integration with the media device framework need to set
90NULL, then you *must* setup v4l2_dev->name before calling v4l2_device_register. 94dev->driver_data manually to point to the driver-specific device structure
95that embed the struct v4l2_device instance. This is achieved by a
96dev_set_drvdata() call before registering the V4L2 device instance. They must
97also set the struct v4l2_device mdev field to point to a properly initialized
98and registered media_device instance.
99
100If v4l2_dev->name is empty then it will be set to a value derived from dev
101(driver name followed by the bus_id, to be precise). If you set it up before
102calling v4l2_device_register then it will be untouched. If dev is NULL, then
103you *must* setup v4l2_dev->name before calling v4l2_device_register.
91 104
92You can use v4l2_device_set_name() to set the name based on a driver name and 105You can use v4l2_device_set_name() to set the name based on a driver name and
93a driver-global atomic_t instance. This will generate names like ivtv0, ivtv1, 106a driver-global atomic_t instance. This will generate names like ivtv0, ivtv1,
@@ -108,6 +121,7 @@ You unregister with:
108 121
109 v4l2_device_unregister(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev); 122 v4l2_device_unregister(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev);
110 123
124If the dev->driver_data field points to v4l2_dev, it will be reset to NULL.
111Unregistering will also automatically unregister all subdevs from the device. 125Unregistering will also automatically unregister all subdevs from the device.
112 126
113If you have a hotpluggable device (e.g. a USB device), then when a disconnect 127If you have a hotpluggable device (e.g. a USB device), then when a disconnect
@@ -167,6 +181,21 @@ static int __devinit drv_probe(struct pci_dev *pdev,
167 state->instance = atomic_inc_return(&drv_instance) - 1; 181 state->instance = atomic_inc_return(&drv_instance) - 1;
168} 182}
169 183
184If you have multiple device nodes then it can be difficult to know when it is
185safe to unregister v4l2_device. For this purpose v4l2_device has refcounting
186support. The refcount is increased whenever video_register_device is called and
187it is decreased whenever that device node is released. When the refcount reaches
188zero, then the v4l2_device release() callback is called. You can do your final
189cleanup there.
190
191If other device nodes (e.g. ALSA) are created, then you can increase and
192decrease the refcount manually as well by calling:
193
194void v4l2_device_get(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev);
195
196or:
197
198int v4l2_device_put(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev);
170 199
171struct v4l2_subdev 200struct v4l2_subdev
172------------------ 201------------------
@@ -254,6 +283,26 @@ A sub-device driver initializes the v4l2_subdev struct using:
254Afterwards you need to initialize subdev->name with a unique name and set the 283Afterwards you need to initialize subdev->name with a unique name and set the
255module owner. This is done for you if you use the i2c helper functions. 284module owner. This is done for you if you use the i2c helper functions.
256 285
286If integration with the media framework is needed, you must initialize the
287media_entity struct embedded in the v4l2_subdev struct (entity field) by
288calling media_entity_init():
289
290 struct media_pad *pads = &my_sd->pads;
291 int err;
292
293 err = media_entity_init(&sd->entity, npads, pads, 0);
294
295The pads array must have been previously initialized. There is no need to
296manually set the struct media_entity type and name fields, but the revision
297field must be initialized if needed.
298
299A reference to the entity will be automatically acquired/released when the
300subdev device node (if any) is opened/closed.
301
302Don't forget to cleanup the media entity before the sub-device is destroyed:
303
304 media_entity_cleanup(&sd->entity);
305
257A device (bridge) driver needs to register the v4l2_subdev with the 306A device (bridge) driver needs to register the v4l2_subdev with the
258v4l2_device: 307v4l2_device:
259 308
@@ -263,6 +312,9 @@ This can fail if the subdev module disappeared before it could be registered.
263After this function was called successfully the subdev->dev field points to 312After this function was called successfully the subdev->dev field points to
264the v4l2_device. 313the v4l2_device.
265 314
315If the v4l2_device parent device has a non-NULL mdev field, the sub-device
316entity will be automatically registered with the media device.
317
266You can unregister a sub-device using: 318You can unregister a sub-device using:
267 319
268 v4l2_device_unregister_subdev(sd); 320 v4l2_device_unregister_subdev(sd);
@@ -291,7 +343,7 @@ ignored. If you want to check for errors use this:
291 err = v4l2_device_call_until_err(v4l2_dev, 0, core, g_chip_ident, &chip); 343 err = v4l2_device_call_until_err(v4l2_dev, 0, core, g_chip_ident, &chip);
292 344
293Any error except -ENOIOCTLCMD will exit the loop with that error. If no 345Any error except -ENOIOCTLCMD will exit the loop with that error. If no
294errors (except -ENOIOCTLCMD) occured, then 0 is returned. 346errors (except -ENOIOCTLCMD) occurred, then 0 is returned.
295 347
296The second argument to both calls is a group ID. If 0, then all subdevs are 348The second argument to both calls is a group ID. If 0, then all subdevs are
297called. If non-zero, then only those whose group ID match that value will 349called. If non-zero, then only those whose group ID match that value will
@@ -319,6 +371,61 @@ controlled through GPIO pins. This distinction is only relevant when setting
319up the device, but once the subdev is registered it is completely transparent. 371up the device, but once the subdev is registered it is completely transparent.
320 372
321 373
374V4L2 sub-device userspace API
375-----------------------------
376
377Beside exposing a kernel API through the v4l2_subdev_ops structure, V4L2
378sub-devices can also be controlled directly by userspace applications.
379
380Device nodes named v4l-subdevX can be created in /dev to access sub-devices
381directly. If a sub-device supports direct userspace configuration it must set
382the V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_HAS_DEVNODE flag before being registered.
383
384After registering sub-devices, the v4l2_device driver can create device nodes
385for all registered sub-devices marked with V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_HAS_DEVNODE by calling
386v4l2_device_register_subdev_nodes(). Those device nodes will be automatically
387removed when sub-devices are unregistered.
388
389The device node handles a subset of the V4L2 API.
390
391VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL
392VIDIOC_QUERYMENU
393VIDIOC_G_CTRL
394VIDIOC_S_CTRL
395VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS
396VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS
397VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS
398
399 The controls ioctls are identical to the ones defined in V4L2. They
400 behave identically, with the only exception that they deal only with
401 controls implemented in the sub-device. Depending on the driver, those
402 controls can be also be accessed through one (or several) V4L2 device
403 nodes.
404
405VIDIOC_DQEVENT
406VIDIOC_SUBSCRIBE_EVENT
407VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT
408
409 The events ioctls are identical to the ones defined in V4L2. They
410 behave identically, with the only exception that they deal only with
411 events generated by the sub-device. Depending on the driver, those
412 events can also be reported by one (or several) V4L2 device nodes.
413
414 Sub-device drivers that want to use events need to set the
415 V4L2_SUBDEV_USES_EVENTS v4l2_subdev::flags and initialize
416 v4l2_subdev::nevents to events queue depth before registering the
417 sub-device. After registration events can be queued as usual on the
418 v4l2_subdev::devnode device node.
419
420 To properly support events, the poll() file operation is also
421 implemented.
422
423Private ioctls
424
425 All ioctls not in the above list are passed directly to the sub-device
426 driver through the core::ioctl operation.
427
428
322I2C sub-device drivers 429I2C sub-device drivers
323---------------------- 430----------------------
324 431
@@ -457,6 +564,10 @@ You should also set these fields:
457 Otherwise you give it a pointer to a struct mutex_lock and before any 564 Otherwise you give it a pointer to a struct mutex_lock and before any
458 of the v4l2_file_operations is called this lock will be taken by the 565 of the v4l2_file_operations is called this lock will be taken by the
459 core and released afterwards. 566 core and released afterwards.
567- prio: keeps track of the priorities. Used to implement VIDIOC_G/S_PRIORITY.
568 If left to NULL, then it will use the struct v4l2_prio_state in v4l2_device.
569 If you want to have a separate priority state per (group of) device node(s),
570 then you can point it to your own struct v4l2_prio_state.
460- parent: you only set this if v4l2_device was registered with NULL as 571- parent: you only set this if v4l2_device was registered with NULL as
461 the parent device struct. This only happens in cases where one hardware 572 the parent device struct. This only happens in cases where one hardware
462 device has multiple PCI devices that all share the same v4l2_device core. 573 device has multiple PCI devices that all share the same v4l2_device core.
@@ -466,13 +577,34 @@ You should also set these fields:
466 (cx8802). Since the v4l2_device cannot be associated with a particular 577 (cx8802). Since the v4l2_device cannot be associated with a particular
467 PCI device it is setup without a parent device. But when the struct 578 PCI device it is setup without a parent device. But when the struct
468 video_device is setup you do know which parent PCI device to use. 579 video_device is setup you do know which parent PCI device to use.
580- flags: optional. Set to V4L2_FL_USE_FH_PRIO if you want to let the framework
581 handle the VIDIOC_G/S_PRIORITY ioctls. This requires that you use struct
582 v4l2_fh. Eventually this flag will disappear once all drivers use the core
583 priority handling. But for now it has to be set explicitly.
469 584
470If you use v4l2_ioctl_ops, then you should set either .unlocked_ioctl or 585If you use v4l2_ioctl_ops, then you should set .unlocked_ioctl to video_ioctl2
471.ioctl to video_ioctl2 in your v4l2_file_operations struct. 586in your v4l2_file_operations struct.
587
588Do not use .ioctl! This is deprecated and will go away in the future.
472 589
473The v4l2_file_operations struct is a subset of file_operations. The main 590The v4l2_file_operations struct is a subset of file_operations. The main
474difference is that the inode argument is omitted since it is never used. 591difference is that the inode argument is omitted since it is never used.
475 592
593If integration with the media framework is needed, you must initialize the
594media_entity struct embedded in the video_device struct (entity field) by
595calling media_entity_init():
596
597 struct media_pad *pad = &my_vdev->pad;
598 int err;
599
600 err = media_entity_init(&vdev->entity, 1, pad, 0);
601
602The pads array must have been previously initialized. There is no need to
603manually set the struct media_entity type and name fields.
604
605A reference to the entity will be automatically acquired/released when the
606video device is opened/closed.
607
476v4l2_file_operations and locking 608v4l2_file_operations and locking
477-------------------------------- 609--------------------------------
478 610
@@ -502,6 +634,9 @@ for you.
502 return err; 634 return err;
503 } 635 }
504 636
637If the v4l2_device parent device has a non-NULL mdev field, the video device
638entity will be automatically registered with the media device.
639
505Which device is registered depends on the type argument. The following 640Which device is registered depends on the type argument. The following
506types exist: 641types exist:
507 642
@@ -577,6 +712,13 @@ release, of course) will return an error as well.
577When the last user of the video device node exits, then the vdev->release() 712When the last user of the video device node exits, then the vdev->release()
578callback is called and you can do the final cleanup there. 713callback is called and you can do the final cleanup there.
579 714
715Don't forget to cleanup the media entity associated with the video device if
716it has been initialized:
717
718 media_entity_cleanup(&vdev->entity);
719
720This can be done from the release callback.
721
580 722
581video_device helper functions 723video_device helper functions
582----------------------------- 724-----------------------------
@@ -636,39 +778,25 @@ struct v4l2_fh
636-------------- 778--------------
637 779
638struct v4l2_fh provides a way to easily keep file handle specific data 780struct v4l2_fh provides a way to easily keep file handle specific data
639that is used by the V4L2 framework. Using v4l2_fh is optional for 781that is used by the V4L2 framework. New drivers must use struct v4l2_fh
640drivers. 782since it is also used to implement priority handling (VIDIOC_G/S_PRIORITY)
783if the video_device flag V4L2_FL_USE_FH_PRIO is also set.
641 784
642The users of v4l2_fh (in the V4L2 framework, not the driver) know 785The users of v4l2_fh (in the V4L2 framework, not the driver) know
643whether a driver uses v4l2_fh as its file->private_data pointer by 786whether a driver uses v4l2_fh as its file->private_data pointer by
644testing the V4L2_FL_USES_V4L2_FH bit in video_device->flags. 787testing the V4L2_FL_USES_V4L2_FH bit in video_device->flags. This bit is
645 788set whenever v4l2_fh_init() is called.
646Useful functions:
647
648- v4l2_fh_init()
649
650 Initialise the file handle. This *MUST* be performed in the driver's
651 v4l2_file_operations->open() handler.
652
653- v4l2_fh_add()
654 789
655 Add a v4l2_fh to video_device file handle list. May be called after 790struct v4l2_fh is allocated as a part of the driver's own file handle
656 initialising the file handle. 791structure and file->private_data is set to it in the driver's open
657 792function by the driver.
658- v4l2_fh_del()
659
660 Unassociate the file handle from video_device(). The file handle
661 exit function may now be called.
662 793
663- v4l2_fh_exit() 794In many cases the struct v4l2_fh will be embedded in a larger structure.
795In that case you should call v4l2_fh_init+v4l2_fh_add in open() and
796v4l2_fh_del+v4l2_fh_exit in release().
664 797
665 Uninitialise the file handle. After uninitialisation the v4l2_fh 798Drivers can extract their own file handle structure by using the container_of
666 memory can be freed. 799macro. Example:
667
668struct v4l2_fh is allocated as a part of the driver's own file handle
669structure and is set to file->private_data in the driver's open
670function by the driver. Drivers can extract their own file handle
671structure by using the container_of macro. Example:
672 800
673struct my_fh { 801struct my_fh {
674 int blah; 802 int blah;
@@ -685,15 +813,21 @@ int my_open(struct file *file)
685 813
686 ... 814 ...
687 815
816 my_fh = kzalloc(sizeof(*my_fh), GFP_KERNEL);
817
818 ...
819
688 ret = v4l2_fh_init(&my_fh->fh, vfd); 820 ret = v4l2_fh_init(&my_fh->fh, vfd);
689 if (ret) 821 if (ret) {
822 kfree(my_fh);
690 return ret; 823 return ret;
824 }
691 825
692 v4l2_fh_add(&my_fh->fh); 826 ...
693 827
694 file->private_data = &my_fh->fh; 828 file->private_data = &my_fh->fh;
695 829 v4l2_fh_add(&my_fh->fh);
696 ... 830 return 0;
697} 831}
698 832
699int my_release(struct file *file) 833int my_release(struct file *file)
@@ -702,8 +836,65 @@ int my_release(struct file *file)
702 struct my_fh *my_fh = container_of(fh, struct my_fh, fh); 836 struct my_fh *my_fh = container_of(fh, struct my_fh, fh);
703 837
704 ... 838 ...
839 v4l2_fh_del(&my_fh->fh);
840 v4l2_fh_exit(&my_fh->fh);
841 kfree(my_fh);
842 return 0;
705} 843}
706 844
845Below is a short description of the v4l2_fh functions used:
846
847int v4l2_fh_init(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct video_device *vdev)
848
849 Initialise the file handle. This *MUST* be performed in the driver's
850 v4l2_file_operations->open() handler.
851
852void v4l2_fh_add(struct v4l2_fh *fh)
853
854 Add a v4l2_fh to video_device file handle list. Must be called once the
855 file handle is completely initialized.
856
857void v4l2_fh_del(struct v4l2_fh *fh)
858
859 Unassociate the file handle from video_device(). The file handle
860 exit function may now be called.
861
862void v4l2_fh_exit(struct v4l2_fh *fh)
863
864 Uninitialise the file handle. After uninitialisation the v4l2_fh
865 memory can be freed.
866
867
868If struct v4l2_fh is not embedded, then you can use these helper functions:
869
870int v4l2_fh_open(struct file *filp)
871
872 This allocates a struct v4l2_fh, initializes it and adds it to the struct
873 video_device associated with the file struct.
874
875int v4l2_fh_release(struct file *filp)
876
877 This deletes it from the struct video_device associated with the file
878 struct, uninitialised the v4l2_fh and frees it.
879
880These two functions can be plugged into the v4l2_file_operation's open() and
881release() ops.
882
883
884Several drivers need to do something when the first file handle is opened and
885when the last file handle closes. Two helper functions were added to check
886whether the v4l2_fh struct is the only open filehandle of the associated
887device node:
888
889int v4l2_fh_is_singular(struct v4l2_fh *fh)
890
891 Returns 1 if the file handle is the only open file handle, else 0.
892
893int v4l2_fh_is_singular_file(struct file *filp)
894
895 Same, but it calls v4l2_fh_is_singular with filp->private_data.
896
897
707V4L2 events 898V4L2 events
708----------- 899-----------
709 900
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/w9968cf.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/w9968cf.txt
index 05138e8aea07..9649450f3b90 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/w9968cf.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/w9968cf.txt
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ Syntax: <n>
413Description: Debugging information level, from 0 to 6: 413Description: Debugging information level, from 0 to 6:
414 0 = none (use carefully) 414 0 = none (use carefully)
415 1 = critical errors 415 1 = critical errors
416 2 = significant informations 416 2 = significant information
417 3 = configuration or general messages 417 3 = configuration or general messages
418 4 = warnings 418 4 = warnings
419 5 = called functions 419 5 = called functions
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/zc0301.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/zc0301.txt
index befdfdacdc5b..b41c83cf09f4 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/zc0301.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/zc0301.txt
@@ -181,10 +181,10 @@ Syntax: <n>
181Description: Debugging information level, from 0 to 3: 181Description: Debugging information level, from 0 to 3:
182 0 = none (use carefully) 182 0 = none (use carefully)
183 1 = critical errors 183 1 = critical errors
184 2 = significant informations 184 2 = significant information
185 3 = more verbose messages 185 3 = more verbose messages
186 Level 3 is useful for testing only, when only one device 186 Level 3 is useful for testing only, when only one device
187 is used at the same time. It also shows some more informations 187 is used at the same time. It also shows some information
188 about the hardware being detected. This module parameter can be 188 about the hardware being detected. This module parameter can be
189 changed at runtime thanks to the /sys filesystem interface. 189 changed at runtime thanks to the /sys filesystem interface.
190Default: 2 190Default: 2
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ the fingerprint is: '88E8 F32F 7244 68BA 3958 5D40 99DA 5D2A FCE6 35A4'.
261 261
26211. Credits 26211. Credits
263=========== 263===========
264- Informations about the chip internals needed to enable the I2C protocol have 264- Information about the chip internals needed to enable the I2C protocol have
265 been taken from the documentation of the ZC030x Video4Linux1 driver written 265 been taken from the documentation of the ZC030x Video4Linux1 driver written
266 by Andrew Birkett <andy@nobugs.org>; 266 by Andrew Birkett <andy@nobugs.org>;
267- The initialization values of the ZC0301 controller connected to the PAS202BCB 267- The initialization values of the ZC0301 controller connected to the PAS202BCB
diff --git a/Documentation/vm/active_mm.txt b/Documentation/vm/active_mm.txt
index 4ee1f643d897..dbf45817405f 100644
--- a/Documentation/vm/active_mm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/vm/active_mm.txt
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ we have a user context", and is generally done by the page fault handler
74and things like that). 74and things like that).
75 75
76Anyway, I put a pre-patch-2.3.13-1 on ftp.kernel.org just a moment ago, 76Anyway, I put a pre-patch-2.3.13-1 on ftp.kernel.org just a moment ago,
77because it slightly changes the interfaces to accomodate the alpha (who 77because it slightly changes the interfaces to accommodate the alpha (who
78would have thought it, but the alpha actually ends up having one of the 78would have thought it, but the alpha actually ends up having one of the
79ugliest context switch codes - unlike the other architectures where the MM 79ugliest context switch codes - unlike the other architectures where the MM
80and register state is separate, the alpha PALcode joins the two, and you 80and register state is separate, the alpha PALcode joins the two, and you
diff --git a/Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt b/Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt
index 457634c1e03e..f8551b3879f8 100644
--- a/Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt
+++ b/Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ number of huge pages requested. This is the most reliable method of
72allocating huge pages as memory has not yet become fragmented. 72allocating huge pages as memory has not yet become fragmented.
73 73
74Some platforms support multiple huge page sizes. To allocate huge pages 74Some platforms support multiple huge page sizes. To allocate huge pages
75of a specific size, one must preceed the huge pages boot command parameters 75of a specific size, one must precede the huge pages boot command parameters
76with a huge page size selection parameter "hugepagesz=<size>". <size> must 76with a huge page size selection parameter "hugepagesz=<size>". <size> must
77be specified in bytes with optional scale suffix [kKmMgG]. The default huge 77be specified in bytes with optional scale suffix [kKmMgG]. The default huge
78page size may be selected with the "default_hugepagesz=<size>" boot parameter. 78page size may be selected with the "default_hugepagesz=<size>" boot parameter.
diff --git a/Documentation/vm/overcommit-accounting b/Documentation/vm/overcommit-accounting
index 21c7b1f8f32b..706d7ed9d8d2 100644
--- a/Documentation/vm/overcommit-accounting
+++ b/Documentation/vm/overcommit-accounting
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ The Linux kernel supports the following overcommit handling modes
4 address space are refused. Used for a typical system. It 4 address space are refused. Used for a typical system. It
5 ensures a seriously wild allocation fails while allowing 5 ensures a seriously wild allocation fails while allowing
6 overcommit to reduce swap usage. root is allowed to 6 overcommit to reduce swap usage. root is allowed to
7 allocate slighly more memory in this mode. This is the 7 allocate slightly more memory in this mode. This is the
8 default. 8 default.
9 9
101 - Always overcommit. Appropriate for some scientific 101 - Always overcommit. Appropriate for some scientific
diff --git a/Documentation/vm/page-types.c b/Documentation/vm/page-types.c
index cc96ee2666f2..7445caa26d05 100644
--- a/Documentation/vm/page-types.c
+++ b/Documentation/vm/page-types.c
@@ -32,8 +32,20 @@
32#include <sys/types.h> 32#include <sys/types.h>
33#include <sys/errno.h> 33#include <sys/errno.h>
34#include <sys/fcntl.h> 34#include <sys/fcntl.h>
35#include <sys/mount.h>
36#include <sys/statfs.h>
37#include "../../include/linux/magic.h"
35 38
36 39
40#ifndef MAX_PATH
41# define MAX_PATH 256
42#endif
43
44#ifndef STR
45# define _STR(x) #x
46# define STR(x) _STR(x)
47#endif
48
37/* 49/*
38 * pagemap kernel ABI bits 50 * pagemap kernel ABI bits
39 */ 51 */
@@ -152,6 +164,12 @@ static const char *page_flag_names[] = {
152}; 164};
153 165
154 166
167static const char *debugfs_known_mountpoints[] = {
168 "/sys/kernel/debug",
169 "/debug",
170 0,
171};
172
155/* 173/*
156 * data structures 174 * data structures
157 */ 175 */
@@ -184,7 +202,7 @@ static int kpageflags_fd;
184static int opt_hwpoison; 202static int opt_hwpoison;
185static int opt_unpoison; 203static int opt_unpoison;
186 204
187static const char hwpoison_debug_fs[] = "/debug/hwpoison"; 205static char hwpoison_debug_fs[MAX_PATH+1];
188static int hwpoison_inject_fd; 206static int hwpoison_inject_fd;
189static int hwpoison_forget_fd; 207static int hwpoison_forget_fd;
190 208
@@ -464,21 +482,100 @@ static uint64_t kpageflags_flags(uint64_t flags)
464 return flags; 482 return flags;
465} 483}
466 484
485/* verify that a mountpoint is actually a debugfs instance */
486static int debugfs_valid_mountpoint(const char *debugfs)
487{
488 struct statfs st_fs;
489
490 if (statfs(debugfs, &st_fs) < 0)
491 return -ENOENT;
492 else if (st_fs.f_type != (long) DEBUGFS_MAGIC)
493 return -ENOENT;
494
495 return 0;
496}
497
498/* find the path to the mounted debugfs */
499static const char *debugfs_find_mountpoint(void)
500{
501 const char **ptr;
502 char type[100];
503 FILE *fp;
504
505 ptr = debugfs_known_mountpoints;
506 while (*ptr) {
507 if (debugfs_valid_mountpoint(*ptr) == 0) {
508 strcpy(hwpoison_debug_fs, *ptr);
509 return hwpoison_debug_fs;
510 }
511 ptr++;
512 }
513
514 /* give up and parse /proc/mounts */
515 fp = fopen("/proc/mounts", "r");
516 if (fp == NULL)
517 perror("Can't open /proc/mounts for read");
518
519 while (fscanf(fp, "%*s %"
520 STR(MAX_PATH)
521 "s %99s %*s %*d %*d\n",
522 hwpoison_debug_fs, type) == 2) {
523 if (strcmp(type, "debugfs") == 0)
524 break;
525 }
526 fclose(fp);
527
528 if (strcmp(type, "debugfs") != 0)
529 return NULL;
530
531 return hwpoison_debug_fs;
532}
533
534/* mount the debugfs somewhere if it's not mounted */
535
536static void debugfs_mount(void)
537{
538 const char **ptr;
539
540 /* see if it's already mounted */
541 if (debugfs_find_mountpoint())
542 return;
543
544 ptr = debugfs_known_mountpoints;
545 while (*ptr) {
546 if (mount(NULL, *ptr, "debugfs", 0, NULL) == 0) {
547 /* save the mountpoint */
548 strcpy(hwpoison_debug_fs, *ptr);
549 break;
550 }
551 ptr++;
552 }
553
554 if (*ptr == NULL) {
555 perror("mount debugfs");
556 exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
557 }
558}
559
467/* 560/*
468 * page actions 561 * page actions
469 */ 562 */
470 563
471static void prepare_hwpoison_fd(void) 564static void prepare_hwpoison_fd(void)
472{ 565{
473 char buf[100]; 566 char buf[MAX_PATH + 1];
567
568 debugfs_mount();
474 569
475 if (opt_hwpoison && !hwpoison_inject_fd) { 570 if (opt_hwpoison && !hwpoison_inject_fd) {
476 sprintf(buf, "%s/corrupt-pfn", hwpoison_debug_fs); 571 snprintf(buf, MAX_PATH, "%s/hwpoison/corrupt-pfn",
572 hwpoison_debug_fs);
477 hwpoison_inject_fd = checked_open(buf, O_WRONLY); 573 hwpoison_inject_fd = checked_open(buf, O_WRONLY);
478 } 574 }
479 575
480 if (opt_unpoison && !hwpoison_forget_fd) { 576 if (opt_unpoison && !hwpoison_forget_fd) {
481 sprintf(buf, "%s/unpoison-pfn", hwpoison_debug_fs); 577 snprintf(buf, MAX_PATH, "%s/hwpoison/unpoison-pfn",
578 hwpoison_debug_fs);
482 hwpoison_forget_fd = checked_open(buf, O_WRONLY); 579 hwpoison_forget_fd = checked_open(buf, O_WRONLY);
483 } 580 }
484} 581}
diff --git a/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt b/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt
index 2d70d0d95108..97bae3c576c2 100644
--- a/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt
+++ b/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt
@@ -84,8 +84,7 @@ indicate that the page is being managed on the unevictable list.
84 84
85The PG_unevictable flag is analogous to, and mutually exclusive with, the 85The PG_unevictable flag is analogous to, and mutually exclusive with, the
86PG_active flag in that it indicates on which LRU list a page resides when 86PG_active flag in that it indicates on which LRU list a page resides when
87PG_lru is set. The unevictable list is compile-time configurable based on the 87PG_lru is set.
88UNEVICTABLE_LRU Kconfig option.
89 88
90The Unevictable LRU infrastructure maintains unevictable pages on an additional 89The Unevictable LRU infrastructure maintains unevictable pages on an additional
91LRU list for a few reasons: 90LRU list for a few reasons:
diff --git a/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds2423 b/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds2423
index 90a65d23cf59..3f98b505a0ee 100644
--- a/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds2423
+++ b/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds2423
@@ -21,8 +21,8 @@ value and associated ram buffer is outpputed to own line.
21 21
22Each lines will contain the values of 42 bytes read from the counter and 22Each lines will contain the values of 42 bytes read from the counter and
23memory page along the crc=YES or NO for indicating whether the read operation 23memory page along the crc=YES or NO for indicating whether the read operation
24was successfull and CRC matched. 24was successful and CRC matched.
25If the operation was successfull, there is also in the end of each line 25If the operation was successful, there is also in the end of each line
26a counter value expressed as an integer after c= 26a counter value expressed as an integer after c=
27 27
28Meaning of 42 bytes represented is following: 28Meaning of 42 bytes represented is following:
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Meaning of 42 bytes represented is following:
34 - crc=YES/NO indicating whether read was ok and crc matched 34 - crc=YES/NO indicating whether read was ok and crc matched
35 - c=<int> current counter value 35 - c=<int> current counter value
36 36
37example from the successfull read: 37example from the successful read:
3800 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 6d 38 00 ff ff 00 00 fe ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff crc=YES c=2 3800 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 6d 38 00 ff ff 00 00 fe ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff crc=YES c=2
3900 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 e0 1f 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff crc=YES c=2 3900 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 e0 1f 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff crc=YES c=2
4000 29 c6 5d 18 00 00 00 00 04 37 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff crc=YES c=408798761 4000 29 c6 5d 18 00 00 00 00 04 37 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff 00 00 ff ff crc=YES c=408798761
diff --git a/Documentation/w1/w1.netlink b/Documentation/w1/w1.netlink
index 804445f745ed..f59a31965d50 100644
--- a/Documentation/w1/w1.netlink
+++ b/Documentation/w1/w1.netlink
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ which will contain list of all registered master ids in the following
81format: 81format:
82 82
83 cn_msg (CN_W1_IDX.CN_W1_VAL as id, len is equal to sizeof(struct 83 cn_msg (CN_W1_IDX.CN_W1_VAL as id, len is equal to sizeof(struct
84 w1_netlink_msg) plus number of masters multipled by 4) 84 w1_netlink_msg) plus number of masters multiplied by 4)
85 w1_netlink_msg (type: W1_LIST_MASTERS, len is equal to 85 w1_netlink_msg (type: W1_LIST_MASTERS, len is equal to
86 number of masters multiplied by 4 (u32 size)) 86 number of masters multiplied by 4 (u32 size))
87 id0 ... idN 87 id0 ... idN
diff --git a/Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.txt b/Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.txt
index 9c24d5ffbb06..9488078900e0 100644
--- a/Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.txt
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Last reviewed: 06/02/2009
8 The HP iLO2 NMI Watchdog driver is a kernel module that provides basic 8 The HP iLO2 NMI Watchdog driver is a kernel module that provides basic
9 watchdog functionality and the added benefit of NMI sourcing. Both the 9 watchdog functionality and the added benefit of NMI sourcing. Both the
10 watchdog functionality and the NMI sourcing capability need to be enabled 10 watchdog functionality and the NMI sourcing capability need to be enabled
11 by the user. Remember that the two modes are not dependant on one another. 11 by the user. Remember that the two modes are not dependent on one another.
12 A user can have the NMI sourcing without the watchdog timer and vice-versa. 12 A user can have the NMI sourcing without the watchdog timer and vice-versa.
13 13
14 Watchdog functionality is enabled like any other common watchdog driver. That 14 Watchdog functionality is enabled like any other common watchdog driver. That
diff --git a/Documentation/workqueue.txt b/Documentation/workqueue.txt
index 996a27d9b8db..01c513fac40e 100644
--- a/Documentation/workqueue.txt
+++ b/Documentation/workqueue.txt
@@ -190,9 +190,9 @@ resources, scheduled and executed.
190 * Long running CPU intensive workloads which can be better 190 * Long running CPU intensive workloads which can be better
191 managed by the system scheduler. 191 managed by the system scheduler.
192 192
193 WQ_FREEZEABLE 193 WQ_FREEZABLE
194 194
195 A freezeable wq participates in the freeze phase of the system 195 A freezable wq participates in the freeze phase of the system
196 suspend operations. Work items on the wq are drained and no 196 suspend operations. Work items on the wq are drained and no
197 new work item starts execution until thawed. 197 new work item starts execution until thawed.
198 198
diff --git a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt b/Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt
index 7fbbaf85f5b7..092e596a1301 100644
--- a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt
+++ b/Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt
@@ -189,13 +189,13 @@ ACPI
189 189
190PCI 190PCI
191 191
192 pci=off Don't use PCI 192 pci=off Don't use PCI
193 pci=conf1 Use conf1 access. 193 pci=conf1 Use conf1 access.
194 pci=conf2 Use conf2 access. 194 pci=conf2 Use conf2 access.
195 pci=rom Assign ROMs. 195 pci=rom Assign ROMs.
196 pci=assign-busses Assign busses 196 pci=assign-busses Assign busses
197 pci=irqmask=MASK Set PCI interrupt mask to MASK 197 pci=irqmask=MASK Set PCI interrupt mask to MASK
198 pci=lastbus=NUMBER Scan upto NUMBER busses, no matter what the mptable says. 198 pci=lastbus=NUMBER Scan up to NUMBER busses, no matter what the mptable says.
199 pci=noacpi Don't use ACPI to set up PCI interrupt routing. 199 pci=noacpi Don't use ACPI to set up PCI interrupt routing.
200 200
201IOMMU (input/output memory management unit) 201IOMMU (input/output memory management unit)
@@ -293,11 +293,6 @@ IOMMU (input/output memory management unit)
293 293
294Debugging 294Debugging
295 295
296 oops=panic Always panic on oopses. Default is to just kill the process,
297 but there is a small probability of deadlocking the machine.
298 This will also cause panics on machine check exceptions.
299 Useful together with panic=30 to trigger a reboot.
300
301 kstack=N Print N words from the kernel stack in oops dumps. 296 kstack=N Print N words from the kernel stack in oops dumps.
302 297
303 pagefaulttrace Dump all page faults. Only useful for extreme debugging 298 pagefaulttrace Dump all page faults. Only useful for extreme debugging
diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/SecurityBugs b/Documentation/zh_CN/SecurityBugs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d21eb07fe943
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/SecurityBugs
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
1Chinese translated version of Documentation/SecurityBugs
2
3If you have any comment or update to the content, please contact the
4original document maintainer directly. However, if you have a problem
5communicating in English you can also ask the Chinese maintainer for
6help. Contact the Chinese maintainer if this translation is outdated
7or if there is a problem with the translation.
8
9Chinese maintainer: Harry Wei <harryxiyou@gmail.com>
10---------------------------------------------------------------------
11Documentation/SecurityBugs 鐨勪腑鏂囩炕璇
12
13濡傛灉鎯宠瘎璁烘垨鏇存柊鏈枃鐨勫唴瀹癸紝璇风洿鎺ヨ仈绯诲師鏂囨。鐨勭淮鎶よ呫傚鏋滀綘浣跨敤鑻辨枃
14浜ゆ祦鏈夊洶闅剧殑璇濓紝涔熷彲浠ュ悜涓枃鐗堢淮鎶よ呮眰鍔┿傚鏋滄湰缈昏瘧鏇存柊涓嶅強鏃舵垨鑰呯炕
15璇戝瓨鍦ㄩ棶棰橈紝璇疯仈绯讳腑鏂囩増缁存姢鑰呫
16
17涓枃鐗堢淮鎶よ咃細 璐惧▉濞 Harry Wei <harryxiyou@gmail.com>
18涓枃鐗堢炕璇戣咃細 璐惧▉濞 Harry Wei <harryxiyou@gmail.com>
19涓枃鐗堟牎璇戣咃細 璐惧▉濞 Harry Wei <harryxiyou@gmail.com>
20
21
22浠ヤ笅涓烘鏂
23---------------------------------------------------------------------
24Linux鍐呮牳寮鍙戣呰涓哄畨鍏ㄩ潪甯搁噸瑕併傚洜姝わ紝鎴戜滑鎯宠鐭ラ亾褰撲竴涓湁鍏充簬
25瀹夊叏鐨勬紡娲炶鍙戠幇鐨勬椂鍊欙紝骞朵笖瀹冨彲鑳戒細琚敖蹇殑淇鎴栬呭叕寮銆傝鎶婅繖涓畨鍏
26婕忔礊鎶ュ憡缁橪inux鍐呮牳瀹夊叏鍥㈤槦銆
27
281) 鑱旂郴
29
30linux鍐呮牳瀹夊叏鍥㈤槦鍙互閫氳繃email<security@kernel.org>鏉ヨ仈绯汇傝繖鏄
31涓缁勭嫭绔嬬殑瀹夊叏宸ヤ綔浜哄憳锛屽彲浠ュ府鍔╂敼鍠勬紡娲炴姤鍛婂苟涓斿叕甯冨拰鍙栨秷涓涓慨澶嶃傚畨
32鍏ㄥ洟闃熸湁鍙兘浼氫粠閮ㄥ垎鐨勭淮鎶よ呴偅閲屽紩杩涢澶栫殑甯姪鏉ヤ簡瑙e苟涓斾慨澶嶅畨鍏ㄦ紡娲炪
33褰撻亣鍒颁换浣曟紡娲烇紝鎵鑳芥彁渚涚殑淇℃伅瓒婂灏辫秺鑳借瘖鏂拰淇銆傚鏋滀綘涓嶆竻妤氫粈涔
34鏄湁甯姪鐨勪俊鎭紝閭e氨璇烽噸娓╀竴涓婻EPORTING-BUGS鏂囦欢涓殑姒傝堪杩囩▼銆備换
35浣曟敾鍑绘х殑浠g爜閮芥槸闈炲父鏈夌敤鐨勶紝鏈粡鎶ュ憡鑰呯殑鍚屾剰涓嶄細琚彇娑堬紝闄ら潪瀹冨凡缁
36琚叕甯冧簬浼椼
37
382) 鍏紑
39
40Linux鍐呮牳瀹夊叏鍥㈤槦鐨勫畻鏃ㄥ氨鏄拰婕忔礊鎻愪氦鑰呬竴璧峰鐞嗘紡娲炵殑瑙e喅鏂规鐩
41鍒板叕寮銆傛垜浠枩娆㈠敖蹇湴瀹屽叏鍏紑婕忔礊銆傚綋涓涓紡娲炴垨鑰呬慨澶嶈繕娌℃湁琚畬鍏ㄥ湴鐞
42瑙o紝瑙e喅鏂规娌℃湁閫氳繃娴嬭瘯鎴栬呬緵搴斿晢鍗忚皟锛屽彲浠ュ悎鐞嗗湴寤惰繜鍏紑銆傜劧鑰岋紝鎴戜滑
43鏈熸湜杩欎簺寤惰繜灏藉彲鑳界殑鐭簺锛屾槸鍙暟鐨勫嚑澶╋紝鑰屼笉鏄嚑涓槦鏈熸垨鑰呭嚑涓湀銆傚叕寮
44鏃ユ湡鏄氳繃瀹夊叏鍥㈤槦鍜屾紡娲炴彁渚涜呬互鍙婁緵搴斿晢娲借皥鍚庣殑缁撴灉銆傚叕寮鏃堕棿琛ㄦ槸浠庡緢
45鐭紙鐗规畩鐨勶紝瀹冨凡缁忚鍏紬鎵鐭ラ亾锛夊埌鍑犱釜鏄熸湡銆備綔涓轰竴涓熀鏈殑榛樿鏀跨瓥锛屾垜
46浠墍鏈熸湜閫氱煡鍏紬鐨勬棩鏈熸槸7澶╃殑瀹夋帓銆
47
483) 淇濆瘑鍗忚
49
50Linux鍐呮牳瀹夊叏鍥㈤槦涓嶆槸涓涓寮忕殑鍥綋锛屽洜姝や笉鑳藉姞鍏ヤ换浣曠殑淇濆瘑鍗忚銆
diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/SubmitChecklist b/Documentation/zh_CN/SubmitChecklist
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..951415bbab0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/SubmitChecklist
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
1Chinese translated version of Documentation/SubmitChecklist
2
3If you have any comment or update to the content, please contact the
4original document maintainer directly. However, if you have a problem
5communicating in English you can also ask the Chinese maintainer for
6help. Contact the Chinese maintainer if this translation is outdated
7or if there is a problem with the translation.
8
9Chinese maintainer: Harry Wei <harryxiyou@gmail.com>
10---------------------------------------------------------------------
11Documentation/SubmitChecklist 的中文翻译
12
13如果想评论或更新本文的内容,请直接联系原文档的维护者。如果你使用英文
14交流有困难的话,也可以向中文版维护者求助。如果本翻译更新不及时或者翻
15译存在问题,请联系中文版维护者。
16
17中文版维护者: 贾威威 Harry Wei <harryxiyou@gmail.com>
18中文版翻译者: 贾威威 Harry Wei <harryxiyou@gmail.com>
19中文版校译者: 贾威威 Harry Wei <harryxiyou@gmail.com>
20
21
22以下为正文
23---------------------------------------------------------------------
24Linux内核提交清单
25~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
26
27这里有一些内核开发者应该做的基本事情,如果他们想看到自己的内核补丁提交
28被接受的更快。
29
30这些都是超出Documentation/SubmittingPatches文档里所提供的以及其他
31关于提交Linux内核补丁的说明。
32
331:如果你使用了一个功能那么就#include定义/声明那个功能的那个文件。
34 不要依靠其他间接引入定义/声明那个功能的头文件。
35
362:构建简洁适用或者更改CONFIG选项 =y,=m,或者=n。
37 不要有编译警告/错误, 不要有链接警告/错误。
38
392b:通过 allnoconfig, allmodconfig
40
412c:当使用 0=builddir 成功地构建
42
433:通过使用本地交叉编译工具或者其他一些构建产所,在多CPU框架上构建。
44
454:ppc64 是一个很好的检查交叉编译的框架,因为它往往把‘unsigned long’
46 当64位值来使用。
47
485:按照Documentation/CodingStyle文件里的详细描述,检查你补丁的整体风格。
49 使用补丁风格检查琐碎的违规(scripts/checkpatch.pl),审核员优先提交。
50 你应该调整遗留在你补丁中的所有违规。
51
526:任何更新或者改动CONFIG选项都不能打乱配置菜单。
53
547:所有的Kconfig选项更新都要有说明文字。
55
568:已经认真地总结了相关的Kconfig组合。这是很难通过测试做好的--脑力在这里下降。
57
589:检查具有简洁性。
59
6010:使用'make checkstack'和'make namespacecheck'检查,然后修改所找到的问题。
61 注意:堆栈检查不会明确地出现问题,但是任何的一个函数在堆栈上使用多于512字节
62 都要准备修改。
63
6411:包含kernel-doc到全局内核APIs文件。(不要求静态的函数,但是包含也无所谓。)
65 使用'make htmldocs'或者'make mandocs'来检查kernel-doc,然后修改任何
66 发现的问题。
67
6812:已经通过CONFIG_PREEMPT, CONFIG_DEBUG_PREEMPT,
69 CONFIG_DEBUG_SLAB, CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC, CONFIG_DEBUG_MUTEXES,
70 CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK, CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK_SLEEP测试,并且同时都
71 使能。
72
7313:已经都构建并且使用或者不使用 CONFIG_SMP 和 CONFIG_PREEMPT测试执行时间。
74
7514:如果补丁影响IO/Disk,等等:已经通过使用或者不使用 CONFIG_LBDAF 测试。
76
7715:所有的codepaths已经行使所有lockdep启用功能。
78
7916:所有的/proc记录更新都要作成文件放在Documentation/目录下。
80
8117:所有的内核启动参数更新都被记录到Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt文件中。
82
8318:所有的模块参数更新都用MODULE_PARM_DESC()记录。
84
8519:所有的用户空间接口更新都被记录到Documentation/ABI/。查看Documentation/ABI/README
86 可以获得更多的信息。改变用户空间接口的补丁应该被邮件抄送给linux-api@vger.kernel.org。
87
8820:检查它是不是都通过`make headers_check'。
89
9021:已经通过至少引入slab和page-allocation失败检查。查看Documentation/fault-injection/。
91
9222:新加入的源码已经通过`gcc -W'(使用"make EXTRA_CFLAGS=-W")编译。这样将产生很多烦恼,
93 但是对于寻找漏洞很有益处,例如:"warning: comparison between signed and unsigned"。
94
9523:当它被合并到-mm补丁集后再测试,用来确定它是否还和补丁队列中的其他补丁一起工作以及在VM,VFS
96 和其他子系统中各个变化。
97
9824:所有的内存屏障{e.g., barrier(), rmb(), wmb()}需要在源代码中的一个注释来解释他们都是干什么的
99 以及原因。
100
10125:如果有任何输入输出控制的补丁被添加,也要更新Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt。
102
10326:如果你的更改代码依靠或者使用任何的内核APIs或者与下面的kconfig符号有关系的功能,你就要
104 使用相关的kconfig符号关闭, and/or =m(如果选项提供)[在同一时间不是所用的都启用,仅仅各个或者自由
105 组合他们]:
106
107 CONFIG_SMP, CONFIG_SYSFS, CONFIG_PROC_FS, CONFIG_INPUT, CONFIG_PCI,
108 CONFIG_BLOCK, CONFIG_PM, CONFIG_HOTPLUG, CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ,
109 CONFIG_NET, CONFIG_INET=n (后一个使用 CONFIG_NET=y)
diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingPatches b/Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingPatches
index 9a1a6e1ed09e..0f4385a62a49 100644
--- a/Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingPatches
+++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingPatches
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ http://userweb.kernel.org/~akpm/stuff/patch-scripts.tar.gz
100 100
101灏嗘敼鍔ㄦ媶鍒嗭紝閫昏緫绫讳技鐨勬斁鍒板悓涓涓ˉ涓佹枃浠堕噷銆 101灏嗘敼鍔ㄦ媶鍒嗭紝閫昏緫绫讳技鐨勬斁鍒板悓涓涓ˉ涓佹枃浠堕噷銆
102 102
103渚嬪锛屽鏋滀綘鐨勬敼鍔ㄩ噷鍚屾椂鏈塨ug淇鍜屾ц兘浼樺寲锛岄偅涔堟妸杩欎簺鏀瑰姩鍒嗗埌涓や釜鎴 103渚嬪锛屽鏋滀綘鐨勬敼鍔ㄩ噷鍚屾椂鏈塨ug淇鍜屾ц兘浼樺寲锛岄偅涔堟妸杩欎簺鏀瑰姩鍒嗗埌涓や釜鎴
104鑰呮洿澶氱殑琛ヤ竵鏂囦欢涓傚鏋滀綘鐨勬敼鍔ㄥ寘鍚API鐨勪慨鏀癸紝骞朵笖淇敼浜嗛┍鍔ㄧ▼搴忔潵閫 104鑰呮洿澶氱殑琛ヤ竵鏂囦欢涓傚鏋滀綘鐨勬敼鍔ㄥ寘鍚API鐨勪慨鏀癸紝骞朵笖淇敼浜嗛┍鍔ㄧ▼搴忔潵閫
105搴旇繖浜涙柊鐨凙PI锛岄偅涔堟妸杩欎簺淇敼鍒嗘垚涓や釜琛ヤ竵銆 105搴旇繖浜涙柊鐨凙PI锛岄偅涔堟妸杩欎簺淇敼鍒嗘垚涓や釜琛ヤ竵銆
106 106
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ pref("mailnews.display.disable_format_flowed_support", true);
230浜涘師鍥狅紝淇閿欒锛岄噸鏂版彁浜ゆ洿鏂板悗鐨勬敼鍔紝鏄綘鑷繁鐨勫伐浣溿 230浜涘師鍥狅紝淇閿欒锛岄噸鏂版彁浜ゆ洿鏂板悗鐨勬敼鍔紝鏄綘鑷繁鐨勫伐浣溿
231 231
232Linus涓嶇粰鍑轰换浣曡瘎璁哄氨鈥滀涪寮冣濅綘鐨勮ˉ涓佹槸甯歌鐨勪簨鎯呫傚湪绯荤粺涓繖鏍风殑浜嬫儏寰 232Linus涓嶇粰鍑轰换浣曡瘎璁哄氨鈥滀涪寮冣濅綘鐨勮ˉ涓佹槸甯歌鐨勪簨鎯呫傚湪绯荤粺涓繖鏍风殑浜嬫儏寰
233骞冲父銆傚鏋滀粬娌℃湁鎺ュ彈浣犵殑琛ヤ竵锛屼篃璁告槸鐢变簬浠ヤ笅鍘 233骞冲父銆傚鏋滀粬娌℃湁鎺ュ彈浣犵殑琛ヤ竵锛屼篃璁告槸鐢变簬浠ヤ笅鍘
234* 浣犵殑琛ヤ竵涓嶈兘鍦ㄦ渶鏂扮増鏈殑鍐呮牳涓婂共鍑鐨勬墦涓娿 234* 浣犵殑琛ヤ竵涓嶈兘鍦ㄦ渶鏂扮増鏈殑鍐呮牳涓婂共鍑鐨勬墦涓娿
235* 浣犵殑琛ヤ竵鍦 linux-kernel 閭欢鍒楄〃涓病鏈夊緱鍒板厖鍒嗙殑璁ㄨ銆 235* 浣犵殑琛ヤ竵鍦 linux-kernel 閭欢鍒楄〃涓病鏈夊緱鍒板厖鍒嗙殑璁ㄨ銆
236* 椋庢牸闂锛堝弬鐓х2灏忚妭锛 236* 椋庢牸闂锛堝弬鐓х2灏忚妭锛
diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt b/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4c4ce853577b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
1Chinese translated version of Documentation/magic-number.txt
2
3If you have any comment or update to the content, please post to LKML directly.
4However, if you have problem communicating in English you can also ask the
5Chinese maintainer for help. Contact the Chinese maintainer, if this
6translation is outdated or there is problem with translation.
7
8Chinese maintainer: Jia Wei Wei <harryxiyou@gmail.com>
9---------------------------------------------------------------------
10Documentation/magic-number.txt鐨勪腑鏂囩炕璇
11
12濡傛灉鎯宠瘎璁烘垨鏇存柊鏈枃鐨勫唴瀹癸紝璇风洿鎺ュ彂淇″埌LKML銆傚鏋滀綘浣跨敤鑻辨枃浜ゆ祦鏈夊洶闅剧殑璇濓紝涔熷彲
13浠ュ悜涓枃鐗堢淮鎶よ呮眰鍔┿傚鏋滄湰缈昏瘧鏇存柊涓嶅強鏃舵垨鑰呯炕璇戝瓨鍦ㄩ棶棰橈紝璇疯仈绯讳腑鏂囩増缁存姢鑰呫
14
15涓枃鐗堢淮鎶よ咃細 璐惧▉濞 Jia Wei Wei <harryxiyou@gmail.com>
16涓枃鐗堢炕璇戣咃細 璐惧▉濞 Jia Wei Wei <harryxiyou@gmail.com>
17涓枃鐗堟牎璇戣咃細 璐惧▉濞 Jia Wei Wei <harryxiyou@gmail.com>
18
19浠ヤ笅涓烘鏂
20---------------------------------------------------------------------
21杩欎釜鏂囦欢鏄湁鍏冲綋鍓嶄娇鐢ㄧ殑榄旀湳鍊兼敞鍐岃〃銆傚綋浣犵粰涓涓粨鏋勬坊鍔犱簡涓涓瓟鏈硷紝浣犱篃搴旇鎶婅繖涓瓟鏈兼坊鍔犲埌杩欎釜鏂囦欢锛屽洜涓烘垜浠渶濂芥妸鐢ㄤ簬鍚勭缁撴瀯鐨勯瓟鏈肩粺涓璧锋潵銆
22
23浣跨敤榄旀湳鍊兼潵淇濇姢鍐呮牳鏁版嵁缁撴瀯鏄竴涓潪甯稿ソ鐨勪富鎰忋傝繖灏卞厑璁镐綘鍦ㄨ繍琛屾湡妫鏌(a)涓涓粨鏋勬槸鍚﹀凡缁忚鏀诲嚮锛屾垨鑰(b)浣犲凡缁忕粰涓涓緥琛岀▼搴忛氳繃浜嗕竴涓敊璇殑缁撴瀯銆傚悗涓绉嶆儏鍐电壒鍒湴鏈夌敤---鐗瑰埆鏄綋浣犻氳繃涓涓┖鎸囬拡鎸囧悜缁撴瀯浣撶殑鏃跺欍倀ty婧愮爜锛屼緥濡傦紝缁忓父閫氳繃鐗瑰畾椹卞姩浣跨敤杩欑鏂规硶骞朵笖鍙嶅鍦版帓鍒楃壒瀹氭柟闈㈢殑缁撴瀯銆
24
25浣跨敤榄旀湳鍊肩殑鏂规硶鏄湪缁撴瀯鐨勫紑濮嬪澹版槑鐨勶紝濡備笅锛
26
27struct tty_ldisc {
28 int magic;
29 ...
30};
31
32褰撲綘浠ュ悗缁欏唴鏍告坊鍔犲寮哄姛鑳界殑鏃跺欙紝璇烽伒瀹堣繖鏉¤鍒欙紒杩欐牱灏变細鑺傜渷鏁颁笉娓呯殑璋冭瘯鏃堕棿锛岀壒鍒槸涓浜涘彜鎬殑鎯呭喌锛屼緥濡傦紝鏁扮粍瓒呭嚭鑼冨洿骞朵笖閲嶆柊鍐欎簡瓒呭嚭閮ㄥ垎銆傞伒瀹堣繖涓鍒欙紝鈥繖浜涙儏鍐靛彲浠ヨ蹇熷湴锛屽畨鍏ㄥ湴閬垮厤銆
33
34 Theodore Ts'o
35 31 Mar 94
36
37缁欏綋鍓嶇殑Linux 2.1.55娣诲姞榄旀湳琛ㄣ
38
39 Michael Chastain
40 <mailto:mec@shout.net>
41 22 Sep 1997
42
43鐜板湪搴旇鏈鏂扮殑Linux 2.1.112.鍥犱负鍦ㄧ壒鎬у喕缁撴湡闂达紝涓嶈兘鍦2.2.x鍓嶆敼鍙樹换浣曚笢瑗裤傝繖浜涙潯鐩鏁板煙鎵鎺掑簭銆
44
45 Krzysztof G.Baranowski
46 <mailto: kgb@knm.org.pl>
47 29 Jul 1998
48
49鏇存柊榄旀湳琛ㄥ埌Linux 2.5.45銆傚垰濂借秺杩囩壒鎬у喕缁擄紝浣嗘槸鏈夊彲鑳借繕浼氭湁涓浜涙柊鐨勯瓟鏈煎湪2.6.x涔嬪墠铻嶅叆鍒板唴鏍镐腑銆
50
51 Petr Baudis
52 <pasky@ucw.cz>
53 03 Nov 2002
54
55鏇存柊榄旀湳琛ㄥ埌Linux 2.5.74銆
56
57 Fabian Frederick
58 <ffrederick@users.sourceforge.net>
59 09 Jul 2003
60
61榄旀湳鍚 鍦板潃 缁撴瀯 鎵鍦ㄦ枃浠
62===========================================================================
63PG_MAGIC 'P' pg_{read,write}_hdr include/linux/pg.h
64CMAGIC 0x0111 user include/linux/a.out.h
65MKISS_DRIVER_MAGIC 0x04bf mkiss_channel drivers/net/mkiss.h
66RISCOM8_MAGIC 0x0907 riscom_port drivers/char/riscom8.h
67SPECIALIX_MAGIC 0x0907 specialix_port drivers/char/specialix_io8.h
68HDLC_MAGIC 0x239e n_hdlc drivers/char/n_hdlc.c
69APM_BIOS_MAGIC 0x4101 apm_user arch/i386/kernel/apm.c
70CYCLADES_MAGIC 0x4359 cyclades_port include/linux/cyclades.h
71DB_MAGIC 0x4442 fc_info drivers/net/iph5526_novram.c
72DL_MAGIC 0x444d fc_info drivers/net/iph5526_novram.c
73FASYNC_MAGIC 0x4601 fasync_struct include/linux/fs.h
74FF_MAGIC 0x4646 fc_info drivers/net/iph5526_novram.c
75ISICOM_MAGIC 0x4d54 isi_port include/linux/isicom.h
76PTY_MAGIC 0x5001 drivers/char/pty.c
77PPP_MAGIC 0x5002 ppp include/linux/if_pppvar.h
78SERIAL_MAGIC 0x5301 async_struct include/linux/serial.h
79SSTATE_MAGIC 0x5302 serial_state include/linux/serial.h
80SLIP_MAGIC 0x5302 slip drivers/net/slip.h
81STRIP_MAGIC 0x5303 strip drivers/net/strip.c
82X25_ASY_MAGIC 0x5303 x25_asy drivers/net/x25_asy.h
83SIXPACK_MAGIC 0x5304 sixpack drivers/net/hamradio/6pack.h
84AX25_MAGIC 0x5316 ax_disp drivers/net/mkiss.h
85ESP_MAGIC 0x53ee esp_struct drivers/char/esp.h
86TTY_MAGIC 0x5401 tty_struct include/linux/tty.h
87MGSL_MAGIC 0x5401 mgsl_info drivers/char/synclink.c
88TTY_DRIVER_MAGIC 0x5402 tty_driver include/linux/tty_driver.h
89MGSLPC_MAGIC 0x5402 mgslpc_info drivers/char/pcmcia/synclink_cs.c
90TTY_LDISC_MAGIC 0x5403 tty_ldisc include/linux/tty_ldisc.h
91USB_SERIAL_MAGIC 0x6702 usb_serial drivers/usb/serial/usb-serial.h
92FULL_DUPLEX_MAGIC 0x6969 drivers/net/tulip/de2104x.c
93USB_BLUETOOTH_MAGIC 0x6d02 usb_bluetooth drivers/usb/class/bluetty.c
94RFCOMM_TTY_MAGIC 0x6d02 net/bluetooth/rfcomm/tty.c
95USB_SERIAL_PORT_MAGIC 0x7301 usb_serial_port drivers/usb/serial/usb-serial.h
96CG_MAGIC 0x00090255 ufs_cylinder_group include/linux/ufs_fs.h
97A2232_MAGIC 0x000a2232 gs_port drivers/char/ser_a2232.h
98RPORT_MAGIC 0x00525001 r_port drivers/char/rocket_int.h
99LSEMAGIC 0x05091998 lse drivers/fc4/fc.c
100GDTIOCTL_MAGIC 0x06030f07 gdth_iowr_str drivers/scsi/gdth_ioctl.h
101RIEBL_MAGIC 0x09051990 drivers/net/atarilance.c
102RIO_MAGIC 0x12345678 gs_port drivers/char/rio/rio_linux.c
103SX_MAGIC 0x12345678 gs_port drivers/char/sx.h
104NBD_REQUEST_MAGIC 0x12560953 nbd_request include/linux/nbd.h
105RED_MAGIC2 0x170fc2a5 (any) mm/slab.c
106BAYCOM_MAGIC 0x19730510 baycom_state drivers/net/baycom_epp.c
107ISDN_X25IFACE_MAGIC 0x1e75a2b9 isdn_x25iface_proto_data
108 drivers/isdn/isdn_x25iface.h
109ECP_MAGIC 0x21504345 cdkecpsig include/linux/cdk.h
110LSOMAGIC 0x27091997 lso drivers/fc4/fc.c
111LSMAGIC 0x2a3b4d2a ls drivers/fc4/fc.c
112WANPIPE_MAGIC 0x414C4453 sdla_{dump,exec} include/linux/wanpipe.h
113CS_CARD_MAGIC 0x43525553 cs_card sound/oss/cs46xx.c
114LABELCL_MAGIC 0x4857434c labelcl_info_s include/asm/ia64/sn/labelcl.h
115ISDN_ASYNC_MAGIC 0x49344C01 modem_info include/linux/isdn.h
116CTC_ASYNC_MAGIC 0x49344C01 ctc_tty_info drivers/s390/net/ctctty.c
117ISDN_NET_MAGIC 0x49344C02 isdn_net_local_s drivers/isdn/i4l/isdn_net_lib.h
118SAVEKMSG_MAGIC2 0x4B4D5347 savekmsg arch/*/amiga/config.c
119STLI_BOARDMAGIC 0x4bc6c825 stlibrd include/linux/istallion.h
120CS_STATE_MAGIC 0x4c4f4749 cs_state sound/oss/cs46xx.c
121SLAB_C_MAGIC 0x4f17a36d kmem_cache mm/slab.c
122COW_MAGIC 0x4f4f4f4d cow_header_v1 arch/um/drivers/ubd_user.c
123I810_CARD_MAGIC 0x5072696E i810_card sound/oss/i810_audio.c
124TRIDENT_CARD_MAGIC 0x5072696E trident_card sound/oss/trident.c
125ROUTER_MAGIC 0x524d4157 wan_device include/linux/wanrouter.h
126SCC_MAGIC 0x52696368 gs_port drivers/char/scc.h
127SAVEKMSG_MAGIC1 0x53415645 savekmsg arch/*/amiga/config.c
128GDA_MAGIC 0x58464552 gda arch/mips/include/asm/sn/gda.h
129RED_MAGIC1 0x5a2cf071 (any) mm/slab.c
130STL_PORTMAGIC 0x5a7182c9 stlport include/linux/stallion.h
131EEPROM_MAGIC_VALUE 0x5ab478d2 lanai_dev drivers/atm/lanai.c
132HDLCDRV_MAGIC 0x5ac6e778 hdlcdrv_state include/linux/hdlcdrv.h
133EPCA_MAGIC 0x5c6df104 channel include/linux/epca.h
134PCXX_MAGIC 0x5c6df104 channel drivers/char/pcxx.h
135KV_MAGIC 0x5f4b565f kernel_vars_s arch/mips/include/asm/sn/klkernvars.h
136I810_STATE_MAGIC 0x63657373 i810_state sound/oss/i810_audio.c
137TRIDENT_STATE_MAGIC 0x63657373 trient_state sound/oss/trident.c
138M3_CARD_MAGIC 0x646e6f50 m3_card sound/oss/maestro3.c
139FW_HEADER_MAGIC 0x65726F66 fw_header drivers/atm/fore200e.h
140SLOT_MAGIC 0x67267321 slot drivers/hotplug/cpqphp.h
141SLOT_MAGIC 0x67267322 slot drivers/hotplug/acpiphp.h
142LO_MAGIC 0x68797548 nbd_device include/linux/nbd.h
143OPROFILE_MAGIC 0x6f70726f super_block drivers/oprofile/oprofilefs.h
144M3_STATE_MAGIC 0x734d724d m3_state sound/oss/maestro3.c
145STL_PANELMAGIC 0x7ef621a1 stlpanel include/linux/stallion.h
146VMALLOC_MAGIC 0x87654320 snd_alloc_track sound/core/memory.c
147KMALLOC_MAGIC 0x87654321 snd_alloc_track sound/core/memory.c
148PWC_MAGIC 0x89DC10AB pwc_device drivers/usb/media/pwc.h
149NBD_REPLY_MAGIC 0x96744668 nbd_reply include/linux/nbd.h
150STL_BOARDMAGIC 0xa2267f52 stlbrd include/linux/stallion.h
151ENI155_MAGIC 0xa54b872d midway_eprom drivers/atm/eni.h
152SCI_MAGIC 0xbabeface gs_port drivers/char/sh-sci.h
153CODA_MAGIC 0xC0DAC0DA coda_file_info include/linux/coda_fs_i.h
154DPMEM_MAGIC 0xc0ffee11 gdt_pci_sram drivers/scsi/gdth.h
155STLI_PORTMAGIC 0xe671c7a1 stliport include/linux/istallion.h
156YAM_MAGIC 0xF10A7654 yam_port drivers/net/hamradio/yam.c
157CCB_MAGIC 0xf2691ad2 ccb drivers/scsi/ncr53c8xx.c
158QUEUE_MAGIC_FREE 0xf7e1c9a3 queue_entry drivers/scsi/arm/queue.c
159QUEUE_MAGIC_USED 0xf7e1cc33 queue_entry drivers/scsi/arm/queue.c
160HTB_CMAGIC 0xFEFAFEF1 htb_class net/sched/sch_htb.c
161NMI_MAGIC 0x48414d4d455201 nmi_s arch/mips/include/asm/sn/nmi.h
162
163璇锋敞鎰忥紝鍦ㄥ0闊宠蹇嗙鐞嗕腑浠嶇劧鏈夋瘡涓浜涜瀹氫箟鐨勯┍鍔ㄩ瓟鏈笺傛煡鐪媔nclude/sound/sndmagic.h鏉ヨ幏鍙栦粬浠畬鏁寸殑鍒楄〃淇℃伅銆傚緢澶歄SS澹伴煶椹卞姩鎷ユ湁鑷繁浠庡0鍗CI ID鏋勫缓鐨勯瓟鏈-浠栦滑涔熸病鏈夎鍒楀湪杩欓噷銆
164
165IrDA瀛愮郴缁熶篃浣跨敤浜嗗ぇ閲忕殑鑷繁鐨勯瓟鏈硷紝鏌ョ湅include/net/irda/irda.h鏉ヨ幏鍙栦粬浠畬鏁寸殑淇℃伅銆
166
167HFS鏄彟澶栦竴涓瘮杈冨ぇ鐨勪娇鐢ㄩ瓟鏈肩殑鏂囦欢绯荤粺-浣犲彲浠ュ湪fs/hfs/hfs.h涓壘鍒颁粬浠